Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/58?output=rss2 Mon, 08 Jun 2026 00:36:25 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[CESSION OF HONGKONG]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1012

Title

CESSION OF HONGKONG

Description






LAWS OF HONGKONG.

Volume III.

PART I.

CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENTS.

1.-Cession of flongkong-Treaty of Nanking. 29th August, 1842.
2.-First Charter-Letters Patent, 5th April 1843.
3.-Lease of Kowloon-Dced, 20th March, 1860.
4.-Cession of Kowloon -Convention of Peking, 24th. October, 1860.
5 -Kowloon Order in Council-4th February, 1861.
6.-Lease of New Territories -convention of Peking, 24th October 1860
7.-delimitation of northern frontier of new territories-hong kong
19th March 1899
8.-New Territories Order in Council-20th October, 1898.
9.-Kowloon City Order in Council -27th December, 1899.
10.-Charter-letters patent, 19th January, 1888.
11-Instructions to the Governor-19th Jannary, 1888.
Additional Instructions -7th July. 1896.
12.-Dormait Commission- 4th October, 1903.
13.-Coinage orders in Council
(a) For Payment of Troops-12th Angust, 1876.
(b) British Dollar-2nd Febritary, 1895.
(c) Currency-Mexican Dollar, 2nd February, 1895.





1-CESSION OF HONGKONG.

TREATY of Peace, Friendship, Commerce, Indemnity, &c., between
Great 13ritain and China, Signed at Nanking, 29th August, 1842.

[ratifications exchanged at hong kong, 26th June 1843.]

Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Ireland, and His Majests- the Emperor of china, being of
putting an end to the misunderstandings and consequent hostilities
which have arisen between the two countries, have resolved to conclude
a Treaty for that purpose, and have therefore nanied as their pleni-
potentiaries, that is to Say:---

Her majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, Sir henry
Pottinger. Bart.. a major-general in the service of the East India
Company, &,c.

And His Imperial Majesty the Emperor of china, the high com-
InIsslotlers Keving a member of the Imperial House, a guardian of the
Cromn Prince and General of the garrison of cantion: and elepoo, of
the Imperial kindred, graciously permitted to wear the insignia of the
first rank, and the distinction of a peacock's feather, latels. Minister and
Governor-General, &-c.. and now lieutenant-general commanding at
Chapoo.

Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full
powers, and found them to be in good and Glue, form, have agreed upon

and concluded the following Articles:

III. It being obviously necessary and desirable that British subjects
should have some port at which they may careen and refit. their ships.
when required and keep stores for that purpose, his majesty the
Emperor of china cedes to her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain,
&C., the Island of Hongkong, to be possessed in perpetuity by Her
britannic majesty, her heirs and Successors, and to be governed by
such laws and regulations as Her majesty the Queen of Great Britain,
&c., shall see fit to direct.

done at nanking and signed and sealed by the Plenipotentiaries on
board Her Britannic majesty's ship cornwallis, this 29th day of
August, 1842 corresponding with the Chinese date, 24th day of the
7th month, in the, 22nd year of taoukwang.
[This Treaty was renewed and confirined by Article I of the
Treaty of Tientsin, 1858.]
cession of Hongkong to Great Britain

Abstract

cession of Hongkong to Great Britain

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1012

Edition

1912

Volume

v3

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:05 +0800
<![CDATA[THE LAWS OF HONGKONG VOL. III (1912 EDITION) TREATIES etc.]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1011

Title

THE LAWS OF HONGKONG VOL. III (1912 EDITION) TREATIES etc.

Description






THE
LAWS OF HONGKONG
VOL. III

COMPRISING A SELECTION FROM THE

IMPERIAL TREATIES, STATUTES, RULES AND ORDERS

SPECIALLY APPLICABLE TO HONGKONG

PREPARED AS A PART OF THE

NEW REVISED EDITION

Under Ordinance No. 19 of 1911

BY

CHALONER GRENVILLE ALABASTER
Somelime Acting Allorney General.

BY AUTHORITY

Printed by NORONTIA & Co.
government printers
1913





ACC No. 140.

DATE OF Acc. 11 Feb 1970

CLASS NO.

author no

resound





CORRIGENDA.

The reference to the extradition treaty with Brazil 1872 should be
deleted from the list given on page 136 as it ceased to have effect from
the 14th September, 1913, having been formally denounced by the,

Government of Brazil on the 14th March, 1913.--See G.N. 347 in the
Hongkong Government Gazette of the 7th November, 1913.





TABLE OF CONTENTS

OF

VOLUME III

Part I.

Constitutional Documents.
....................................Page.
1. Cession of Hongkong, 1842 . ......... 2

2. First Charter, 1843, ............ ... ... ... 3

0. Lease of Kowlooii, 1860 ............. ... ... ... ... 3

4. Cession of Kowloon, 1860 . ........... ... ... 4

5. Kowloon Order in Council, 1861 . .... 5

6. Lease of -New Territories, 1898 . ... ... ... ... ... 6

7. Delimitation of Northern Frontier of New Territories, 1899, 7

8. Territories Order in Council, 1898 ... ... ... ... 8
9. Kowloon City Order in Council, 1899, - 9

10. the Charter, 1888 . ................ ... ... ... 11

11. Instructions to the Governor, 1888, ... ... 14
Additional Instructions, 1896 . ... ... ... 17, 18

12. Dormant Conunission, 1903 ...... ... ... ... ... ..: 23

13. Coinage Orders in Council-
(a.) For Payment of Troops, 1876, ... 24
(b.) British Dollar 1895, 25
(c.) Mexican Dollar 1895, 26

Part II

Treaties Applicable to Hongkong.
1. Treaty of Tientsin, 1858., ....... ... ... ... 32

2. Convention of Chefoo, 1876, (art. 7) . ... ... ... ... 43
3. Additional Article (London), 1885, ... ... ... 43

4. Opium Convention, 1886 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 46



[ii]

.....................................Page.
5.................................Mackay Commercial Treaty, 1902, (arts. 3, 4, 7, 15) ... 48

6. Labour Convention London, 1904, 50
Treaty of Peking, 1860, (art. 5) . ... ... ... 50

Part III.

Orders in Council Applicable to Hongkong.
1. Wei-hai-Wei Order in Council, 1901 . ... ... ... ... 58
2. China Order in Council, 1904, (arts. 2-6, 29, 50-52, 66,
80-84, 88, 123, 124, 131, 136, 168) . ... ... ... 80
Amendment Order in Council, 1907, 86
Letters Patent, 1866 . ... ... ... ... ... ... 89

3............China (Amendment) Order in Council, 1910 . ... ... 91
4.........China (Shipping Registry) Order in Council, 1904 . ... ... 93

Part IV.

A SELECTION FROM THE

Imperial Statutes Applicable to Honghong
1. Demise of the Crown Act, 1901 . .. ... ... ... ... 98
2. Royal Titles Act, 1901, .......... ... ... ... ... : 98
Proclamation under the Act .... ... ... ... ... 98
3. China Trade Act, 1833 . .......... ... ... ... ... ... 99
4. Chinese Passengers Act, 1855 . ..... ... ... .... ... 100
5. Chief Superintendent in China Act, 1859 . ... ... .... ... 111
6. Official Secrets Act, 1911 . ..... ... .. ... ... ... 112

Part V.

A SELECTION FROM THE
Imperial Statutes Specially Extended to Hongkong,
1. The Extradition Acts-
Order in Council, 1877 ................ ... ... 120
Act of 1870 . ............... ... ... ... ... 121
Act of 1873 . ............... ... ... ... 133
Act of 1895 . ............... ... ... ... ... 134
Act of 1906 . ............... ... ... ... ... 135
List of Extradition Treaties, ... ... ... ... ... 136





page.
2. The Fugitive Offenders Act -
Order in Council, 1885 ......... 137
Act of 1881 . ................ ... ... ... ... 138

3. The Colonial Prisoners Removal Acts -
Act of 1869, .......151
Act of 1884 . ................ ... ... ... ... 153
Order in Council, 1889, .... ... 159
Order in Council, 1907---.... 164
Order in Council, 1913 ............ 173

4. The Colonial Probates Act-
Order in Council, 1893 ................ ... 175
Act of 1892, ............... ... ... ... ... 175

5. The Finance Act 1894-
Order in Council, 1895 ......... ... ... ... 177
Act of 1894 . ................ ... ... ... ... 178

6. The Colonial Solicitors Act-
Order in Council, 1901 ................ ... 179
Act of 1900, .......183

7. The Post Office (Money Orders) Acts-
Regulations, 1884, .......... 184
Regulations, 1903 . ............ . ... ... 18G
Act of 1883 . ................ ... ... ... ... 190
Act of 1880 . ................ ... .. ... ... 191

8. The Superannuation Act-
Treasury Minutes, 1895,................ ... .... 193
Act of 1892 . ..................... ... .. 1903

9. The Copyright Act-
Proclamation, 1912, ................... 194
Act of 1911, . .............. ... ... ... 195

Part VI.

A SELECTION FROM THE
Merchant Shipping Acts.
1. International Provisions which have been applied to
Foreign Countries by Order in Council.
(a.) Tonnage Measurement of Foreign Ships (s. 84),._ 222





[iv]
page.
(b.) Going on board Arriving Ship without leave
(ss. 218, 2191),--- ... ... 225
(c.) Apprehension of Deserters from Foreign Ships
(s. 238) . ... ... ... ... 227
(d.) Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, and

as to Signals of Distress (ss. 418, 419, 424, 434),... 229
(e.) Exemption of Foreign Ships from Rules as to

Life-Saying Appliances (ss. 427 to 431; Act of
1906, ss. 4, 5),--- ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 232
Recognition of Foreign Deck-line and Load-line
Certificates (s. 445), ... --- ... ... ... ... 236
(g.) Application of Life-Salvage provisions to Foreign
Ships (ss. 544, 545), ... ... ... ... ... ... 237
(h) General Provision for extending other provisions
of the Act to Foreign Countries (s. 734) . ... ... 238
2. Provisions which have been applied to the Colonies by
Order in Council.
(a) Recognition of Colonial Load-line Certificates
(s. 444), --- --- ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 239
(b.) Colonial Certificates of Competency (s. 102), 240
(c.) Imprisonment in Colonies of persons sentenced
by Naval Courts (Act of 1906, s. 67), ... --- ... 248

3. Provisions 'applicable to Colonial Legislatures and Gov-
ernors, etc.
Powers of Governor as to distressed seamen, ... 249
Powers of Governor in regard to health on board
ships, ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 250
Powers of Legislature to apply Part II of the Act
of 1894 to the Colony, ... ... ... ... ... 251
Conflict of Laws . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 251
Exclusion of Hongkong from definition of
Colonial Voyage .... ... ... ... ... ... ... 251
Sanitary Regulations as to Steerage Passengers,... 251
Powers of Governor in regard to wrecked
passengers, . ... ... ... .. ... ... 252
Governor may appoint Emigration Officers, 253
Powers of Governor as regards Emigrant Ships, 254
Power to Legislature to legislate as to Inquiries
into Shipping Casualties and Charges against
Officers, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 255
Right of Crown to Unclaimed Wreck .... ... ... 256



[v]

page.
Application of Penalties and Costs of Proseell-
tions in Colonies, ... ... ... ... ... ... 257
Prosecution of Offences under the Act, ... ... 257
Governor may appoint Surveyors of Ships .... ... 257
Legislature may repeal provisions of Act appli-
cable to Colony . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 258
Power of Legislature to regulate Coasting Trade, 258
Saving of Acts, 259

Part VII.

A SELECTION FROM THE
Rules of procedure Applicable to Hongkong.
1. Rules for Appeals to the Privy Council.
Additional Instructions, august 1909, 2C2
Rules, ....................... 263
Judicial Committee Rules, 1908 . ... ... ... 268

Signals of Distress.
Order in Council, 13th October, 1910 .... ... ... 291
Consolidated Ritles, .. ... ... ... ... ... 292
Maritime Conventions Act, 1911 Geo. V. c. 57, 305

3. Mail Ships Act, 1891,-54 & 55 Vict. c 31, 309

Mall Ships (France) Order in Council, 6th
February, 1892 . ............. 316
Convention with France, 1890 ... ... ... 317
Rules of Court, 1892, r. 24 . ... ... ... ., 322
Mail Ships Rules, .1895 ..... ... ... ... ... 322

4. Relief of Distressed. Seamen.
Regulations by Board of Trade, 1908 ... ... 325

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1011

Edition

1912

Volume

v3

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:05 +0800
<![CDATA[CHINESE MARRIAGE PRESERVATION ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1010

Title

CHINESE MARRIAGE PRESERVATION ORDINANCE, 1912

Description


No. 42 of 1912.
To provide punishment for certain persons found guilty of adultery
or of harbouring Chinese Married Women.

[20th December, 1912.]

1. The Chinese Marriage Preservation Ordinance, 1912.

2. In this Ordinance :-

'Woman being married according to the laws and customs of
China' means and includes only the first wife (' Kit Fat -) or the
second wife (Tin Fong) of any Chinese man.

3.-(a) Any Chinese person who shall have committed adultery
with ally Chinese woman, such woman being married according to
the laws or customs of China, shall be guilty of an offence and shall
be liable upon summary conviction to a fine not exceeding 500
dollars and in default of payment thereof to imprisonment for any
period not exceeding 6 months.

(b) Any Chinese woman married according to the laws or customs
of China who voluntarily commits adultery with any Chinese person
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable upon summary con-
viction to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars and in default of payment
thereof to imprisonment for any period not exceeding 6 months.

(c) No proceedings shall be capable of being instituted under the
provisions of this section except at the instance of the husband of
the woman who has committed adultery.

4. Any person who without reasonable excuse shall receive or
harbour any Chinese woman married according to the laws or
customs of China who has left the protection of her husband shall
be guilty of an offenee and shall be liable an summary conviction
to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars or in default of payment thereof to
imprisonment for any period not exceeding 3 months.


as amended by no. 43 of 1912 supp sched.





5.(a) the magistrate in addition to the penalty provided under
the provisions of this ordinance may order any person convicted of
an offence against the provision of section 3 sub-section (a) or of
section 4 of this ordinance to pay to the husband of any woman
with thom such convicted person shall have committed adultery
or whom such convicted person shall have received or harboured
compensation which :-

(1) in the case of an offence under sub-section (a) of section 3 of
this ordinance shall not exceed the sum of 500 dollars.

(2) in the case of an offence under section 4 of this ordinance
shall not exceed the sum of 200 dollars.

(b) in default of payment of the whole or any part of the said
compensation it shall be lawful for the magistrate to issue a warrant
of distree on the goods and chattels of the person convicted and to
appoint any fit person or persons to execute the same.

(c) any goods or chattels seized under any such warrant of dis-
tress may be sold byu the person executing the same for the purpose
of paying the said compensation and the costs of the execution and
sale.

(d) where a claim shall be made to or in respect of property,
taken in execution under the provisions of this section, by any
person other than othe party against whom such execution shall have
issued, such claim shall be heard and determined by the magistrate
upon a summons calling before him such claimant as well as the
party on whose behalf such execution issued and teh decision of the
magistrate upon such claim shall be final.

6. the receipt by the person in whose favour any order for com-
pensation is made under the provisions of this ordinance of such
compensation shall be a bar to the institution or continuance of any
further or other proceedings for damages for adultery against the
person by whom such compensation has been paid at the suit of the
person by whom such compensation has been paid.

7. it shall be sufficient defence to any charge made under the
provisions of section 3 sub-section (a) or of section 4 of this ordi-
nance if ti shall be proved to the satisfaction of the magistrate that
teh person so charged had reasonable cause, other than from in-
formation supplied by the woman with whom such person is charged.






with having counnitted adultery or whom such person is charged
with receiving or harbouring to believe that such woman was a
spinster or to believe that she- was a widow.

8. A person who receives or harbours a Chinese moman who has
left her husband because of his cruelty to her or because of his
failure. properly to maintain her shall not be deemed to have received
or harboured such married woman without reasonable excuse.

[s. 9, rep, no. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.]

No. 43 of 1912, incorporated generally.
Short title. Definition. Penalty for adultery with Chinese married woman. Penalty for adultery by Chinese married woman. Husband, only, to have power to institute proceedings. Penalty for harboring Chinese married woman without reasonable excuse. Powers as to award of compensation to injured husband. Procedure on default of payment. Sale of property seized. Claims in respect of property seized. Receipt of compensation a bar to action for damages for adultery. Defence to charge. Reasonable excuse defined.

Abstract

Short title. Definition. Penalty for adultery with Chinese married woman. Penalty for adultery by Chinese married woman. Husband, only, to have power to institute proceedings. Penalty for harboring Chinese married woman without reasonable excuse. Powers as to award of compensation to injured husband. Procedure on default of payment. Sale of property seized. Claims in respect of property seized. Receipt of compensation a bar to action for damages for adultery. Defence to charge. Reasonable excuse defined.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1010

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

178

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 42 of 1912

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:05 +0800
<![CDATA[BOYCOTT PREVENTION ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1009

Title

BOYCOTT PREVENTION ORDINANCE, 1912

Description



No. 41 of 1912.
To prevent the undue and improper interference with or hamper-
ing or lawful business and commercial undertakings.

[20th December, 1912.]

1. The Boycott Prevention Ordinance, 1912.

2. In this Ordinance:-

Boycotting--- means and includes the use of any words; or the
importing, making, printing, reproducing, having in possession,

having under, control, placarding, posting, disseminating, or in any
other manner whatsoever dealing with any printed, written, or
otherwise produced documents, papers, matter, or pictorial re-
presentations; or the doing of any acts; intended or calculated to
persuade or induce any person or persons
(a) not to let, hire, use, make use of, or occupy any immovable
or movable property in any lawful manner; or
(b) not to deal with, trade with, work for or hire in any lawful
manner any person or persons in the ordinary course of trade, busi-
ness, occupation, employment, or undertaking; or
(c) not to carry out or comply with the requirements of the Law;
or





(d) to refuse to comply with or to interfere with the administra-
tion of the Law.

Intimidation includes any words or acts intended or calculated
to put any person in fear of any injury or danger to himself, or to
any member of his family, or to any person in his employment, or
in fear of any injury to or loss ot property, business, employment,
means of living, or membership of or status in any society as defined
in this Ordinance.

---Person--- includes the public generally or any portion of the
public or any society as defined. in this Ordinance.

Society--- includes any company, corporation, club, guild or
any conibination or association of any kind whatsoever consisting of
more than two persons whether such coinbination or association. bc
known or designated by any distinctive name or not.

3. Any person who shall be a member of or take part in any
society which shall use violence, threat, or intimidation to or
towards any person or persons with the view of causing any person
or persons either to do any act which such person or persons has
or have a legal right to abstain from doing or to abstain from doing
any act which such person or persons has or have a legal right to do
shall be deemed to have committed an offence against the provisions

of this Ordinance.

4. Any person who shall use violence, threat, or intimidation to
or towards any person or persons with the view of causing any per-
son or persons either to do any act which such person or persons
has or have a legal right to abstain from doing or to abstain from
doing any act which such person or persons has or have a, legal right
to do shall be deemed to have committed an offence against the
provisions of this Ordinance.

5. Any person who shall commit boycotting as defined in this
Ordinance shall be deemed to have committed an offence against the
provisions of this Ordinance,

6. Any person who shall aid, abet, incite, induce, or attempt to
incite or induce any person or persons to commit any offence agains
the provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to have committed
an offence against the provisions of this Ordinance.





7.-(1) Any person who commits any offence against the provi-
sions of this Ordinance shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall
be liable upon summary conviction to a fine not exceeding 1,000
dollars and to imprisonment for any period not exceeding one year in
addition to any other penalty or civil claim to which such person
may be legally liable In respect by any act committed by him in or

in connection with the conimission by him of any offence against
the provisioDs of this Ordinance.

(22) Any printed, written, or otherwise produced documents,
papers, matter, or pictorial representations seized in connection
with any prosecution relating to the commission of any offence
against the provisions of this Ordinance and which shall be in the
opinion of the Magistrate before whom such prosecution may have
been brought such as may be intended or calculated to persuade or
induce any person or persons to coinmit or to aid, abet, incite, or
induce any person or persons to commit any offence against the
provisions of this Ordinance shall be confiscated and dealt with as
such magistrate may direct.

8. It shall be, lawful for any Justice of the Peace or -Magistrate
upon the application of any offleer of Police or the person em-
ployed under the provisions of this Ordinance for the purpose of
carrying out ellectively the provisions of this Ordinance to issue to
such officer or person a warrant authorising such officer or person
to enter with or without assistance using force in either ease if

necessary into any dwelling house or other building or any place
where such officer or person may have reasonable cause to believe
that there are any printed, written, or otherwise produced docu-
ments, papers, matter, or pictorial representations intended or cal-
culated. to persuade or induce any person or persons to commit or
to aid, abet, incite, or induce any person or persons to commit any
offence against the provisions of this Ordinance and having entered


upon such premises to search for the same and any such printed,
written, or otherwise produced documents, papers, matter, or
pictorial representations so found on such premises shall be there-
upon seized by such police officer or person and shall be forthwith,
as soon as may be, taken by such police officer or person before
Magistrate who shall in he is of the opinion that such printed
written, or otherwise produced documents, papers, matter, or
pictorial representations are intended or calculated to persuade or
as amended by no. 43 of 1912 supp sched.






induce any person or persons to commit or to aid, abet, incite, or
induce any person or persons to commit any offence against the
provisions of this Ordinance order the same to be confiscated and
dealt with in such manner as he may direct.

9.-(1) The governor-in-council may whenever it shall appear
to him desirable for the prevention, detection, or punishinent of
offences against the provisions of this Ordijiance declare by Pro-
clamation published in the Gazette that any area in the Colony shall
be deemed to be a boycotting area.


(2) Upon any such area being declared to be a boycotting area in
manner provided in the preceding sub-section the Governor-in-
Council may order by Proclamation published in the, Gazette that
a special rate be levied upon such proclaimed area.

(3) Any such order lor the levy and payment of a special rate as
aforesaid shall prescribe the amount of such rate, the class or classes
of property upon which such rate shall be levied, and the period for
which such rate shall be levied.

(4) The payment of any speelal rate imposed under the provisions
of this section shall be made and shall be capable of being enforced
in the same manner as are rates levied under the provisions of the
Rating Ordinance, 1901, provided however that notwithstanding any
express or implied agreeinent as to the payment of rates levied under
the provisions of the Rating Ordinance, 1901, between the owner
and occupier of any tenement upon which any, special rate shall be
levied under the provisions of this section any such special rate so
levied shall be deemed to be an occupier's rate and the amount
thereof, if paid by the owner, may be recovered by such owner from
the occupier in an action for money paid to his use or, if such
occupier is still in occupation of such tenernent, by distress in the
same manner as for rent.

(5) The Governor-in-Council may in his discretion exempt from
the payment of any special rate levied under the provisions of this
section. any person who is an occupier of or owner of property in
any area proclaimed as a boycotting area. under the provisions of
this section.

(6) it shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to order the
payment to any person who may have incurred pecuniary loss or
suffered damage by reason of any offence committed or believed by

the Governor-in-Council to have been committed against the provi-





sions of this Ordinance of the whole or any part of the amount of
any special rate levied under the provisions of this section.

(7) It shall be lawful for the Governor in council to order the
payment from the amount of any special rate levied under the pro-
visions of this section of such sum or sums its as he may think fit by
way of reward to any person or persons who may have given such
information as shall have in the opinion of the Governor-in-Council
been of utility in the prevention, detection, or punishment of any
offence about to be committed or committed against the provisions
of this Ordinance or by way of remuneration to any person or persons
whom it may be, in the opinion of the governor-in-council desir-
able to employ for the purpose of carrying out or assisting in carry-
ing out effectively the provisions of this Ordinance..

(8) No special rate levied under the provisions of this Ordinance
shall be liable to assessment for Military contribution under the
provisions of the Defence Contribution Ordinance, 1901.

10. It shall be lawful for the Governor at any time and from time
to time by proclamation published in the Gazette to order that the
operation or this operation or of any part of this Ordinance shall be
suspended from such day and for such period as the Governor shall
in such proclamation determine and it shall further be lawful for
the Governor in like manner at any tinte and from time to time to
rescind or vary any such order.

11. This Ordinance shall come into operation on the 19th day of
December, 1912, but if at the expiration of seven days after the date
of the coming into operation of this Ordinance or at the expiration.

of a like period after the date of the coming into operation of any
order rescinding the suspension of the operation of this Ordinance
issued under the provisions of section 10 of this Ordinance any state
of boycotting or condition of boycotting which may be in existence
at the date of the coming into operation of the Ordinance or of any
order as aforesaid has not entirely ceased and abated it shall be
lawful for the Governor-in-Council to declare by Proclamation
published in the Gazette that the provisions of section 9 of this
Ordinance shall operate retrospectively and shall be deemed to have
been in force as from such date as may by the said Proclamation be
determined and upon the publication of such Proclamation the pro-
visions of section 9 of this Ordinance shall be as from such date so
determined in such Proclamation of full legal force and effect. For

the purpose of this section the expressions 'state of boycotting'
and 'condition of boycotting' shall mean any such state or con-
dition of affairs as may in the opinion of the Governor-in-Council
be regarded as a state of boycotting or condition of boycotting.
Short title. Definitions. Boycotting. Intimidation. Person. Society. Member of a Society which commits violence, threat or intimidation guilty of an offence. Person committing violence, threat or intimidation guilty of an offence. Boycotting an offence. Aiding or inciting to commit offence. Penalty for offence against Ordinance. Forfeiture of provocative matter. Power to enter and search under warrant premises for provocative matter. Proclamation of boycotting area. Levy of special rate in proclaimed area. Order to prescribe amount and mode of levy. Payment of special rate. No.6 of 1901. Exemption from payment. Compensation to person suffering damage. Reward to informers and remuneration for assistance. Special rate not assessable for Military contribution. No.1 of 1901. Power to suspend operation of Ordinance. Date of coming into operation. Power to give retro-spective effect.

Abstract

Short title. Definitions. Boycotting. Intimidation. Person. Society. Member of a Society which commits violence, threat or intimidation guilty of an offence. Person committing violence, threat or intimidation guilty of an offence. Boycotting an offence. Aiding or inciting to commit offence. Penalty for offence against Ordinance. Forfeiture of provocative matter. Power to enter and search under warrant premises for provocative matter. Proclamation of boycotting area. Levy of special rate in proclaimed area. Order to prescribe amount and mode of levy. Payment of special rate. No.6 of 1901. Exemption from payment. Compensation to person suffering damage. Reward to informers and remuneration for assistance. Special rate not assessable for Military contribution. No.1 of 1901. Power to suspend operation of Ordinance. Date of coming into operation. Power to give retro-spective effect.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1009

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 41 of 1912

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:04 +0800
<![CDATA[VEHICLES AND TRAFFIC REGULATION ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1008

Title

VEHICLES AND TRAFFIC REGULATION ORDINANCE, 1912

Description



No. 40 of 1912.
To consolidate and amend the law with respect to vehicles and
traffic. [29th November, 1912.]

1. The Vehicles and Traffic Regulation Ordinance, 1912.

2. In this Ordinance-





(a) ---Driver--- includes a rider of a bicycle or tricycle, a puller
of a ricksha, a bearer of a chair, and any person in charge of or
assisting in the control of any vehicle.
(b) ' Heavy Motor Car--- includes every vehicle propelled by
mechanical power which unladen exceeds two tons in weight.
(c) ---Motor Bicycle--- includes every two-wheeled vehicle pro-
two-wheeled vehicle power which does not unladen exceed in weight
three hundredweight.

(d)----Motor Car ' includes every vehicle propelled by mechanical

power which does not unladen exceed two totis in weight but it
shall not include any ---'Motor Bicycle ' or ---Motor Tricycle ' as
defined ill this section.

(e) ---Motor Tricycle ' includes every tbree-wbeeled vehicle pro-
pelled by mechanical power which does not unladen exceed in
weight three hundredweight.

(f) Private Vehicle ' includes every vehicle which does not fall
within the definition of a Public Vehicle

(g) ' Public Vehicle ' includes every vehicle which plies for hire
or is from to time let out for hire or is intended to be let out for
hire but it shall not include any bicycle or tricycle not propelled by
mechanical power.

(h) ---Road---includes every highway, thoroughfare, street, lane,
alley, court, square, archway, passage, path, way, and place, to
which the public have access, either continuously or,intermittently
and either of right or by licence, whether the same be the property
of the Crown or otherwise.

(i) ' Trailer ' includes every vehicle drawn or propelled by an-
other vehicle.
(j) 'Unladen Weight ' in relation to a motor bicycle, motor

tricycle, motor car, or heavy motor car, means the weight of any
such vehicle exclusive of the weight of any load or of any water,
fuel, or accumulators used for the purpose of propulsion.

, (k) ' Vehicle--- includes every means of conveyance or of transit
or other mobile apparatus used or capable of being used on land lnd
in whatever way drawn or propelled or carried; but it shall not
include any perambulator or any conveyance for use solely on rail-
ways or tramways.

3. The Governor-in-Council may make regulations

(1) for licensing and regulating vehicles and their drivers;





(2) for regulLating and restricting traffic, whether vehicular or
pededrian ;

(3) for regulating the use of vehicles, their equipittent and
apparatus ;

(4) for Controlling the conduct or persons using vehicles;

(5) for the apprehension of persons who commit offences against
this Ordinance ;

(6) for prohibiting either absolutely or during specified hours the
driving of any specified kind of vehiele on any road on which the
driving of such kind of vehicle would in the opinion of the governor-
in-council be dangerous or undersirable ;

(7) prescribing the fees to be paid in respect of any licence granted
under the provisions of this ordinance:

(8) prescribing the fares which may be charged for the hire of
any public vehicle.

(9) generally for the carrying into effect of the provisions of this
ordinance:
and any such regulatons made under the provisions of this section
shall be of the same force and effect as if they had formed part
of this ordinance and any person contravening any of the provisions
of any usch regulations so made under the provisions of this section
shall be deemed guilty of an offence against this ordinance and
shall be punishable in manner hereinafter determined.

4. Every person convicted of an offence against the provisions
of this Ordinance shall be liable on summary conviction thereof to
a fine not exceeding 50 dollars or in default of payment thereor
to imprisonment for a period not exceeding 2 months.

5. Every person who shall contravene the provisions, of any con-
dition upon, which any licence under theof this Ordinance
shall have been issued to or held by him shall be guilty of an offence
against the provisions of this Ordinance and shall be punishable
accordingly.

6. any erson convicted of an offence against the provisions
of this ordinance or of any Regulation made under the provisions
of this Ordinance or of any condition upon wbich any licence shall
have been issued to or held by such person under the provisions of
this Ordinance or any regulation made under the provisions of

this Ordinance may be ordered by the Magistrate to pay to any
person to whom such Magistrate may think that any compensation
should be paid in respect of any injury, loss, or otherwise, compen-
sation not exceeding 50 dollars, in addition to the penalty provided
for under the provisions of this Ordinance, and in default of payment
of such compensation the Magistrate may order the person ordered
to pay the same to be imprisoned for a period not exceeding 2
months in respect of such default.

(2) The payment of such compensation or imprisonment in default
thereof shall be a bar to any further proceedings at the suit of the
person to whom any such compensation has been ordered to be
made, provided that no such order for the paynient of any such
compensation shall be made imless the party who has suffered any
such injury or loss or otherwise sustained dainage shall consent
thereto.

[s. 7, and schedule, rep. No. 43 of 191.2).]
Short title. Definitions. Regulations. Penalty for breach of regulations. Penalty for offence against Ordinance. Penalty for offence against conditions of licence. Compensation for injury how granted. Compensation a bar to legal proceedings but at option of complainant.

Abstract

Short title. Definitions. Regulations. Penalty for breach of regulations. Penalty for offence against Ordinance. Penalty for offence against conditions of licence. Compensation for injury how granted. Compensation a bar to legal proceedings but at option of complainant.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1008

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 40 of 1912

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:04 +0800
<![CDATA[APPROPRIATION ORDINANCE FOR 1913]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1007

Title

APPROPRIATION ORDINANCE FOR 1913

Description



No. 38 of 1912.
To apply a sum not exceeding seven million one hundred and
sixteen thousand four and fifty-four Dollars to
the public sevice of the year 1913.

[1st November, 1912]

whereas the expenditure required for the service of this Colony
for the year 1913 has, apart from the contribution to the Imperial
Government in aid of military expenditure, been estimated at the
sum of seven million one hundred and sixteen thousand four
bundred and fifty-four Dollars :

1. The ' appropriation Ordinance for 1913

2. A sum not exceeding Seven million one hundred and sixteen
thmisand four hundred and fifty-four Dollars shall be and the same
is hereby cliarged upon the revenue and other funds of the Colony
for the service of the Year 191.3 and the said sum so charged may
be expended as hereinafter specified, that is to say:

EXPENDITUIM.
Governor, ......................83,078
Colonial Secretary's Department and Leggislature, 79,672
Do., Special Expenditure . ......1,244
Registrar General's Department . 43,736
Aodit . ............................31,024
Do., Special Expenditiwe . .........50
Treasury . .....................64,084
Harbour Master's Department . .232,972
Do., . Special Expenditure . .....2.50

Carried forward,...$ 536,110

Brought forward, ...$- 536,110

Observatory, .................21,477
do Special Expenditure . .12,114
Miscellaneous Services . .....181,473
Judicial and Legal Departments . --- 257,484
Do.; Special Expenditure . .......800
Police and Prison Departments . 8.58,742
Do., Special Expenditure . .....5,500
Medical Departments . ........238,489
Do., Special Expenditure . .......560
Sanitary Department . ........337,346
Do., Special Expenditure . ....13,275
Botanical and Forestry Department . 44,192
Education . ................................... 276,636
Do., Special Expenditure . .......11,850
Military Expenditure,-
Volunteers . .....................42,324
Do., Special Expenditure . .......-5,018
Public Works,-
Public Works Department . ....378,886
Do. Special Expenditure . ...1,765
Public Works, Recurrent . ....435,600
Public Works, Extraordinary . 1,693,300
Post Office . ................439,343
Kowloon-Canton Railway . .....256,672
Charge on account of.-Public Debt . 752,323
Pensions . ...................300,800
Charitable Services . .........24,375

Total . $7,116,454
Short title. Appropriation.

Abstract

Short title. Appropriation.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1007

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 38 of 1912

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:03 +0800
<![CDATA[CHINA CONGREGATIONAL CHURCH ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1006

Title

CHINA CONGREGATIONAL CHURCH ORDINANCE, 1912

Description






No. 36 of 1912.

Congregational Church. in hongkong

[1st -November, 1912.]

1. The China Congregational Church Ordinance, 1912.


2.-(1) The Members of the Church Body of the China Congre-
gational Church in Hongkong, shall be a body corporate under the

name of - The Church Body of the china Congregational Church in
Hongkong - (hereinafter referred to as the Corporation).

(2) The Corporation by the name aforesaid shall have perpetual
succession, and shall and may sue and be sued in all Courts, and
shall and may have and use a Cominon Seal, -and may from tinic to
time break, change, alter and make anew the said seal as to the

Corporation way seem, fit.

(3) The Corporation shall have power to acquire, accept leases of,
purchase, take, hold and enjoy lands, buildings, messuacres or
tenements of what nature or kind soever and wheresoever situated
and also to invest upon morgage of any lauds, buildings, messuages
or tenements, or upon the mortgages, debentures, stocks, funds,
shares or securities of any corporation or company, and also to pur-
chase, acquire and possess goods and chattels of what nature and
kind soever.

(4) The corporation shall further bave power by deed under its
seal to graut, sell, couvey, assign, surrender, exchange, partition,
yield up, mortgage, demise, reassign, trawsfer or otherwise dispose
of any lands, buildings, inessuages, tenements, mortgages, deben-
tures, Stocks, funds, shares or securities, or goods and chattels,
which are for the time being vested in or belonging to the Corpora-

tion upon such terins as to the Corporation may seem fit.

3. The Corporation shall keep at its principal church or meeting
place a register of the Members of the China Congregational Church
in Hongkong, and shall eriter in such register the names of all such
persons as are in the opinion of the Corporation proper persons to
be admitted as members of the said Church. Such book is here-
inafter referred to as to the Register of Members, and the persons
whose names appear therein as members of the Church.


as amended by no. 43 of 1912 supp sched





4. Upon the death or resignation or removal from office of any
member of the Church Body aforesaid a successor to the person
so dying, retiring or being removed shall be appointed by a majority
of.the Members of the Church present at a meeting to be convened
for the purpose by the Corporation. The names of every person
so elected shall be entered in the Register of Members with the date
of election and particidars of the office to which stich person is
elected, and every such entry shall be signed by at least four mem-
hers of the Church Body.

5. The services of the Church shall be regulated and conducted by
the Pastor of the Church for the time beincr in accordance with the
principles of the Christian religion based upon. the Old and New
Testaments, and in accordance as far as possible with the practice
of the Congregational Churches now in existence in Europe and
America.

6. Subject to the provisions of section 5 the Corporation,
may make regulations; for the services of the Church, and
the management of its property, and alfairs generally. All
such regulations shall be laid before a majority the Members
convened for the purpose, and if approved by a majority of the
Members present at such meeting shall be binding on the Corpora-
tion and upon all Members of the Church. A copy of any such
regulations sealed with the Coinnion Seal of the Corporation and
countersigned by any four members of the Church Body shall be
accepted as evidence of such regulations having been regularly made
and confirmed.

7. The regulations may provide for the removal from office or
from membership of the Church of any member of the Church
Body or the Church by the vote of at least two-thirds of the
Members of the Church.

8. Every meetino. held under this ordinance may be convened by
postincy a, notice, of the and place for holding such meeting
and the nature of the business to be discussed upon the door of the
principal Church or other meeting place of the Corporation in
Hongkong on the two Sundays next preceding the date of the
Meeting.

9. All deeds, documents and other instruments requiring the
Seal of the Corporation shall be sealed -with the Common Seal of the
Corporation and signed by at least four of the Members of the
Body for the time being

10. nothing in this ordinance shall affect or be deenied to affect
the rights of His majesty the king

Short title. Incorporation. Succession and Seal. Power to acquire property. Power to sell property. Register of Members. Filling vacancies in Church Body. Conduct of services, etc. Power to make regulations. Removal of Members. Convening meetings. Use of Seal. Saving of rights of Crown.

Abstract

Short title. Incorporation. Succession and Seal. Power to acquire property. Power to sell property. Register of Members. Filling vacancies in Church Body. Conduct of services, etc. Power to make regulations. Removal of Members. Convening meetings. Use of Seal. Saving of rights of Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1006

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

1009

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 36 of 1912

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:03 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN SOLICITORS ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1005

Title

CROWN SOLICITORS ORDINANCE, 1912

Description






No. 31 of 1912, incorporated in No. 9 of 1911.

No. 32 of 1912, incorporated in no. 6 of 1900.

No. 33 of 1912, incorporated in No. 3 of 1890 and No. 9 of 1899.

No. 34 of 1912, incorporated in No. 10 of 1899.

No. 35 of 1912.

to make provision for the appointment of and to define the powers
of the crown solicitors and assistant crown solicitors of
the colony [1st November, 1912]

1. The Crown Solicitors Ordinance, 1912.

2.-(1) The Governor shall have and shall be deemed at all times
to have had power to appoint any qualified person to be crown
Solicitor or Assistmit Crown Solicitor.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance
(a) a person shall be deemed qualified for appointment as Crown
Solicitor if at the time be first commences to perform his duties
as such he, shall possess any of the qualifications, which would entitle
the Court to approve, admit and enrol him as a barrister or as a
solicitor under section 21 of the legal Practitioners Ordinance,
1871;

(b) a person shall be deemed qualified for appointment as Assist
ant Crown Solicitor if he shall have successfully Passed all the
examinations required of a student before. admission as a bar
rister or advocate in Greator Ireland or as all attorney,
solicitor, writer or laws agent in one of the courts at london, dublin
or edinburgh or as a proctor in any ecclesiastical court in England.

3.- (1) any person duly appointed Crown Solicitor or Assistant
Crown Solicitor. under the provisions of this Ordinance shall be.
permitted to practise as a solicitor both lit the Supreme Court and
elsewhere in the Colony when appearing as Crown Solicitor or as
Assistant Crown Solicitor:

(a) on behalf of, or representing or acting for or on behalf of

(i) the Crown;





(it) any Government Department of the Colony;

(iii) with the consent of the Governor, the Naval or Military
Authorities;

(iv) with the consent of the Governor any officer in the employ-
ment of the Government in any matter in the Crown or the
Government or any Department thereof is interested;

(b) in any proceedings relating to extradition


(c) in any matter in which the Crown or the Government or any
Department thereof is interested.

(2) Any person duly appointed and acting as Crown Solicitor
under the provisions of this Ordinance shall also be entitled to appear
on behalf of the Attorney General and prosecute persons at the
criminal sessions.

(3) Subject to the provislons of sub-section (2) of this section no
person duly appointed crown Solicitor or Assistant Crown Solicitor
shall be entitled to practise as a barrister or to practise on his own
account as a barrister or as a. solicitor as long as he continues to hold,
or act in, bis appointment.

4. The Government shall be entitled to charge reasonable fees for
work done by any Crown Solicitor or Assistant crown Solicitor on
behalf of the Naval or Military Authorities or in extradition pro-
ceedings. Such fees shall be, subject to taxation and shall. be paid
into the general revenite of the Colony.

5. if in any cause or proceeding before any court, tribunal,
arbitrator or otherwise any party for whom any Crown Solicitor or
Assistant Crown Solicitor appears or acts as solicitor obtains an order
for costs against any other party such costs shall be taxed against and
payable by the party against whom the order is made, and when
recovered shall be paid into general revenue of the Colony.



6. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be deemed to confer a pro-
fessional status as solicitor upoll any person wbo has not been duly
enrolled as a sollclitor under section 21 of the Legal Practitioners
Ordinance, 1871-, or to detract from the professional status of any
barrister or advocate who is or has been appointed a Crown Solicitor
or Assistant Crown Solicitor under the provisions of this Ordinance.

[s. 7, rep. No. 43 of 1912.]
Short title. Appointment and qualifications of Crown Solicitor and Assistant Crown Solicitor. No.1 of 1871. Rights and limitations as to practice by Crown Solicitor and Assistant Crown Solicitor. Fees. Costs.

Abstract

Short title. Appointment and qualifications of Crown Solicitor and Assistant Crown Solicitor. No.1 of 1871. Rights and limitations as to practice by Crown Solicitor and Assistant Crown Solicitor. Fees. Costs.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1005

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

87

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 35 of 1912

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:03 +0800
<![CDATA[INNKEEPERS ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1004

Title

INNKEEPERS ORDINANCE, 1912

Description



No. 29 of 1912.
For the further relief of Innkeepers. [4th October, 1912.]

1. The Innkeepers Ordinance, 1912.





2. In this Ordinance-

---Inn--- means any hotel, inn or other Place of refreshment the
keeper of which has now by law a lien on any property deposited
with him or left on his premises.

Innkeeper--- means the keeper of any such place and

a public company.

3. An innkeeper shall, in addition to his ordinary lien, have the
right absolutely to sell by public auction any property which may
have been deposited with him or left in the inn he keeps or in the
premises appurtenant or belonging thereto, where the person
depositing or leaving such Property shall be or become indebted to the
said innkeeper either for any board or lodging or for the keep or
expenses of any animal left such Dinkeeper or standing at
livery in the stables or fields occupied by such innkeeper : pro
vided however

(1) that, except In the case of perishable Property, no such Sale
shall be made until the sald property shall have been for the
space of six weeks in such charge on demand pay to the person
premises without such debt having- been satisfied;


(2) that such innkeeper, after having, out of the proceeds of such
sale, paid himself the amount of any such debt together with the
costs and expenses of such sale, shall on demand pay to the person
depositing or leaving such debt the surplus (if any) remaining
after such sale;

(3) that the debt for the paynient of which a sale is made shall
not be any other or greater debt than the debt for which the pro-
perty could have been retained by the innkeeper under his lien ;

(4) that, in the case of perishable property, as soon as conveniently
may be either before or after such sale, and in the case of other
property at least one month before any such sale, the innkeeper shall
cause to be inserted in a newspaper circulating in the Colony an
advertisement containing a notice of such sale or intended sale and
giving shortly a description of the property sold or intended to be
sold together with the name of the owner or person where known
who deposited or left the same.

No. 30 of 1912, incorporated in No. 3 of 1890.
Short title. Interpretation of terms cf. No. 3 of 1870. Innkeeper to have a right of sale in addition to his in. Cf. 41 & 42 Vict. C. 38 s. 1.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms cf. No. 3 of 1870. Innkeeper to have a right of sale in addition to his in. Cf. 41 & 42 Vict. C. 38 s. 1.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1004

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

158

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 29 of 1912

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:02 +0800
<![CDATA[FULL COURT ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1003

Title

FULL COURT ORDINANCE, 1912

Description






No. 27 of 1912.

To make provision for the reconstitution of the Full Court.

[in force 1st December, 1912.]

WHEREAS it is deemed expedient to amend the constitution of the
Supreme Court and to make provision for the appointment of a
temporary judge in cases where a sufficient number of permanent

judges are not available: -

1. The Full Court Ordinance, 1912

2. In this and in all existing and future enactments the expres-
sion ' Full Court' shall mean, subject only to the provisions of
this Ordinance, any two or three judges sitting together, whether
in Court or Chambers, provided however that where more than
two judges in the permanent service of the Colony are available a
judge whose judgment or order is appealed from shall not be a
member of a Full Court of two judges only, sitting to bear and
determine the appeal.

3. The Chief Justice shall as a general rule preside in the Full
Court

Provided however that the Judoe of Bis Britannic -Majesty's
Supreme Court for China, if his appointment as such judge is earlier
in date than the appointment of the Chief Justice as such Chief
Justice, shall preside whenever he is present in the full court.

4.-(1) where a full Court consisting of three judges sits the

-judgment or order of any two of them shall be deemed the Judgment
or order of the Full Court.

(2) Where a Full Court consisting of two judges only sits in
appellate jurisdiction and the two judges differ then the judgment
or order appealed from shall be disturbed only in so far as it may
be modified or affected by any order they may make as to which
they do not differ and shall be deemed to be the judgment or order of
the Full Court.

(3) Where -a Full Court consisting of two judges only sits other-
wise than in appellate jurisdiction and the two judges differ the
judgment or order of the Chief Justice or in his absence of the
Senior Judge shall be deemed to be the judgment or order of the
Full Court subject to a right which is hereby conferred on any party
aggrieved to an appeal to a Full Court consisting of three judges
if applied for within fourteen days after the delivery of the judg-
ment or order of the said Senior Judge.

5. When three judges in the permanent service of the Colony
shall not be available the following provisions shall apply -

(1) In all interlocutory appeals, appeals from the Court in its
summary jurisdiction, appeals from any Magistrate (including a
Marine Magistrate), in all cases where the Full Court sits to hear


and determine points reserved for its consideration and in all cases
where the Full Court does not sit in appellate Jurisdiction the Full
Court shall consist of two judges only.

(2) In all other cases the Full Court shall consist of three judges
one of whom shall be the judge of Bis Britannic Majesty's Supreme
Court, for China (if the Principal Secretary of State for Foreign
Affairs has consented to such appointment) or a barrister of not
less than 7 years standing temporarily appointed by the Governor

from time to time for the purposes of this sub-section

Provided that the provisions of this section, notwithstanding
that three judges in the permanent service of the Colony shall be

available, shall also apply whenever and for such periods as the
Governor by notification in the Gazette may so direct.

5a. All appeals and all motions for a new trial or to set aside a
verdict, finding or judgment, which have been brought or made
before the date of the coming into operation of this Ordinance and
which have not been heard and determined before that date, may
be continued before and heard and determined by the Full Court
as constituted by this Ordinance in all respects as if such appeals
and motions had been brought or made since the date of the coming
into operation of this Ordinance.

[ss. 6, 7, and the schedule, rep. No. 43 of 1912.]

Short title. Interpretation. Precedence. Rule where Judges defer. Procedure where there permanent judges are not available. Procedure in special circumstances where three permanent judges are available. Provision for pending appeals and motions.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. Precedence. Rule where Judges defer. Procedure where there permanent judges are not available. Procedure in special circumstances where three permanent judges are available. Provision for pending appeals and motions.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1003

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

4

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 27 of 1912

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:02 +0800
<![CDATA[AIRSHIPS ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1002

Title

AIRSHIPS ORDINANCE, 1912

Description






So. 22 of 1912, incorporated generally.

No. 23 of 1912, incorporated generally.

No. 24 of 1912, repealed by No. 43 of 1912.

No. 25 of 1912, repeated by No. 43 of 1912.

No. 26 of 1912.
To regulate the ascents, descents and flights of balloons, airships,
aeroplanes and paraphutes. [14th June, 1912.]

1. The Airships Ordinance, 1912).

2.-(1) It shall not be lawful for anY person to make an ascent
in a balloon, whether dirigible or otherwise, or in an airship or
aeroplane withont having previously obtained the permission in
writing of the governor.

(2) It shall not be lawful -For an person having ascended else-

where in a balloon, whether dirigible or otherwise, or in an airship
or aeroplane to make any flight over or above any portion of the
Colony or of the waters of the Colony or to descend thereby or by
means of any parachute or other contrivance without having pre-
viously obtained the permission in writing of the Governor.

(3) Any permission given under this section may be issued subject
to any conditions, which shall be specified in the written permission,
that the Governor may think fit to impose.

(4) Every person who contravenes the provisions of this section
or who contravenes any, of the conditions aforesaid shall be liable
on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars or to
imprisonment for any term not exceeding 3 months and to the
forfeiture of any photographs, negatives, photographic apparatus,
sketches, sketching materials, maps and plans not expressly autbor-
ised in any such written permission as aforesaid which in the
opinion of the Magistrate appear to have been carried by the offend-
er during any ascent from or flight over or above or descent to any
portion of the Colony or the waters thereof.

[s. 3, rep. No. 43 of 1912]
Short title. Control of aviators.

Abstract

Short title. Control of aviators.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1002

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 26 of 1912

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:01 +0800
<![CDATA[ADVERTISEMENTS REGULATION ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1001

Title

ADVERTISEMENTS REGULATION ORDINANCE, 1912

Description


No. 19 of 1912.
To control the exhibition of advertisements
[17th May, 1912.]

1. The Advertisements Regulation Ordinance, 1912.

2. The Governor-in-Conncil may make regulations, which shall
be subject to the approval of, and shall not corne into force until
confirmed by, the legislative council

(1) for the regulation and control of hoardings and similar struc-

tures used for the purpose of advertising

(2) for regulating, restricting or preventing the exhibition of
advertisements in such places and in such manner or by such means,
as to affect injuriously the amenities of any public place or to dis-
figure the natural beauty of a landscape or of the waters of the
Colony or of the clouds or sky.

3. Any person who falls to comply with or commits any breach
of any regulation made under this Ordinance shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars and to an

order for the removal of the advertisement. Any person who falls
to comply with any such order shall be liable on summary convic-
tion to a fine not exceeding 10 dollar, a day for every day that he
is in default. and to imprisonment for any term not exceeding 3
months.
Short title. Regulations for the control of advertisements. Penalties.

Abstract

Short title. Regulations for the control of advertisements. Penalties.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1001

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

132

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 19 of 1912

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:01 +0800
<![CDATA[LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1000

Title

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE, 1912

Description






No. 14 of 1912, incorporated in No. 9 of 19122

No. 15 of 1912, incorporated in No. 3 of 1890.

No. 16 of 1912, incorporated generally


No. 17 of 1912, incorporated generally.

No. 18 of 1912.

To establish limited partnership. [in force 1st June, 1912]

1-(1) The limited Partnerships Ordinance, 1912.

(2) This Ordinance shall apply to such partnerships carrying on
business in the Colony as in the opinion of the Registrar of Com-
panies can properly be described as Non-Chinese Partnerships.

2. In this Ordinance :-

Firm , firm name and ' business ' have the same mean-
ing., as in the partnership Ordinaxice, 1897.

General Partner ' shall mean any partner who is not a limited
partner -,is defined by this Ordinance.

- Registrar of Conipanies - shall mean the officer appointed for
the registration of companies under the Companies Ordinance,
1911.

3.-(1) Limited partnerships may be formed in the manner and
subject to the conditions by this Ordinince provided.

(2) A limited partnership shall not consist, in the case of a part-
nership carrying on the business of banking, of more than 20
persons, and, in the case of any other partnership, of more than

20 persons, and must consist of one or more persons called
general partners, who shall be liable for all debts and obligations of
the firm, and one. or more persons to be called limited partners.
who shall at the time of entering into such partnership contribute
thereto a sum or sums as capital or property valued at a stated
amount, and who shall not be liable for the debts or obligations of
the firm beyond the amount so contributed.





(3) A limited partner shall not during the continuance of the
partnership, either directly or indirectly, draw out or receive back
any part of his contribution, and if he does so draw out or
receive back any such part, shall be liable for the debts and obliga-
tions of the firm up to the ainount so drawn out or received back.


(4) A body corporate may, be a limited partner.

1. Every limited partnersbip must be registered as such in accord-
ance with the provisions of this Ordinance, or in default thereof it
shall be deemed to be a general partnership, and every limited
partner shall be deemed to be a general partner.

5.-(1) A limited. partner shall not take part in the management
of the partnership business, and shall not have power to bind the
firm :

Provided that a limited partner may by himself or his agent at

any time inspect the books of' the firm and examine into the state
and prospects or the partnership btisiness, and may advise with the
partners thereon.

If a limited partner takes in the management of the part-

nership business he shall be liable for all debts and obligations or

the firm incurred while he so takes, part, in the management as
though he were a general partner.

(2) A limited partnership shall not be dissolved by the death or
bankruptcy of a limited partner, and the lunacy of a limited
partner shall not be a ground for dissobition of the partnership by
the Court unless the lunatle's share cannot be otherwise ascertained
and realised.

(3) In the event of the dissolution of a limited partnership its
affairs shall be wound up by the general partners unless the Court
otherwise orders.

(4) Applications to the Court to wind up a limited partnership
shall be by petition under the Companies Ordinance, 1911, and the
provisions of that Ordinance relating to the winding up of companies,
by the Court and of the rules made thereunder (including provisions
as to fees) shall, subject to such modification ('If any) as the Gov-
ernor-in-Council may by rules provide, apply to the winding up
by the Court of limited partnerships, with the substitution of
general partners for directors.





(5) Subject to any agreement expressed or implied between the

partners,-

(a) any difierence arising as to ordinary matters connected with
the partnership business may be decided by a majority of the general
partners;

(b) a limited partner may, with the consent of the general part-
ners, assign his share in the partnership, and upon such an assign-
ment the assignee shall become a limited partner with all the rights
of the assignor;

(c) the other partners shall not be entitled to dissolve the part-
nership by reason of any limited partner suffering his share to be
charged for his separate debt ;

(d) a person may be introduced as a partner without the consent
of flie existing limited partners;

(e) a limited partner shall not be entitled to dissolve the partner-
ship by notice.

6. Subject to the provisions of this ordinance, the Partnership
Ordinance, 1897, and the rules of equity and of common law
applicable to partnerships, except so far as they are inconsistent
with the express provisions of the last mentioned Ordinance, shall
apply to limited partnerships.

7. The registration of a limited partnership shall be efrected by
sending by registered post or delivering to the registrar of Com-
panies a statement signed by the partners containing the following
particulars:

(a) the firm name;

(b) the general nature of the business

(c) the principal place of business;

(d) the full name of each of the partners

(e) the term, if any, for which tbe partnership is entered Into, and
the date of its commencement ;

(f) a statement that the partDership is limited, and the descrip-
tion of every limited partner as such ;

(g) the sum contributed by each limited partner, and whether
paid in cash or how otherwise.





8.-(1) If during the continuance of a limited partnership any
change is made or occurs in
(a) the firm name,
(b) the general nature of the business,
(c) the principal place of business,
(d) the partners or the name of any partner,
(e) the term or character of the Dartnership,
(f) the sum contributed by any limited partner,
(y) the liability of any partner by reason of his becoming a
limited instead ol a general partner or a general instead of a limited
partner,
a statement, signed by the firm, specifying the nature of the. change
shall within 7 days be sent by post or delivered to the Registrar
of Companies.

(2) If default is made incompliance with the requirements of
this section each of the general partners shall, on summary con-

viction, be liable to a fine not exceeding 10 dollars for each day
during which the default continues.

9. Notice of any arrangement or transaction under which any
person will cease to be a general partner in any firm, and will
become a limited partner in that firm, or under which the share
of a limited partner in a firm will be assigned to any person, shall
be forthwith advertised in the Gazette, and until notice of the
arrangement or transaction is so advertised the arrangement or
transaction shall, for the Inirposes of this Ordinance, be deemed to
be of no effect.

10. The statement of the amount contributed by a limited partner,
and a statement of any increase in that amount, sent to the Re-
gistrar for registration under this Ordinance, shall be charged with
an ad valorem stamp duty of $2.50 for every $1,000 and any frac-
tion of $1,000 over ally multiple on $1,000, of the amount so
contributed, or of the increase of that amount, as the case may be ;
and, in default of payment of stamp duty thercon as herein required,
the duty with interest thereon at the rate of 8 per cent. per
annum from the date of delivery of such statement shall be a joint
and several debt to His majesty, recoverable from the partners, or
any of them, in the said statements named, or in the case of an in-





crease, from all or any of the said partners whose discontinuance in
the firm shall not, before the date of delivery ol such statement of
-increase, have been duly notified to the Registrar of Companies.

11. Every one cominits a misdemeanor who makes, signs, sends,
or delivers for the purpose of registration under this Ordinance any
false statement known by him to be false or any incomplete state-
ment known by him to be incomplete.

12. On receiving any statement made in pursuance of this Ordi-
nance the Registrar of Companies shall cause the same to be filed,
and he shall send by registered post to the firm from whom such
statement shall have been received a certificate of the registration
thereof.

13. The Registral of Companies shall keep at his office, in proper
books to be provided for the purpose, a register and an index of all
the limited partnerships registered as aforesaid, and of all the state-

ments registered in relation to such partnerships.

14.-(1) Any person may Inspect the statements filed by the
Registrar of Companies, and there shall be paid for each such
inspection a fee of one dollar; and any person may require a certi-
ficate of the registration of a limited partnership, or a copy of or
extract from any registered statement, to be certified by the
Registrar of Companies, and there shall be paid for such certificate
of registration, certified copy, or extract such fees as the Court may
appoint, not exceeding $1 for the certificate of registration, and not
exceeding 80 cents for oach folio of 72 words.

(2) A certificate of registration, or a copy of or extract from any
statement registered under this Ordinance, if duly certified to be a
true copy under the hand of the Registrar of Companies or one of
the Deputy Registrars (whom it shall not be necessary to prove to
be the Registrar or Deputy Registrar) shall, in all legal proceedingS,
civil or criminal, and in all cases wbatsoever, be received in evidence.

15. The governor-in-council may make rules concerning any of
the following matters :-

(a) The fees to be paid to the Registrar of Companies under this
Ordinance so tbat they do not exceed in the case of the original,
registration of a limited partnership the sum of 20 dollars and in
any other case the sum of 3 dollars.
(b) The duties or additional duties to be performed by the Re-
gistrar of Companies for the purposes of this Ordinance.
(c) The performance by Deputy Registrars and other officers of
acts by this Ordinance required to be done by the Registrar of
Companies.

(d) The forms to be used for the purposes of this Ordinance.


(e) Generally the conduct and regulation of registration under
this Ordinance and any matters Incidental tbereto.
[s. 16, re.p. No. 43 of 1912]
Short title and application. Interpretation. 7 Ed. 7 c. 24 s. 3. No.1 of 1897. No.58 of 1911. Definition and constitution of limited partnership. Ib. s. 4. Registration of limited partnership required. 7 Ed. 7 c. 24 s. 5. Modifications of general law in case of limited. Partnerships. Ib. s. 6. No.58 of 1911. Laws as to private partnership to apply subject to this Ordinance. No. 1 of 1897. 7 Ed. 7 c. 24 s. 7. Manner and particulars of registration. Ib. s. 8. Registration of changes in partnerships. 7 Ed. 7 c. 24 s. 9. Advertisement in Gazette of statement of general partner becoming a limited partner and of assignment of share of limited partner. Ib. s. 10. Ad valorem stamp duty on contributions by limited partners. ib. s. 11. Making false returns to be misdemeanor. 7 Ed. 7 c. 24 s. 12. Registrar to file statement and issue certificate od registration. Ib. s. 13. Register and index to be kept. Ib. s. 14. Inspection of statements registered. Ib. s. 16. Powers of Governor-in-Council to make rules. ib. s. 17.

Abstract

Short title and application. Interpretation. 7 Ed. 7 c. 24 s. 3. No.1 of 1897. No.58 of 1911. Definition and constitution of limited partnership. Ib. s. 4. Registration of limited partnership required. 7 Ed. 7 c. 24 s. 5. Modifications of general law in case of limited. Partnerships. Ib. s. 6. No.58 of 1911. Laws as to private partnership to apply subject to this Ordinance. No. 1 of 1897. 7 Ed. 7 c. 24 s. 7. Manner and particulars of registration. Ib. s. 8. Registration of changes in partnerships. 7 Ed. 7 c. 24 s. 9. Advertisement in Gazette of statement of general partner becoming a limited partner and of assignment of share of limited partner. Ib. s. 10. Ad valorem stamp duty on contributions by limited partners. ib. s. 11. Making false returns to be misdemeanor. 7 Ed. 7 c. 24 s. 12. Registrar to file statement and issue certificate od registration. Ib. s. 13. Register and index to be kept. Ib. s. 14. Inspection of statements registered. Ib. s. 16. Powers of Governor-in-Council to make rules. ib. s. 17.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1000

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

37

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 18 of 1912

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:01 +0800
<![CDATA[FOREIGN COPPER COIN ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/999

Title

FOREIGN COPPER COIN ORDINANCE, 1912

Description


No. 11 of 1912.

To prohibit the iviportation and circulation of foreign copper and
bronze coins. [in force 1st July, 1912.]

1. The foreign Copper Coin Ordinance, 1912.


as amended by no. 44 of 1912 and no. 43 of 1912 supp. sched






2. The importation and circulation of all kinds of copper or bronze
coins, other than those specified in Her Majesty's Order-in-Council
dated the second day of February, 1895, and published in the
Gazette of the thirtieth day of March, 1895, and-other than Chinese,
cash, are prohibited.

3.-(]-) If any person imports or attempts to import any coin
the importation of which is prohibited by this Ordinance he
shall be liable on summary conviction if the coin be of the amount
of 5 dollars in nominal value or upwards, to a fine not exceeding
1,000 dollars, and in any event, unless the Magistrate is satisfied
that the coin imported was not intended for use in the Colony, the
coin so imported or attempted to be imported shall be forfeited.

(2) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any coin
imported under a licence in writing under the hand of the Colonial
Secretary. Every such licence shall specify the term on which

such coin may be imported.

(3) It any person importing coin under any such licence fall to
corllply with any of the terms of such licence he shall be liable on
summary conviction to the fine and forfeiture to which he would
have been liable if the licence had not been granted.

4.(1) If any person circulates or attempts to circulate any coin
the circulation of which is prohibited by this Ordinance, he shall
be liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceedina 25 dollars
and the coin so circulated or attempted to be circulated shall be
forfeited.

(2) For the purposes of this, section a person shall be deemed to
circulate coin if he tenders, utters, buys, sells, receives, or pays it,
or puts it off, provided always that a person shall not be deemed
to circulate coin if he gives such coin to a boma fide banker or to
a licensed money-changer either in exchange for other coins or
notes or for any other purpose and provided also that the pro-
visions of this section shall not apply to any bona fide banker or to
any licensed money-changer.
[S. 5, rep. No. 43 of 1912.]

No. 12 of 1912, incorporaled generally.

No. 13 of 1912, incorporated generally.


see vo. 3 pp 25-29

Short title. Prohibition of importation and circulation of foreign copper and bronze coins. Penalty for importing without or in contravention of licence. Penalty for circulation. Definition and exemption.

Abstract

Short title. Prohibition of importation and circulation of foreign copper and bronze coins. Penalty for importing without or in contravention of licence. Penalty for circulation. Definition and exemption.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/999

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 11 of 1912

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:00 +0800
<![CDATA[DEPORTATION ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/998

Title

DEPORTATION ORDINANCE, 1912

Description


No. 9 of 1912.

To provide for the deportation of undesirable aliens and certain
other persons. [16th April, 19112.]

1. The Deportation Ordinance, 1912

2. For the purposes of this Ordinance the Governor may by
notification in the Gazette appoint any building or portion of a
building to be a I-louse of Detention and any person to be Superin-
tendent of such House.


as amended by no. 43 of 1912 supp sched






3.(1) whenever it shall appear to the Governor that there are
reasonable grounds for enquiry as to whether any person should be
deported under this Ordinance he may issne a warrant in the form
no.1 in the schedule authorising the arrest and detentian of any
such person for a perlod of six days.

(2) When in pursnance of any such warrant any person named
therein shall have been received into custody in the House of
Detention the Superintendent thereof shall cause the Registrar
General to be informed of the fact.

(3) Thereafter the Registrar General or any Assistant Registrar
general shall attend at the flouse of Detention and shall ask the
person in custody the questions set out in form no. 2 in the
schedule, or if such person does uot appear to understand the
English language such questions shall be duly interpreted.

(4) the person so attending shall cause the answers (if any) of
the person in enstody to be taken down in writing and if the said
answers are in English shall certify them under his hand, or if they
are not in English shall cause both the original and the translation

to be certified under the hand of the interpreter, or if no answers
are given shall certify that fact under his hand.

(5) Thereafter the Registrar General shall transmit to the
Colonlial Secretary a report, in formno. 3 in the shcedule, for the
consideration of the governor-in-council.

(6) the governor may from time to time by warrant in the
form no. 4 In the schedule autborise the detention of a, person
in costody under any warrant isstied mider this section, for a
further period of four days froin the date of the expiration of the
previons warraut, provided that the Governor is satisfied that the
said person ought to he so detained in order that further enquiry
may be made.

(7) A Magistrate may at any time admit any person, in custody
under any warrant issued under this section, to bail in the form
No. 5 in the schedule on his procurincs or producing such surety
or sureties as in the opinion of the Magistrate, will be sufficient
to ensure the appearance and surrender of such person at the House
of Detention on any specified date and time.

(8) The Colonial Secretary by direction of the Governor may by
order in form No. 6 in the schedule direct the release of any
person in custody under any such warrant as aforesaid and on





receipt of such order the Superintendent of the House of Detention
shall release such person.

4. The Governor-in-Council may issue a Deportation Order
form No. 7 in the schedule against any person who is not in the
opinion of the Governor-in-Council a natural born or naturalized
subject of His Majesty.

5.-(1) Whenever during the continuance of any proclamation
under the Peace Preservation Ordinance, 1886, it shall appear to
the Governor-in-Council that the removal from the Colony, of any
naturalized British subject (whether such person has been na-
turalized or received a certificate of naturalization under any Act
or Ordinance) is necessary for the public safety, it shall be lawful
for the governor-in-council to issue a Deportation Order in form
No. 7 in the schedule.

(2) Every Deportation Order issued utider the provisions of the
last sub-section shall be forthwith reported by the Governor to the
Secretary of State.

(3) The Governor-in-council may issue a Deportation Order the
form -No. 7 in the schedule against any British subject not belong-
ing to Hongkong who has been imprisoned in the Gaol in pursuance
of any sentence imposed by his Majesty's Supreme Court in China.
and Corea.

6. Every deportation Order shall state the grounds on which it
is made and the periodwhich it is to apply and shall fix the
time within which the person, against whom it is made, shall de
part from the Colony.

7. As soon as practicable after the issue of a Deportation Order
the Superintendent of the House of Detention shall cause a copy-
thereof to be served on the person against whom it is made, and
shall deliver the original thereof to the Captain Superintendent of
Police, and shall deliver such person into the custody of a police
officer and such person shall thereupon remain in such custody and
shall be deemed to be under lawful arrest until he leaves the
Colony.

8.-(1) Every person who hag been prohibited from residing or
being within this Colony either by virtue of a Deportation Order





or by virtue of the provisions of section 11 of this Ordinance, and
who, without lawful authority or excuse, is in this Colony after
the date of such order or after the time fixed for his departure, and
before expiration of the term of his banishment or at any tirne
contrary to the provisions of section 11 of this Ordinance, shall be
guilty of a. misdemeanor, and being convicted thereof shall be liable
to imprisonment for any term not exceeding five, years : Provided
that where such person is convicted on indictment he shall be liable
to imprisonment for any term not exceeding three years 'In Cases
where the period of banishment did not exceed fifteen years but
exceeded five years, and to imprisonment for any term not exceed-
ing two years in cases where the period of banishment did not
exceed five years : and provided also that in any case in which the
person, when brought before a magistrate on any such charge,
pleads guilty thereto, the -Magistrate may deal summarily with the
case and sentence such person to imprisonment for any term not
exceeding one year.

(2) Every person who has been prohibited by an order -of banish-
ment issued under the provisions of any enactment repealed by this
Ordinance from residing or being within this Colony and whe
without lawful authority or excuse Is In this Colony after the date
of such order or after the time fixed for his departure and before
Lhe expiration of the term of his banishment, shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor, and being convicted thereof shall be liable to im-
prisonment for any term not exceeding one year : Provided that
in any case in which the prisoner when brought before a -Magistrate
on any such charge, pleads guilty thereto, it shall be lawful for the
Magistrate to deal summarily with the case, instead of committing
the prisoner for trial at the Supreme Court.

9. The Governor-in-Council may issue a new order of deporta-
tion in form No. 7 in the schedule against any person who has
been convicted of an oiffence against section 8 of this Ordinance.

10. Every person who without lawful authority or excuse know-
ingly harbours or conceals any person, who has been prohibited
from residing or being within the Colony either by virtue of all
order of deportation or by virtue of the provisions of section 11. of
this Ordinance, or by virtue of an order of banishment issued under
any, enactment repeated by this Ordinance, shall be liable on sum-
mary conviction to a fine not exceeding 30 dollars.





11.-(1) Every person lawfully banished from the Straits Settle-
ments or from any Native State in the Malay Peninsula which is
for the titne being under the protection of the British government
is hereby prohibited from residing or being in the Colony during
the term of such banishment unless he shall have obtained the
written permission of the Governor to reside in the Colony. Any
such permission may be revoked in writing by the Grovernor served
on such person and upon such revocation the provisions of this sub-
section shall apply as though such permission bad not been
obtained.

(2) No person shall be deeined to have conimitted a breach of
the provisions ol this secting if during the terin of such banishment
he has resided or been within the Colony on one occasion only for
such period as may be reasonably necessary for him to make
arrangements for his departure. Provided however that it shall be
lawful for any police officer to arrest and detain any such person
or to take such other steps as may be necessary to facilitate or to
expedite his departure.

12.-(1) For the purpose of any prosecution under the provisions
of this Ordinatice an order of deportatiou or banishment purporting
to be signed by the Clerk ot Councils of this Colouy or by the
Colonlal Secretary or Actiug Colonial Secretary of the Straits settle-
inents shall be deerned to be, sufficient proof, until the contrary is
shewn, of the fact and date of such deportation or banishment.

(2) The answers given to the questions set out in form No. 2 in
the schedule shall not be admissible in evidence in any, but deporta-
tion or banishment proceedings.

13. The Banishment and Conditional Pardons Ordinance, 1882,
section 13 of the Peace Preservation Ordinance, 1886, section 18
of the Gambling Ordinance, 1891, the following words in sub-sec-
tion (1) of section 12 of the Protection if Women and Girls
Ordinance, 1897, namely, the words and if any person, not
being a natural born or naturalized British subject, who has been
previously convicted of an offence under this section, is again found
guilty of such an offence, the Governor-in-Council may issue an
order banishing such person from the Colony under any banish-


as amended by no. 43 of 1912 supp sched

as amended by no. 43 of 1912






ment laws which may from time to time be in force jin the
Colony,- and sub-section (4) of section 17 of the last named Ordi-
nance are hereby repealed.

SCHEDULE.

form No. 1.
warrant for arrest.

Hongkong.
In Government house in the Colony of Hongkong.
To cach and all of the Police Officers of the said colony and to the supreintendent
of the House of Dentention in the said Colony.

Information having been laid before ine that
is a person who ought to be deported under the provisions of the Deportation or
dinance, 1912, and I having been satisfied that a warrant for the ariest and detention
of the said should be issued : These are therefore to command
you the said police Officer, in His MajeAY's naine, forthwith to apprehend the said
and to convey bite said to the Holle of
Detention and there to deliver to the Superintendent thereof with this
warrant; and veil the said Superintendent to receive Ghe ,.,.lid into
your custody in the said Hotie of Detention and there safely keep for a period of
six days from the date of the reception of the said into
your custody or until shall have been sootier discharged under the
of the said Ordinance.
Dated this day of 191

(Signed)
Governor.

Form No. 2.
Questions and Answers.
1-Q. What is your naine and how old are you?
A.
2-Q. Where were you born?
A.
3-Q. how long have you resided in the Colony?
A.
4-Q have you any and what relations living in the Colony, if so, what are their
names and where do they reside?
A.
5.Q It is alleged against you that
have you anything and what to say in reply to that charge?
A.
6-Q.Have you any and what witnesses or any other evidence to adduce in sup-
port of what you say and where can your witness (if any) be found?
A.
I hereby certify that made in the
language the answers herein recorded in the English language.

(Signed)
This day of 191





Form No. 3.

Report
To the Hon. Colonial Secretary,
Hongkong.
In accordance with the provisions of the Deportation Ordinance, 1912, I have the
honour to transilait herewith the certified answers in the english language of

who has been duly examined in the house of Detention,
together with the originals of the written reports on which the allegations in Ques-
tion No. 5 were based. MY own opinion is that

(Signed)
Registrar General.

This day- of 191.

Form No. 4.
warrant for further detention/
Hongkong.

Government House in the Colony of honghong.
To the Superintendent of the House of Detention in the said Colony.
Whereas is detained by you the house of Detention by virtue
of a warrant issued by me under the provision, of the Deportation Ordinance, 1912,
and wherem I am satisfied that the said ought to be so detained
for a further period in order that further einquiry may be made : These are therefore
to command you to detain the said in your custody in the said
House of Detention and there safely keep for a further period of four days from
the date of the expiration of the warrant issued by me or until shall have
been sooner discharged under the provisions of the said Ordinance.

Dated this day of 19

(Signed)
Governor.

of Bail.
Hongkong.
In the Police Court It
on the day of
of
and of
personally came before me the undersigned a
Magistrate of the Colony and severally acknowledged themselves to owe to Our
Sovereign Lord the Ring the several sums following: that. is to say the said
the sum of and the said . the sum of
each to be made and levied of their several goods and chattels, lands and tenements,
respectively to the use of our said Lord the King, his heirs and successors if the said
shall fail in the condition following.
Taken and acknowledged the day of 191

(Signed)
Magistrate.
Explained by
Sworn Inferpreter.
Condition.
The condition of the within -written recognizance is such that
shall appear and surrender himself into the custody of the Superintendent of the
house of Detention in the Colony of Hongkong on the day of

191 at o'clock in the noon, then the said
recognizance to be void, or else to stand in full force and virtue.

Form No. 6.

Order for Discharge.

Hongkong.
At the Colonial Secretary's Office in the Colony of Hongkong.

to the Superintendent of the Hoase of Delention in the said Colony.
Whereas is detained by you in the House of Detention by virtue of
a warrant issued under the provisions of the Deportation Ordinance, 1912, and whereas
His Excellency the Governor is satisfied that the said ought not to be
further detained and has given me directions accordingly These are therefore to
command you to release the said
Dated this day of 191
(Signed)
Colonial Secretary.

Form No. 7.
Order by the governor-in-council under the prorisions of the Deportation
Ordinance, 1912.
Council Chamber, Victoria, in the Colony of Hongkong, the day of
191 .

Whereas it is deemed desirable bv the Governor-in-Couneil that
should be prohibited under the provisions of the Deportation Ordinance, 1912, from
residing or being within the Colony for the space of Years from the date hereof
upon the grounds hereinafter appearing :
The Governor-in-council doth hereby by virtue of the said Ordinance order that
the above named person be prohibited and the said person is hereby prohibited from
residing or being in the Colony for the space of time aforesaid from the said date,
and that the period of days from the said date be fixed as the time
within which the said person shall depart from the Colony aforesaid.

Statement of the grounds upon which order is made:-
That the said person

Clerk- of Councils
Short title. House of Detention. Arrest and Detention Warrant. Deportation Order against Non-British. Deportation Order against British Subjects. Grounds and period to be stated in Deportation Orders. Procedure consequent on issue of Deportation Order. Penalty for disobedience of Deportation Order. New Deportation Order. Penalty for harboring. Straits Deportees prohibited from residing or being within the Colony. Evidence. Repeal of Ordinance No.1 of 1882., section 13 of Ordinance No.10 of 1886, section 18 of Ordinance No. 2 of 1891, and part of section 12 (1) and section 17 (4) of Ordinance No.4 of 1897.

Abstract

Short title. House of Detention. Arrest and Detention Warrant. Deportation Order against Non-British. Deportation Order against British Subjects. Grounds and period to be stated in Deportation Orders. Procedure consequent on issue of Deportation Order. Penalty for disobedience of Deportation Order. New Deportation Order. Penalty for harboring. Straits Deportees prohibited from residing or being within the Colony. Evidence. Repeal of Ordinance No.1 of 1882., section 13 of Ordinance No.10 of 1886, section 18 of Ordinance No. 2 of 1891, and part of section 12 (1) and section 17 (4) of Ordinance No.4 of 1897.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/998

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 9 of 1912

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:00 +0800
<![CDATA[HOLIDAYS ORDINANCE, 1912]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/997

Title

HOLIDAYS ORDINANCE, 1912

Description






No. 5 of 1912.
To make provision for the due observatice of General, Public and
Bank Holidays and to awend and consolidate the law
relating to the same. [8th March, 1912.]

1. The Holidays Ordinance, 1912.

2. In this Ordinance

Public Holiday---means a day which (subject to the provisions
of section 5) shall be kept as a holiday by all educational establish-
ments, public offices and Government departments.

General Holiday ' means a day which (subject to the provi-
sions of section 5) shall be a dics non and which shall be kept as a
holiday by all banks, educational establishments, public offices and
Government departments.

3. The following days shall be general holidays

(1) Every Sunday.

(2) The first week-day of January.

(3) Chinese New Year's Day, or. if that day should be a Sunday
then the following day. Provided that iff the Chinese hereafter
adopt the Gregorian Calendar then the second week-day in January.

(4) Good Friday. .

(5) The day following Good Friday.

(6) Easter Monday.

(7) Whit Monday.

(8) The first Monday in August.

(9) The second Monday in October.

(10) The Monday which falls on or nearest to the ninth day of
November.

(11) Christmas Day or if that day should. be a Sunday then the
following day.

(12) The twenty-sixth day of December, or if that day should
be a Sunday then the following day, unless Christruas Day fall on
a Sunday then the Tuesday following Chritmas Day.

(13) The Birthday of His Majesty the Ring unless it shall be
ordered by the Governor, by an Order published in the Gazette,
that His Majesty's Birthday is to be kept on some other day, and
then, such other day.

4. The following day shall be a public holiday :-

Empire Day, that is to say, the 24th day of May or if tbat day
should be a Sunday then the following day.

5. The Governor may make regulations excluding in whole or in
part from the operation of sections 3 and 4 any public office or
Government department.

6. Subject to the provisions of section 14 of the Bills of Exchange
Ordinance, 1885, it shall not be necessary for any person to make
any payment or to do any otber act, including noting or protesting,
relating to any negotiable instrument on a general holiday, but all
obligation to make such payment or to do any such other act shall
apply to the next following day not being itself a general holiday.

7.- It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council by notification
in the Gazette to appoint any day to be observed as a general or
as a public holiday in addition to or in substitution for any day
mentioned in section 3 or in section 4 and thereupon the provisions
of this Ordinance shall apply to such added or substituted day and
shall cease to apply to any day for which aflother has been so
substituted.
[s. 8, rep. No. 43 of 1912.]

Short title. Definitions. General Holidays. Public Holiday. Regulations may exclude public offices, etc. Acts relating to negotiable instruments not comparable to be done on a general holiday. Power of the Governor-in-Council to appoint holidays.

Abstract

Short title. Definitions. General Holidays. Public Holiday. Regulations may exclude public offices, etc. Acts relating to negotiable instruments not comparable to be done on a general holiday. Power of the Governor-in-Council to appoint holidays.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/997

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

149

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 5 of 1912

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:00 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCANTILE BANK NOTE ISSUE ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/996

Title

MERCANTILE BANK NOTE ISSUE ORDINANCE, 1911

Description






No. 59 of 1911, incorporated in No. 10 of 1911.

No. 60 of 1911, incorporated in No. 1 of 1903.

No. 61 of 1911, incorporated in -No. 19 of 1911.

No. 62 of 1911, incorporated generally.

No. 63 of 1911, incorporated generally.

No. 64 of 1911, incorporated in No. 1 of 1872.

No. 65 of 1911.


of Bills and Notcs payable to Bearer on demand
[29th December, 1911.]

1. The Mereantile Bank Note. Issue Ordinance, 1911.

2. In this Ordinance,-
---Company--- means the Mercantile Bank of India, Limited,
whose chief office is in Threadneedle Street, Landon, England
---Current coin--- means coin lawfithy current in the Colony :
----Notes--- means bills and notes payable to bearer on demand in
current coin.

3. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, it shall be
lawful for the company to make, issue, reissue and circulate notes in
the Colony.

(2) Such notes shall not be issued for any other sum than the sum
of 5 dollars, or some multiple of such sum.

(3) Except as specified in section 6 the total amount of such
notes actually in circulation shall not at any time exceed the
amount of the capital of the company actually paid up.

If the company issues notes in excess of the amount authorised
by the provisions of this Ordinance, it and the manager of its





office in the Colony shall each be liable, on summary conviction, to
a fine not exceeding 50 dollars a day for every day during which
such excess of any sum not exceeding 10,000 dollars shall continue,
and to a further fine not exceeding 50 dollars a day for every day
during which such excess shall continue for every complete addi-
tional sum of 10,000 dollars in notes so issued in excess.

(4)-Such part of the books of the company as may contain any
entry relating to the notes issued or to be issued by the company or
relating te. the amount of such notes in circulation from time to
time, or any account, minute, or, memorandum in the possession of
the company or of any person in its employ, the sight or inspection
whereof may tend to insure the rendering or taking of true accounts
for any period of the average amount of such notes in circulation or
to test the truth of any such account, shall be open for the inspection
and examination at all reasonable times of any person authorised
in that behalf in writing signed by the Treasurer.

Every such authorised person shall be at liberty to take copies or
extracts from any such book, account, minute or memorandum.

If the company or any person in its employ keeping any such
book, account, ininute, or nienioranduni, or having the custody
or possession thereof or power to produce the same shall on demand
made by any such authorised person shewing if demanded his
authority in that behalf, refuse to produce any such book, account,
minute, or memorandum to him for hill inspection and examination
or to permit him to inspect and examine the same or to take copies
thereof or extracts therefrom, the company and such person in its
employ shall each be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not
exceeding 500 dollars :

Provided that the Treasurer shall not exercise or cause to be
exercised the powers aforesaid without the consent of the Governor.

(5) Such notes shall not be legal tender but shall be redeemable
at the office of the company in the Colony in current coin which is
unlimited legal tender in the Colony.

4. The company shall deposit and at all times keep deposited
with the Crown Agents securities to be approved by the Secretary
of State to an amount equal in value to the face value of the notes
in circulation with the addition of 5 per cent. of such value; or at
its option the company shall deposit and at all times keep deposited
with the Treasurer coin which is unlimited legal tender in the





Colony to an amount equal to the face value of the notes in circula-
tion; or as its like option the company shall deposit and at all times
keep deposited securities, so approved as aforesaid, with the Crown
Agents and coin, which is unlimited legal tender in the Colony,
with the Treasurer, in which case the amount of such securities
shall be equal in value to the difference between the amount of the
coin deposited and the face value of the notes in circulation with
the addition of 5 per cent. Such securities and such coin shall be
tinder the control of the Treasurer and shall be held by the Crown
Agents and the Treasurer respectively as special funds exclusively
available for the redemption of such issue of notes, and in the event
of the company becoming insolvent shall be sold and applied toward
such redemption as far as may be necessary, but without prejudice
to the rights of the holders of such notes to rank with other creditors
of the company against the assets of the company.

5.-(1) There shall be published in the Gazette every month, a
statement (to be rendered by the company on the first working
day of each month) of the face value of the notes outstanding, and
of the securities and coin held against these notes. The statement
shall show the nominal value of such securities, the price at which
they were valued on deposit and also the latest market price of such
securities.

(22) If for two consecutive months the said market price plus the
value of the coin (if any) deposited with the Treasurer should in-
dicate a selling value less than the amount required by section 4,
he shall demand that all notes returned to the company shall be
retained and not reissued until the amount so required is, reached,
or at his option he shall demand the deposit of additional -unlimited
legal tender coin or securities sufficient to raise the selling value
of the securities plus the valtie of the coin (if any) already deposited
to the amount so required; and the company shall comply. with
such demand. If, however, lor 3 consecutive months the said market
price indicates a continued and constant increase an their selling
value, the Governor-in-Council may allow the securities to be re-
duced provided the selling value of such securities plus the value of
the coin (if any) deposited is never allowed to fall below the
amount required by section 4.



as amended by no, 50 of 1911, no. 16 of 1912 and no. 43 of 1912
supp sched

as amended by no. 50 of 1911 and no. 17 of 1912






6. When in the opinion of the Governor-in-Council a temporary
emergency exists, he may permit the company to issue notes in
excess of the paid up capital of the company, provided there has
been specially deposited and is kept in the custody of the Colonial
Secretary and the Treasurer an amount of legal tender dollars
equal to the whole face value of such excess issue for the time being
actually in circulation, to be held by the said Colonial Secretary and
Treasurer exclusively for the redemption of such notes.

7. The powers granted by this Ordinance to the company to
make, issue, re-issue, and circulate notes shall be limited for a
period of 10 years from the com'itiencement of this Ordinance; after
such period the company shall cease to issue or re-issue notes but
shall redeem any notes which it has previously issued or re-issued :
Provided however, that if the company shall fall to comply with
the demand of the Treasurer referred to in section 5 (2), or shall
fall to comply with any of the other provisions of this Ordinance,
the power of the company to make, issue, re-issue and circulate
n6tes shall immediately cease.

8. Nothincr contained in this Ordinance shall exempt the coin-
pany from the operation of any law restricting or regulating the
issue of notes in the Colony.

-1912--

No. 1 of 1912, incorporated generally.

No. 2 of 1912, incorporated generally.

No. 3 of 1912, incorporated in No. 7 of 1896.

No. 4. of 1912, incorporated in No. 2 of 1891.


as amended by no. 50 of 1911 and no. 15 of 1912

as amended by no. 50 of 1911, no. 16 of 1912 and no. 17 of 1912

as amended by no. 16 of 1912

Short title. Definitions. Power for company to make and issue bills and notes and conditions of such issue. Deposit of securities or of coin or of both at option of company as funds exclusively available for re- demotion of note issue and in the event of insolvency. Monthly publication in Gazette of outstanding notes and securities. Power of Governor-in-Council to authorise excess note issue in temporary emergency. Issue and reissue of notes limited to 10 years from date of Ordinance. Saving as to laws restricting note issue.

Abstract

Short title. Definitions. Power for company to make and issue bills and notes and conditions of such issue. Deposit of securities or of coin or of both at option of company as funds exclusively available for re- demotion of note issue and in the event of insolvency. Monthly publication in Gazette of outstanding notes and securities. Power of Governor-in-Council to authorise excess note issue in temporary emergency. Issue and reissue of notes limited to 10 years from date of Ordinance. Saving as to laws restricting note issue.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/996

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 65 of 1911

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:20:00 +0800
<![CDATA[COMPANIES ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/995

Title

COMPANIES ORDINANCE, 1911

Description


No. 58 of 1911.
To consolidate and amend the law relating to Companies.

1.-(1) The Companies Ordinance, 1911.

[In force Ist January, 1912.]

As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 17 of 1912.
As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(2) This Ordinance applies to every company registered in this
Colony either before or after the commeDeement of this Ordinance
and notwithstanding that the whole or part of its business is or may
be carried on elsewhere.
(3) The Court shall not, in dealing with or making orders in
respect of applications made to it under this Ordinance, take into
consideration the fact that it may be difficult or impossible to
enforce them.

PART 1.
CONSTITUTION AND INCORPORATIONS.
Prohibition of Large Partnerships.
2. No cornpany, association, or partnership consisting of more
than -20 persons shall be formed for the purpose of carrying on the
business of banking or any other business that has for its object the
acquisition of gain by the company, association, or partnership, or
by the individual members thereof, unless it is registered as a com-
pany under this Ordinance, or is formed under or in pursuance of
some other Ordinance, or Act, or of a charter of incorporation, or of
letters patent.

Memorandum of Association.
3. Any 7 or more persons (or, where the company to be formed
will be a private company within the meaning of this Ordinance, any
or more persons.) associated for any lawful purpose may, by
subscribing their names to a memorandum of association and other-
wise complying with the requirements of this Ordinance in respect
of registration, form an incorporated company, with or without
limted liability (that is to say), either-
(i) a company having the liability of its members limited by the
memorandum to the. amount, if any, unpaid on the shares repec-
tively held by them (in this Ordinance, termed a company limited by
shares); or
(ii) a companv having the liability of its members limited by the
memorandum to such amount as the members may respectively
thereby undertake to contribute to the assets of the company in the
event of its being wound up (in this Ordinance termed a company
limited by guarantee); or
(iii) a company not having any limit on the liability of its mem-
bers (in this Ordinance termed an unlimited company).





4. in the case of a company limited by shares-
(1) The memorandum must state
(i) the name of the company, with---Limited ' as the last word in
its name;
(ii) the address in the Colony at which the registered office of the
company is to be situate;
(iii) the objects of the company;
(iv) that the liability of the members is limited;
(v) the amount of share capital with which the company pro-
poses to be registered, and the division thereof into shares of a
fixed amount.
(2) No subscriber of the memorandum may take less than one
share.
(3) Each subscriber must write opposite to his name the number
of shares he takes.

5. In the case of a company limited- by guarantee-
(1) The memorandum must state-
(j) the name of the company, with---Limited---as the last word
in its name;
0i) the address in the Colony at which the registered office of the
company is to be situate;
(iii) the objects of the company;
(iv,) that the liability of the. members is limited;
(v) that each member undertakes to contribute to the assets of the
company in the event of its being wound up while, he is a, member, or
within one year afterwards, for payment of the debts and liabilities
of the company contracted before he ceases to be a member, and of
the costs, charges, and expenses of winding up and for adjustment
of the rights of the contributories among themselves, such amount
as may be required, not exceeding a specified amount.
(12) If the company has a share capital-
(1) the memorandum must also state the amount of share capital
with which the company proposes to be registered and the division
thereof into shares of a fixed amount;
(ii) no sub scriber of the memorandum may take less than one
share ;
(iii.) each subscriber must write opposite to his name the number
of shares he takes.





6. In the case of an unlimited company-
(1) The memorandum must state-
(i) the name of the company;
(ii) the address in the Colony at which the registered office of the
company is to be situate -
(iii) the objects of the company.
(2) If the company has a share capital-
(i) no subscriber of the memorandum may take less than one
share;
(ii) each subscriber must write opposite to his name the number
of shares he takes.

7. The memorandum must bear the same stamp as if it were a
deed, and must be signed by each subscriber in the presence of at
least one witness who must attest the signature.

8. A company way not alter. the conditions contained in its me-
morandum except in the cases and in the mode and to the extent
for which express provision is made in this Ordinance.

9.-(1) A company may not be registered by a name identical
with that by which a company in existence is already registered,
or so nearly resembling that name as to be calculated to deceive,
except where the company in existence is in the course of being
dissolved and signifies its consent in such inanner as the Registrar
requires.
(2) If a company, through inadvertence or otherwise, is, without
such consent as aforesaid registered by a name identical with that
by which a company in existence is previously registered, or so
nearly resembling it as to be calculated to deceive, the first-men-
tioned company may, with the sanction of the Registrar, change
its name.

(3) Any company may, by special resolution and with the approval
of the Governor signified in writing, change its name.
(4) Where a company changes its name, the Registrar shall enter
the new name on the register in place of the former name, and
shall issue a certificate of incorporation altered to meet the circum-
stances of the case.
(5) The change of name shall not affect any rights or obligations
ofthe company, or render defective any legal proceedings by or
against the company, and any legal proceedings that might have





been Continued or commenced against it by its former name may be
continued or commenced against it by its new name.

10-(1)Subject to the provisions of this section a company may,
by special resolution, alter the provisions of its memorandum,with
respect to the objects of the company, so far as may be required
to enable it-
(a) to carry on its business more economically or more efficiently;
or

(b) to attain its main purpose by new or improved meavis; or
(c) to enlarge or change the local area of its operations; or
(d) to carry on some business which tinder existing circumstances
may conveniently or advantageously be combined with the busi-
ness of the company; or
(e) to res ' trict or abandon any of the objects sepecified in the
memorandum.
(2) The alteration shall not take effect until and except in so far
as it is confirmed on petition by the Court.
(3) Before confirming the alteration the Court inust be satisfied-
(a) that sufficient notice has been given to every holder of deben-
tures of the company, and to any persons or class of persons whose
interests will, in the opinion of the Court, be allected by the altera-
tion; and
(b) that, with respect to every creditor who in the opinion of the
Court is entitled to object, and who signifies his objection lit manner
directed by the Court, either his consent to the alteration has been
obtained or his debt or clairn has been discharged or has determined,
or has been secured to the satisfaction of the Court
Provided that the Court may, in the case of any person or class,
for special reasons, dispense with the notice required by this sec-
tion.
(4) The Court may make an order confirming the alteration either
wholly or in part, and on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit,
and may make such order as to costs as it thinks proper.
(5) The Court shall, in exercising its discretion under this section,
have regard to the rights and interests of the members of the
company or of any class of them, as well as to the rights and
interests of the creditors, and may, if it thinks fit, adjourn the
proceedings in order that an arrangement may be made tQ the





satisfaction of the Court for the purchase of the interests of dissen-
tient members; and may give such directions and inake such orders
as it may think expedient for facilitating or carrying into effect any
such arrangement : Provided that no part of the capital of the
Company may be expended in any such purchase.

(6) An office copy of the order confirming the alteration, together
with a printed copy of the memorandum as altered, shall, within 28
days from the date of the order, be delivered by the company to
the Registrar of Companies, and lie shall register the same, and
shall certify the registration under his hand, and the certificate shall
be conclusive evidence that all the requirements of this Ordinance
with respect to the alteration and the confirmation thereof have been
complied with, and thenceforth the memorandum so altered shall
be the memorandum of the company.

The Court may by order at any time extend the time for the
delivery of documents to the Registrar under this section for such
period as the Court may think proper.
(7) If a company makes default in deliveriDg to the Registrar of
Companies any docinuent required by this section to be delivered to
him, the company shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars
for every day during which it is in default.

Aricles of Association.
11-(1)There rnay, in the case of a company limited by shares,
and there shall in the case of a company lunited by guarantee or
unlimited, be reristered with the memorandum articles of associa-
tion signed by the subscribers to the memorandum and prescribing
regulations for the company.
m
(2) Articles of association may adopt all or any. of the regulations
contained in Table A in the 1st schedule.
(3) In the case of an unlimited company, or a company limited
by guarantee, the articles, if the company has a share capital, must
state the amount of share capital with which the company proposes
to be registered.
(4) In the case of an unlimited company or a company. limited by
guarantee, if the company has not a share capital, the articles must
state the number of members with which the company proposes to
be registered, for the purpose of enabling the Registrar to
determine the fees payable on registration.

As amended bv No. 50 of 1911.





12. In the case of a company limited by shares and registered after
the commencement of this Ordinance, if articles are not registered,
or, if articles are registered, in so far as the articles do not exclude
or modify the regulations in Table A M the Ist schedule, those
regulations shall, so far as applicable, be the regulations of the
company in the same manner and to the same extent as if they were
contained in duly registered articles.

13. Articles must--
(a) be printed;
(b) be divided into paragraphs numbered consecutively,
(c) bear the same stamp as if they were contained in a deed; and
(d) be signed by each subscriber of the memorandum of associa-
tion in the presence of at least one witness who must attest the
signature.

14. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and to the con-
ditions contained in its memorandum, a company may by special
resolution alter or add to its articles; and any alteration or
addition so made shall be as valid as if originally contained in the
articles, and be subject in like nianner to alteration by special
resolution.

General Provisions.
15-(1) The memorandum and articles shall, when. registered,
bind the company and the members thereof to the same extent as
if they respectively had been signed and sealed by each inember,
and contained covenants on the part of each member, his hen's'
executors, and administrators, to observe all the provisions of the
memorandum and of the articles, subject to the provisions of this
Ordinance.

(2) All money payable by any member to the company under the
memorandum or articles shall be a debt due from hini to the com-
pany, and shall be of the nature of a specialty debt.

16. The meniorandum and the articles (if any) shall be delivered
to the Registrar of Companies, and lie shall retain and register
them.

17.-(1) On the registration of the memorandum of a. company
the Registrar shall certify under his hand that the company is incor-

* As amended by 'No. 50 of 1911,





porated, and in the case of a limited company that the company is
limited.
(2) From the date of incorporation mention ' ed in the certificate of
incorporation, the subscribers of the memorandum, together with
such other persons as may from time to time become members of
the company, shall be a body corporate by the name contained in
the memorandum, capable forthwith of exercising all the functions
of an incorporated company, and having perpetual succession and a
common seal, with power to hold lands, but with such liability on
the part of the members to contribute to the assets of the company
in the event of its being wound up as is mentioned in this Ordinance.


18.-(1) A certificate of incorporation given by the Registrar in
respect of any association shall be conclusive evidence that all the
requirements of this Ordinance in respect of registration and of
matters precedent and incidental thereto have been complied with,
and that the association is a company authorised to be registered and
duly registered under this Ordinance.
(2) A statutory declaration by a solicitor engaged in the formation
of the company, or by a person named in the articles as a director
or secretary of the company, of compliance with all or any of the.
said requirements shall be produced to the Registrar, and the
Registrar may accept such a declaration as sufficient evidence of
compliance.

19.-(1) Every company shall send to every member, at his
request, and on payment of 1 dollar or such less sum as the com-
pany may prescribe, a copy of the ineinoranduin and of the articles
(if any).
(12) If a company makes default in complying with the require-
ments of this section, it shall be liable for each offence to a fine not
exceeding 10 dollars.

Associations not for Profit.
26. A company formed for the purpose of promoting art, science,
religion, charity, or any other like object, not involving the
acquisition of gain by the company or by its individual members,
shall not, without the licence of the Governor, hold more than 2
acres of land; but the Governor may by licence empower a;ny such
company to hold lands in such quantity, and subject to such con-
ditions, as he may think fit.





21.-(1) Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Governor
that an association about ot be formed as a limited company is to be
formed for promoting commerce, art, science, religion, charity,
or any other useful object, and intends to apply its profits (if any)
or other income in prom oting its objects, and to prohibit the pay-
ment of any dividend to its members, the Governor may by licence
direct that the associafion be registered as a company with limited
liability, without the addition of the word---Limited---to its name,
and the association may be registered accordingly.

association about to be formed as a limited company is to be

(2) A licence by the Governor under this section may be granted
on such conditions and subject to such regulations as the Governor
may think fit, and those conditions and regulations shall be binding
on the association, and shall, if the Governor so direct, be inserted
in the memorandum and articles, or in one of those documents.
(3) The association shall on registration enjoy all the privileges
of limited companies, and be subject to all their obligations, except
those of using the word ---Limited---as any part of its name, and
of publishing its name, and of sending lists of members and directors
and managers to the Registrar of Companies.
(4) A licence under this section may at anvAirne be revoked by
the Governor, and upon revocation the Registrar shall enter the
word---Limited---at the end of the name of the association upon the
register, and the association shall cease to enjoy the exemptions and
privileges granted by this section.
Provided that before a. licence is so revoked the Governor shall
give to the association notice in writing of his intention, and shall
afford the association an opportunity of being heard in opposition to
the revocation.

Companies limited by Guarantee,
21-(1) In the case of a company limited by guarantee and not
having a share capital, and registered on or after the date of the
commencement of this Ordinance, every provision in the memor-
andum or articles or in any resolution of the company purporting
to give any person a right to participate in the divisible profits of
the company otherwise than as a member shall be void.
(2) For the purpose of the provisions of this Ordinance relating
to the memorandum of a company limited by guarantee and of
this section, every provision in the memorandum or articles, or in

As amended by No. 17 of 1912.





any resolution, of any company limited by guarantee and registered
on or after the date of the commencement of this Ordinance, pur-
porting to divide the undertaking of the company into shares or
interests shall be treated as a provision for a share capital, notwith-
standing that the nominal amount or number of the shares or
interests is not specified thereby.

PART H.
DiSTRIBUTION AIND REDUCTION OF SHARE CAPITAL,
REGISTRATION OF UNLIMITED COMPANY As LIMITED
AND UNLIMITED LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS.
Distribution of Share Capital.
23-(1) The shares or other interest of any member in a company
shall be personal estate, transferable in manner provided by the
articles of the company, and shall not be of the nature of real estate.
(2) Each share in a company having a share capital shall be dis-
tinguished by its appropriate number.

24. A certificate, under the common seal of the company, specify-
ing any shares or stock held by any member, shall be prima facie
evidence of the title of the member to the shares or stock.

25.-(1) The subscribers of the memorandum of a, company shall
be deemed to have agreed to become members of the company, and

on its reoistration shall. be entered as members in its register of

memberes.

(.2) Every other person who agrees to become a member of a

company and whose name is entered in its register of members, shall
be a member of the company.

26-(1)Every company, shall keep in one or more books a register
o s members, and enter therein the following particulars
(i) the names and addresses and the occupations, if any, of the
members, and in tbe, case of a. company having a share capital a
statement of the shares held by each. member, distinguishing each
share by its number, and of the amount paid or agreed to be con-
sidered as paid on the shares of each member; in the case of Chinese
members their names and addresses, and occupations, if any, shall
be given in Chinese characters.
(ii) the date at which each person was entered in the register as a
member;





(iii) the date at which any person ceased to be a member.

(2) If a company falls to comply with this section it shall be liable
to a fine not exceeding 50 dollars for every day during which the
default continues; and every director and manager of the company
who knowingly and wilfully authorises or permit- the delault shall
be liable to the like penalty.

27.-(1)Every company having a share capital shall once at least
in every year make a list of all persons who, on the day of the
ordinary annual general meeting in the year, are mern ' bers of the
company, and of all persons who have, ceased to be members since
the date of the last return or (in the case of the first return.) of the
incorporation of the company.
(2) The list must state the names, addresses, and occupations of
all the past and present members therein mentioned, and in case of
Chinese members their names and addresses, and occupations, if
any, in Chinese characters, and the number of shares held by each
of the existing members at the date of the return, specifying shares
transferred since the date of the last return or (in the. case of the first
return) of the incorporation of the company by persons who are shall
members and have ceased to be members respectively and the dates
of reggistration of the, transfers, and must contain a summary dis-
tinguishing between shares issued for casil and shares issued as fully
or partly paid up otherwise than in cash, and specifying the follow-
ing particulars
(a) the amount of the share capital of the coinpany and the nilm-
ber of the shares into which it is divided;
(b) the number of shares taken from the corninencement of the
company up to the date of the return;
(c) the amount called up on each share;
(d) the total amount of calls received;
(e) the total amount of calls unpaid;
the total amount of the sums (if any) paid by way of commis-
sion in respect of any shares or debentures, or allowed by way of
discount in respect of any debentures, since the date of the last
return;
(q) the total number of shares forfeited
(h) the total amount of shares or stock for which share warrants
are outstanding at the date of the return;

4s amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Seted.





(i) the total amount of share warrants issued and surrendered
respectively since the date of the last return;
(k) the number of shares or amount of stock comprised in each
share warrant
(l) the names and addresses of the persons who at the date of the
return are directors of the company, or occupy the position of
directors, by whatever riame called ;
(m ) the total amount of debt due from the company in respect of
all mortgages and charges which are required to be registered with
the Registrar of Companies tinder this Ordinance;
(it) in the case of a company which has a, local register licence
under section 3.5), the number of shares on such local register and
their distinguishing numbers or marks if any.

(3) The sunimary must. also (except where the company is a
private company) include a statement, made tip to the same date
as the profit and loss account and balance sheet referred to in section
77, in the form of a balance sheet, audited by the company's audi-
tors, and containing a, summary of its share capital, its liabilities,
and its -assets, givIng such particulars; as disclose the general
nature of those liabilities and assets, and how the values of the fixed
assets have been arrived at. Such suminary shall also include a
statement of profit and loss.

(4) The above, list and summary must be contained in a separate
part of the register of members, and must be completed within 31
days after Ibe ordinary annual general meeting aforesaid, and the
company must forthwith forward to the Registrar of Conipa;nies a
copy signed by the manager or by the secretary of the conipany.
n
(.5) If a company makes default ub complying with the require-
nients of this section it shall be liable to a, fine riot exceeding .50
dollars for every day during which the default continues, and every
director and manager of the company who knowingly and wilfully
authorises or parmits the default shall be liable to the- like penalty.

28. No notice of any trust, expressed, implied, or constructive,
shall be entered on the. reffister, or be receivable by the Registrar.


29. On the application of the transferor of any share or interest
in a company, the conipanv shall enter in its register of members
the name of the transferee in the same manner and subject to the





same conditions as if the application for the entry were made by the
transferee.

30. A transfer of the share or other interest of a deceased member
of a company made by his personal representative shall, although
the personal representative is not himself a member, be as valid as
if he had been a member at the time of the execution of the instrit-
ment of transfer.

31-(1) The register of inembers, commencing, from tbe, date of
the registration of the company, shall be kept at the registered office
of the company, and, except when closed tinder the provisions of
this Ordinance, shall during business hours (subject to such reason-
able restrictions as the company in general meeting may impose, so
that not less than 2 hours in each day be allowed for inspection) be
open to the inspection of the Registrar of Companles or of any 11will-
her without fee, and to the inspection of any other person on payinent
of 50 cents, or such less sum as the company may prescribe, for each
inspection.
(2) Any member or other person may require a copy of the
register, or of any part thereof, or of the list and suminary required
by this Ordinance or any part thereof, on payrnent of -2.5 cents or
such less sum as the company may prescribe, for every 100 words or
fractional part thereof required to be copied.
(3) If any inspection or copy required tinder this section is refused,
the company shall be liable for each refusa.1 to a fitte not exceeding
20 dollars, and to a further fine not exceeding 20 dollars for every
day during which the refusal continues, and every director and
manager of the company who knowingly authorises or permits the
refusal shall be liable to the like penalty, and any Judge may by

order compel an immediate inspection of the register.
(4) If such inspection or copy cannot be obtained at the registered

office of the cornpany with the exercise of a reasonable amount of
diligence the company shall be liable to the sarne penalites as if such
inspection or copy had been actually refused.

32. A company may, on giving notice by advertisement in some
newspaper circulating in the Colony, and in the case of a company
with a local register also in some newspaper circulating in the place
where the local register is kept, close the register of members for any
time or times not exceeding in the whole 30 days in each year.

As atilended by No. 16 of 1912.





31-(1) If-
(a) the name of any person is, without sufficient cause, entered in
or omitted from the register of ineinbers of a company; or
(b) default is made or unnecessary delay takes place in entering on
the register the fact of any person having ceased to be a member,
the person aggrieved, or any member of the company, or the com-
pany, may apply to the Court for rectification of the register.

(.2) The application may be made by inotion in the Court, or by
application to a Judge sitting in Chambers, or in such other manner
as the Court may direct; and the Court may either refuse the applica-
tion, or may order rectification of the register, and payment by the
company of any damages sustained by any party aggrieved.

(3) On any application tinder this section the Court.may decide
any question relating to the title of any person who is a party to the
application to have his name entered in or omitted from the register,
whether the question arises between members or alleged members,
or between members or alleged meiribers on the one hand and the
company on the other hand; and generally may decide any question
necessary or expedient to be decided for rectification of the register.

(4) In the case of a company required by this Ordinance to send
a list of its members to the Eegistrai. of Companies, the Court, when
making an order for rectification of the register, shall by its order
direct notice of the rectification to be uiven to the Begistrar.


34. The, registere of inettibers shall bc prinid facic evidence of any
matters by this Ordinance direeted or authorised to be inserted
therein.

35.-(1)The Registrar of Companies may, subject to instruction
0from the Governor, issue an animal licence, available for the period
of one year, to any company whose objects comprise the transaction
of business outside the Colony, empowering such company, if it is
authorised so to do bv its regnlations as originally framed or as alter-
ed by special resolution, to keep in any place in which it transacts
business a register or registers of members : Provided that a com-

pany applying for such licence imist satisfy the Registrar by a
statutory declaration to be filed with him that a principal part of the
business of the company is carried on at or near the place where it
desires to keep such register.

As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
As ~kli~C~IL(Ied by No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.





Every such licence shall be valid only until 31st December next I
following the date on which it is issued : Provided always that where r
the period between the date of the issue of a licence and the 31st
December next following is less than a year a proportionate part only
of the fee mentioned in sub-section (2) shall be charged.

(2) An annual fee at the rate of 4 cents for every 100 dollars of the
paid tip capital of the company to which the licence is issued shall be
paid by such company in respect of such licence. Such fees shall be
paid to the Treasurer within 4 months of the date of the licence.

(3) The company shall give to the Registrar notice of the situation
of the office where any such register (in this Ordinance called a
-local register-) is kept or proposed to be kept, -and of any change
therein, and of the discontinuance of any such office in the event of
the same being discontinued.
(4) A local register shall, as regards the particulars entered therein,
be deemed to be a part of the company's register of members, and
shall be bond fide evidence of all particulars entered therein. Any
such register shall be kept in the manner provided by this Ordinance,
with this qualification, that the advertisement mentioned in section
32 shall be inserted in some newspaper circulating in the district
wherein the register to be closed is kept.

(.5) The company shall transinit to its registered office in Hong-
kong a copy of every entry in its local register or registers as soon
as may be after such entry is inadc, and the company shall cause to
be kept at its registered office, duly entered up from time to time,
a duplicate or duplicates of local register or registers. The pro-
visions of section 126 shall apply to every such duplicate, and every
such duplicate shall, for all the purposes of this Ordinance, be deemed
to be part of the register of members of the company.
(6) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance with respect to the
duplicate register, the shares registered in a local register shall be
distinguished from the shares registered in the principal register and
no transaction with respect to any share registered in a local register
shall, during the continuance of the registration of such share in
such local register, be registered in any other register.

(7) The company may discontinue the keeping of any local re-
gister, and thereupon all entries in that register shall be transferred
to some other local register kept by the company, or to the register

of members kept at the registered office of the company.
c





(8) In relation to stam duties the followiner provisions shall have
effect :-
(a,) an instrument of transfer of a share registered in a local
register under this Ordinance, shall, unless executed within the
Colony, be expempt from stamp duty;

(b) the share or other interest of a deceased member registered in
a local register under this Ordinance shall as far as relates to Colonial
probate duty not be deemed to be part of his estate and effects
situated in the Colony for or in respect of which probate or letters
of administration is or are to be granted or whereof an inventory is
to be exhibited and recorded;

(c) subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, any company.may
by its regulations as originally framed, or as altered by special
resolution, make such provisions as it way think -fit respecting the
keeping of local registers.

36-(1)When the Registrar has reasonable cause to believe that
a company is keeping in any place where it transacts business out-
side the Colony a register of members without having a valid licence
under this Ordinance, he shall publish in the Gazette and send to
the company a notice that at the expiration of 2 months from the
date. ol such notice the narne of the company mentioned therein will,
unless cause to the contrary be shown, be struck off the register and
the company will be dissolved.

(22) At the expiration of the time mentioned in the notice the
Registrar niav, unless cause to the contrary is previously shown by
the company sirike the name of the company off the register and
shall publish notice thereof in. the Gazette, and on such publication
the company whose name is so struck off shall be dissolved : Pro-
vided that the liability, if any, of every director, managing officer,
and inernber of the compaDY shall continue and may be enforced as
if the Cornpany had not been dissolved.

(3) If any company or nieniber thereof feels aggrieved by the
name oil' such company having been struck off the register in pur-
suance of this section, the company or member may apply to the
Court, and the Court, if it be satisfied that it is just to do so, may
order the narne of the company to be restored to the register, and
thereupon the company shall be deemed to have ceintinued in exist-
ence as if the naine had never been struck off : and tl~e Court may,
by the order, give such directions and make such provisions as seem





just for placing the company and all other persons in the same POsi-
tion, as nearly as may be, as if the name of the conipany had never
been struck off.

(4) A letter or notice under this section may be addressed to the
company at its registered office, or, if no office has been registered,
to the care of some director or officer of the company, or if there is
no director or officer of the company whose name and address are
known to the Registrar of Companies, may be sent to each of the
persons who subscribed the memorandum, addressed to flim at the
address mentioned in the memorandum.

37. If a company makes default in complying with any of the 1
provisions of section 35, or of any regulation relating thereto, it shall
be liable to a penalty not exceeding .50 dollars for every, day during
which the default continues, and every director or inanager ol the,
company who knowingly or wilfully authorises or permits the
default shall be liable to the like penalty.

38-(1) A company limited by shares, if so authorised by its
articles, may, with resPect to anypaid-up shaxes, or to stock
issue under its common seal a warrant statin- that the bearer of the

warrant is entitled to the share or stoelc therein specified, and may
provide, by coupons or otherwise, for the pay---nient of the future

dividends on the shares or stock inchided in the warrant, in this
Ordinance termed a 'share warrant.'
(2) A share warrant shall entitle the bearer thereof to the shares
or stock therein specified, amd the shares or stock may be trans-
ferred by delivery of the warrant.

(3) The bearer of a share warrnt shall subject to the articles
of the company, be entitled, on surrendering it for cancellation,
to have his name entered as a member In the register of members;
and the company shall be responsible for any loss incurred by
any person by reason of the company entering in its register the
name of a bearer of a share warrant in respect of the shares or stock
therein specified without the warrant being surrendered and can-
celled.

(4) The bearer of a share warrant may, if the articles off the
company so provide, be deemed to be a member of the company
within the meaning of this Ordinance, either to the full extent or

* ks anxended by ^No. 16 of 1912,





for any purposes defined in the articles; except that he shall not
be qualified in respect of the shares or stock specified in the war-
rant for being a director or manager of the company, in cases
where such qualification is required by the articles.

(5) On the issue of a share warrant the company shall strike out
of its register of members the name of the member then entered
therein as holding the shares or stock specified in the warrant as
if he had ceased to be a member, and shall enter in the register
the following particulars, namely

(i) the fact of the issue of the warrant;
(ii) a statement of the shares or stock included in tbe warrant,
distinguishing each share by its number; and
(iii) the date of the issue of the warrant.

(6) Until the warrant is surrendered, the above particulars shall
be deemed to be the particulars required by this Ordinance to be
entered in the register of members; and on the surrender, the
date of the surrender must be entered as if it were the date at
which a person ceased to be a member.

39-(1) If any person-
(i) with intent to defrand, forges or alters, or offers, utters, dis-
poses of, or puts off, knowing the same to be forged or altered, any
share. warrant or coupon, or any document purporting to be a
share warrant or coupon, issued in Pursuance of this Ordinance; or
by ineans of any such for-ed or altered share warrant, coupon, or
docunient, purporting as aforesaid, dernands or endeavours to
obtain or receive any share or interest in any company under this
Ordinance, or to receive any dividend or money payable in
respect thereof, knosvino, the warrant, coupon, or document to be
forged or altered; or
(ii) falsely and decitfully personates any owner of any share or
interest in any cpmpany of any share warrant or coupon, issued
this Ordinance, and thereby obtains or endeavours
in pursuance
to obtain any such share or interest or share warrasit or coupon, or
receives or endeavours to receive any money due to any such owner,
as if the offender were the true and lawful owner,
he shall be guilty of felony, and shall be liable to imprisonment for
life.

* As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





(12) If any person without lawful authority or excuse, engraves
or makes on any plate, wood, stone, or other material any share
warrant or coupon purporting to be a share warrant or coupon issued
or made by any particular company in pursuance of this Ordinance,
or to be a blank share warrant or coupon so issued or inade, or to be
a part of such a share warrant or coupon, or uses any such plate,
wood, stone, or other material for the making or printing of any
such share warrant or coupon, or of any such blank share warrant
or coupon, or any part thereof respectively, or other knowingly has in his
custody or possession any such plate, wood, sto.ne, or other material,
he shall be.guilty of felony and shall be liable to imprisonment for
any term not exceeding 14 years.

40. A company, if so authorised by its articles, may do any one
or more of the following things : namely,,-
(1) make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference be-
tween. the shareholders in the antounts and tinies of pavinent of calls
on their shares;

(2) accept from a;ny member who assents thereto the. whole or a
part of the amount remaining tinpaid on any shares held by him
although no part of that amount has been. called up;
(3) pay dividend in proportion to the aniount paid up an eacb
share where a larger amount is paid up an some shares than on
others.

41.-(1) When a company has accumulated a sum of undivided
profits, which with the sanction of the shareholders may be distri-
btited among the shareholders in the form of a dividend or bonus,
it may, by special resolution, return the same, or any part thereof,
to the shareholders in reduction of the paid-up capital of the com-
pany, the unpaid capital being thereby increased by a similar
amount.
(2) The resolution shall not take effect until a memorandum,
showing the particulars required by this Ordinance in the case of
a reduction of share capital, has been produced to and registered by
the Registrar of CompaDies, but the other provisions of this
Ordinance with respect to reduction of share capital shall not apply
to a reduction of paid-up capital under this section.
(3) On a reduction of paid-up capital in pursuance of this section
any shareholder, or any one or more of several joint shareholders,
may within one mo-nth after the passing of the resolution for the





reduction, require the company to retain, and the company shall
retain accordingly, the whole of the money actually paid on the
shares held by him either alone or jointly with any other person,
which, in consequence of the reduction, would otherwise be
returned to him or them, and thereupon those shares shall, as
regards the payment of dividend, be deemed to be paid up to the
same extent only as the shares on which payment has been accepted
by the shareholders in reduction of paid-up capital, and the com-
pany shall invest and keep invested the money so retained on fixed
deposit in such bank as the directors may determine, and on the
money so invested or on so much thereof as from time to time
exceeds the amount of calls subsequently made on the shares in
respect of which it has been retained, the company shall pay the
interest received from time to time on the deposits.

(4) The amount retained and invested shall be held to represent
the future calls which may be rnade to replace the share capital so
reduced on those shares, whether the amount obtained on the sale
of the whole or such proportion thereof as represents the amount of
any call when made produces more or less tha:n the amount of
the call.

(5) On a reduction *of pald-up share capital in pursuance of this
section, the powers vested in the directors of making calls on share-
holders in respect of the amount unpaid on their shares shall extend
to the amount of the unpaid share capital as augmented by the re-
duction.

(6) After any reduction of share capital uner this section the
company shall specify in the annual list of members required by this
Ordinance the amounts retained at the request of any of the share-
holders in pursuance of this section, and shall specify in the state-
ments of account laid before any general meeting of the company
the amount of undivided profits returned in reduction of paid-up
share capital under this section.

42.-(1) A company limited by shares, if so authorised by its
articles, may alter the conditions of its memorandum as follows
(that is to say ),it may-
(a) increase its share capital by the issite of new shares of such
amount as it thinks expedient;

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into
shares of larger amount than its existing shares;





(c) convert all or any of its paid-up shares into stock, and recon-
vert that stock into paid-up shares of any denomination;
(d) subdivide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller
amount than is fixed by the memorandum, so, however, that in the
subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the
amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as
it was 'm the case of the share from which the reduced share is
derived; .
(c) cancel shares which, at the date of the passing of the
resolution in tbat behalf. have not been taken or agreed to be taken
by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the
amount of the shares so cancelled.

(2) The powers conferred by this section with respect to s
division of shares must be exercised bY special resolution.

(3) Where any alteration has been made under this section in
the memorandum of a, company, every copy of the memorandum
issued after the date of the alteration shall be in accordance witjb
the alterdtion.

If a company makes default in complying with this provision it
shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 10 dollars for each copy in
respect of which default is made; and every director and manager of
the company who knowingly and wilfully authorises or permits the
default shall be liable to the like penalty.

(4) A cancellation of shares in pursuance of this section shall not
be deemed to be a reduction of share capital within the nicaning of
this Ordinance.

43. Where a company having a. share capital has consolidated and
divided its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing

shares, or converted any of its shares into stock, or reconverted
stock into shares, it shall give notice to the Registrar of Companies
of the consolidation, division, conversion, or reconversion specifying
the shares consolidated, divided, converted, or the stock reconverted.

44. Where a company having a share capital has converted any
of its shares into stock, and given notice of the conversion to the
Registrar of Companies, all the provisions of this Ordinance which
are applicable to shares only shall cease as to so much of the share
capital as is converted into stock; and the register of members of the





company, and the list of members to be forwarded to the Registrar,
shall show the amount of stock held by each member instead of the
amount of shares and the particulars relating to shares hereinbefore
required by this Ordinance.

45.-M Where a company having a share capital, whether its
shares have or have not been converted into stock, has increased
its share capital beyond the registered capital, and where a company
not having a share capital has increased the number of its members
beyond the registered number, it shall give to the Registrar of Com-
panics, in the case of an increase of share capital, within 28 days
after the passing, or in the case of a special resolution the confirma-
tion, of the resolution authorising the increase, and in the case of an
increase, of members within 15 days after the increase was resolved
on or took place, notice of the increase of capital or niembers, and
the Registrar shall record the increase.

(2) If a company makes default in complying with the require-
ments of this section it shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 50
dollars for every day during which the default continues, and every
director and manager of the company who knowingly and wilfully
atithorises or perinits the different shall be liable to the like penalty.

46.-(1) A conipany limited by shares special resolution
confirined by an order of the Court, modify the conditions contained

in 1 ieinoranduni so as to reorganise its share capital, whether
by the consolidation of shares of different classes or by the division
of its shares into shares of different classes :

Provided that no preference or special privilege attached to or
belonging to any class of shares shall be. interfered with except by

a resolution passed by a majority in number of shareholders of that
class holding thiee-fourths of the share capital of that class
and confirmed at a meeting of shareholders of that class in the
same manner as a special resolution of the company is required to
be confirmed, and every resolution so passed shall bind all share-
holders of the class.

(2) Where an order is made mider this section an office copy
thereof shall be filed with the Registrar of Companies within 7 days
after the making of the order, or within such further time as the
Court may allow, and the resolution shall not take effect until such
a copy has been so filed.





Reduction of Share Capital.
47.-(1) Subject to confirmation by the Court, a company limited
by shares, if so authorised by its articles, may by special resolution
reduce its share capital in any way, and in particular (without
prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power) may-
(a) extinguish or reduce the liability on any of its shares in
respect of share capital not paid up; or

(b) either with or without extinguishing or reducing liability on
any of its shares, cancel any paid-up share capital which is lost or,
unrepresented by available assets; or
(c) either with or without extinguishing or reducing. liability on

any of its shares, pay off any paid-up sliare capital which is in excess
of the wants of the company,
and may, if and so far as is necessary, alter its ineinoranduni by
reducing the amount of its share capital and of its shares according-
ly.

(2) A special resolution under this section is in this Ordinance
called a resolution for reducing shave capital.

48. Where a company has passed and confirnied a resolution for
reducing share capital it may apply by petition to the Court for an
order confirming the reduction.

49. On and from the confirmation by a company of a resolution
for reducing share capital, or where the reduction does not involve
either the diminution of any liability in respect ot unpaid share
capital or the payment to any shareholder of any paid-up share
capital, then on and from the presentation of the petition for con-
firming the reduction, the company shall add to its nanie, until such
date as the Court may fix, 'the words ---and reduced,--- as the last
words in its name, and those words shall, until that date, be deemed
to be part of the name of the company :
Provided tha t, where the reduction does not involve either the
diminution of any liability in respect of unpaid share capital or the
payment to any shareholder of any paid-up share capital, the Court
may, if it thinks expedient, dispense altogether with the addition
of the words ' and reduced.---

50.-(1) Where the proposed reduction of share capital involves
either diminution of liability in respect of unpaid share capital or

* Ar. amended by No. 5( of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





the payment to any shareholder of any paid-up share capital, and in
any other case if the Court so directs, every creditor of the company
who at the date fixed by the Court is entitled to any debt or claim
which, if that date were the commencement of the winding up of
the company, would be admissible in proof against the company,
shall be entitled to object to the reduction.
(2) The Court shall settle, a list of creditors so entitled to object,
and for that purpose shall aseerta,In, as far as possible without re-
quiring an application from any creditor, the names of those credi-
tors and the nature and amount of their debts or claims and may
publish notices fixing a day or days within which cred' ors not en-

tered on the list are to claim to be so entered or are to be excluded
from the right of objecting to the reduction.

(3) Where a creditor entered on the list whose debt or claim is
not discharged or determined does not consent to the reduction, the
Court may dispense with the consent of that creditor, on the com-
pany securing payment of his debt or claim by appropriating, as the
Court may direct, the following amount :-
(i) if the company admits the full amount of his debt or claim,
or, though not admitting it, is willing to provide for it, then the
full aniount of the debt or claim:
(11) if the company does not admit or is not willing to provide
for the full amount of the debt or claim, or if the amount is con-
tingent or not ascertained, then an amount fixed by the Court after
the like inquiry and adjudication as if the company were being
wound up by the Court.

51. The Court, if satisfied, with respect to every creditor of the
company who under this Ordinance is entitled to object to the
reduction, that either his consent to the reduction has been obtained
or his debt or claim has been discharged or has determined, or has

beer). secured, may make an order confirming the reduction on such
terms and conditions as it thinks fit.

52.-(1) The Registrar of Companies on production to him of an
order of the Court confirming the reduction of the share capital of
ù company, and the delivery to him of a copy of the order and of
ù minute (approved by the Court), showing with respect to the
share capital of the company, as altered by the order, the amount
of the share capital, the number of shares into which it is to be
divided, and the amount of each share, and the amount (if any) at





the date of the registration deemed to be paid up on. each share,
shall register the order and minute.

(2) On the registration, and not before, the resolution for reduc-
ing share capital as confirmed by the order so registered shall take
effect.

(3) Notice of the registration shall be published in such manner
as the Court may direct.

(4) The Registrar shall certify under his hand the registration of
the order and minute, and his certificate shall be conclusive evidence
that all the requirements.of this Ordinance with respect to reduction
of share capital have been complied with, and that the share capita 1
of the conil any is such as is stated in the inrinute.

51-M The minute when registered shall be deemed to be sub-
stituted for the corresponding part of the memorandum of the
company, and shall be valid and alterable as if it had been originally
contained therein; and must be embodied in every copy of the
memorandum issued after its registration.

(2) If a company makes default in complying with the require-
ments of this section it shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 10
dollars for each copy in respect of which defauilt is made, and every
director and n~anager of the company who knowingly and wilfully
authorises or permits the default shall be liable to the like penalty.

54. A meniber of the con-ipany, past or present, shall not be liable
in respect of any share to any call or contribution exceeding in
amount the difference (if any) between the amoitnt paid, or (as
the case. may be) the reduced amount, if any, which is to be deemed
to have been paid, on the share and the arnotint of the share as
fixed by the minute :

Provided that if any creditor, entitled in respect of any debt or
claim to object to the reduction of share capital, is, by reason of his
ignorance of the proceedings for reduction, or of their nature and
effect with respect to his claim, not entered on the list of creditors,
and, after the reduction, the company is unable, within the meaning
of the provisions of this Ordinance with respect to winding up by
the Court, to pay the amount ol` his debt or claim, then-
(i) every person who was a member of the company at the date of
the registration of the order for reduction and minute, shall be liable
to contribute for the payment of that debt or claim an amount not





exceeding the aniount which he would have been liable to contribute
if the company had commenced to be wound up on the day before
that registration and
Q1) if the company is wound up, the Court, on the application
of any such creditor, and proof of his ignorance as aforesaid may,
if it thinks fit, settle accordingly a list of persons so liable to con-
tribute, and make and enforce calls and orders on the contributories
settled on the list as if they were ordinary contributories in a
winding up.
Nothing in this section shall affect the rights of the contributories
among themselves.

55. If any director, manager, or officer of the company wilfully
conceals the narne of any creditor entitled to object to the reduc-
tion, or wilftilly misrepresents the nature or amount of the debt
or claim of any creditor, or if any director or manager of the com-
pany aids or abets in or is privy to ally such concealment or
misrepresentation as aforesaid, every such director, manager, or
officer shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.



56. In any case of redtiction of share capital, the Court may
require the company to publish as the Court directs the reasons for
reduction, or such other inforination in regard theretp as the Court
may think expedient xvith a view to give proper information to the
public, and, if the Court thinks fit, the causes which led to the
reduction.

57. A company limited by guarantee and registered an or after
the date of the coininencement of this Ordinance, may, if it has a
share capital, and is so authorised by,Its artieles, increase or reduce,
its share, capital in the sanie inamier and subject to the same con-
ditions in and subject to which a. company limited by shares may
increase or redite its share. capital tinder the provisions of this
Ordinance.

Registration of Unlimited Company as Litnited.
58-0) Subject to the Provisions of this section, any company
registered as iinlimited way recrister tinder this Ordinance as limited,
or any conipatiy already registered as a limited company, may re-
reolister tinder this Ordinance but the registration of an unl mited
company as a company shall not affect any debts, liabilities,

* As amended by No. 17 ol 1912~





obligations, or contracts incurred or entered into by, to, with, or on
behalf of the company before the registration, and those debts,
liabilities, obligations, and contracts may be enforced in manner
provided by Part VII of this Ordinance in the case of a company
registered in pursuance of that Part.
(2) On registration in pursuance of this section the Registrar
shall close the former registration of the company, and inay dis-
pense with the delivery to hint of copies of any documents with
copies of which he was furnished on the occasion of the original
registration of the company, but, save as aforesald, the, registration
shall take place in the same manner and shall have the sanie effect
as if it the first registration of the company tinder this Ordi-
nance, and as if the provisions of the Ordinance or Ordinances tinder
which the company was previously registered and regiflated liad
been contained in different Ordinances froin those tinder which the
cornpany is registered as a limited company.

59. An unlimited company having a share capital may, by its re-
Solution for registration as a limited compativ in porstiatice of thlis
Ordinance, do either ot. both of the followitig, things, nalitely
(a) increase. the nominal arnotint of its share. capital by increasing
the nominal amount of cacb of its shares, but subject to the con-
dition that no part of capital shall be capable. of being
called up except in the event and for the purposes of the company
being wound up;
(b) provide that a. specified portian of its uncalled share capital
shall not be capable of being called lip except in the event and for
the purposes of the coinpany b.eing wound iip.

Reserve Liability of Limited company
60. A limited company may by special resolution determine that
any portion of its share capital which has not been already called up
shall not be capable of being called up, except in the eventand for
the purposes of the company being wound up, and thereupon that
portion of its share capital shall not be capable of being called up
except in the event and for the purposes aforesaid.

Unlimited Liability of Directors.
61-(1)In a limited company the liability of the directors or
managers, or of the managing director, may, if so provided by the
memorandum, be unlimited.

AS Rinended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(2) In a limited company in which the liability of a director or
nianager is unlimited, the directors or inanagers of the company
(if any), and the member who proposes a person for election or
appointment to the office of the director or manager, shall add to
that proposal a statement that the liability of the person holding
that office will be unlimited, and the promoters, directors, managers,
and secretary (if any,) of the company, or one of theni, shall, before
the persoll accepts the office or acts therein, give him notice in
writing that his liability will be unlimited.
(3) If any director, manager, or proposet. makes default in adding
such a statement, or if any promoter, director, manager, or secretary
makes default in ---iving such a notice, he shall be liable to a, fine

not exceeding 1,000 dollars, and shall also be liable for any damage
which the person so elected or appoilited may sustain from the
default, but the liability of the person elected or appointed shall not
be affected by the default.

62.-(1)A limited company, if so autflorised by its articles, may,
by special resolution, alter its, memorandiun so as to render un-
limited the liability of its directors, or managers, or of any managing
director.

(2) Upon the contirmation of any sitch special resolution the
provisions thereof shall be as valid as 1,~ they had been originally
contained in the memorandum; and a copy thereof shall be
embodied in or annexed to every copy of the memorandum issued
after the confirniatian of the resolution.

(3) If a company makes default in complying with the require-
inents of this section, it shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 1~
dollars for each copy in respect of which default is made; and every
director or manager of the company who knowingly and wilfully
authorises or permits the default shall be liable to the like penalty

PART III.

MANAGEMWT And ADMINISTRATION
Office and Navie.
63-(10) Every company shall have a registered office in the
Colony to which all communications and notices may be addressed.
(2) Notice of the situation of the registered office, and of any
change therein, shall be given to the -Registrar of Companies, who
shall record the same.





(3) If a company carries on business without complying with the
requirements of this section it shall be liable to a fine not exceed-
ing 50 dollars for every day during which it so carries on business.

64.-(1) Every limited company-
(a) shall paint or affix, and keep painted or affixed, its name on
the outside of every office or place in which its business is carried
on, and on the outside of its registered offic-e, in a conspicuous
position, in letters easily legible;
(b) shall have its name mentioned in legible characters on its
seal;
(c) shall have its name mentioned in legible characters in all
notices, advertisements, and other official publications of the coni-
pany, and in all bills of exchange, promissory notes, endorsements,
cbeques, and orders for money or goods purporting to be signed by or
on behalf of the company, and in all bills of parcels, invoices,
receipts, a;nd letters of credit of the company
(d) any limited conipany with a Chinese name or using a Chinese
equivalent shall -append thereto the Chinese charactel

(2) If a limited company does not paint or affix, and keep painted
or affixed, its naine in manner directed by this Ordinance, it shall
be liable to a fine not exceeding 50 dollars for not so paintiDg or
affixing its nanie, and. for every day during which its naine is riot
so kept painted or ailixed, and every, director and manager of the
company who knowingly and wilfully autoourise or perinits the
default shall be liable to the like penalty.

(3) 11 any director, manager, or officer of a llinited coinpany, or
any person on its behalf, uses or authorises the tise of any scal pkir-
porting to be a seal of the company wheron its name is not so
engraven as aforesaid, or issues or authorises the of any
notice, advertisement, or other official publication of tbe company,
or signs or authorises to be signed on behalf of the company any
bill or exchange, promissory Dote, endorsement, cheque, order for
money or goods, or issues or authorises to be issued any bill of
parcels, invoice, receipt, or letter of credit of the company,
wherein its name is not mentioned in manner aforesaid, he shall
be liable to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars, and shall further be
personally liable to the holder of any such bill of exchange, pro-

* As amended by No. 17 of 1912.





inissory note, cheque, or order for money or goods, for the amount
thereof, unless the same is duly paid by the company.

_Heetings and Proceedings.
65.-M A general meeting of every company shall be held once ' at
the-least in every calendar year, and not more than 1.5 nioliths after
the holding of the last preceding general ineeting, and, if not so
held, the company and every director, manager, secretary, and other
officer of the company who is knowingly a party to the defaull,
shall bc liable to a fine. not exceeding .500 dollars.

(2) When defaxilt has been made in holding a, ineeting, of the coin-
pany in accordance with the provisions of this section, the Court
may, on the application of any member of the company call or direct
the calling of a general meeting of the company.

66-(1)Every company limited by shares and registered on or
after the date of the commencement of this Ordinance shall, within
a period of not less thall one month nor more than 3 months from
the date at which the company is entitled to continence, business,
hold a general meeting of the members of the coinpally which shall
be called the statutory meeting.

(.2) The directors shall, at least 7 days before the clay on which the
ineetin'- is held, forward a report (In this OrdiDa;nce called - the
statutory report -) to every rtiember of the company and to every
other person entitled under this Ordinance to receive it.

(3)The statutory report shall be certified by not less than two
directors of the company, or, -,vhere there are less than two directors,
by the sole director and inanager, and shall state-
(a) the. total number of -,hares allotted, distinguishing share's
allotted as fully or partly paid up otherwise than in cash, and stat-
ing in the case of shares partly paid up the extent to which they are
so paid up, and in either ease the consideration for which they have
been allotted;
(b) the total anjount of cash received by the company in respect
of all the shares allotted, distinguisbed as aforesaid.
(e.) an abstract of the receipts of the company on account of its
capital, whether from shares or debentures, and of the payment.,
made thereout, up to a date within 7 days of the date of the reporr,

* As. amonded by No. 17 of 1912.





exhibiting under distinctive headings the receipts of the conipainy
from shares and debentures and otber sources, the payinents made
thereout, and particulars concerning the balance remaining in
hand, and an account or estimate of the preliminary expenses of
the company;
(d) the names, addresses and dscriptions of the directors, audi-
tors, managers (if any), and secretary of the company and
(c) the particulars of any contract, the. inodification of which is to
be submitted to the meeting for itstogether with the
particulars of the modification or proposed modification.
(4) The statutory report shall, so far as it relates to the shares
allotted by the company, and to the cash received in respect of such
shares, and to the receipts and payments of the company Gn capital
account, be certified as correct by the atiditors, if any, of the com-
pany.

(5) The directors shall cause a copy of the stattitory report,
certified as by this section required to be filed with the Registrar of
Companies forthwith after the sending thereof to the members of the
company.

(6) The directors shall catise a list showing the naines, descrip-
tions, and addresses of the members of the company, and the
number of shares held by thein respectively, to be produced at the
commencenient of the meeting and to remain open and accessible
to any member of the company during the continuance of the meet-
ing

(7) The members of the company present it, the ineeting shall be
at liberty to discuss any matter relating to the forniatiori of the coin-
pany, or arising out of the statutory report, whether previous notice
has been given or not, but no resolution of which notice has riot
been given in accordance with the articles may be llassed.
(8) The meeting may adjourn from time to tinic, and at any
adjourned meeting any resolution of which notice has been given in
accordance with the articles, either before or skibsequently to the
former meeting, may be passed, and the adjourned meeting shall
have the same powers as an original meeting.
(9) If a petition is presented to the Court in manner provided by
Part IV of. this Ordinance for winding up the company an the,
ground of default in filing the statutory report or in holding the
statutory meeting, the Court may, instead of directing that the






company be wound up, give directions for the statutory report to bs
filed or a meeting to be held, or make such other order as may be
just.

(10) The provisions of this section as to the forwarding and filing
of the statutory report shall not apply in the case of a private com-
pany.

67.-(1) Notwithstanding anything in the articles of a company,
the directors of a, company shall, on the requisition of the holders
of not less than one-tenth of the issued share capital of the company
upon which all calls or other sums then due have been paid, forth-
with proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the
company.

(2) The requisition must state the objects of the meeting, and
must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the registered
office of the conipany, and may consist of several documents in like
form, each signed by one or more requisitionists.

(3) If the directors do not proceed to cause a meeting to be held
within -21 days front the date of the requisition being so deposited,
the requisitionists, or a majority of them in value, may themselves
convene the, meeting, but any ineeting so convened shall not be held
after 3 months from the date of the deposit.

(4) If at any such meeting a resolution requiring confirmation at
another meeting is 1jassed, the directors shall forthwith convene 51
further extra ordinary general. ineeting for the purpose of considering
the resolution and, if tboughf 1A, of confirining it as a special
resolution ; and, if the directors do not convene the meeting within 7
days froin the date of the passing of the first resolution, the
Ists, or a majority of them in value, may themselves
requisitionists, or a majority of them in value, may themselves
convene the meeting .

(5) Any meetinle, convened under this section by the requisitionists
shall be convened in the same inaimer, as nearly as possible, as that
in which meetings are to be convened by directors.

68. In default of, and subject to, any regulations in the articles-
(1) a -ineeting of a company may be called by 7 days' notice in
writing served on every member in manner in which notices are

required to be served by Table A in the Ist schedule;
(ii) five members may call a meeting;

* As arnended by No. 50 of 191L





(iii) any person elected by the members present at a meeting may
be chairman thereof ;
(iv) every member shall have one vote.

69. A company which is a member of another company may, by
resolution of the directors, authorise any of its officials or any other
person to act as its representative. at any meeting of that other
company, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise
the same powers on behalf of the company which he represents as
if he were an individual shareholder of that other company.

70-(1)A resolution shall be an extraordinaxy resolution when
it has been passed by a majority of not less than three fourths of
such members entitled to vote as are present in person or by proxy
(where proxies are allowed) at a general meeting of which notice
specifying the intentian to propose the resolution. as an extraordinary
resolution hag been duly given.
(2) A resolution shall be a special resolution when it has been-
(a) passed in manner required for the passing or an extraordinary
resolution; and
(b) confirmed by a majority of such inernbers entitled to vote as
are present in person or by proxy (where proxies are allowed) at a,
subsequent general meeting, of which notice has been duly given,
and held after an interval of not less thari 14 days, nor more than
one month, from the date of the first meeting,
(3) At any meeting at which an extraordinary resolution is sub-
mitted to be passed or a special resolution is submitted to be passed
or confirmed, a declaration of the chairman thit the resolution is
carried shall, unless a poll is demanded, be conclusive evidence of
the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes
recorded in favour of or against the resolution.
(4) At any meeting at which an extraordinary resolution is sub-
mitted to be passed or a special resolution is submitted to be passed
or confirmed a poll may be demanded, if demanded by 3 persons for
the time being entitled according to the articles to vote, unless the
articles of the company require a dernand by such number of such
persons, not in any case exceeding 5, as may be,speeified in the
articles.
(5) When a poll is demanded in accordance with this section,
in computing the majority on the poll reference shall be had to the





number of votes to which each member is entitled by the articles
of the company.

(6) For the purposes of this section notice of a meeting shall be
deemed to be duly given and the meeting to be duly held when the
notice is given and the meeting held in manner provided by the
articles.

71.-(1) A copy of every special and extraordinary resolution shall
within 28 days from the confirmation of the special resolution, or
from the passing of the extraordinary resolution, -is the case may be,
be printed and forwarded to the Registrar of Conipanies, who shall
record the same.

(2) Where articles have been registered a copy of every special
resolution for the time being in force shall be embodied in or
annexed to every.copy of the articles isstied after the confirmation of
the resolution.

(3) -Where articles have not been registered, a copy of every
special resolution shall be forwarded rin print to any member at his
request, on payment of 50 cents or stich less sum as the company
may direct.

(4) If a company makes default in printing or forwarding a copy
of a special or extraordinary resolution to the Registrar it shall be
liable to a fine not exceeding 20 dollars for every day during which
the default continues.


(5) If a company makes defaultinprinting or forwarding a copy
a copy of its articles or in forwarding in print to a meniber when
required by this section a copy of a special resolution, it shall be
liable to a fine. not exceeding 10 dollars for each copy in respect
of which default is made,.

(6) Every director and manager of a company who knowingly
and Wilfully authorises or permits any default by the company in
complying with the requirement,. of this section shall be liable to

the like penalty as is imposed by this section on the company for
that default.

72.-0) Every company shall catise minutes of all proceedings of
general inectinlas and of its directors to be entered in books kept
for that purpose.

(2) Any such minute if purporting to he signed by the chairman
of the meeting at which the proceedings were had, or by the chair-





man of the next succeeding meeting, shall be evidence of the pro-
ceedings.

(3) Until the contrary is proved, every general meeting'of the
company or meeting of directors in respect of the proceedings
whereof minuies have been so made shall be deemed to have been
duly held and convened, and all proceedings had thereat to have
been duly had, and all appointments of directors, or liquidators,
shall be deenied to be valid.

Appointment, Qualification, and Duties, cCc., of Directors
73.-(1) A person shall not be capable of being appointed director
of a company by the articles, and shall not be named as a director
or proposed director of a company in any prospectus issued by or on
behalf of the company, or in any statement in lien of prospectus
filed by or on behalf of a company, unless, before the, registration of
the articles or the publication of the prospectus, or the filing of the
statement in lieu of prospectus, as the case may be, he has by him-
self or by his agent authorised in writing-
(i) signed and filed with the Registrar of Companies a consent in
writing to act as such director; and
(ii) either signed the memorandum for a mirnber of shares not
less than his qualification (if any), or signed and filed with the
Registrar a contract in writing to take from the company and pay
for his qualification shares (i.f any).
(2) On the application for registration of the memorandum and
articles of a company the applicant shall deliver to the Registrar a
list of the persons who have consented to be directors of-the com-
pany, and, if this list contains the name of any person who has not
so consented, the applicant shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 500
dollars.

(3) This section shall not apply to a private company nor to a.
prospectus issued by or on behalf of a company after the expiration
of one year from the date at which the company is entitled to
commence business.

74-(1) Without prejudice to the restrictions iniposed by the
last section, it shall be the duty of every director who is by the
regulations of the company required to hold a specified share quali-
fication, and who is not already qualified, to obtain his qualification

* 4,s amended by No. 43 of 1.912 Supp. Sched,





within 2 months after his appointment, or such shorter time as may
be fixed by the regulations of the company.
(2) The office of director of a. company shall be vacated, if the
director does not within 2 months from the date of his appointment,
or within such shorter time as may be fixed by the regulations of
the company, obtain his qualification, or if after the expiration of
such period or shorter time he ceases at any time to hold his
qualification; and a person vacating office wider this section shall
be incapable of being re-appointed director of the company until he
has obtained his qualification.
(3) If after the expiration of the said period or shorter time any
unqualified person acts as a director of the company, he shall be,
liable to a fine not exceeding 50 dollars for every day between the
expiration of the said period or shorter time and the last day on
which it is proved that, he acted as a director.

75. The acts of a director shall be valid notwithstanding any
defect that may afterwards be discovered in his appointment or
qualification.

76-(1) Every coinpany sball keep at its registered office a
re-Ister containing the name and addresses and the occupations of
its directors, and send to the Registrar of Companies a copy thereof,
and froin time to time itotify to the Registrar any ebange among its
directors.

If default is made in compliance with this section, the com-
pany shall be liable to a fine not exceeding .50 dollars for every day
during which contimies; and every director of the com-
party who knowingly and wilfully authorises or permits the default
shall be liable to the like penalty.

Duties of Directors as to Accounts.
77.-(11) The directors shall cause true accounts to be kept-
(a) of the sums of money received and exi)en(led by the company
and the matter in respect of which such receipt and expenditure
takes place; and
(b) of the assets and liabilities of the company.
(2) The books of account shall be kept at the registered office of
the company, or at such other place as the directors think fit, and
shall always be open to the inspection of the directors.

Asainendel by No. 50 oi 1911, No. 17 of 1912, No. 43 of 1912
and NJo. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(3) The directors shall determine whether and to what extent and
at what times and places and under wbat conditions or regulations
the accounts and books of the company or any of them shall be open
to the inspection of members not being directors, and no member
(not being a director) shall have any right of inspecting any account
or book or document of the company except as conferred by Ordi-
nance or authorised by the directors or by the company in general
meeting.

(4) Once at least in evetly year the directors shall lay before the
company in general meeting a. profit and loss account for the period
since the preceding account ot. (in the case of the first account) Since
the incorporation of the company, made tip to a date not more than
6 months before such inecting.
(5) A balance sheet shall be made out in every year and faid
before the company in general meeting made up to a date not more
than 6 months before suchThe balance sheet shall be
accompanied by a report of the directors as to the state of the coin-
pany's allairs, and the amount which fliey recotwilend to be paid by
way of dividend, and the amount, if any, wilich theY propose to
carry to a reserve fund.

(6) A copy of the balance sheet and report shall, 7 days previous-
ly to the meeting, be sent to the persons entitled to receive notices
of general meeting,,, in the inanner in which notices are required to
be served under the provisions of this Ordinance.
(7) If default is made in compliance with any of the provisions of
this. section every director of the company wbo knowingly and wit-

fully authorises or permits tlie default shall be liable to a fine not
exceeding 500 dollars.

Contracts, &c.
78-(1)Contracts on behalf of a company may be made as
follows :-
(1) any contract which if made between private persons would be
by law required to be in writing under seal, may bc made on behalf
of the company, in writing under the common scal of the company,
and may in the same manner be varied or discharged;
(ii) any contract which if made between private persons would
be by law required to be in writing, signed by the parties to be.

* As ainended by NTo. 50 of 1911.





char-ed therewith, may be rnade on behalf of the company in writ-
ing signed by any person acting under its authority, express or
implied, and may in the same manner he varied or discharged;
(iii) any contract which if made between private persons would
by law be valid although made by parol only, and not reduced into
writing ruay be made by parol on behalf of the company by any
person acting under its authority, express or implied, and may in
the same inanner be varied or discharged.
(2) All contracts inade according to this section shall be eflectual
in. law, wid shall bind the company and its successors and all other
parties thereto, their heirs, executors, or administrators as the case
may be.

79. A bill ofexchange or promissory note shall be deemed to have
been ruade, accepted, or endorsed on behalf of a company if inade,
accelned, or endorsed in the name oil, or by or on behalf or on
any by any person acting under its authority.
iceount of, the conip,

80. A company may, by writing under its common seal, empower
any person, either gnerally or 'it respect oi any specified matters,

as its attorney, to execute deeds on its behalf in any place not situate
in the Colony and every deed signed by such attorney, on behalf
of the company, and under his seal, shall bind the company, and
have the same effect as if it were under its coinnion seal.

80-(1) A company whose objects require of comprise the trans-
articles, have for use in any terr' ory, district, or place not si
in the Colony, an official seal, which shall be a facsimile of the com-
mon seal of the company with the addition on its face of the name
of every territory, district, or place where it is to be used.
(.2) A company having such an official seal may, by writing
under its coninion. seal, authorise any person appointed for the pur-
pose in any territory, district, or other not situate in the Colony, to
affix the same, to any deed or other document to which the com-
pany is part in htat territury, district or place.

(3) The authority of any such agent shall, as between the company
and any person dealing with the agent, continue during the period,
if any, mentioned in the instrument conferring the authority, or if
no period is there inentioned, then. until notice of revocation or
determination of the agent's authority has been given to the person
dealing with him.





(4) The person affixing any such official seal shall, by writing
. under his hand, on the deed or other document to which the real
is affixed, certify the date and place of affixing the same.
(5) A deed or other document'to which an official seal is duly
affixed shall bind the company as if it had been sealed with the
common seal of the company.

Prospectus.
81-(1) Every prospectus issued by or on behalf of a company or
in. relation to any intended company shall be dated, and that date
shall, unless the contrary be proved, be taken as the date of pub-
lication of the prospectus.

(2)A copy of every such prospectus signed by every person who
is named therein as a director or proposed director of the company,
or by his agent.authorised in writing, shall be filed for registration

with the Registrar of Companies on or before the date of its pub-
lication, and no such prospectus shall be issued until a copy has
been so filed for registration.

(3) The Registrar shall not register any prospectus unless it is
dated, and the copy thereof signed, in manner required by this
section.

(4) Every prospectus shall state on the face of it that a copy bas
been filed for registration as required by this section.

(5) If a prospectus is issued without a copy thereof being so filed,
the company, and every person who is knowingly a, party to the
issue of the prospectus, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 50
dollars for every day from the date of the issue of the prospectus
until a copy thereof is so filed.


83.-(1) Every prospectus issued by or on behalf of a company,
or by or on behalf of any person who is or has been engaged or
interested in the formation of the company, must state-
(a) the contents of the ineworanduni, with the names, des-
criptions, and addresses of the signatories, and the number of shares
subscribed for by them respectively; and the inunber of founders or
management or deferred shares, if any, and the nature and extent
of the interest of the holders in the property, and profits of the
company; and

As amended by No. 16 of 1912. .
As ainerided by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(b) the number of shares, if any, fixed by the articles as the
qualification of a director, and. any provision in the articles as to
the remuneration of the directors; and

(c) the names, descriptions, and addresses of the directors or pro-
posed directors; and

(d) the minimum subscription on which the directors may proceed
to allotment, and the amount payable on application and allotment
on each share; and in the case of a second or subsequent offer of
shares, the arnount offered for subscription on each previous allot-
ment made within the two preceding years, and the amount actually
allotted, and the amount, if any, paid on the shares so allotted; and

(e) the number and amount of shares and debentures which
within the two preceding years have been issued, or agreed to be
issued, as fully or partly paid up otherwise than in cash, and in
the latter case the extent to which they are so paid up, and in eTther
case the consideration for which those shares or debentures have
been issued or are proposed or intended to be issued; and

(f) the names and addresses of the vendors of any property
purchased or acquired by the compariv, or proposed so to be pur-
chased or acquired, which is to be paid for wholly or partly out of
the proceeds of the issue offered for subscription by the prospectus,
or the purchase or acquisition of which has not been completed at
the date of issue of the prospectus and the amount payable in cash,
shares, or debentures to the vendor, and where there is more than
one separate vendor, or the company is a sub-purchaser, the amount
so payable to each vendor : Provided that, where the vendors
or any of thern. are a firm the members of the firm shall not be
treated as separate vendors ; and

(g) the amon.at (if any) paid or payable as purchase money in
cash, shares, or debentures, for any such property as aforesaid,
specifying the amount (if any) payable for goodwill ; and

(it) the amount (if any) paid within the two preceding years, or
payable, as commission for subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, or

procuring or agreeing to procure Subscriptions, for any shares in,
or debentures of, the company, or the rate of any such commission :
Provided that it shall not be necessary to state the commission pay-
able to sub-underwriters and

(i) the ainount or estiniated amount of preliminary expenses; and





(j) the amount paid within the two preceding years, or intended
to be paid to any promoter, and the consideration for any such pay-
ment; and

(k) the dates of and parties to every material contract, and a
reasonable time and place at which any material contract or a copy
thereof may be inspected : Provided that this requirement shall
not apply to a contract entered into'in the ordinary course of the
business carried on or intended to be carried on by the company,
or to any contract entered into more than two years before the date
of publication of the prospectus; and

(1) the names and addresses of the auditors of the. company; and

(m) full particulars of the nature and extent of the interest (if
any) of every director in the promotion of, or in the property pro-
posed to be acquired by, the company, or, where the interest of such
a director consists in being a partner in a firm, the nature and
extent of the interest of the firm, with a statement of all sums paid
or agreed to be paid to him or to the firm in cash or shares or other-
wise by any person either to induce him to become, or to qualify
him as, a director, or, otherwise for services rendered by him or
by the firm in connection with the promotion or formation of the
company; and
(n) where the company is a company having shares of more than
one class, the right of voting at meetings of the company conferred
by the several classes of shares respectively.

(2) For the purposes of this section every person shall be deem-
ed to be a vendor who has entered into any contract, absolute or
conditional, for the sale or purchase, or for any option of purchase,
of any property to be acquired by the company, in any case where-
(a) the purchase money is 'not fully paid at the date of issue of
the prospectus; or
(b) the purchase money is to be paid or satisfied wholly or in part
out' of the proceeds of the issue offered for subscription by the
prospectus ; or

(c) the contract depends for its validity or fulfilment on the
result of such issue.

(3) Where any of the property to be acquired by the company is
to be takenon lease, this section shall apply- as if the expression
' vendor ' included the lessor, and the expression ---purchase





money ' included the consideration for the lease, and the expres-
sion ---sub-purchaser--- included a sub-lessee.

(4) Any condition requiring or binding any applicant for shares
or debentures to waive compliance with any requirement of this
section, or purporting to affect him with notice of any contract,
document, or matter not specifically referred to in the prospectus,
shall be void.

(5) Where any such prospectus as is mentioned in this section is
published as a, newspaper advertisement, it shall not be necessary
in the advertisement to specify the contents of the memorandum
or the signatories thereto, and the number of shares subscribed for
by them.

(6) In the event of non-cornpliance with any of the requirements
of this section, a director or other persorn responsible for the pyo-
spectus shall not incur any liability by reason of the non-compliance,
if he proves that-

(a) as regards any matter not disclosed, he was not cognisant

thereof; or

(b) the non-compliance arose from an honest mistake of fact an
his part.

Provided that in the event of non-conipliance with the require-
ments contained in paragraph (m) of sub-section (1) no director or
other person shall incur any liability in respect of such non-
compliance unless it be proved that he had knowledge of the matters
not disclosed.

(7) This section shall not apply to a circular or notice inviting
members or debeDttire holders of a company to subscribe either for
shares or for debentures of the company, whether with or without
the right to renounce in favour of other persons, but subject as
aforesaid, this section shall apply to any prospectus whether issued
on or with reference to the formation of a conipany or subsequently.

(8) The requirements of this section as to the memorandum and
the qualification, remuneration, and interest of directors, the
narnes, descriptions, and addresses of directors or proposed direc-
tors, and. the amount or estimated amount of preliminary expenses,
shall not. apply in the case of a prospectus issued more than one
year after the date at which the company is entitled to commence
business'





(9) Nothing in this section shall limit or diminish any liability
which any person may incur under the general law or this Ordinance
apart from this section.

84-(1) A company which does not issue a prospectus on or with
reference to its formation, shall not allot any of its shares or de-
bentures unless before the first allotment of either shares or
debentures there has been filed with the Registrar of Companies a
statement in lieu of prospectus, signed by every person who is
named therein as a director or a proposed director of the company
or by his agent authorised in writing, in the form and containing
the particulars set out in the 2nd schedule.

(2) This section shall not apply to a private company or to a
company which has allotted any shares or debentures before the.
commencement of this Ordinance.

85. A company shall not previously to the statutory meeting vary
the terms of a contract referred to in the prospectns or statement in
lieu of prospectus, except subject to the approvA of the statutory
meeting.

86-(1) Where a -prospectus invites persons to subscribe for
shares in or debentures of a company, every person who is a director
of the company at the time of the issue of the prospectus, and every
person who has authorised the naming of him and is named in the
prospectus as a director or as having agreed to become a director
either immediately or after an interval of time, and every promoter
of the company, and every person who has authorised the issue of
the prospectus, shall be liable to pay compensation to all persons
who subscribe for any shares or debentures on the faith of the pro-
spectus for the loss or damage they may have sustained by reason
of any untrue statement therein, or in any report or memorandum
appearing on the face thereof, or by reference incorporated therein
or issued therewith, unless it is proved-
(a) with respect to every untrue statement not purporting to be
made on the authority of an expert, or of a public official document
or statement, that he had reasonable ground to believe, and did up
to the time of the allotment of the shares or debentures, as the case
may be, believe, that the statement was true; and

As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 17 of 1912.
As amended by No. 16 of 1912 and NQ. 17 of 1912.





(b) with respect to every untrue statement purporting to be 'a
statement by or contained in what purports to be a copy of or ex-
tract from a report or valuation of an expert, that it fairly repre-
sented the statement, or was a correct and fair copy of or extract
from the report or valuatiou : Provided that the director, person
named as director, promoter, or person who authorised the issue of
the prospectus, shall be liable to pa3, compensation as aforesaid if
it is proved that he. had no reasonable ground to believe that the
person making the statement, report, or valuation was competent
to make it ; and

(c) with respect to every untrue statement purporting to be a
statement, made by an official person or contained in what purports
to be a copy of or extract from a public official document, that it
was a correct and fair representation of the statement or copy of or
extract from the document
or unless it is proved-
(i) that havino, consented to become a director of the company

he withdrew his consent before the issue of the prospectus, and it
was issued Nvithout his authoritv or consent : or
(ii) that the prospectu. was issued -without his knowledge or

sent, aud that on becoming aware of its issue he forthwith gave
reasonable public notice that it was issued without his knowledge
or consent ; or
(iii) that affer the issue of the prospectus and before allotment
thereunder, lie, on becoming of any untrue statement therein,
withdrew his consent thereto, and gave reasonable public notice of
the withdrawal, and of the reason therefor.

(2) Where a company existing before the commencement of this
Ordinance, has issued shares or debentures, and for the purpose of
obtaining further capital by subscriptions for shares or debentures
issues a prospectus, a director shall riot be liable in respect of any
statement therein, unless he has authorised the issue of the pro-
spectus, or has adopted or ratified it.

(3) Where the prospectus containq the name of a person as a
director of the company, or as having agreed to become a director
thereof, and he has not consented to become a director, or has with.
drawn his consent before the isque of the prospectus, and has not
authorised or consented to the issue thereof, the directors of the
company, except any without whose knowledge or consent the pro-





spectus was issued, and any other person who authorised the issue
thereof, shall be liable to indemnify the person named as aforesaid
against all damages, costs, and expenses to which he may he made
liable by reason of his name having been inserted in the prospectus,
or in defending himself against any action or legal proceedings
brought against him in respect thereof.
(4) Every person who by reason. of his being a director, or named
as a director or as having agreed to becolne a 1 director, or of his
havilig authorised the issue of the prospectus, becomes liable to
make any payment under this section may recover contribution, as
in cases of contract, frorn any other person who, if sued separately,
would have been liable to make the sarne payment, unless the
person who bas become so liable was, and that other person was
not, guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation.

(.5) For the purposes of this section,-
promotor--- means a promoter who was a party to the prepara-
tion of the prospectus, or of the portion thereof containing the
untrue statement, but does not include any person by reason of his
acting in a professional capacity for persons engaged in procuring
the formation of the cowpany
' expert--- includes engineer, valuer, accountant, and any other
person whose profession gives authority to a statement inade by
him.

Allotment
87.-(1) No allotment shall be made of any share capital of a *
company offered to the public for subscription, unless the Collowing
conditions have been complied -with, naniely :-
(a) the amount (if any) fixed by the memorandum or articles of
association and named in the prospectus as the winimuni subscrip-
tion upon which the directors may proceed to allotrueDt; or
(b) if no aniount is so fixed and named, then the whole amount
of the share capital so offered for subscription,
has been subscribed, and the sum payable on application for the
amount so fixed and named, or for the whole amount offered for
subscription, has been paid to and received by the company.
(2) The amount so fixed and named and the whole amount afore-
said shall be reckoned exclusively of any amount payable otherwise

As amended by No. 16 of 1912, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.





than in cash, and is in this Ordinance referred to as the minimum
subscription.
(3) The amount payable on application on each share shall not
be less than 5 per cent. of the nominal amount of the share.
(4) If the conditions aforesaid have not been complied with on
the expiration of 40 days after the first issue of the prospectus, all
nioney received from applicants for shares shall be forthwith repaid
to the applicants without interest, and, if any such money is not
so repaid within 48 days after the issue of the prospectus, the
directors of the company shall be jointly and severally liable to
repay that money with interest at the rate of 5 per cent. from the
expiration of the forty-eighth day :
Provided that a director shall not be liable if he proves that the
loss of the inoiney was not due. to any misconduct or negligence on
his part.
(5) Any condition reclyuring or binding any applicant for shares
to waive complimice with any requirement of this section shall be
void.
(6) This section, except sub-section (3), shall not apply to any
allotment of shares subsequent to the first allotment of shares offer-
ed to the public for subscription.
(7) In the case of the first allotment of share capital payable in
cash of a company which does not issue anv invitation to the public
to subscribe for its shares, no allotment shall be made unless the
mininium subscription (that is to say) :-
(a) the aniount (if any) fixed by the ineinorandurn or articles and
named in the statement in lieu of prospectus as the minimum sub-
scription upon which the directors may proceed to allotment; or
(b) if no ainount is so fixed and named, then the m-hole amount of
the share capital other than that issued or agreed to be issued as
fully or partly paid up otherwise than in cash,
has been subscribed and an amount not less than 5 per cent. of the
nominal amount of each share payable in cash has been paid to and
received by the company.
This sub-section shall not apply to a private company or to a
company which has allotted any shares or debentures before the
commencement of this Ordinance.

88-(1) An allotment made by a company to an applicant in
contravention of the provisions of the last foregoing section shall be





voidable at the instance of the applicant within one month after
the holding of the statutory meeting of the company and not later,
and shall be so voidable notwithstandIng that the company is in
course of being wound up.

(2) If any director of a company knowingly contravenes or permits
or authorises the contravention of any of the provisions of the last
foregoing section with respect to allotment he shall be liable to com-
pensate the company and the allottee respectively for any loss,
damages, or costs which the company or the allottee may have
sustained or incurred thereby : -Provided that proceedings to re-
cover any such loss, damages, or costs shall not be commenced after
the expiration of 2 years from the date of the allotment.

89.-(1) A company shall not commence any business or exercise
any borrowing powers unless-
(a) shares held subject to the payment of the whole amount
thereof in cash have been allotted to an amount not less in the
whole than the minimum subscription; and
(b) every director of the company has paid to the company on
each of the shares taken or contracted to be taken by him and for
which he is liable to pay in cash, a proportion equal to the pro-
portion payable on application and allotment on the shares offered
for public subscription, or in the case of a company which does not
issue a prospectus inviting the public to subscribe for its shares, on
the shares payable in cash; and
(c) there has been filed with the Registrar of Companies a statu-
tory declaration by the secretary or one of the directors, in the
prescribed form, that the aforesaid conditions have been complied
with ; and
(d) in the case of, a company which does not issue a prospectus
inviting the public to subscribe for its shares, there has been filed
with the Registrar of Companies a statement in lieu of prospectus.
(2) The Registrar of Companies shall, on the filing of this statu-
tory declaration, certify that the company is entitled to commence
business, and that certificate shall be conclusive evidence that the
company is so entitled :
Provided that in the case of a company which does not issue a
prospectus inviting the public to subscribe for its shares the

* As amended by NO. 17 of 1912,





Registrar shall not give such certificate unless a statement in lieu of
a prospectus has been filed with him.

(3) Any contract made by a, company before the date at which it
is entitled to coninience-business shall be provisional only, and
shall not be binding on the company until that date, and on that
date it shall become binding.

(4) Nothing in this section shall prevent the simultaneous offer

for subscription or allotment of any share and debentures or the
receipt of any money payable on application for debentures.

(5) If any company commences business or exercises borrowing
powers in contravention of this section, every person who is res-
ponsible for the contravention shall, without prejudice to any other
liability, be liable to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars for every day
during which the contravention continues.

(6) Nothing in this section shall apply to a private company or to
a cornpany registered before the commencement of this Ordinance
which does not issue a prospectus inviting the public to subscribe for
its shares.



90-(1) Whenever a company limited by shares makes any allot-
ment of its shares, the company shall within 6 weeks thereafter
file with the Registrar of Companies,-
(a) a return of the allotments, stating the number and nominal
amount of the shares comprised in the allotment, the names,
addresses, and descriptions of the allottees, and the amount (if any)
paid or due and payable on each share; and
(b) in the case of shares allotted as Itilly or partly paid up other-
wise than in cash, a contract in writing constituting the title of the
allottee to sitch allotment together with any contract of sale, or for
services or other consideration in respect of which such allotment
was inade, such contracts being duly stamped, and a return stating
the number and norrunal ainoinit of shares so allotted, the extent
to which they are to be treated as paid up, and the coiDsideration
for which they have been allotted.
(2) Where such a contract as above mentioned is not reduced
to writing, the company shall within one month after the allotment
file with the Registrar of Companies the prescribed particulars of
the contract stamped with the same stamp ditty as would have been
payable if the contract had been reduced to writing, and those

As alilended by No. 16 of 1912.





particulars shall be deemed to he an instruinelit within the YneaniDg
of the Stamp Ordinance, 1901, and the Registrat may, as a con-

diton of filing the particulars require that the duty payable thereon
be adjudicated under section 9 of that Ordinance.

(3) If default is made in complying with the requirements of this
section, every director, nianager, secretary, or other officer of the
company, who is knowingly,a party to the default, shall be liable
to a fine not exceeding .500 dolhars for every day during which the
default continues :

Provided that, in case of default in filing with the Registrar of
Companies within 6 weeks after the. allotment any document required
to be filed by this section, the company, or any person liable for the
default, may apply to the C'ourt, for relief, and the Court, if satisfied
that the omission to file the doctiment was accidental or due to
inadvertence or that it is just and equitable to grant relief, may
make an order extending the tinie for the filing of the document for
such period as the Court may tbink proper.

Commission and Discounts.
91-(1) It shall be lawfifl for a. cortipany to pay a commission
to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to
subscribe, whether absohitelly or conditionally, for any shares in the
companvy or proenring. or.agreeing to procure snbscriptions, whether
absolute or conditional, for any shares in the company, if the pay-
ment of the commission is anthorised by the article-,, and the com-
mission paid or agreed, to be, paid does not exceed the amount or
rate so authorised, and if the amount or rate per cent. of the com-
mission paid or agreed to be. paid is-
(a) in the cases of shares offered to the public for subscription,
disclosed in the prospectus; or
(b) in the case of shares not offered to the public for subscription,
disclosed in the statement in lieu of prospectus, or in a. statement
in the prescribed form signed in like manner as a statement
in lieu of prospectus and filed with the Registrar of Companies, and,
where a circular or notice, not being a prospectus, inviting subscrip-
tions for the shares is issued, also disclosed in that circular or
notice.

(2) Save as aforesaid, no company shall apply any of its shares
or capital money either directly or indirectly in payment of any
commission, discount, or allowance, to any person in consideration





of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or
conditionally, for any shares of the company, or procuring or agree-
ing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional, for
any shares in the company, whether the shares or money be so
applied by being added to the purchase money of any property
acquired by the company or to the contract price of any Work to be
executed for the company, or the money be paid out of the nominal
purchase money or contract price, or otherwise.

(3) Nothing in this section shall affect the power of any company
to pay such brokerage as it has heretofore been lawful for a company
to pay, and a vendor to, promoter of, or other person who receives
payment in money or shares from, a company shall have and shall
be deemed always to have had power to apply any part of the money
or shares so received in payment of any commission, the payment
of which, if made directly by the company, would have been legal
under this section.

92. Where a company has paid any sums by way of commission in
respect of any shares or debentures, or allowed any sums by way
of discount in respect of any debentures, the total amount so paid
or allowed or so.miieh thereof as has not been written off, shall be
separately stated in every balance sheet of the cornpany until the
whole amount thereof has been written off.

Payment of Interest out o Cauital.
93. Where any shares of a company are issued for the purpose of
raising money to defray the expenses of the construction of any
works or buildings or the provision of any plant which cannot be

made profitable for a lengthened period, the company may pay
interest on so ronch o~ that share capital as is for the time being
paid up for the perlod and subject to the conditions and restrictions
in this section mentioned, and may charge the same to capital as
part of the cost of construction of the work or building, or the
provision of plant :
Provided that-
(1) no such payment shall be made unless the same is authorised
by the articles or by special resolution;
(2) no such payment, whether authorised by the articles or by
special resolution, shall be made without the previous sanction of
the Court;

As amended bv No. 16 of 1912.





(3) before sanctioning any such payment the Court may, at the
expense of the company, appoint a person to inquire and report
to them as to the circunAtances of the case, and may, before making
the appointment, require the company to give security for payment
of the costs of the inquiry;

(4) the payment shall be made only for such period as may be
determined by the Court : and such period shall in no case extend
beyond the close of the half year next after the liaIf year during
which the works or buildings have been actually completed or the
plant provided:

-(5) the rate of interest shall in no case exceed G per cent,. or such
lower rate as may for the time being be prescribed by the Court;

(6) the payment of the interest shall not operate as a reduction of
the amount paid up on the shares in respect of nhich it is paid;

(7) the accounts of the company shall show the share capital on
which, and the rate at which, interest has been paid out of capital
during the period to which the accounts relate.

Certificates of Share, dc.
94.-(1) Every company shall, within 2 rnonths after the allot-
nient oC any of its shares, debentures, or debenture stock, and
within 2 months after the registration of the transfer of any such
shares, debentures or debenture stock, complete and have ready
for delivery the certificates of all shares, debentures, and tile
certificates of all debentore stock aliotted or translerred, unless the
conditions of issue of the shares, debentures, or debenture stock
otherwise provide.
(2) If default is made in coinplying with the requirements of this
section, the company and every director, inanager. secretary, and
other officer of the company who is knowingly a party to the
default, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 50 dollars for every
day during which the default continues.

Information as to Mortgages, Charges, dc.
95-(1) Every mortgage or charge created alter the commence-
ment of this Ordinance by a compariv registered m the Coloiny and
being either,-
(a) a mortgage or charge for the purpose of securing any issue of
debentures; or

* As aniended by No. 17 of 1912.





(b) a mortgage or charge on uncalled share capital of the com-
pany; or
(c) a mortgage or charge created or evidenced by an instrument
which, if executed by art individual, would require registration as
a bill of sale; or
(d) a. mortgage or charge on any land, wherever situate, or any
interest therein; or
(e) a mortgage or charge on any book debts of the company; or
(f) a floating charge on the undertaking or property of the corn-
pany,
shall, so far as any security on the company's property or under-
taking is thereby conferred, be void against the liquidator and any
creditor of the company, unless the prescribed particulars of the
mortgage or charge, toYether with the instrument (if any) by which
the mortgage or charge is created or evidenced, are delivered to or
received by the Registrax of CoinpaDies for registration in nianner
required by this Ordinance within .5 weeks after the date of its
creation., Init without prejudIce to any contract or obligation for
repayrnent of the inoney thereby secured, and when a mortgage or
charge beconies void under this section the nioney secured thereby
shall immediately become payable;
Provided that-

(i) in the case of a mortgage or charge created out of the Colony
cornprHing solely property situate outside th6 Colony, the delivery
to and the receipt by the Registrar of a, copy of the instrument by
which the mortgage or charge is created or evidenced, verified in
the prescribed inanner, shall have the sanie effect for the purposes
of this section as the delivery and receipt of the instrument itself,
and 5 weeks after the date on which the instrument or copy could,
in due course of post, and if despatched with due diligence, have
been received in the Colony, shall be substituted for 5 weeks after
the date of the creation of the inortgage or charge, as the time
within which the particulars and instrument or copy are to be
delivered to the Registrar, and
(ii) where the mortgage or charge is created in. the Colony but
comprises property outside. the Colony, the instrument creating or
purporting to create the mortgage or charge may be sent for re-
gistration, notwithstanding that further proceedings may be neces-
sary to make the n~ortg~ge or charge valid or effectual according to
the law of the country in whIch the property is situate; and





(iii) where a negotiable instrument has been given to secure the
payment of any book debts of a company, the deposit of the in-
strument for the purpose of securing an advance to the company
shall not for the purposes of this section be treated as a mortgage or
charge on those-book debts; and

(M the holding of debentures entitling the holder to a charge on
land shall not be deemed to be an interest in land.

(2) The Registrar shall keep, with respect to each company, a
register in the prescribed form of all the mortgages and charges
created by the company after the commencement of this Ordinance,
and requiring registration under this section, and shall, on payment
of the prescribed fee, enter in the register, with respect to every
such mortgage or charge, the date of creation, the amount secured
by it, short particulars of the property mortgaged or charged, and
the names of the mortgagees or persons entitled to the charge.

(3) Where a series of debentures containing, or giving by refer-
ence to anv other instrument, any charoe to the benefit of which
the debenture holders of that series are entitled pari passit is created
by a company, it shall be sufficlent if there are delivered to or
received by the Registrar within 5 weeks after the execution of the
deed containing the charge or, if there is no such deed, after the
execution of any debentures of the series, the following parti-
culars :-

(a) the total amount secured by the whole series; and

(b) the dates of the resolutions authorising the issue of the series

and the date of the covering deed, if any, by wbich the security is
created or defined; and

(c) a general description of the property charged; and

(d) the names of the trustees, it any, for the debenture holders;
together with the deed containing the charge, or, if there is no such
deed, one of the debentures of the series, and the Registrar shall, on
payment of the prescribed fee, enter those particulars in the
register :

Provided that, nhere more than one issue is made of debentures
in the series, there shall be sent to the Reuistrar for entry in the

register particulars of the date and amount of each issue, but an
omission to do this shall not affect the validity of the debentures
issued.





(4) Where any coininission, allowance, or discount has been paid
or made, either directly, or indirectly by the con-tpany to any per-
sun in consideration of his subscribing or agreeings to subscribe,
-whether absolutely or conditiomilly, for anv debentures of the com-
pany, or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether
absolute or conditional. for -any such debentures, the particulars
required to be sent for registration under this section shall include
particulars as to the amount or rate per cent. of the commission,
discount, or allowance so paid or made, but an omission to do this

shall not lie validity of the debenture,, isstied :

Provided that the deposit of any debentures as security for any
debt, of the company shall not for the parposes of this provision be
treated as the issue of the debentures at, a dicount.

(.5) The Registrar shall give a certificate under his hand of the
registration of ally niortgage or charge registered in pursuance of
this section, statingthe arnount thereby secured, and the certificate
shall be conclusive evidence that the requirements of this section
as to regIstration have been coinplied with.

(6) The company shall caue a copy of every certificate of regis-
tration given under this sectionto be endorsed on every debenture
or certificate of debentue stock which is isued by the company
and the payment of which is secured by the mortgage or charge so
registered.
provided that nothing in this sub-section shallbe construed as
requiring a company to cause a certificate of registratonof any
mortgage or charge so given to be endorsed on any debenture or
' certificate of dbenture stock which has been issued by the company
before the mortgage or charge was created.
(7) It shall be the duty of the company to send to the Registrar
for registration the particulars of every inortgage or charge created

by the company and of the issues of debentures of a series, requiring
registration under this section, but registration of an such mort-

gage or ebarge may be effected on the application of any person
interested therein.

. Where the registration is eflected on the application of some
person other than the company, that person shall be entitled to
recover from the company the amount of any fees properly paid by
him to the Registrar on the registration.





position of creditors or shareholders of the conDany, or that on other
grounds It is just and eqtitable to grant relief, may, on the applica-
tion of the conipally or any persoll interested, and on such terms and
conditions as seeni to the Judge just and expedient, order that the
time for registration be extended, or, as the case may be, that the
omission or misstatement be rectified.

99. The Registrar of Coinpanies may, on evidence being given to
his satisfaction that the debt for which any registered mortgage or
charge given has been paid or satisfied, order that a memoran-
dum of satisfaction be entered on the register, and shall if required
furnish the company with a copy thereof.

100. The Registrar of Companies shall keel) a chronological index
:in the prescribed form and with the prescribed particulars, of the
mortgages or hcarge registered with him under this Ordinance.


1O1-(1) If any conipany makes default in sending to the.
Begistrar of Cloiripanies for registration the particulars of ally
mortgage or charge created. by the company, and of the issues ok'
debenturesof a series, requirnl- registration with the Registrar
wider flie. fore-going provisions, tlien, wiless the re,ristration has
been e[feeted wi ulic application of soiric other person, the, company,
and every director, manager secretary, or other person who is
knowingly a party to the default shall be liable to a fine not ex-
ceeding 500 dollars for every (lay during whicb the default continues.

(2) Subject as aforesaid, if any company makes default in com-
plying with anyof the requirement of this Ordinance as to the
registration with the Registrar of any mortgage or charge created
by the company, the company and every dirctor, manager, and
other officer of the comany, who knowingly na wilfully authorised
or permitted the default shall without prejudiceto any other
liability, be liable to a fine not exceeding 1000 dollars.

(3) If any person knowingly and wilfully authorises or permits
the deliveryof any debenture or certificate o debenture stock
requiring registaration with the Registrar under the foregoing pro-
visions without a copyof the certificate of registration being en-
dorsed upon it, he shall, wihtout prejudice to any other liability, be
liable to a fine not exceeding 1000 dollars.

102-(1) Every limited company shall keep at its registered
office a register of mrtgages and enter herin all mortgages and


* As aLLieiid(~d by No. 16 of 1912.





charges specifically affecting property of the company, giving in
each case a short description of the property mortgaged or charged,
the amount of the mortgage or charge, and (except in the case of
securities to bearer) the names of the mortgagees or persons entitled
thereto.

(2) If any director or other officer of the company knowingly and
wilfully authorises or permits the omission of any entry required to
be made in pursuance of this section, he shall be liable to a fine not
exceeding -500 dollars.

103-(1) The copies of instruments creating nay mortgage or

charge requiring registration under this Ordinance with the Re-
gistrar of Cornpanics, and the regUster of mortgages kept in
pursuance of the last foregoing section, shall be open at. all reason-
able times to the inspection of the Eegistrar of Companies or of any
creditor or member of the company without fee, and the register
of mortgages shall also bc open to the inspection. of any other person
on payment of such fee, not exceeding 50 cents for each inspection,
as the company may prescribe.

(.2) If inspection of the said copies or register is refused, any
officer of the conipany refusing inspection, and every director and
manager of the company authorisin'. or knowingly and wilfully
permitting the refusal, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 50
dollars, and a further fine not exceeding 20 dollars for every day

during which the refusal continues; and, in. addition to the above
penalty, any Judge, in Chambers may by order compel an immediate
inspection of the copies or regi.ster.

(3) If such inspection cannot be oblained at the registered office
oF the company with the exercise of a, reasonable amount of diligence,
the company shall be liable to the same as if such inspec-
tion had been actually refused.

104.-(1) Every register of holders of debentures of a company

shall, except when closed in accordance with the articles during such
period or periods (not exceeding in the whole 30 daYs in any year)
a.s may be specified in the articles, be open to the inspection of the
registered holder of any such debentures, and of any holder of shares
in the conipativ but sub'ect to such reasonable restrict' ns as the

company imay in general meeting impose. so that at least 2 hours
in each day are appointed ior inspection, and every such holder may

As aniended by No. 16 of 1912.
requir a copy of the register or any part thereof on payment of 25
cents for evey 100 words required to be copied.

(2) A copy of any trust deed for securing any issue of debentures
shall be forwarded to every holder of any such debentures at his
request onpaymetn in the casse of a printed trust deed of the sum
of 1 dollar or suc less sum as may be prescribed by the company,
or; where the trust deed has nto been printed, on payment of 25
cents for every 100 words required to be copied.

(3) If inspectionis refused, or a coopy is refused or not forwarded,
the company shall be liable tofine not exceeding 50 dollars, and
to a furthere fine not exceeding 20 dollars for every day during which
the refusal continues, and every director, manager, secretary, or
other offier of the company shall be lible to the same penalites as if
such refuseal shallincur the like penalty.

(4) If such inspection cannot be obtained at the registered office
of the comany wth the exercise of a reasonabel amount of
diligence, the company shall be liable tothe same penalties as if
such inspection hd been acually refused.

Debentures and Floating Charges.
105. A condition contained in any debentures or in any deed for
securing any debentures, wherhter issued or executed before or after
the commencement of this Orinance, shall nto be invalid by reason
only that thereby the debentures aremade irredeemable, or redeem-
able only on the happening of a contingency,however remtoe, or aon
the expirationof a period, however long, any rule of equity to the
contrary notwithstanding.

106-(1) Where either before or after th commenement of this
Ordinance a company hasredeemed any debentures previously
issued, th company, unlesst he articles or the conditions of issue
expressly otherwise provide, or unless the debentures have been
redeemed in pursuance of any obligatinon the company so to do
(not being an obligation enforceable only by the perosn to whom the
redeemed debentures were issued or his assigns), shall have power
and shall be deemed always to have had power, tokeepthe de-
bentures alive for thepurposesof re-issue, and where a company
has purported to exercise such a power the company shall have
power, and shall be deemed always to have had power, to re-issue









(17) Every person -~,,lio iises ~iny 11cence, perillit, or
other docuiilG~nt granted under the provilsions of this section ill
respect of any steamship other than the one tbercin mentioned, shall
be liable to a fine not exceeding, 200 dollars, or to iniprisonment for
any term not exceeding 3 months.
(.18) V'Very Illaskr or pursoll ill Chal-o of ally stc;utiisllll) not
C
exceeding 60 tons who, within the waters of the Colony, disobeys

1
any lawful order of the Harbour Master shall be liable to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars.

(1~)) Every person who offolids against the provisions of this
section, or against any of the regulations under this section, shall,
where no penalty is specified, be liable to a fine not exceeding 50
dollars, or to imprisonment for any term not exceeding one month.

(20) Snb-sections (10) to (14), and 06), shall not apply in the
case, 01 alLY bLealliblill) not execuding 60 Lens oil occasions when it
is being used solely for purposes of pleasure.

(21) The owner of every steamship not exceeding 60 tons and of
every motor boat not licensed under this section, but being in the
walers of tbe Cololly, shall cause the boilers o~ sticb steamship or
the machinery of such motor boat to be surveyed before use, and
thenceiorth to be surveyed annually by the ~overnment Marine
Surveyor, the Assistant Marine Surveyor, or sunie person authorised
in that behalf by theand the requircinents of such sur-
veyor shail be complied with, and thereupon a certificate to that
effect shall be given by such surveyor and shall be produced to the
Harbour Master without unnecessary delay.

(22) The owner, master, or person in charge of any such un-
b
licensed or motor. boat k~ lie uses tile same before obtaining
such certificate 6f survey shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 250
dollars.

(23) The owner of any such sleaniship or niotor boat shall pay
into the a fee of 10 dollars fol.survey, :i.ll(l cel-tific~tt,e
thereof inade and given by tile Goverimicin, Marine Surveyor or the
0
Assistant Marine Surveyor.

(24) The provisions of tlils section shall not apply to steam
launches or rnotor boats to Ills or to any foreign
n
Governnient. Suell alld lio\vc\,et., when within the
waters of the Colony, shall coniply with the International Collision
Regulations.





the debentures either by re-issuing the sarne debentures or by
issuing other debentures in their place, and upon such a re-issue
the person entitled to the debentures shall have, and shall be
deemed always to have had, the same rights and priorities as if the
debentures had not previously been issued.

(2) Where with the object of keeping debentures alive for the
purpose of re-issue they have either before or after the commence-
ment of this Ordinance been transferred to a Doininee of the coni-
pany, a transfer from that nominee shall be deemed to be a re-issue.
for the purpoges of this section.

(3) Where a coinpany has either before or after the commence-
ment of this Ordillarice deposited any of its debeutures to secure
advances from time to time on current account or otherwise, the
debentures shall uot be deemed to have been redeemed by reason
only of the account of the company having eeased to be, in debit
whilst the debenture, remained so deposited.

(4) The re-issue of a debentur or the issue of another debetiture
in its place mider the power by this given to, w deeined to
have been possessed by, awhether the re-issue made
before or alter the conimeneeijient of this Ordinance, shall be treat
ed as the issue of a new debenture for the purposes of stamp duty,
but it shalt not be so treated for the purtmses of any provision limit
ing the aniount or number of debentures to be issued :

Provided that any person lending money on the seenrity of a
debenture re-issued under this section which appears to be duly
stamped itiav give the debenture M evidence in any proceeding's for
enforcing his security without payment of the stamp duty or any
penalty in respect thereof, uDless he had notice or, but for his
negligence, might have discovered, that the debenture was not duly
stamped., but in any such ease the company shall be liable to pay
the proper stamp duty and penalty.

(.5) Nothing in thsi section

(a.) the operation of any judgment or order of a Court of competent
jurisdiction prunounced or made beiore the commencernent of this
Ordinance as between the parties to the proceedings in which the
judgment was pronounced or the order made, and any appeal from
any such judgment or order shall be decided as if this Ordinance had
not been passed; or





. (b) any power to issue debentures in the place of any debentures
paid off or otherwise satisfied.or extinguished, reserved to a com-
pany by its debentures or the securities for the same.

107. 'A contract wit a company to take tip and pay for any de-
bentures of the company may be enforced by in order for specific
performance.

108-(1)Where either a reephrer is appointed on behalf of the
holders of any debentures of a companY socured by a floating charge,
or possession is taken by or on behalf of those debenture holders of
any property comprised in or subject to the charge, then, if the
company is not at the time in course of being wound up, the debts
which in every winding-up are, tinder the provisions of Part IV of
this Ordinance relating to preferential payments, to be paid in
priority to all. other debts, shall be paid forthwith out of any assets
coming to the hands of the receiver or other person taking possession
as aforesaid in priority to any claim for principal or interest in res-
pect of the debentures.

(2) The periods of time mentioned in the said provisions of Part
IV of this Ordinance shall be reckoned from the date of the appoint-
ment of the receiver or or possession being taken as aforesaid, as the
case inay be.

(3) Any paynients made tinder this section shall be recouped as
far as may be out of the assets of the company available for payment
of general creditors.

Statevictit to be published by Bmiking and certain other Companies.

109.-(1) Every company being a limited banking company or
Wn insurance company or a deposit, provident, or benefit society
shall, before it commences business, and also on the first Monday in
February and the first Tuesday in August in every year during
ivhich it carries on business, make a statement in the form 0 in the
1st schedule or as near thereto as circumstances will admit.

X2) A copy of the statement shall be put up in a conspicuous place
in the registered office of the company, and in every branch office
or place where the business of the company is carried on.

* As atnended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 17 of 1912.





(3) Every inember and every creditor of the company shall be

entitled to a copy of the statement, on payment of a sum not ex-
ceeding 25 cents.

(4) If default is made All compliance with this section, the com-
pany shall be liable to a fine Dot exceeding 50 dollars for every day
during which the default continues; and every director and manager
of the con pany who knowingly and wilfully authorises or permits
the default shall be liable to the like penalty.

(5) For the purposes of this Ordinance a company that carries on
the business of insurance in common with any other business or
businesses shall be deemed to be an insurance company.

(6) This section shall not apply to any life insurance company to
which the provisions of the Life Insurance Companies Ordinance,
1907, as to thestaternent to be made by such a company,
apply with or witbout irlodifications, if the company complies with
those provisions.

Luspection and Audit.
110.-(1) The Clottut may appoint one or moue competent
inspectors to investigate the atlairs of an,,- conipany and to report
thereon in sucli manner as the Court directs :-
(i) in the case of a banking company having a sharecapital on

the application of niembers bolding g not less than one third of the
shares issued :
(ii) in the case of anj, other company having a share capital, oil
the application of memberes holding not less than one tenth of the
shares issued :
(iii) in the case of a company not having a share capital, on the

application of not less than one fifth in of the persons on the
company's register of members.

(2) The application shall be supported by such evidence as the
Court may require for the purpose of showing that the applicants
have good reason for, and are not actuated by malicious motives in
requiring, the investigation; and the Court may, before appointing
an inspector, require the applicants to give security for payment of
the costs of the inquiry.
(3) It shall be the duty of all officers and agents of the company
to produce to the inspectors all books and documents in their cus-
tody or power.







(4) An inspector may examine on oath the officers and agents of the
company in relation to its business, and may administer an oath accordingly.

(.5) If any officer or aorent refuses to produce any book or docu-



ment which under this section it is his duty to produce any book or docu-
question relating to the affairs of the company, he shall be liable to a fine not
exceeding 50 dollars in respect of each offence.

(6) On the conclusion of the investigation the inspectors shall report their
opinion to the Court, and a copy of the report. shall be forwarded by the
Registrar of the Court to the registered office of tile company and a further
copy shall, at the request of the applicants for the investigation, be delivered
to them.

The report shall be written or printed, as the Court may direct.

(7) All expenses of and incidental to the investigation shall be defraved by
the applicants, unless the Court direct the same to be paid by the company,
which the Court is hereby authorised to do.

111-(1) A company may by special resolution appoint inspectors to
investigate its affairs.

(.2) Inspectors so appointed shall have the same powers and duties as
inspectors appointed by the Court, except that, instead of reporting to the
Court they shall report in such manner and to such per-
sons as the company in general meeting may direct.

(3) Officers and agents of the company shall incur the like penalties in case
of refusal to produce any book or document required to be produced to
inspectors so appointed, or to answer any question, as they would have
incurred if the inspectors had been appointed by the Court.

112. A copy of the report of any inspectors appointed under this
Ordinance, authenticated by the seal of the company whose affairs they have
investigated, shall be admissible in any legal proceeding as evidence of the
opinion of the inspectors in relation to any matter
contained in the report.

. 113.-(1) Every company shall at each annual general meeting n appoint an.
auditor or aticlitors to hold office until the next annual general meeting.

As amended by No. 43 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp.
Sched.





(2) If an appointment of auditors is not made-at an annual general
meeting, the Court may, on the application of any member of the
company, appoint an auditor or auditors of the company for the
current year, and fix the remuneration to be paid to him or them by
the company for his or their services.

(3) A director or officer or servant of the company or the partner
or employee of such director shall not be capable of being appointed
auditor of the company.

(4) A person, other than a retiring auditor shall not be calmable. of
being appointed auditor at an annual general ineetin,g unless notice
of an intention to nominate that person to the office of auditor has
been given by a shareholder to the conipany not less than 14 days
before the annual general meeting, and the company shall send a
copy of any such notice to the retiring auditor, and shall give notice
thereof to the shareholders, either by advertisement or in any other
mode allowed by the articles, not less than 7 days belore the annual
general meeting :

Provided that it, after a notice of the intention to nominate an
auditor has been so given, an annual general meeting is called for
a date 14 days or less after that notice has- been given, the notice,
though not given within the time required by this provision, shall
be deemed to have been properly given for the purposes thereof,
and the notice to be sent or given by the company may, instead of
being sent or given within the time required by this provision, be
sent or riven at the same time as the notice of the annual general

(5) The first auditors of the company way be appointed by the
directors before the statutory meeting, and if so appointed shall
hold office until the first annual general meeting, unless previously
removed by a resolution of the shareholders in general meeting, in
which case the shareholders at that meeting may appoint auditors.

(6) The directors may fill any casual company lu the office of
auditor, but while any such vacancy continues the surviving or con-
tinuing auditor or auditors, if any, may act.

(7) The remuneration of the auditors of a conipany shall be fixed
by the company in general meeting, except that the remuneration
of any auditors appointed before the statutory meeting, or to fill
any casual vacancy, may be fixed by the directors.





114.-(1) Every auditor of a company shall have a right of access at all times
to the books and accounts and vouchers of the company, and shall be entitled
to require from the directors and officers of the company such information and
explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the
auditors.

(2) The auditors shall make a report to the shareholders on the accounts
examined by them, and on every balance sheet laid before the company in
general meeting during their tenure of office, and the report shall state

(a) whether or not they have obtained all the information and explanations
they have required; and

(b) whether, in their opinion, the balance sheet referred to in the report is
properly drawn up so as to exhibit a true and correct view of the state of the
company's affairs according to the best of their information and the
explanations given to them, and as shown by the books of the company.

(3) The balance sheet shall be signed on behalf of the board by two of the
directors of the company, or if there is only one director, by that director, and
the auditors' report shall be attached to the balance sheet, or there shall be
inserted at the foot of the balance sheet a, reference to the report, and the
report shall be read before the company in general meeting, and shall be open
to inspection by any. shareholder.

Any shareholder shall be entitled to be furnished with a copy of the balance
sheet and auditors' report at a charge not exceeding 2.5 cents for every 100
words,

(4) If any copy of a balance sheet which has not been signed as requiled by
this section is issued, circulated, or published, or if any copy of a balance
sheet is issued, circulated, or published without either having a copy of the
auditors' report attached thereto or containing such reference to that report as
is required by this section, the company, and every director, manager,
secretary, or other officer of the company who is knowingly a party -to the
default, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars.

(.5) In the case of a banking company

(a) if the company has branch banks beyond the limits of Colony it shall be
sufficient if the auditor is allowed access to such copies

As amended by No. 16 of 1912.





of and extracts from the books and accounts of any such branch as
tiave been transmitted to the office of the company in the Colony;
and

(b) the balance sheet must be signed by the secretary or manager

(if any), and where there are more than 3 directors of the com-
pany by at least 3 of those directors, and where there are riot rnore
than 3 directors bv all the directors.

115-(1) Holders of preference shares and debentures of a, com-
pany shall have the same right to receive and inspect the balance
sheets of the company and the reports of the auditors and other
reports as is possessed by the holders of ordinary shares in the
company.

(2) This section shall not apply to a private company, nor to a
company registered before the commencement of this Ordinance.

Carrying on Business with less than the legal
Alinimum of Members.

116. If at any time the number of mernbers of a company is
reduced, in the case of a private conipany, below 2, or, in the case
of any other company, below 7, and it carries business for more
than 6 months while the number is so reduced, every person who is
a member of the company during the time that it so carrying on
business after those 6 months, and is cognisant of the fact that it
is carrying on business with fewer than 2 members, or 7 members,
as the case may be, shall be severally liable for the payment of the
whole debts of the company contracted during that time, and may
be sued, for the same, without Joinder in the action of any other
member.

Service and Authentication of Documents.

117. A document may be served on a company by leaving it, at
or sending it by registered post to the registered office of the
company.

U8. A document or proceeding requiring authentication by a com-
pany may be signed by a director, secretary, or other authorised
officer of the company, and need not be under its common seal.

A.S aLnended by No. 17 of 1912.





Tables and Forvis.

119.-(1) The form in the 3rd schedule or forms as near thereto
as circumstances admit shall be used in all matters to which those
forms refer.

(2) The Governor may alter any of the Tables and forms in the
1st schedule so that he does not increase the amount of fees pay-
able to the Registrar in the said schedule mentioned, and may alter
or add to the forms in the said 3rd schedule.

(3) Any such Table or form, when altered, shall be published in
the Gazette, but no alteration made by the Governor in Table A in
the said 1st schedule shall affect any company registered before the
alteration, or repeal, as respects that company, any portion of that
Table.

Arbitrations
120.-(1) A company niay by writing under its common seal agree
to refer and may may to arbitration, in accordance with the pro-
visiorts of tbe Rallway Arbitration Act, 1859, any
existing or future difference between itself and any other company
or person.

(2) Companies parties to the arbitration rnay delegatd to the
arbitrator power to settle any terms ot. to deternane any matter
capable of being lawfully settled or deterrinned by the compa;nies

themselves, or by their directors or otber rnanaging body.

(3) All the provisions of the said Act shall apply to arbitrations
between companies aDd persons in pursuance of this Ordinance;
and in the construction of those, provisions - the Companies - shall
include companies under this Ordinauce.

(4) For the purposes of the application of the said Act to this
.Ordinance, the words - the Board of Trade - therein occurring shall
be read as meaning the Governor, and the words - all the Superior
Courts of Law and Equity in the United -KIngdoni according to
their respective jurisdiction - and the - any of His Majesty's
Superlor Courts of Record at Westminster or, as the case may be,
at Dublin - shall be read as nieaiiiDg the Court.

As aniended by Ko. 50 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.





Power to Compromise.
121-(1) Where a compromise or arrangement is proposed be-
tween a company and its creditors or any class of thein, or between
the company and its mernbers or any class of tlieni, the Court may,
on the application 'in a stimmaxy way of the conilany or of any
creditor or member of the company or, in the case of a company
being wound up, of the liquidator, order a meeting-, of the creditors or
class of creditors or of the members of the coinpa.ny or class of
members, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as
the Court directs.

(2) If a majority in number representing three-fourths 'In value
of the creditors or class of creditors, or member or class of mem-
bers, as the case may be, present either in person or by proxy at the
meeting, agree to any compromise or arrangenient, the compromise
or arrangement shall, if sanctioned by the Court, be binding on all
the creditors or the class of creditors, or on the menibers or class
of members, as the case may be, and also on the company or, in the
case of a company in the emirse of being woond up, on the liquidator
and contributories of the compam.

.0) In. this section - company - means an company liable to be
svound tip under this Ordinance.

Maning of 'Private Company'
122.-(1) For the purposes of this Ordinance - private cornpany
means a company which by its articles-
(a) restricts the right to transfer its shares; and
(b) limits the inintber ol, its members (exclusive of persons who
are in the employment of the company) to .50; and
(c) prohibits any invitaticyn to the public to subscribe for any
shares or debentures of the company.

(2) A private company may, sobiect to anything contained in the
memorandum or articles, byb passing a special resolution and by
filing with the Registrar of Companies such a statement in lieu of
prospectus as the company if a public company, wotild have had to
file before allotting any of its shares or debentures, together with
such a statutory declaration as the company, if a public company,
would have hail to file before commencing business, turn itself
.into a public company.

A. arnended by No. 16 of 1912.





(3) Where two or more persoils hold one or more shares in a
company jointly they shall, for the purposes of this section, be
treated as a single member.

PART IV.
WINDING UP.
Preffivinary.
123.-M The winding up of a company may be either-
(i) by the Court; or
(ii) voluntary; or
(iii) subject to the supervision of the Court.

(2) The provisions of this Ordinance with respect to winding up
apply, unless the contrary appears, to the winding up of a company
in any of those modes.

Contributories.
124.-(1) In the event of a company being wound up every pre-
sent and past inember shall, subject to the provisions of this section,
be liable to contribute to the assets of the company to an amount
sufficient for payinent of its debts and liabilities and the costs,
charges, and expenses of the winding up, and for the adjustment of
the rights of the contributories aniong themselves, with the quali-
fications following:-
(i) a past nieniber shall not be liable to contribute if lie has ceased
to be a member for one year or upwards before th commence-
ment of the windign up:
(ii) a past member shall not be liable to contribute in respect of
any dbt or liability of the company contracted after he ceased to
b a membere;
(iii) a past member shall not be liable to contribute unless it
appears to the Court that the existing members are unable to satisfy
the contributions required to be made by them in pursuance of this
Ordinance;
(iv) in the case of a company limited by shares no contribution
shall be required from any member exceeding the amount, if any,
unpaid on the, shares in respect of which he is liable as a present
or past member;

As amended by No. 50 of 1911.





(v) in the case of a company limited by guarantee, no contribu-
tion shall be required from any member exceeding the amount
undertaken to be contributed by him to the assets of the company
in the event of its being wound up;

(vi) nothing in this Ordinance shall invalidate any provision con-
tained in any policy of insurance or other contract whereby the
liability of individual members on the policy or contract is restricted,
or whereby the funds of the company are alone made liable in
respect of the policy or contract;

(vii) a sum due to any member of a company, in his character of a
member, by way of dividends, profits or otherwise, shall not be
deemed to be a debt of the company, payable to that member in a
case of competition between himself and any other creditor not a
member of the company; but any such sum may be taken into
account for the purpose of the final adjustment of the rights of con-
tributories among themselves.

(2) In the winding up of a limited company, any director or
manager, whether past or present, whose liability is, in pursuance
of this Ordinance, unlimited, shall, in addition to his liability (if
any) to contribute as an ordinary member, be liable to make a fur-
ther contribution as if he were at the commencement of the winding
up a member of an unlimited company : Provided that-

(1) a past director or manager shall not be liable to make such
further contribution if he has ceased to hold office for a year or
upwards before the commencement of the winding up;

(ii) a. past director or manager shall not be liable to make such
further contribution in respect of any debt or liability of the cont-
pany contracted after he ceased to hold office

(111) subject to the articles of the company, a director or manager
shall not be liable to make such further contribution unless the
Court deems it necessary to require that contribution in order to
satisfy the debts and liabilities of the company, and the costs,
charges, and expenses of the winding up.

(3) In the winding up of a company limited by guarantee which
has a share capital, every member of the company shall be liable, in
addition to the amount undertaken to be contributed by him to the
assets of the company in the event of its being wound up, to con-
tribute to the extent of any sums unpaid on any shares held by him.





125. The term ' contributory--- means every person liable to
contribute to the assets of a company in the event of its be*

up, and, in all proceedin s for determining and in all proceedings
prior to the final determination of the persons who are to be deemed
contributories, includes any person alleged to be a contributory.

126. The liability of a contributory shall create a debt of tile
nature of a specialty accruing due from hirri at the time when his
liability commenced but payable at the times when calls are made
for enforcing the liability.

127.-(1) If a contributory dies either before or after he has been
placed on the list of contributories, bis personal representatives and
his heirs and devisees, shall be liable in a due course of administra-
tion to contribute to the assets of the coinpany in discharge of his
liability and shall be contributories accordingly.

(2) Where the personal representatives are placed on the list of
cantributories, the heirs or devisees shall Dot be added unless the
Court thinks fit.

(3) If the personal representatives niake default in paying any
money ordered to be paid by tbern, proceedings may be taken for
administering the personal and real estates of the deceased contribu-
tory, or either of thein, and of compelling payment thereout of the
inoney due.

128. If a coutributory becomes bankrupt before or after
he has been placed on the list of contributories, then-

(1) his trustee in shall represent him for all the pur-
poses of the Nvinding up, and sball be a coutributory accordlingly,
and njay be called on to adinit to proof *against the estate of the
bankrupt, or otherwise to allow to be paid out of his assets in due
course of law, any inoney due from the bankrupt in respect of his
liability to contribute to the assets ot' the compaDy; and

(II) there may be proved against the estate of the bankrupt the
estimated value of his liability to future calls as well as calls already
inade.

129.-(1) The hushawl of a feinale contributory married before
1st January, 1883, shall, during the continuaDee of the marriage,
be liable, as respects aDy liability attaching to any shares acquired

As ainclided by l\o. 10 of 1912.





by her before that date, to contribute to the assets of the company
the same sum as she would have been liable to contribute if she
had not married, and he shall be a contributoury accordingly.


(2) Subject as aforesaid, nothing in this Ordinance shall affect the.
provisions of the Married Women's Property Ordinance, 1906.

130. A company may be wound up by the Court-
(i) if the company has by special resolution resolved that the
company be wound up by the Court;
(ii) if efault is made in filing the statutory report or in holding
the statutory meeting;
(iii) if the company does not continence its business within a
year front its Incorporation, or suspends its business for a whole
year ;
(iv) if the number of mernbers is reduced, in the case of a private
company, below -2, or, in the case of any other company below 7;
(v) if the company, is unable to pay its debts ;
-(vi) if the Court is of opinion that it is just and equitable that
the comparty should be wound up.

131. A conipwiy shall be deemed unable to pay its debts-

(i) if a creditor, by assignment or otherwisse, to whom the com-
pany is indebted in a sum exceeding 500 dollars then due, has
served on the company, by leaving the same at its registered office,
a demand under hsi hand requiring the company to pay the sum
so due and the company has hor 2 months thereafter neglected to
pay the sum, or to secure or compound for it to the reasonabel
satisfaction of the creditor; or
(ii) if execution or other process issued on a judgment, decree, or
order of any Court in favour of a, creditor of the company is returned
unsatisfied in whole or in vart ; or
(Iii) if it, is proved to the satisfaction ol the Com,t that the
company is unable to pay its debts, and, in determinging whether a
company is unable to pay its debts, the Court shall take. into account
the contingent and prospective liabilities of the company.

132.-(1) An application to the Court for the winding up of a
company shall be by petition, presented subject to the provisions of
this section either by the company, or by any creditor or creditors





(including any contingent or prospective creditor or creditors),
contributory or contributories, or by all or any of those parties,
together or separately : Provided that-

(a) a contributory shall not be entitled to present a petition 16r
winding up a company unless-

(1) either the number of members is reduced, in the case of a
private company, below 2, or, in the case of any other company,
below 7; or
(ii) the shares in respect of which he is a contributory, or some of
them, either were originally allotted to him or have been held by
him, and registered in his name, for at least 6 months during the
18 months before the commencement of the winding up, or have
devolved on him through the death of a former holder; and

(b) a petition for winding up a company on the ground of default
in filing the statutory report or in holding the statutory meeting
shall not be presented by any person except a shareholder, nor be-
fore the expiration of 14 days after the last day on which the meet-
ing ought to have been held; and

(c) the Court shall not give a hearimr to a petition for windin lip

a company by a contingent or prospective creditor until such
security for costs has been given as the Court thinks reasonable,
and until a prima facie case for winding up has been established to
the satisfaction of the Court.

(22) Where a company is being wound up voluntarily or subject
to supervision a, petition may be presented by the Official Receiver
attached to the Court, as well as by any other person authorised
in that behalf under the other provisions of this section, but the
Court shall not make a winding-up order on the petition unless it,
is satisfied that the voluntary winding up or winding up subject to
supervision cannot be continued with due regard to the interests of
the creditors or contributories.

(3) Where under the provisions of this Part of this Ordinance
any person as being the husband of a feniale contributory is himself
a contributory, and a share has during the whole or any part of the
6 months been held by or registered in the name of the wife, or by
or in the nanie of a trustee for the wife or for the husband, the share
shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to have been lield
by and registered in the name of the husband.





133. An order for winding tip a company shall operate in favour
all the creditors'and of all the contributories of the company as if
bde on the Joint petition of a creditor and of a contributory.

134. A winding tip of a company by the Court shall be deemed
commence at the time of the presentation of the petition for the
nding lip.

135. At any time after the presentation of a petition for windincy
and before, a winding tip order lias been made, the company,
any creditor of contributory, may, m-here any action or proceed-
against the company is pending, apply to the Court for a stay of
proceedings or to restrain. further proceedings in the action or
)ceeding, and the Court niav, as the case, may be, stay or restrain
proceedings accordingly on stich terms as it thinks fit.
'

136.-(1) On hearing the petition the Court may dismiss it with
without costs, or adjourn the hearing conditionally or uncondi-
nally, or make any interim order, or any other order that it deeins

but the Court shall not refuse to make a, wiriding-up order oil
ground only that the assets of the company have been inort-
ged to an amount equal to or in excess of those assets, or that the
rnpany has no assets.

(2) Where the petition is presented oil the ground of default in
[ng the statutory report or in holding the statutory ineetring, the
court may order the. costs to be pail by any persons who, in the
inion of the Court, are respo-nsible for the default.

137. When a winding-up order has been made, no action or pro-
eding shall be proceeded with or coinnienced against the company
cept by leae of the Court, and subject to such ternis as the Court
ay impose.

138. On the inaking ol' a winding-up order, a copy of the order
list forthwith be forwarded by the company to the Registrar of
)mpa.nies, who shall inake a minute thereof in his books relating
the company.

139. The Court may at any time after an order for winding up,
t the application of any creditor or contributory, and on proof to
e satisfaction of the Court that all proceedings in relation to the
inding up ought to be stayed, make an order staying the proceed-





ings, either altogether or lor a, hinited tlime, on such terms and
conditions as the Court thinks fit.

140. The Court may, as to all matters relating to a. winding up,
havo regard to the wislies of the creditors ol- contributories as proved
to it by any sufficient, evidence.

Official
141-(1) For the purposes (If this Ordinance so far as it relates
to the winding in) of companlies by the Court the terni - Official
Receiver - shall mean the Official Execelver, if any attached to the
Court for bankruptcy purposes, or, if there is more thail one such
Official Receiver, theri such one of thent as the Crovernor may
appoint, or, if there is no such Official Receiver, then an officer
appointed for the purpose. by the Governor.

(.2) Any such officer shall for the purpose of lus duties under tbis
Ordinance be styled the Official Receiver.

142.-(1) Where the Court has made a winding-up order, there
shall be made out and subinitted to the Official Receiver a statement
as to the affairs of the companly in the preseribed form, verified by
affidavit, and showing the particulars of its assets, debts, and liab'l
ties, the names, residences, and occupations of its creditors, the
securities held by thern respectively, the dates when the securities
wexe respectively giveii, and such further or other informatioll as
iiia,.~, be prescribed ot. as, the Official Receiver may require.

(2) The stateinent shall be siffinutted and verified by one or more
of the persons who are at the, tinte, of the winding-up order the
directors; and by the persol who is at that time the secretary or
other chief officer of the company, or by such of the persons bein-
or having been directors or officers of the coinpany, or having taken

part in the formation of the Company at any time within one year
before the winding-uporder, as the Official Receiver, subject to the
direction of the Court, may require to submit and verify the same.
(3) The. statement shall be subinitted within 28 days from the
date of the order, or withing such extended time as the Official
Receiver or the Court inay for special reasons appoint.

(4) Any person making or Concurring in making the statement
and affidavit required by this section shall be allowed, and shall be
paid by the Official Receiver, out of the assets of the company, such





costs and expenses incurred in and about the preparation and
making of the statement and affidavit. as the Official Receiver max
consider reasonable, subject to an appeal to the Court.

(5) If any person, without reasonable exciise, makes default in
complying with the requirements of this section, he shall be liable
to a fine not. exceeding 100 dollars for every day during which the
default continues.

(6) Any person stating blinself in writing to be a. creditor or
contributory of the conipany shall be entitled by himself or by his
agent at all reasonable tirnes, on payinent of the prescribed fee, to
inspect the statement submitted in Purstiance of this section, and
to a copy thereof or extract therfrom. Bnt any person lintrutb-
fully so stating himself to be a creditor or contributory shall be
guilty of a contempt of court and shall be punishable accordingly

on the application of the liquidator or of the Official
143.-0) Where the Court has inade aorder, the
Official Receiver shall, as soon as practicable after rceipt of the
statement o fthe company's affairs, submit a preliminary report ot
teh Court-
(a) as to the ainotint of capital issned, subscribed, and paid up,
and the estimated amount of assets and liabilities : and
(b) if the company has failed as to the causes of the failure : and
(c) whether in his opinion further inquiry is desirable as to any
matter relating to the pron-totion, formation, or falltire of the con]-
pany, or the conduct of the business thereof.

(2) The Official Receiver may also, if he thinks fit, make a further
report, or further reports,the maimer in which the company
was formd and whethere in his opinlon ans7 fraud has been coni-
rnitted by any person in its proinotion Or formation or by any
director or officer' of the conipany in relation to the coinpany since
the formation thereof, and any othei. niatters which in his opinion
it is deslirable to brIng to the notice of the Court.

144.-(1) For the purpose of conducting the proceedings in
windign up a company and performing such duties in reference
thereto as the Cort may impose, the Court may appointa a liquida-
tor or liquidators.




(2) The Court may rnake such an appointment provisionally at
any time after the presentation of a petition and belore the making
of an order for winding up.

(3)-(a) If a provisional liquidator is appointed before the making
of a winding-up order, the Official Receiver or any other fit person
may be appointed :
(b) on. a, winding-up order being made the Official Receiver shall
by virtue of his office becorne the provinonalliquidator and shall con-
tinue to act as such until. he or another person becoines liquidator
and is capable of acting as such :
(c) When a Person other than the Official Receiver is appointed
liquidator lie shall not be capable of acting as liqnidator until lie. has
notified his appointment to the Registrar of Conipanies and given
security to the satisfaction of the Official Receiver.

(4) If more than one liquidator Is appointed by the Court, the
Court shall declare whether any act by this Ordinance required ot.
authorised to be done by the liquidator is to he done by all or an.y
one or inore of the persons appointed.

(5) A liquidator appointed by the Coart may resign or, cause
shown, be removed by the Court.
(6) A vacancy in the office of a liquidator appointed by the Court
shall be filled by the Court, and the Official Receiver shall by virtue
of his office be the liquidator during the vacancy.
(7) Where a person other than the Official Receiver is appointed
liquidator, be shall receive such salary or remuneration by way of
percentage or otherwise as the Court may direct ; and, if more such
persoris than one are appointed liquidators, their remuneration shall
be distributed among them in such proportions as the Court directs.
(8) A liquidator shall be described, nhere a person other than the
Official Receiver is liquidator,, by the style, of the liquidator, and,
where the Official Receiver is liquidator, by the style of the Official
Receiver and liquidator, of the particiflar company in respect of
which he is appointed, and not by his individnal naine.
(9) The. acts of a liquidator shall be valid motwithstandign any
defects that irtay afterwards be discovered in his appointinent or
qualification.

145. In a winding tip by the Court the liquidator shall take into
his custody, or under his control, all the property and things in
action to which the company is or appears to be entitled.'





146.-M The liquidator in a winding up by the Court shall have 1
power, with the sanction either of the Court or of the committee of
inspection-

(a) to bring or defend any action or other legal proceeding in the
name and on behalf of the -compaDy :

(b) to carry on the business of the company, so far as inay bc
necessary for the beneficial winding up thereof

(c) to employ a solicitor or other agent to take any proceediflus 011
do any business which the liquidator is unable to take or do hiniself
but the sanction in this case inust be obtained before the eniploy-
ment, except in cases of urgency, and in those cases it intist be
shown that no unduc delay took place in obtaining the sanction.

The sanction given for the purpose of this sub-section shall not
be a general sanction to do all or any of the above -metioned things,

but shall only be a sanction to do the particular thing or things for
which permission is sought.

(.2) The liquidator in a winding up by the Court shall have
power :-

(a) to sell the real and pensonal property, and things in acton of
the conwaity by ptiblic auction or private contract with power to
transfer the whole thereof to any person or company, or to sell the
saine In parcels;

(b) to do all acts and to execute, in the name and oil of the
company, all deeds, receipts, and other doctiments, and for that
purpose to use, when necessary, the company's seal:

(c) to prove, rank, and in the bankruptey, insolvency, or
sequestration of any contributory, for any balance against his estate.

and to receive dividends in the bankruptcy, solvency, or sequ tra-
tian in respect of that balance, as a separate debt due froni the
bankrupt or insolvent, and rateably with the other separate credit-
ors ;

(d) to draw, accept, make, and indorse any bill of exchange or
promissory note in the name and on behalf of the company, with
the same with respect to the hability of the company as if the
bill or note had been drawn, accelded, made, ot. indorsed by or on
behalf of the company, in the cotirse of its business;

(e) to raise on the security of the assets of the company any
money requisite;





(f) to take out in his official name, letters of administration to
any deceased contributory, and to do in his official name any othei
act necessary for obtaining payment of any money due front a
contributory or his estate which cannot be conveniently done in the
name of the company; and in all such cases the money due shall,
for the purpose of' enabling the liquidator to take out the letters oi
administration or recover the money, be deemed to be dire to the
liquidator himself;
(g) to do all such other things as may be necessary for winding
up the affairs ol the company and distributing its assets.
(3) The exercise by the liquidator in a winding rip by the court
of the powers conferred by this section shall be subject ot the
control of the Court,, and the Official Eeceiver or any creditor or
contributory inay apply to the Court: witb respect to any exercise
or proposed exercise of any of those powens.
(4) Where a liquidator is provisionally appointed by the Colirt,'
the Court may limit and restrict his powers by the order appointing

147.-When a winding-up order has been made by the Court
the Official Receiver shall summon separate meetings of the creditors
and contributories of the conipany for the purpose of-
(a) detcrinining whether or not an application is to be made to
the Court for appointing a liquidator in the place of the Official
Receiver; and
(b) determining wherher or not an application is to be made to
the Court for tlic appoiritment of a coinwittee of inspection to act
with theliquidator, and who are to be the memberes of the com-
mittee if appointed.
(2) The Court may make any appointment and order required to
give effect to any stich determination, and, if there is a. difference
between the determinations of the ineetinlos of the creditors and
contribittorres lit respect of any of the inatters ineritialled in the
foregoing provisions of this section, the Cotirt shall decide the
difference and make such order thereon as the Court Inay think fit.

(3) In case a liquidator is not appointed by the Court the Official
Receiver shall be the liquidator of the company.

148. Where in the winding up of a conipany by the Court a
person other than the Official Receiver is appointed liquiaator he
shall give the Official Receiver such information and such access to





and facilities for inspecting the books and documents of the com-
pany, and generally such aid as inay be requisite for enabling that
officer to perform his duties under this Ordinance.

1 149.-M Where in the winding up of a company by the Court
a person cther than the Official Receiver is appointed liquidator he
shall open an account in the naine of the,coi-iiphny's estate at such
bank as the Treasurer may direct. .

Provided that, if the committee of inspection satisfy the Official
Receiver that for the purpose of carrying on the business of the com-
pany or of obtaining advances, or for any other reason, it is for the
advantagge of the creditors or contributories that the liquidator should
have an account with any othei. bank, the Official Receiver shall, on
the application of the committee of inspection, authorise the liquida-
tor to make bis payments into and out of such other bank as the
committee may select, and thereupon those payments shall be made
in the prescribed manner.

(2) If any sueb liquidator at any time retains for more than 10
days a sum exceeding 500 dollars, or such other amount as the
Official Receiver in any particular case authorises hini to retain,
then, unless he explains the retention to the satisfaction of the
Court, he shall pay interest on. the amount so retained in excess at
the rate of 20 per cent- and shall be liable to disallowance of all or
such part of his remuneration as the Court may think just, and to be
removed from his office by the Court, and shall be liable to pay any
expenses occasioned by reason of his default.

(3) A liquidator of a company which is being woutid up by the
Court shall not pay sums received by him as liquidator into his
private banking account.

.(4) Where the Official Receiver becoines or is appointed liquidator
he shall, in such manner and at such tinies as the Treasurer may
direct, pay the money received by blin to the CompalAes Liquidation
Account at such bank as the Treasurer may direct.

150.-(1) Where in the winding up of a company- by the Cour,
a person other than the Official Receiver is appointed liquidator h~
shall, at such times as may be prescribed, but not less than twice
in each year, during his tenure of office, send to the Official Receiver
an account of his receipts and payments as liquidator.

As attlended by No. 50 of 191.1 and No. 16 of 1912.





(2) The account shall be in a prescribed form, shall be made in
duplicate, and shall be verified by a statutory declaration in the
prescribed form.

(3) The Official Receiver shall cause the account to be audited and
for the purpose of the audit the liquidator shall furnish the Official
Receiver with such vouchers and inlorniation as he may require,
and the official Receiver may at any require the production of
and inspect any book:s or accounts kept by the liquidator.

(4) When the account has been audited, one copy thereof shail be
filed with the Official Receiver,, and shall be open to the inspection
of -any creditor, or of any person interested.

(5) The Official. Receiver shall cause the account when audited or
a summary thereof to be printed, and shall send a printed copy of
the account or summary by Fost to every creditor and contributory.

151. Every liquidator of a coinpaii, which is eing wound up by

the Court sball keep in manner prescribed, proper books in which
he sha,ll cause to be made entries ot. minutes of proceedings at meet-
imys, and of such othei. inatters as may be prescribed, and any
creditor.or contributory may, subJect to the centrol. of the Court,
personally or by his agent Inspect any such books.

152.-(1) When the, liquidator of a company which is being wound
up by the Court has realised all the property of the company, or so
much thereof aS can, in his opinion, be realised without needlessly
protracting the liquidation., and has distribided a final dividend, if
any, to the creditors, and adjusted the rights of the contributories
atriong themselves, and made a final return, if any, to the contribu-
tories, or has or has becit renioved from his, office, he shall
catise a report on his accounts to be prepard, and, on hsi complying
with all the requiretnents of the Court, the Court shall take into
consideratiot.i. the report, and any objection which may be urged by
the Official Receiver ot. Triy creditor, or contributory, or person in-
terested against the release of the liquidator, and shall either grant
or withhold the release accordingly.

(2) Where, the release of a liquidator is withlield the Court may,
on the application of the Offliclal Peceiver or any creditor, or con-
tributory, or person interested, inake such order as it thinks just,
charging the liquidator with the consequences of any act or default
which he may have done ot. inade contrary to his duty.





(3) An order of the Court releasing the liquidator shall discharge
him from all liability -In respect any act, done or default made by
him in the adininistration of the affairs of the company, or otherwise in
wise in relation to hsi conduct as liquidator, but any such order may
be revoked on proof that it was obtained by fraud or by suppres-
sion or concealment of any material fact.

(4) Where the liquidator has not previously resigned or been re-
moved, his release shall operate as a removal of him from his office.
153.-(1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance the liquidator
of a coinpany which is being wound up by the Court shall, in the
,Lclni'ni-,trat'oii the w' tlicand in the distribution
thereof arnori,r itshave regard to any directions that nlay
be given by resolution oi the creditors or cantributories at any
general meeting, or by tbe committe of inspection, and any
directions gien by the creditors or contirbutorisee at any genersal
meeting shall in case of conflict be deemed to override any dir
given by the committee of inspection.

(2) The liquidatormay summon generalmeetings of he creditors
or contributories for the purpose of ascertaining therir wishes, and
it shallbe his duty to summon meetings at such times as the credi-
tors or contributories, by resolution, either at teh meeting appoint-
ing the liqidator or otherwise, maydirect, or whenever requested
in writing to do so by one tenth in value to fhte creditors or
contributorise as the case may be.

(3) The liquidatormay apply to the Court in manner presscribed
for directions in relationto any particular matter arsing under the
windign up.

(4) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance the liquidator shall
use hsi own discretionin the management of the esrate and its
distributionamong the creditors.

(5) If any person is aggrieved by any act decision of the
liquidator, that person may apply tothe Court, and the court may
confirm, reverse, or modify the act or decision complained fo and
make such order in the premises as it thinks just.

154-(1) When a person than the Official Reveiver is ap-
pointed liquidator the Official Receiver shall take cognizance of the
conduct of liquidators of companies which are being wound up by



As bY No. 1.6 of 1912.





the Court, and, if a liquidator does not faithfully perform his
duties and duly observe all the requirements imposed on him by
Ordinance rules, or otherwise with respect to the performance of
his duties, complaint is made the Official Receiver by

any creditor or contributor-,, in regard thereto, the Official Receiver
shall inquire into tbe matter, and take. such action thereon as he
inay think expedient.

(.2) The Official -Receiver may at any time require any liquidator

of a company which iswound up by the Court to answer a '
inquiry in relation to any winding up in which he is engaged, and


may -apply to the Court to examine him or any other person on oath
concerning the winding up.

(3) The Court may also direct a local investigation to be made of the books
and books and vouchers of the liquidator.

Committee of Inspection, Spccial Manager, Receiver.

155.-(1) A committee of inspection appointed in pursuance of
this Ordinanceshall consist of vreditors and contributories of the
company or holding general powers of attorney from
creditors or contributories in such as may be agreed on
by the meetings of creditors and contributories, or as, in case of'
difference, may be determined by the Court.

(2) The committee shall rneet at -such times as they from time to time
time appoint, and, failing such appointment, at least oncea month;
and the liquidator or anymember of the comittee may also call a
meeting of the committe as and when he thinks necessary.

(3) The committe may act by a majority of their members pre-
sent a t a meeting, but shall not act unlss a mojority of the com-
mittee are present.

(4) Any member ol the committee may resign by notice in writing signed by
him and delivered to the liquidator.

(5) ff a meniber of the committee becomes bankrupt, or com-
pounds or arranges with his creditors, or is absent from .5 consecu-
tive meetings of the committee without the leave of those members,
who togethere with himelf represent the creditors or contributories,
a's the case way be' his office shal1 thereupon become vacant.

(6) Any member of the committee may be removed by an ordinary
resloution at meeting of creditors (if he represets creditors), or
of contributorises (if he represetns conributories), of which 7 days
notice has been given, statin the object of the meeting.




(7) On a. vacancy occurring in the conirnittee the liquidator shall
forthwith summon a meeting of creditors or of contributories, as
the case may require, to fill the vacancy, and the meeting may, by
resolution, re-appoint the same or appoint another creditor or con-
tributory to fill the vacancy.

(8) The continnIng members of the committee, if not less thall
two, may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the committee.


(9) If there is, no committee of inspection, any act ot. thing or
any direction or permission by this Ordinance authorised or required
to be done or permission by the committee may be done or by the
Court on the application of the liquidator.

156.-0) Where the Official Receiver becomes the liquidator of
a company, whether provisionally or otherwise, he may, if satisfied
that the nature of the estate or business of the company, or the
interests of the creditors or contributories
require
appointment of a special manager of the estate or Imsiness of thle
company other tban hiniself, apply to the Court to. and the Courll
may on such application, appoint a special manager thereof to
act during sticb time as the Court may direct, with such powers.
including any of the powers of a receiver or manager, as may be
entrusted to him bv the Court.

(12) The special manager shall give such sectirity and account in
such manner as the Official Receiver directs.

(3) The special manager shall receive stich remnneration as DAY
be fixed by tlic-Court.

157. Where an applicatiori is made to the Court to appoint a
receiver on behalf of the deberiture. holCiers or other creditors of a
compamy is being wound up by flie. Court the Official Receiver
may be so appointed.

Ordinary Powers of the Court.
158.-(1) As soon a,s rnav be after making a winding-up order.
the Court shall settle a list of contributories, with power to rectify
the register of' members in all cases where rectification Is requIred in
pursuance of thIs Ordinance, and shall cause, the .issets of the com-
pany to be collected, and applied in discharge of its, liabilities.

(2) In settlin- the list of contributories, the Court shall distinguish
between persons who are contributories in their own right and






persons wbo are contributories as being representatives of or liable
to the debts of others.

159. The Court at any time after making a winding-Up
order, require any contributory for the time being setteld on the list
of contributories, and any trustee, receiver, banker, agent., or officer
or the companY to paY, deliVer, C011k-ey, snrrender, ot transfer forth-
with, or within such time as the Cotirt directs, to the liquidator any
nioney, ot. books andin his hands to which the
company facic entitled.

160.-(1)The Court may, at any time after making a winding-up
order, make an order on any contributory for the time being settled
on the list of contributories to pay, in manner directed by the order,
any money due form him or form the etate of the persogn whom he
represents to the company, exchlusive of any money payable by him
or the estate by virture of any call i pursuance of this Ordinance.
(2) The court in making such an order may, in the casse of an
unlimited company, allow to th contributoury by way of set-off anu
money due to him or the etate which he represents fromthe com-
pany on any independent dealing or contract with the company,
but not nay money due to him as a member of the company in
respect of any dividend or profit; and may, in the case of a limited
company, make to any director or manager whose liability is un-
limited or to his estate the like allowance
(3) But in the case of any company, whether limited or unlimited
when all the creditors are paid in full, any money due on any
account whatever to a contributory form the company may be
allowed to him by way of set-off against any subsequent call.

161-(1) The Court may, at nay time after amking a winding-up
order, and either before or after it has ascertained hte sufficiency of
the assets of the company, make calls on and order payment thereof
by all or any of the contributoris for he time being settled on the
list of the contributories to the extent of their liability, for payment
of any money which the Curt considers necessary to satisfy the
debts and liabilities of the company, and the costs, charges, and
expenses of winding-up, and for the adjustment of the reights of the
contributories amongthemselves.
(2) In making a call teh Court may take into consideration the
probability that some of the contributories may paratly or wholly fail
to pay the call






161-(1)The Court may order any contributory, purchaser, or
other person from whom money is due to the company to pay the
same into such bank as the Court may direct to the account of the
liquidator instead of to the liquidator, and. any such order may be
enforced in the same manner as if it bad directed payment to the
liquidator.

(2) All moDeys and securities paid or delivered into such bank
in the event of a winding up by the Court shall be subject in all
respects to the orders of the Court.

163.-(1) An order made by the Court on a contributoiy shall
(subject to any right of appeal) be conclusive evidence that the
money, if any, thereby appearing to be due or ordered to be paid
is due.

(2) All other pertinent matters stated lu the order shall be. taken
to be truly stated as agailist all persons, and in all proceedings,
except proceedings against the real estate of a deceased contributory,
in which ease the order shall beflicic evidence for the
purpose of ebarging his real estate, wiless his heirs or devisees were
on the list of contributories ,it the time of the order being inade.

164. The Court may fix a time or time within which creditors
are to prove their debts or claims or to be exchided from the benefit
of any distribution made before those debts are proved.

165. The Court shall afflust the rights of the contributories among

themselves, and distribute aily surplus auloilg the persons entitled
thereto.

166. The Court may, in the event of the assets being insufficient
to satisfy the liabilities, inake an order as to payment out of the
assets of the costs, charges, and expenses incurred in the winding
up in such order of priority as the Court thinks just.

167.-(1) When the affairs of a company have been completely
wound up, the Court shall niake an order that the company be dis-
solved from the date of the order, and the company shall be dissolved
accordingly.

(12) The order shall be reported by the liquidator to the Registrar
of Companies who shall inake in his books a minute of the dissolu-
tion of the company.





(3) If the liquidator makes default in complying with the re-
quirements of this section he shall be liable to a fine not exceeding
50 dollars for every day during which he is in default.

168. General rules may be nimle for enabling or requiring all or
any of the powers and ditties conferred and imposed on the Court
by this Ordinance in respect of the matters following, to be
exercised or performed by the liquidator as an officer of the Court,
and subject to the cantrol. of the Court; that is to say, the powers
and duties of.the Court in respect of-
(a) holding and conducting- meetings to ascertain the mIslies of
creditors and contrib~itories',
(b) settling lists of contributories and rectifying the register of
members where required, and collecting and applying. the assets;
(c) reqijlrlng delivery of property or documents to the liquidator;
(d) rnakin'- calls,
(c) fixing a time within which debts and claims intist be proved


Provided that the liquidator shall not, without the special leave
of the Court, rectify the register of inembers, and shall riot inake
any call without either the special leave of the Court or the sanction
of the committee of inspection.

Extraordinary Powers of tile Court.
169-(1) The Court may, after it has made a winding-up order,
summon before it any officer of the company or person known or
suspected to have in his possession an.y property of the company or
supposed to be indebted to the company, or any person whom the
Coluirt deems capable of giving information concerning. the trade,
dealings, affairs, or property of the company.

(2) The Court may examine hint on oath concernino. the same,

either by word of mouth or on written interrogatories, and may
reduce his answers to writing and require him to sign thern.

(3) The Court may require him to produce any books and papers
in his custody or power relating to the company; but, where he
claims any lien on books or papers produced by him, the production
shall be withoid prejudice to that lien, and the Court shall have
urisdiction lit the windring up to determine all questions relatine,

to that lien.
(4) If any person so summoned, after being tendered a reasonable
sum for his expenses, refuses to come before the Court at the time





appointed, not h-aving a lawful impediment (made known to the
Court at the time ol' its sitting, and allowed by it), the Court may
cause him to be apprehended, and brought before the Court for
examination.

170.-(1) When an order has been iriade for winding up a com-
pany by the Court, and the Official Receiver has made a further
report -under this Ordinance stating that in his opinion a fraud has
been committed by any person in the promotion or formation of the
company, or by any director or other otficer of the company in
relation to tile company since its formation, the Court may, after
consideration of the report, direct tbat any person who has taken
any part in the promotion or formation of' the company, or has been
a director, or officer of the company, shall attend before the Court
on a day appointed by the Court for that purpose, and be publicly
examined as to the promotion or formation or the conduct of the
business of the company or as to his conduct and dealings as director
or officer thereof.

(2) The Official Receiver shall take part in the examination, and
for that purpose inav, if specially authorised by the Court in that
behalf, employ a solicitor with or without counsel.

(3) The liquidator, where the Official Receiver is not the
liquidator, and anv,creditor or contributory, may also take part in

the examination elther personally or by solicitor or counsel.

(4) The Court may put such questions to the person exanilned as
the Court thinks fit.

(5) The person examined shall be examined oil oath, and shall
answer all such questions as the Court may put or allow to be put
to him.

(G) A person ordered to be examined under this section shall at
his own cost, before his examination, be furnished with a copy of
the Official Receiver's report, and inay at his own cost employ I
solicitor with or without counsel, who shall at liberty to put to
him such questions as the Court may deem Just for the purpose of
enabling him to explain or qualify any answers given by him :
Provided that if be is, in the opinion of the Court, exculpated from
any charges made or suggested against him, the Court may allow
him such costs as in its discretion it may think fit.





(7) Notes of the examination shall be taken down in writing, and
shall be read over to or by, and signed by, the person examined, and
may thereafter be used in evidence against him, and shall be open
to the inspection of any creditor or contributory at all reasonable
times.
(8) The Court inay adjourn the examination from tin-te to time.

(9) An examination under this section may, if the Court so
directs, and subject to general rules, be held before any officer of the
,Supreme Cotirt, nained for the purpose by the Court, and the po,'vers
of the Court under this section -,is to tbe conduct of the examination,
but not as to costs, may be exercised by the person before whom
the examination is held.

171. The Court, at any time, elther before or after making a
winding-up order, on proof of probable canse for believing, that a
contributory is aboot to quit the Colony, or otherwise to abscond
or to remove or conceal any of his property for the. porpose of evad-
ing payment of calls, or of avoiding exannnation respectirt- the

allairs of the con-tpam, may cause the. contribidory to be arrested,
and his books and papers and rnoveable. personal property to be
seized, and blin and thern to be safely kept until such time is the
Court may order.

172. Any poAvers by this Ordinance conferred on the Court shaH
be in addition to and not, in restriction of any existing powers of
institiding proceedings against any contributory or debtor of the
company, or the estate of any contributory or debtor for the call or
other stuns.

Enforcement of and Appeal from Orders.

173. Orders made by the Court under this Ordinance may be

enforced in the same manner as orders made in any action pend'
therein.

174. Subject to rules of court, an appeal from any order or
decision made ot. given in the winding up of a company by the
Court tinder this Ordinance shall lie in the same manner and subject
to the same conditions as an appeal from any order or decision of
the Court in cases within its original Jurisdiction; subject to this
restriction that Do such appeal shall be heard unless notice of the
same is filed within 14 days irom the date of the order or decision
complained of, unless such tirne is extended by the Full Court.





Voluntary Winding Up.
175. A company may be wound tip voluntarily-

(1) when the period (if any) fixed for the duration of the com-
pany by the articles expires, ot. the event (if any) occurs, on the
occurrence of which the articles provide that the company is to be
dissolved, and the company in general meeting has passed a resolu-
tion requiring the company to be wound up -voluntarily;
(2) if the company resolves by, special resolution that the com-
pany be Wound up voluntarily
(3) if the company resolveE. by extraordinary resolution to the
effect that it caDnot by reason of its liabilities continue itg business,
and that it is advisable to wind up.

176. A voluntary winding up shall be deenied to cominence at the
time of the passing of the resolution authorising the winding up.

177. When a company is wound up voluntarily the company
sball, from the commencement of the. winding up, cease to carry on
its business, except so faxbe required for the beneficial
winding up thereof
Provided that the corporate state and corporate powers of the
company sball, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in its
articles, continue until it is dissolved.

178. When a company has resolved by special or extraordinary
resolution to wind lip voluntarily, it shall give notice of the resolu-
tion by advertisement in the Grazette.

179. The-following consequences shall ensue on the voluntary
winding up of a company

(1) the property of the company shall be applied in satisfaction of
its liabilities pari passu, and, subject thereto, stall, unless the
articles otherwise provide, be distributed among the members
according to their rights and interests in the company;.

(ii) the company in general meeting shall appoint one or more
liquidators for tbe'purpose of winding lip the affairs and distributing
the assets of the company, and may fix the remmieratiern to be paid
to him or them;
(iii) on the appointment of a liquidator all the powers of the
directors shall cease, except so far as the company in general meet-
ing, or the liquidator, sanctions the continuance thereof;





(iv) the liquidator may, without the sanction of the Court,
exercise all powers by this Ordina;nce given to the liquidator in a,
winding up by the Court;

(y) the liquidator may exercise the powers of the Court under
this Ordinance of settling a list of contributories, and of making
calls, and shall pay the debts of the company, and adjust the rights
of the contributories among themselves ;
(vi) the list of contributories shall be privid ' facie evidence of the
liability of the personsnanied therein to be contributories;

(vii) when.several liquidators are appointed, every power hereby
given inay be exercised by sijch one or more of them as may be
determined at the time of their appointment, or in default of such
determination by any miniber not less than two;
(viii) if froin any cause whatever there is no liquidator acting, the
Court may, on the application of a contributory, appoint a liqilida-
tor
(ix) the Court may,. on cause shown, remove a liquidator, and
appo nt another liquidator.

180.-(1) The liquidator in a voltintary winding-up shall, within
5 weeks after his appointment, file ,vith the Registrar of Companies
a notice of his appointment in the form prescribed by the Governor.

(2) If the liquidator falls to comply with the requirements of thile
section he shall be liable to a finenoft exceeding .50 dollars for every
day during which the default contifflies.

181-(1) Every liquidator appointed by a company in a voluntary
winding-up shall, within 3 weeks from his appointment ` send notice
by registered post to the Official Receiver and to all persons ivbo
appear to him to be creditors of the company that a meeting of the
creditors of the company will be held on a date, not being less than
4 nor more than .5) weeks after his appointment, and at a place and
hour, to be specified in the notice, and shall also advertise notice of
the ineetinPonce in the Gazette and orwe at least in two local news
papers circtilatitig in the district where the principal place of busi-

ness of the company was situate.

(2) At the nieetiDg to be held in pursuance of the foregoing pro-
visions of this section at which the Official Receiver shall have the
right to be present and to speak the creditors shall determine
whether an application shall be made to the Court for the appoint-
ment of any person as liquidator in the place of or jointly with the





liquidator appointed by the company, or for the appointment of a
committee of inspection, and, if the creditors so resolve, an applica-
tion may be made accordingly to the Court at any time, not later
than 14 days after the date of the meeting, by any creditor appoint-
ed for the purpose at the meeting.

(3) On any such application the Court may make an order either
for the removal of the liquidator appointed by the company and for
the appointment of some other person as liquidator, or for the
appointment of some other person to act as liquidator jointly with
the liquidator appointed by the company, or for the appointment of
a committee of inspection either together with or without any slich
appointment of a liquidator, or such other order as, having regard
to the interests of the creditors and contributories of the company,
may seem just.

(4) No appeal shall lie from an order of the Court upon such
application under this section.

(5), The Court shall inake such order as to the costs of the
application as it may think fit, and if it is of opinion that, having
regard to the interests of the creditors in the liquidation, there were
reasonable grounds for the application, may order the costs of the
application to be paid out of the assets of the company, notwith-
standing that tfle application is dismissed or otherwise disposed of
adversely to the applicant.

182-(1) If a vacancy occurs by death, resignation, or otherwise
in the office of liquidator appointed by the company in a voluntary
winding up, the company in general meeting may, subject to any
arrangement with its creditors, fill the vacancy.

(2) For that purpose a general meeting may be convened by any
contributory or, if there were more liquidators than one, by the
continuing liquidators.

(3) The . meeting shall be held in manner prescribed by the
articles, or in such manner as.may, on application by any contribu-
tory or by the continuing liquidators, be determined by the Court.

183.-(1) A company about to be, or in course of being wound
up voluntarily may, by extraordinary resolution delegate to its
creditors, or to any committee of them, the power of appointing
liquidators or any of them, and of supplying vacancies among the
liquidators, or enter into any arrangement with respect to the





powers to be exercised by the liquidators, and the manner in which
they are to be exercised.

(2) Any act done by creditors in pursuance of any such delegated
power shall have the same efrect as if it bad been done by the
company.


184.-(1) Any arrangement entered into between a company
about to be, or In the course of being, wound up voluntarily and its
creditors shall, subject to any right of appeal under this section, be
binding on the company if sanctioned by an extraordinary resolu-
tion, and on the creditors if acceded to hy three fourths in iminber
and value of the creditors.

(2) Any creditor or contributory may, within 3 weelis froin tile
completion ol' the arrangement, appeal to the Court against and
the, Court may thereupon as it thinks just, amend, vaary or confirm
the arrangement.

185.-(1) Where a company is proposed to be, or is in course of
being, wound up altogether voluntarily, and the whole or part of
its business or property is proposed to be trans-ferred or sold to
another company (in this section called the transferee company), the
liquidator of the first -mentioned. company (in this section call ed the
transferor company) may, with the sanction of a special resolution
of that company, conferring either a general authority on the
liquidaator or an authourity in respect of any partienlar arrangement,
receive in compensation or part compensation for the transfer or
sale, shares, policies, or other like interests in the transferee com-
pany, for distribution aniong the members of the transferor
company, or may enter into any other arrangement whereby the
inembers of the transferor company may, in lieu of receivin's cash,
shares, policies, or other like interests, or in addition thereto,
participate in the profits of or receive any other benefit from the
transferee company.

(2) Any sale or aarrangement in pursuance of this section shall be

binding on the members of the, transferor company.

(3) If any member of the transferor conipany who did not vote
in favour of the special resobition at either of the meetins held for
passing and confirming the sanie expresses his dissent therefrom in
writing addressed to the liquidator, and left at the registered office





of the company within 7 days after the confirmation of the resolu-
tion, he may require the liquidator either to abstain from carrying
the resolution into effect, or to purchase his interest at a price to
be determined by agreement or by arbitration in manner provided
by this section.

(4) If the liquidator elects to purchase the member's interest the
purchase money must be paid before the company is dissolved, and
be raised by the liquidator in such waiiner as may be determined
by special resolution.

(.5) A special resolution shall not be invaliel. for the Inirposes ol
this section by reason that it is passed before or concurrently with
a resolution for windig-up the conipany, or for appointing- liquida~
tors ; but, if an order is made within a year for winding tip the
company by or subJect to the supervision of the Court the special
resotution shall not be- valid unless sanctioned by the Court.

(6) For the purposes of an arbitration under this section the
provisions of the Companies Clauses Consolidation Act, 184-5, with
respect to the settlement of disputes byshall be lil-
corporated with this Ordiriance. In the consti-tiction of such
provisions this Ordinance shall be deemed to be the special Act,
and ' the company - shall inean the transferor company, and the
words - the Board of Trade - shall be read is meaning the
Governor, and any appointment by the said incorporated provisions
directed to bc made under the hand ol the secretary, or an)- two
of the directors, inay be made under the hand of the liquidator if
only one, or any two ot. more of' the liquidators if more tban one.

186.-M Where a company is being wound up voluntarily the
liquidator or any contribi-itory or creditor or the Official Beceiver
may. apply to the Cotirt to determine any question arising in the
winding up, or to exercise, as respects the enforcing of calls, or any
other inatter, all ov any of the powers which the Court inight
exercise if the company were being wound up by the Court.
(2) The Court, if satisfied that the determination of the question
or the required exercise of power will be Just and beneficial, may
accede wholly or partially to the application on such terms and
conditions as the Court thinks fit, or may wake such other order on
the application as the Court thinks just.

187.-0) where a coinpany is being wound tip voluntarily, thS
liquidator way summon general meetings of the company for the





purpose of obtaining the sanction of the company by special or
extraordinary resolution, or for any other purposes he inay think
fit.

(2) In the event of the winding up continuing for more than on,
year, the liquidator shall summon a general meeting of the compally
at the end of the first year from the commencement of the winding
up 'and of each succeeding year, or as soon thereafter as may be
convenient, and shall lay before the meeting an account of his acts
and dealings and of the conduct of the winding up during the
precediner year.


188.-(1) In the case of everv voluntarv winding up, as soon as
the affairs of the company are Fully -wound up, the liquidator shall
make up an account of the winding up, showilig how the windign
up has been conducted axid the property ol the company has been
disposed of; and thereupon shall forward a copy, of the account to
the Official Receiver shall have full power to investigate and
report thereon, and thereafter the liquidator shall call a general
ineeting of the company for the purpose of laying before it the

account and tlie Official Receiver's report (if any), and giving any
explanation thereof.

(2) The meeting. shall be called by advertisement in the Gazette
and in .2 local newspapers circulating in the district where the
principal place of business of the company was situate, specifyincr
the tinie, place, and. object thereof, and published ape month at
least before the meeting.

(3) Within 3 after the meeting the liquidator shall inake
a return to the Registrar of Compatiles of the holding of the meet-
ing, and of its date, and in default of so doing be, shall be liable
to a fine not exceeding :50 dollars for every day during which the
default continues.

(4) The Registrar on receiving the return shall forthwith register
it, and on the expiration of 3 months front the registration of the
return the company shall be deemed to be dissolved :

Provided that the Court may, on the application of the liquidator
or of the Official Receiver or ol any other person who appears to the
Court to be interested, make an order deferring the date at which
the dissolution of the company is to take effect for such time as the
Court thinks fit.





(5) It shall be the duty of the person on whose application an
order of the Court under this section is made within 7 days aiter
the making of the order, to. file with the Registrar an office copy of
the order, and if that person falls so to do lie shall be liable to a
fine not exceediny 50 dollars for every day during which the default
continues.

189. All costs, charges, and expenses properly incurred in the
voluntary winding up of a company, including the remuneration of
the liquidator, shall be payable out of the assets of the company in
priority to all other claims.

190. The voluntary winding tip of a compaDy shall not bar the
right of any creditor or contributory to have it wound up by the
Court, if the Court is of opinion, lu the case of an application by a
creditor, that the rights of the creditor or, in the case of an applica-
tion by a contributory, that the rights of the contributories will be
prejudiced by a voluntary winding up.

191. Where a company is being wound up voluntarily, and an
order is made for winding up by the Court, the Court may, if it
thinks fit, by the same or any subsequent order provide for the
adoption of all or any of the proceedings in the voluntary winding
up.

Winding Up sublect to Snpervision of Court.
192. When a company has by special or extraordinary resolution
resolved to wind up voluntarily, the Court may make an order that
the voluntary winding up shall continue but subject to such super-
vision ol' the Court, and with such liberty for creditors, contribu-
tories, or others to apply to the Court, and generally on such terms
and conditions as the Court thinks just.

193. A petition for the continuance of a voluntary winding up
subject to the supervision of the Court shall, for the purpose of
giving Jurisdiction to the Court over actions, be deemed to be
a petition for winding up by the. Court.

194. The Court may, in deciding between a winding up by the
Court and a winding up subject to supervision, in the appointment of
liquidators, and in all other matters relating to the winding tip
subject to supervision, have regard to the wishes of the creditors
or contributories as proved to it by any sufficient evidence.





195.-.(1)Where an order is made for a winding up subject to
supervision, the Court may by the same or any subsequent order
al)t)oint any additional liquidator.
(2) A liquidator appointed by the Court under this section shall
have the same powers, be subject to the same obligations, and in
all respects stand in the sanic position as if he had been appointed by
the company.
(3) The Coort may remove any liquidator so appointed by the
com.t or arty liquidator continued under the supervision order and
fill any vacancy occasioned by the removal, or by death or resig-
nation.

196.-(1) Where an order is niade for a winding up subject to
Supervision, the liquidator may, subject to any restrictions imposed
by the Cotirt, exercise all his powers, without the sanction or in-
tervention of the Court, lu the same nianner as It' the conipany
were being wound up altogether voluntarily.
(2) A winding up subject, to the supervision of the Court is not
a winding up by the Court for the purpose of the following provisions
of this Ordinance, namely, those contained in ssection 143, 144,
(except sub-section 9), 147 149 150 151 153 155 156 157
168 and 170, but subject as aforesaid, an order for a winding up
actions an dother proceedigns, the making and enforcement of calls
and the exercise of all other powers, be deemed to be an order for
windign up by the Court.


197.-0) In the case of voluntary winding up, every transfer of
shares, except transfers made to or with the- sanction of the
liquidator and every alteration in the status of the members of
the company made alter the commencement oil the windign up,
shall be void.
(.2) In the case of a winding up by or subject to the supervision of
the Court, every disposition of the property (including things in
action) of the company, and even, transfer ot' shares, or alteration
in the status of its members, made after the commencement of the
winding up, shall, unless the Court otherwise orders, be void.

198. In every winding up (subject in the case of in~olvent coni-
panies to the application, in accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance, of the law of bankruptcy) aill debts payable on a com-





tingency, and all clairns against the company, present or futurk.,
certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding only in damages.
shall be admissible to proof against the company, a just estimate
being made, so far as possible, of the value of such debts or claims.
as may be subject to any contingency or sound only in damages,
or for some other reason do not beat- a certain value.

- 199. In the winding up of -an insolvent company the same rules
shall prevail and be observed with regard to the respective rights of'
secured and unsecured creditors and to debts provable and to the
valuation of annuities and future and contingent liabilities as are 11)
force for the time being tinder the law of bankrupcy with respect to
the estates of persons adjudged bankrupt; and all persons who in
any such case would be entitled to prove for arid receive dividends
out of the assets of the company mas, come. in under the winding
up, and make such claims against the company as they respectively
are entitled to by virtue of this section-.

200.-(1) In winding up there shall be paid in prionty to other
debts,-

(a) all local rates due from the company at the (late hereinafter
mentioned, and havino, become clue and payable within 1.2 month.-,

next before that date; and
(b) all wages or salaxy of any clerk or servant in respect of services
rendered to the company during 4 niontbs before the said date, not
exceeding 500 dollars; and

(c) all wagess of any workman or labourer not exceedin,' 250

dollars, whether payable for time or for piece-work, in respect of
services rendered to the company during 2 months before the said
date.

(2) The foregoing debts shall-
(a) rank equally among themselves and be paid in full, unless the

assets are insufficient to meet them in. which case they shall abate
in equal proportions; and
(b) so far as the assets of the company available for payment of
general creditors are insufficient to meet them, have priority over
the claims of holders of debentures tinder any floating charge created
by the company, and be paid accordingly out of any property com-
prised in or subject to that charge.

(3) Subject to the retention of such sums as may be -necessary for
the costs and expenses of the winding up, the foregoing debts shall





be discharged forthwith so far as the assets are sufficient to meet
them.

(4) In the event of a distraint on any goods or effects of the corn-
pany within 3 months next before the date of a winding up order,
the debts to which priority is given by this section shall be a first
charge on the goods or effects so distrained on, or the proceeds of
the sale thereof :

Provided that in respect of any money paid tinder any such charge
the person entitled to apply for a. warrant of distress shall have the
same rights ol' priority as the person to whoin the payment is made.
(5) The date hereinbefore in this section referred to is,-
(a) in the case of a company ordered to be wound up compulsorily
which bad P-ot previously commenced to be wotind up voluntarily,
the date of the winding tip order; and
(b) in any other case, the date ol' the commencenient of the wind
ing up.

201-(1) Any conveyance, mortgage, delivery of goods, pay-
ment, execution, or other act relating to property which would, if
made or done by or against an individual, be- deemed in his bank-
ruptcy a. fraudulent preference, shall, if made ot, done by or against
a company, be deemed, in the event of its being wound up, a fraud-
ulent preference of its creditors, and be invalid accordingly.

(2) For the purposes of this section the presentation of a petition
for winding up in the. case of a windin,g up by -or subject to the
supervislon of the Court, ari.d a resoIntion for winding up in the
case. of a voluntary winding up, shall be deemed to correspond with
the act of bankruptcy in. the case of an individual.

(3) Any conveyance or assignment by a company of all its pro-
perty to trustees for the benefit of all its creditors shall be void to all
intents.

202. Where any company is being wound up by or subject to the
supervision of the Court, any attachment, sequestration, distress
or execution put in force against the estate or effects of the com-
pany after the -commencement of the winding up shall be void to
all intents.

2030. When a company is being wound up, a floating charge on
the undertaking or property ot' the company created within 3






months of the commencement of the winding up shall, unless it
is-proved that the company immediately after the creation of the
charge was solvent, be invalid, except to the amount of any cash
paid to the company at the time of or subsequently to the creation
of, and in consideration for the charge, together with interest on
that ainount at the rate of 5 per cent.

204.-(.1) The liquidator may, with the sanction following
(a) in the case of aup by the Court, with the sanction
either of the ConA or of the committee of Inspectlion
(b) in the case of any windign up subject ot supervision, with
the sanctionof the Court; and

(c) in the case of a voluntary winding up, with the sancton of an
extraordinary resolution of the company
do the following things or any of them:-
(i) pay any compromise or arrngement with creditors or per-
(ii) make any compremise or arangement with creditors or per-
sons claiming to be creditors, orhaving or alleging themselves to
have any claim, present or future,certain or contirngent, ascertained
or sounding only in damages, againt the company,or whereby the
company may be rendred liable:
(iii)comproise all calls and liabilities to calls, debts, and
laibilities capable of resulting in debts, and all claim, present or
furture, certaain or contingent, ascertained or sounding only in
damages, subsisting or supposed to subsist between the company
and a contributory, or alleged contributory,or other debtor or
person apprehending liability to the company, and all questions in
any way relating to or affectign the assets or the winding up of the
company, on such terms as may be agreed, and take any security
for the discharge of any such call, debt, liability or claim and give
a complete discharge in respect thereof .

(2) In the casse of a winding up by the Court the exercise by the
liquidator of the powers of this section shall be subject to the control
of hte Court, and any creditor or contributory may apply to the
Court with respect to any of those powers.

205-(1) Where in the course of winding up a company
appears that any person who has taken parat in the formation or
promotion of hte company, or any past or present director, manager,




or liquidator, or any officer of the company, has misapplied 011
retained or become liable or accountable for any money or property
of the company, or been guilty of any misfeasance or breach of
trust in relation to the company, the Court may, on the application
of the Official Receiver, or of the liquidator, or of any creditor or
contributory, examine into the conduct of the promJer, director,
manager, liquidator, or officer, and compel him to repay or restore
the money or property or any part thereof. respectively with interest
at such rate as the Court thinks just, or to contribute such sum
to the assets of the company by way of compensation in respect of
the misapplication, retainer, misfeasance, or breach of trust as the
Court thinks just.

(.2) This section shall apply Dot with standing that the offence is
one for which the offender may be criminally responsible.

(3) Where in the case of a winding up all order for payment of
money is made under this section, the order sliall be deemed to be
a final Judgment within the weanin., of section 3 (1) (g) of the Bank-

ruptey Ordinance, 1891.

208. If any director, officer, or contributory of arty company being
wotind. up destroys, mutilates, alters, or falsifies any books, papers,
or securities, or makes or is privy to the making of any false ol.
fra,iid,iileDt entry in any register, book of account,, or documenit
belonging to the company wiht intent to delrand or deceive any
person, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.

207.-(1) If it appears to the Court in the course of a winding
up by or subject to the supervision of the Court that any past or
present director, manager, officer, or inember of the company has,
been guilty of a;ny offence in relation to the company for which he
is criminally responsible, the Court may on the application of any
person interested in the. winding up, or of its own motion, direct
the liquidator to prosecute for the offence, and may order the costs
and expenses to he paid out of the assets of the company.

(2) If it appears to the liquidator in the course of a voluntary
winding up that any past or present director, manager, officer, or

member of the company has been guilty of any offence in relation
to the company for which he is criminally responsible, the liquida-
tor, with the previous sanction of the Court, may prosecute the
offender, and expenses properly incurred by Lim in the prosecution
shall be payable out of the assets of the company in priority to all
other liabilities.





208. If any person, on examination on oath authorised under this
Ordinance, or in any affidavit or deposition in or about the winding
tip of any company, or otherwise in or about any matter arising
under this Ordinance, wilfully and corruptly gives false evidence,
he shall be liable to the penalties for wilful perjury. -

209.-(1) Where by this Ordinance the Court is authorised, in
relation to winding up, to have regard to the wishes of creditors or
contributories, as proved to it by any sufficient evidence, the Court
may, if it thinks fit, for the purpose of ascertaining those wishes,
direct meetings of the creditors or contributories to be called, held,
and condneted in such manner as the Court directs, and may appoint
a person to act as chairman of any such weeting and to report the
result thereof to the Court.

(2) In the case of creditors, regard shall be had to the value of
each creditor's debt.

(3) In the case of contributories, regard shall be had to the number
of votes conferred on each contributory by the articles.

210. Where any company is bein wound up, all books and papers
of the company, and of the liquidators shall, as between the con-
tributories of the company, be prima faclie evidence of the truth of
all matters purporting to be therein recorded.

211. After an order for a winding up by or subject to the
supervision of the Court, the Court may make stich order for in-
spection by creditors and contributories of the company of its books
and papers as the court thinks just, and any books and papers in le
possession of the company inay be inspected by creditors or con-
tributories accordingly, but not further or otherwise.

212.-(1)When a company has been wound up and is about to
,be dissolved, the books and papers of the company and of the
liquidators may be disposed of as follows :-
(a) in the case of a winding up by or subject to the supervision
of the Court, in such way as the Court directs;
(b) in the case of a voluntary winding up, in such way as the
company by extraordinary resolution directs.

(2) After 5 years from the dissolution.of the company no res-
ponsibility shall rest on the company, or the liquidators, or any





person to whom the custody of the books aild. papers has been
committed, by reason of the sane not being 120i.tbcoi-ning to any
person claiming to be interested therein.

211-M Where a company has been dissolved, the Court nay
at any time within 2 years of the. date of the dissolution, on an
application being made for the purpose by the liquidator of the
coitipany or. by any other person who appears to the Coin't to be
interested, inake an order, upon sticb terins as the Court thinks fit,
declaring the dissolution to have been vold, and thereupon such pro-
ceedings may be taken as might have been taken If the company
had not been dissolved.

(2) It shall be the duty of the person on whose application the
order was made, within 7 days after theof the order,
to file with the Registrar of Companies an ortice copy of the
order, and if that person fails so to do lie shall bc liable to a fine not
exceeding 50 dollars for every,- day during which the default
continues.

214.-(1) Where a company is being wound up,if the winding
lip is riot conchided.one, year allter its commencement the
liquidator shall, at sitch inter-vals is inay be until the
winding up is concluded, send to Registrar of Companies a state
inent in the prescribed form and containign the preseribed particu
lars with respect to the proceeding.-, in and position of the liquidation.

(2) Any person stating himself in writing to be a creditor or con-
tributory of the company shall be entitled, by hiniself or by his
agent, at all reasonable tirnes, on payment of the prescribed fee, to
inspect the statement, and to receive a. copy thereof or extract
therefrom; bitt any person untruthfully so stating. himself to be a
creditor or contributory shall be guilty of- a contempt of court, and
shall be punishable accordingly on the application of the liquidator
or of the Official Receiver.

(3) If a liquidator falls to comply with the requiremennt of this
section he shall be liable to apfine not exceeding 500 dollars for each
day during which the default continues.

(4) If it appears from any such statemetit or otherwise that a
liquidator has in his hands or under his control any motiey represent-
ing unclaimed or undistributed assets of the company which have
re.mained unclaimed or undistributed for 6 months after the date of
their receipt, the liquidator shall forthwith pay the same to the





Companies Liquidation Account at the bank, and shall be entitled
to the prescribed certificate of receipt for the money so paid, and that
certificate shall be an effectual discharge to him in respect thereof.

G5 5) For the purpose of ascertaining and getting in any money paN -
able into the bank in pursuance of this section, the like powers inay
be exercised, and by the lihe authority, as are exerciseable under
section 80 of the Bankruptcy Ordinance, 1-891, for the purpose of
ascertaining and getting in the sums, funds, and divIdendsreferred
to in that section.

(6) Any person to be entitled to any woney paid into the
bank in pursuance ol this section may apply to the Official Receiver
for payment of the same, and the Official Receiver may, on a certifi-
cate by the liquidator that the person claiming is entitled, make In
order for the payment to that person of the stini. due.

(7) Any person dissatisfied with the decision of the Official
Receiver ill respect of any claim niade in pursuance of this section
may appeal to the Court.

215. In all proceedings under this Part. of this Ordinance, all
Courts, Judges, and percons judicially acting, and all officers,
judicial or ministerial, of any Court, or einploved in enlorcling the
process of an), Court, shall take Judicial notice of the sigriature of
any officer of the Court, and also of the official seal or starnp of the
several offices of the Court, appended to or impressed an any docu-
ment made, issued, or signed under the provisions ol Allis Part of
this Ordinance, or any official copy thereof.

216.--(1) Any affidavit required to be sworn under the provisions
or for the purposes of this Part of this Ordinance inay be sworn in
the Colony, or elsewhere withEri the dominions of Ilis Majesty,
before any Court, Judge, or person lawfully authorised to take and
receive affidavits or before any of His Majesty's consuls or vice-
consuls in any place outside His Majesty's dorninions.
(2) All Courts, Judges, Justices, commissioners, and penans
acting judicially shall take judicial notice of the seal or stamp or
si-nature (as the ease inay be) of any such Court, Judge, person,
consul, or vice-consul, attached, appended, or subscribed to any
such affidavit, or to any other document to bc used for the purposes
of this Part of this Ordinance.

217.-W An account, called the Companies Liquidation Account,
shall be kept by the Official Receiver at such bank as the Treasurer





may direct, and all moneys received by the Official Receiver in
respect of proceedings under this Ordinance in connection with the
winding up of companies shall be paid to that account.

(2) All payments out of money standing to the credit of the
Official Receiver In the Companies Liquidation. Account shall be
made by the said bank in the prescribed manner.

218.-(1) An account shall be kept by the Official Receiver 01,
the receipts wid payments in the winding up of each company and,
when the cash balance standing to the credit of the account ol' any
company is in excess of the amount which, in the opinion of the
committee of inspection, is required for the tinie, being to answer
demands in respect of that company's estate, the Official Receiver
shall, on the request of the committee, invest the amount riot so
required in such securities as the Court may direct, to be placed to
the credit of the said accounll for the benefit of the company.

(2) When any part of the. money so invested is, in the opinion of
the committee of inspection, required to answer any demands in
respect of the estate of the coinpa-ny, the Official Receiver shall, on
the request of the committee, raise such sum as inay be required by
the sale of such part of the said securities as inay be necessary.

(3) The dividends on investments under this section shall be paid
to the credit of the coinpany.

219.-(1) The Governor may appoint such additional officers as
may be required for the execution of this Part of this Ordindnee
and may reniove any person so appointed.

(2) The Governor shall direct whether any and what renmnera-
tion is to be allowed to any officer or person performing any duties
under this Part of this Ordinance in relation to the winding tip of
companies, and may vary, increase, or diminish that remuneration
as he thinks fit.

(3) The accounts of the Official Receiver under this Ordinance, in
relation to the winding up of companies shall be audited in such
manner as the Giovernor may direct, and the Official Receiver shall
make such returns and give such Linforniation as the Governor way
direct.

Rules and Fees.
220.-M The Chief Justice with the approval of the Legislative
Council may ii)ake general rules for carrying into elfect the objects





of this Ordinance so far as relates to the winding up of companies,
and to local registers, and also rules of procedure for the purposes
OL' this Ordinance including rules as to costs and fees.

(2) There shall be paid in respect of proceedings under this Ordi-
nance in relation to the winding up of companies such fees and by
such person and in such manner-as the Chief Justice with the
approval of the Legislative Council may direct.

(3) The authority having power to make rules or give directions
under this section may, by any such rules or directions, repeal,
alter, or amend any rules and directions which are in force at the
-commencement of this Ordinance.

221, Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance with respect to
fees and costs and to any rules made thereunder the same fees and
percentages and solicitors' costs shall be payable ai~ are provided for
similar matters or proceedings in the Original Jurisdiction ol' the
Court.

Removal of Defunct Companies from Register.

222.-(1) Where the Registrar of Companies has reasonable
cause to believe that a company is not carrying on busine3s or in
operation, he shall send to the. company by registered post a letter
inquiring whether the company is carrying an business or in
operation. -

(2) If the Registrar does Dot within one month of sending the
letter receive any answer thereto, he shall within 14 days alter the
expiration of the month send to the company by post a registered
letter referring to the first letter, and-stating that no answer thereto
has been received, and that if an answer is not received to the second
letter within one month from the date thereof, a, notice will be
published in the Gazette with a view to striking, the name of the
company off the register.

(3) If the'Reaistrar either receives an answer from the company'
to the effect that it is not carrying on business or in operation, or
does not within one month after sending the second letter receive
any answer, he may publish in the Gazette, and send to the com-
pany by post, a notice that at the expiration of 3 months from the





date of that notice theliaine of the company mentioned therein will,
unless cause is shown to the contrary, be struck ofr the register and
the company will be dissolved.

(4) If, in any case Where a company is being wound up, the
Registi7ar has reasonable caiise to believe either that no liquidator
is acting, or that the affairs of the company are fully wound up,
and the returns required to be niade by the liquidator have not been
made for a period of 6 consectitive months after notice by the
Registrar demanding the reflirlis has been sent by post to the
company, or to the liquildator at his last known place of business,
the Registrar may pitblish in the (lazette and send to the company
a like notice as is provided in the last sub-section.

(5) At the expiration of the time mentioned in the notice the
Registrar may, unless cause to the contrary is previously shown by
the Con-tparly, strike its name off the register, and shall publish
notice thereof in the Gazette and on the publication in the Gazette
of this notice the compativ shall be dissolved : Provided that the
liability, (if any) of every director, managing officer, and member
of the company shall contimie and may be enforced as if the corn-
pany bad not heen dissolved.

(6) If a coinpany or any member or creditor thereof feels
aggrieved by the company liaving been struck off the register, the
Court on. the applicatimi of the con.1pany or member or creditor may,
if satisfied tbat the cornpany was at the tirne of the striking off
carrying on business or In operation, or otherwise that it is just
that the be restored to the register, order the name of
the company to be restored to the re-lister, and thereupon the com-
pany -shall he deemed to have contlimed in existence as if its name
had not een struck off: and the Court may by the order give such
directions and make sitch provisions as seem just for placing the
company and all other person.. in the saine position as nearly as may
be as if the name of the comparty had not been struck off.

(7) A letter ot. notice tinder this section may be addressed to the
company at its registered office, or, if no office has been registered,
to the care of some director or officerof the company, or, if there is
no director or officel. of the company whose name and address are
known to the Registrar, may be sent to each of the persons who
sbscribed the meinoratidum, addressed to him at the address
mentioned in the memorandum.





PART V.

REGISTRATION OFFICE AND FEES.

223.-(1) For the purposes of the registratioti of companies
under this Ordinance, there shall be a, registration office in the
Colony.

(.2) The Governor may appoint such registrars, assistant registrars,
clerks, and servants as lie thinks necessary for the registration of
companies under this Ordinance and may make regulations with
respect to their duties; and may remove any persons so appointed.

(3) The salaries of the persons appointed ituder this section shall
be fixed by the Governor.

(4) The Governor may direct a seal or scals to be prepaxed fol.
the authentication of documents required for or connected with the
registration of companie..

(.5) Any penson rnav inspect the documents kept by the
oil payment of 1 dollar for each inspection ; and any person may
require a. certificate of the incorporation of any company, or a copy
or certi. ed copy thereof, or a copy 01. extract of any other document
or ally part of any other (lociin~ciit, to be certified by the Registrar,
on payment of 5 dollars for a certificate of incorporation ol. a copy
or certified copy thereof, and of 40 cent,-, for each folio of a certified
copy or extract of, ally other

(6) A copy of or extract. from any docimient kept and registered
at the office for the registration of companies certified to be a true.
copy under the hand of the Registrar or an Assistant Registrar shall
in all legal proceedings be admissible in evidence as of equal validity
with the original document.
(7) Whenever any act is by this Ordinance directed to be done to

or by the Registrar of Companies , it shall until the Governor-other
wise directs, be done to or by the existing Reffistrar of Companies,
or in his absence to or by such person as the Govrnor may
authorise.

224. There shall be paid to the 'Registrar inrespect of the several
matters mentioned in Table B in the 1st schedule the several fees
therein specified or such smaller fees as the Governor may direct.





PART VI,
APPLICATIOX Or, ORDENANCE TO CO-IMPANIES FORMED AND
RMIGSTERED UNDER FORMFR ORDINANCES.

225. In the application of this Ordinance.. to existing cornpa;nies,
it shall apply in the same manner in the case of a limited company,
other than a company llinited by guarantee, as if the company bad
been formed and registered under this Ordinance as a company
limited by shares; in the case of a, company limited by guarantee,
as if the coinpany bad been formed and registered under this Ordi-

nance as a company limited by guarantee; and in the case of a
company other than a limited company, as if the company had been
formed and registered ~inder this Ordinance as an unlimited
company:

Provided that relerence, express or iniplied, to the date of
registration shall be construed as a reference to the date at wIfich

the company was in fact registered.

226. This Ordinance shall a ply to every company registered but

not formed under the Companies Ordinance, 1865, in the same
manner as it is hereinafter in this Ordinance declared to apply to
companies registered but not formed under this Ordinance

Provided that reference, express or implied, to the date ol regis-
tration shall be construed as a reference to the date at which the
company was registered under the. Companies Ordinance, 186.5.


PART VII.
COMPANIES AUTHOURISED TO REGISTER UNDER THIS ORDINANCE
227.-(1) With the exceptions and subject to the provisions men-
tioned and contained in this section,-
(1) any company consisting, of 7 or more members, which was
formed for the purpose of carrying on the business of banking, and
which was in existence at the coinmencement of this Ordinance;
(5) any company consisting ol 7 or more members, which was in
existence on the 1st _May, 186.5 ;

(iii) any company formed after the date aforesaid, -whether be-
fore or after the commencement of this Ordinance in pursuance of
any Ordinance other than this Ordinance, or being otherwise dully,
constituted by law, and consisting of 7 or more members;





may at any time register under this Ordinance as an unlimited
company, or as a company limited by shares, or as a company
limited by guarantee; and the registration shall -not be invalid by
reason that it has taken place with a view to the company being
wound up.

(2) Provided as follows
(a) a company having the liability of its members limited, and
not being a joint stock company as hereinafter defined, shall not
register 'rn purstiance of this section;
(b) a company having the liability of its inertibers limited shall
not register in pursuance of this section as an unlimited company
or as a company linuted by guarantee;
(c) a company that is not a joint stock company as hereinafter
defined shall not register in pursuance, of this section as a, company
limited by shares;
(d) a company shall riot register. In pursuance of this section with-
out the assent of a, majority of such of its members as are present
in person or by proxy (in cases where proxies are allowed by the
regulations ol the company) at a general meeting sumnioned for the
purpose;
(e) where a cowpany not having the liability of its incinbers
limited is aboid to register as a limited company, the majority
required to assent as aforesaid shall consist of not less tban threc-
fourths of the members pre-ent in persoll 01, by proxy at the
meeting ;

(f) where a company is about to register as a company limited
by guarantee, the assent to its being so rgistered shall be accom-
panied by a resoIntion declaring that each member undertakes to
contribute to the assets of the company, M the event of its being
wound up while he is a member, or within one year afterwards, for
payment of the debts and liabilities of the company contracted
before he ceased to be a niember, and of the costs and expenses of
winding up, and for the adjustment of the rights of the contribu-
tories among themselves, such aniount as may be required, not
exceeding a specified amount.
(3) In computing any majority under this section when a poll is
demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each
member is entitled according to the regulations of the company.
(4) A company registered under the Companies Ordinance, 186.5,
shall not be registered in pursuance of this section.





228. For the purposes of this Part of this Ordinance, as far as
relates to registration of companies as companies limited by shares,
a joint stock company means a company having a permanent paid-up
or nominal share capital of fixed amount divided into shares, also
of fixed amount, or held and transferable as stock, or divided and
held partly in one way and partly In the other, and formed on the
principle of having for its members the holders of those shares or
that stock, and no other persons; and such a company when
registered with limited liability under this Ordinance shall be
deemed to be a company limited by shares.

229.-(1) A bank of issue registered under this Ordinance as a
limited company shall not be entitled to limited liability in respect
of its notes; and the members thereof shall be liable in respect of
its notes in the same manner as if it had been registered as unlimited;
but if, in the event of the company being wound up, the general
assets are instifficient to satisfy the claims of both the note-holders
and the general creditors, then the members, after satisfying the
remaining deniands of the note-holders, shall be liable to contribute
towards payment of the debts of the general creditors a sum equal to
the amount received by the note-holders out of the general assets.


(2) For the purposes of this section the expression the general
assets---means the funds available for payinent of the general credi-
tor as as the note-holder.

(3) Any bank of issue registered under this Ordinance as a limited
company may state on its notes that the limited liability does not
extend to its notes, and that the members of the company are liable
in respect of its notes in the same manner as if it had been registered
as an unlimited company.

230. Before the registration in pursuance of this Part of this
Ordinance of a joint stock company there shall be delivered to the
Registrar the following documents --

(1) a list showing the names, addresses, and occupations of all
persons who on a day named in the list, not being rnore than 6 clear
days before the day of registration, were members of the company,
with the addition of the shares or stock held by them respectively,
distinguishing, in cases where the shares are numbered, each share
by its number;





(2) a copy of any Act of Parliament, Ordinance, royal charter,
letters patent, deed of settlement, contract of copartnery, cost book
regulations, or other instrument constituting or regulating the
company; and

(3) if the company is intended to be. registered as a, limited coin-
pany, a statement specifying the following particulars :-
(a) the nonainal share capital of the company and the -number of
shares into which it is divided, or the amount of stock of which it
consists
(b) the number of shares taken and the amount paid on each
share ;
(c) the name of the company, with the addition of word -Limited-
as the last word thereof; and

(d) In the case of a company Intended to be registered as a com-

pany limited by guarantee, the resolution declaring the amount of
the guarantee.

231. Before the registration in pursuance of this Part, of this Or-
dinance of any company not beingy a Joint stock company, there
shall be delivered to the Registrar-

(1) a list showing the names, addresses, and occupations of the
directors or other managers (if any) of the company; and

(2) a copy of any Act of Parliament, Ordinance, letters patent,
deed of settlement, contract of copartnery, cost book regulations, or
other instrument constituting or regulating the company ; and

(3) in the case of a company intended to be registered as a com-
pany limited by guarantee, a copy of the resolution declaring the
amount of the guarantee.

232. The lists of members and directors and any other particulars
relating to the company required to be delivered to the Registrar
shall be verified by a statutory declaration of any two or more
directors or other principal officers of the company.

233. The Registrar may require such evidence as he, thinks neces-
sary for the purpose of satisfying himself whether any company
proposing to be registered is or is not a Joint stock company as
hereinbefore defined.

234.-(1) Where a banking company which was in existence at
the time of the commencement of this Ordinance proposes to register






as a limited company, it shall, at least 30 days More so registering,
give notice of its intention so to register to every person who has a
banking account with the company, either by delivery of the notice
to him, or by posting it to him at, or delivering it at, his last known
address.

(2) If the company omits to give the notice required by this sec-
tion, then as between the company and the person for the time being
interested in the account in respect of which the notice ought to
have been given, and so far as respects the account down to the
time at which notice is given, but not further or otherivise, the
certificate of registration with limited liability shall have no opera-
tion.

235. No fees shall be charged in respect of the registration in
pursuance of this Part of this Ordinance of a company if it is not

registered as a limited company, or if before its registration as a
limited company the liability of the shareholders was limited by
some other Ordinance, Act of Parliament or letters patent.

236. When a company registers in pursuance of this Part of this
Ordinance wIth limited liability, the word ---limited--- shall form
and be registered as part of its name, and any Chinese equivalent of
its name which the company may use shall contain the Chinese.
characters

237. On compliance with the requirements of this Part of this
Ordinance with respect to registration, and on payment of such fees,
if any as are payable under Table B in the 1st schedule, the Regis
trar shall certify under his hand that the company applying for
registration is incorporated as a company under this Ordinance, and
in the case of a limited company that it is limited, and thereupon the
company shall be incorporated and shall have perpetual succession
and a common seal with power to hold lands.

22S. All property, real and personal (Including things in action),
belonging to or vested in a company at the date of its registration
in pursuance of this Part of this Ordinance, shall on registration
pass to and vest in the conipany as incorporated under this Ordi-
nance for all the estate and interest of the company therein.

239. Registration of a company in pursuance of this Part of this
Ordinance shall not affect the rights or liabilities of the company





in respect of any debt or obligation incurred, or any contract entered
into, by, to, with, or on behalf of, the coinpany before registration.

240. All actions and other legal proceedings which at the time of
the registration of a company in pursuance of thi3 Part of this
Ordinance are pending, by or against the company, or the public
officer or any member thereof, may be continued in the same man-
ner as if the registration had not taken place; nevertheless, execution
shall not issue against the effects of any individtial member of the
company on any judgment, decree, or order obtaitied in and, such
action or proceeding.; but, in the event of the property and effects
of the company being insufficient to satisfy the hidgment, decree,
or order, an order may be obtained for winding up the corupany.

241. when a company is registered in pursuance of this Part of
this Ordinance-

(i) all provisions contained in any Act of Parliament, Ordinance,
deed of settlement, contract of copartnery, cost book regulations,
letters patent, or other instrument constituting or regulating the
company, including, in the case of a company registered as a Coin
pany limited by guarantee, the resolution declaring the amount of
the guarantee, shall be deemed to be conditions and regulations of
the company, in the same manner and with the same incidents as
if so much thereof as would, if the company, had been formed under
this Ordinance, have been required to be inserted in the memo
randum, were contained in a registered memorandum, and the
residue thereof were contained in registered articles

(ii) all the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply to the company,
and the members, contributories, and creditors thereof, in the same
manner in all respects as if It had been formed under this Ordinance,
subject as follows:
(a.) the regulations in Table, A in the 1st schedule shall not apply
unless adopted by special resolution ;
(b) the provisions of this Ordinance relating to the numbering of
shares shall not apply to any joint stock company whose shares are
not numbered;
(c) subject to the provisions or this section the company shall not
have power to alter any provision contained in any Act of Parlia-
ment or Ordinance relating to the company;





(d) subject to the provisions of this section the company shall not
have power, without, the sanction of the Governor, to alter any
provision contained in any letters patent relating to the company;

(e) the company shall not have power to alter any provision con-
tained in a royal charter or letters patent with respect to the objects
of the company;

(f) in the event of the company being wound. up, every person shall
be a contributory, in respect of the debts and liabilities ol the com-
pany contracted before registration, who is liable to pay or contribute
to the payment of any debt or liability of the company contracted
before registration, or to pay or contribute to the payment of any
sum for the adjustment of the rights of the meinbers among them-
selves respect of any such debt or or to pay or contribut
e
to the payment of the costs and expenses of winding up the con)-
pany, so far as relates to such debts or liabilities as aforesaid; and
every contributory shall be liable to contribute to the assets of the
company, in the course of the winding up, all sums due from him
in respect of any such liability as aforesaid ; and, in the event of the
death, bankruptcy, or insolvency, of any contributory, or marriage
of any fernale contributory, the provisions of this Ordinance with
respect to the personal representatives, heirs, and devisees of de-
ceased contributories, to the trustees of bankrupt or insolvent
contributories, and to the liabilities of husbands and wives respec-
tively, shall apply;

(iii) The provisions of this Ordinance with respect to-
(a) the registration of an unlimited company as limited:
(b) the powers of an unlimited company on registration as a
limited company to increase the nominal amount of its share capital
and to provide that a portion of its share capital shall not be capable
of being called up except in the event of winding up:

(c) the power of a limited company to determine that a portion
of its share capital shall not be capable of being called up except in
the event of winding up;

shall apply notwithstanding any provisions contained in any Act of

Parliament, Ordinance, royal charter, deed of settlement, contract
of copartnery, cost book- regulations, letters patent, or other instru-

ment constituting or regulating the company.

(Iv) Nothing in this section shall authorise the company to alter
any such provisions contained in any deed of settlement, contract
of copartnery, cost book regulations, letters patent, or other instru-





ment constituting, or regulating the company, as would, if the com-

pany had originally been formed under this Ordinance have been
required to be contained in the memorandum and are not authorised
to be altered by this Ordinance.

(v) Nothing in this Ordinance shall derogate from any power of
altering its constitution or regulations which may by virtue of any
act of parliament,ordinance, deed of settlement, contract of
copartnery, cost book regulations, letters patent, or other instrument
constitutary or regulating the company, be vested in the company.

242.-(1) Subject to the provislons of this section, a company
registered in pursuance of this Part oi this Ordniance may by special
resolution alter the form of its constitution by substituting a
memorandum and articles for a deed of settlement.

(2) The provisions of this Ordinance with respect to confirmation
by the Court and registration of an alteration of the objects of a
company shall so fat. as applicable apply to an alteration under this
section wsith the following modifications :-

(a) there shall be substituted for the printed copy of the altered
memorandum required to be delivered to the Registrar of Companies
a printed copy of the substituted memorandum and articles ; and

(b) on the registration of the alteration being certified by the
Registrar the substituted memorandum and articles shall apply to
the company in the same manner as if it were a company registered
under this Ordinance with that incinoranduln and those articles,
and the company's deed of settlement shall cease to apply to the
company.

(3) An alteration under this section max be made either with or
without any alteration of the objects of the company under this
Ordinance.

(4) In this section the expression - deed of settlement - includes
any contract of copartnery or other instrument constituting or re-
gulating the company, not being an Ordinance, Act of Parliament,
a royal charter, or letters patent.

243. The provisions of this Ordinance with respect to staying and
restraining actions and proceedings against a company at any
time after the presentation of a petition for winding up and before
the making of a winding-up order shall, in the case of a company
registered in pursuance of this Part of this Ordinance where the





application to stay or restrain is by a creditor, extend to actions and
Proceedings against any contributory of the company.


244. where an order has been niade for winding up a company
registered in pursuance of this Part of this Ordinance no action or
Proceeding shall be commenced or proceeded with against the com-
pa,ny or any contributory of the company in respect of any debt or
the company, except by leave of the Court, and subject to such terms
as the Court may impose.

PART VIII.
WINDING UP OF UNREGISTERED COMPANTES.

245. For the purposes of this Part of this Ordinance the expres-
sion----unregistered comany---shall not include a railway company
incorporated by Ordinance nor a company registered under the
Companies Ordinance, 1865, or under this Ordinance, but, save as
aforesaid, shall include any partnership association or company
consisting of more than 7 members.

246.-(1) Subject to the provisions of this Part of this Ordinance
any unregistered company may be wound up under this Ordinance
and all the provisions of this Ordinance with respect to winding
up shall apply to in unregistered company, with the following
exceptions and additions
(1) The principal place, of business, in the Colony of an im-
registered company shall for all the purposes of the winding up be,

deemed to be the registered office of the company.
(ii) No unregistered company shall be wound up under this
Ordinance voluntarily or subject to supervision.

(iii) The circumstances in which all unregistered company may
be wound up are as follows :-
(a) if the company is dissolved, or has ceased to carry on business,
or is carrying an business only for the purpose of winding up its
affairs ;
(b) if the company is unable to pay its debts;
(c) if the Court is of opinion that it is just and equitable that the
company should be wound up.





(iv) An unregistered company shall, for the purposes of this
Ordinance, be deemed to be unable to pay its debts :-

(a) if a creditor, by assignment or otherwise, to whom the com-
pany is indebted in a sum exceeding 500 dollars thert due, has served
on the company, by leaving at its principal place of business, or by
delivering to the secretary or some director, manager, or principal
officer of the coinpany, or by otherwise serving in such manner as
the Court may approve or direct, a demand under his band requiring
the company to pay the sum so due, and the company has for 2
months alter the service of the demand neglected to pay the sum,
or to secure or compound for it to the satisfaction of the creditor;

(b) if any action or other proceeding has been instituted against
any member tor any debt or demand due, or claimed to be due,
from the company, or from him in his character of member, and
notice in writing of the institution of the action or proceeding having
been served on the cowpany by leaving the same at its principal
place of business, or by delivering it to the secretary, or some
director, nianager, or principal officer of the company, or by other-
wise serving the same in such manner as the Court may approve
or direct, the company has not within 10 days after service of the
notice paid, secured, or compounded for the debt or demand, or
procured the action or proceeding to be stayed, or indemnified the
defendant to his reasonable satisfaction against the action or pro-
ceeding, and against all costs, damages, and expenses to be incurred
by him by reason of the same;

(c) if execution or other process Issued on a Judgment, decree, or
order obtained in any Court in favour of a creditor against the
company, or any member thereof as such, or any person authorised
to be sued as nominal defendant on behalf of the company, is
returned unsatisfied.;

(d) if it is otherwise proved to the satisfaction of the Court that
the company is unable to pay its debts.

(2) Nothing in this Part of this Ordinance shall affect the opera-
tion of any enactment which provides for any partnership, associa-
tion, or company, being wound up, or being winding up as a company
or as an unregistered company, under any enactment repealed by
this Ordinance except that references in any such first-mentioned
enactment to any such repealed enactment shall be read as refer-
ences to the corresponding provision (if any) of this Ordinance.





247.(1) In the event of an unregistered company being wound
up every person shall be deerned to be a contributory wbo is liable
to pay or contribute to the payment of any debt or liability of the
company, or to pay or contribute to the payment of any sun, for
the adjustment of the rights of the nienibers among themselves, or
to pay or contribute to the payment of the costs and expenses of
winding up the company and every contributory shall be liable to
contribute to the assets of the company all sums due from him in
respect of any such liability as aforesaid.

(12) In the event of the death , bankruptcy, or Insolvency, of any
contributory, or marriage of any female contributory, the provisions
of this Ordinatice with respect to the personal representatives, heirs,
and devisees of deceased contributories, to the trustees of bankrupt
or insolvent contributories., and to the liabilities of husbands and
wives respectively, shall apply.

248. The provisions of this Ordinance with respect to staying and
restraining actions and proceedings against a company at any time
after the presentation of a petition for winding up and before the
making of a winding-up order shall, in the case of an unregistered
company, where the application to stay or restrain is by a creditor,
extend to actions and. proceedings against any contributory of the
company.

249. Where an order has been made for winding-up all unregister-

ed company, no action or proceeding shall be proceeded with or
commenced against any contributory of the company in respect of
any debt of the company, except by leave ol the Court, and subject
to such terms as the Court may impose.

250. If an unregistered company has no power to sue and be sued
in a common name, or if for any reason it appears expedient., the
Court may by the winding-up order, or by any subsequent order,
direct that all or any part of the propertly, real and personal (Includ-
ing things in action), belonging to the company or to trustees on
its behalf, is to vest in teh liquidator by his official name, and there
upon the property or the part thereof specified in the order shall vest,
accordingly; and the liquidator may, after giving such indemnity

(if any) as the Court may direct, bring or defend in his official name
any action or other legal proceeding relating to that property, or
necessary to be brought or defended for the purposes of effectually
winding up the company and recovering its property.





251. The provisions of this Part of this Ordinance with respect
to unregistered companies shall be in addition to and not in restric-
tion of any provisions hereinbeiore in this Ordinance contained with
respect to winding up companies by the Court, and the Court or
liquidator may exercise any power or do any act in the case of

unregistered companies which might be exercised or one by it or
him in winding up companies formed and repstered under this
Ordinance; but an unregistered company shall not, except in the

event of its being wound up, be deemed to be a company under this
Ordinance, and then only to the extent provided by this Part of this
Ordinance.

PART IX

COMPANIES ESTABLISEED OUTSIDE THE COLONY.

252.-(1) Every company incorporated outside the Colony which
shall establish a place of business within the Colony, shall within

one month from the establishment of the place or busines, the with
the Registrar of Companies :-

(a) a certified of the charter, statutes, or memorandum and
articles of the company, or other instrument constituting or defining
the constitution of the company, and, If the instrument is not
written the English language, a certified translation in the

English language thereof


(b) a list of the directors of the compans
(c) the names and addresses of some one or more persons resident
in the Colony authorised to accept on behalf of the company service
of process and any notices required to be served on the company ;
and, in the event of any alteration being made in any such instru-
ment or in the directors or in the names or addresses of any such
persons as aforesaid, the company shall within the prescribed time
file with the Registrar a notice of the alteration.

(2) Any process or notice required to be served on the company
shall be sufficiently served if addressed to any person whose name
has been so filedas aforesaid and left at or sent by post to the address
which has been so filed.

(3) Every company to which this section applies shall in every
year file with the Registrar such a statement in the form of a






balance sheet as would, if it were a company formed and registered
under this Ordinance. and having a share capital, be required under
this Ordinance to be included in the annual summary.

(4) Every company to which this section applies, and which uses
the word - Limited -, or the Chinese characters as
part of its name, shall-

(a) in every prospectus inviting subscriptions for its shares or
debentures in the Colony state the country in which the company
is incorporated; and

(b) conspicuously exhibit on every place where it carries on bust-
ness in the Colony the name of the company and the country in
which the company is incorporated; and

(c) have the name of the company and of the country in which the
company is incorporated mentioned in legible characters in all bill-
heads and letter paper, and in all notices, advertisements, and other
official publications of the company.

(5) If any company to which this section applies falls to comply
with any of the requirements of this section the company, and every
officer or agent of the conipany, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding
500 dollars, or, in the case of a continiting offence, 50 dollars for
every day during which the fallure continues.

(6) For the purposes of this section-
certified means certified in the prsecribed manner to be a true
copy or a correct translation

place of business includes a share transfer or share registration
office;

- director ''includes any person occupying the position of direc-
tor, by whatever name called ; and

prospectus means any prospectus, notice, circular, advertise-
ment, or other invitation, offering to the public for subscription or
purchase any shares or debentures of the company.

(7) There shall be paid to the Registrar for registering any
document required by this section to be filed with him a fee of 3
dollars or such smaller fee as may be prescribed.

253.-(11) No company incorporated outside the Colony may here
after acquire immovable property in the Colony unless

(a) it is empowered by its constitution to acquire immovable pro-
perty; and





(b) it shall have filed with the Registrar of Companies the -docu-

ments and particulars specified in paragraphs, (a), (b) and (c) of
section 1252 (1); and

(c) it shall have obtained the special consent of the Governor-in-
Council.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this section any conipany incor-
porated outside the Colony shall have power to acquire, hold and
dispose of lands in the Colony as if it were a company incorporated
under this Ordinance.

PART X.
supplement

Legal proceedings, offences, &c

254. All offences under this Ordinance made punishable by any
fine may be prosecuted under the Ordinance, 1890.

255. The Magistrate Imposing any fine under this Ordinunce,
may direct that the whole or any part thereof be applied in or
towards payment of the costs of the proceedings, or in or towards
the rewarding the person on wbose, information or at whose suit the
fine is recovered, and subject to any such direction all fines under
this Ordinance shall notwithstanding anything in any other Ordi-
nance be paid to the Treasurer.-

256. Where a limited company is plaintiff in any action or other
legal proceeding, any Judge having jurisdiction in the matter may,
if it appears by credible testimony that, there is reason to believe that
the company will be unable to pay the costs of the defendant if
successful in his defence, require sufficient security to be given for
those costs, and may stay all proceedings until the security is given.

257.-(1) If any company fails to pay the whole or any part of
any fine or penalty imposed by a Magistrate under this Ordinance
within one month of the day on which the said fine or penalty was
imposed, the Registrar of Companies shall publish in the Gazette
and send to the company by post a notice that at the expiration of
2 months from the date of such notice the name of the company
mentioned therein will, unless the said fine or penalty be sooner
paid, be struck off the register and the company will be dissolved.





(2) At the expiration of the time mentioned in the notice the Registrar may,
unless cause to the contrary is previously shown by the company, strike its
name off the register, and shall publish notice thereof in the Gazette, and on
such publication the company shall be dissolved : Provided that the liability (if
any) of every director, managing officer, and member of the company shall
continue and may be enforced as if the company bad not been dissolved.

(3) If a company or any member or creditor thereof feels aggrieved by the
company having been struck off the register, the Court on the application of
the company or member or creditor may, if satisfied that it is just that. the
company be restored to the register, order the name of the company to be
restored to the register, and thereupon the company shall be deemed to have
continued in existence as if its name had not been struck off; and the Court
may by the order give such directions and make such provisions as seem just
for placing the company and all other persons in the same position as nearly
as may be as if the name of the company had not been struck off.

(4) A letter or notice under this section may be addressed to the company
at its registered office, or, if no office has been registered, to the care of some
director or officer of the company, or, if there
is no director or officer of the company whose name and address are known to
the Registrar of Companies, may be sent to each of the persons who
subscribed the memorandum, addressed to him at the address mentioned in
the memorandum.

Provided that nothing in the section shall affect any other legal method of
enforcing fines or penalties imposed by a Magistrate.

258. If in any proceeding against a director, or person occupying the
position of director, of a company for negligence or breach of trust it appears
to the Court bearing the case that the director or person is or may be liable in
respect of the negligence or breach of trust, but has acted honestly and
reasonably, and ought fairly to be. excused for the negligence or. breach of
trust, that Court may relieve him, either wholly or partly, from his liability on
such terms as the Court may think proper.

259. If any person in any return, report, certificate, balance sheet, or other
document required by or for the purposes of any of the provision. of this
Ordinance specified in the 4th schedule, wilfully





makes a statement false in any material particular, knowing it to be

false, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.

260. If any person or persons trade or carry on business under
any name or title of which - Limited - is the last word, or under
any name or title of which the Chinese characters ;
form part, that person or those persons shall, unless duly incorpor-
ated with limited liability, be liable to a fine not exceeding 50
dollars for every day upon which that name or title has been used.

interpretation, &c

281. In this Ordinance unless the context otherwise requires-
- Existing company - means a company formed and registered
under the Companies Ordinance, 1865

Company means -- company formed and registered under this
Ordinance or an existing company;

Articles - mean the articles of association of a company, as
ordinally frarned or as altered by special resolution, including so
far as they apply to the company the regulations contained in the
Table A in the 1st schedule

Memorandum - means the memorandum of association of a
company, as originally franied or as altered in pursuance of the
provisions of this Ordinance;

Document ' includes summons, notice., order, and other legal
process, and registers;

- Share - means share in the share capital of the company, and
includes stock except where a distinction between stock and shares
is expressed or implied;

Debenture - includes debenture stock;

Books and papers - and - books or papers - include accounts,
deeds, writings, and documents;

The Registrar of Companies,- or, when used in relation to re-
gistration of companies, ' the Reuistrar,- ineans the Registrar or
other officer performing under this Ordinance the duty of registra-
tion of companies;
The Court used in relation to a company means the Supreme
Court, and includes any Judge thereof.





General rules---mean general rules made under this Ordinance,
and include forms;
Director---means any person occupying the position of director
by whatever name called and itickides a. general manager, manager,
and any person on a consulting or advisory committee, and any per-
son who has the control of its affairs in the absence of a board of
directors or of such consulting or advisory committee ;

---Prospectus--- means any prospectus, notice, circulax, advertise-
ment, or other invitation, offering to the public for subscription or
pitrehase any shares or debentures of a company.

Repeal of Ordinances and Transitional Provisions.

262. The following Ordinances are hereby repealed :-the Com-
panics Ordinance, 186.5 ; the Companies (Registration) Ordinance,
1866; the' Companies (Local Registers) Ordinance, 1907; the
-Foreign Corporations Land . Ordinance, 1908; the Companies
Amendment Ordinance, 1908; and the Companies (Local Registers)
Amendment Ordinance, 1909.

Provided that the rerwal shall not aftect-

(a) the incorporation of any coinpany registered onder any enact-
ment hereby repealed; nor

(b) Table A In the 1st schedule annexed to the Companies Or-
dinance, 1865, or any part thereof (either as originally contained in
that schedule or as altered in pursnance of section 119 of that
Ordinance) so far as the same applies to any company existing, at the
commencement of this Ordinance ; nor
(c) the rights in respect of land which has been acquired by
any foreign corporation under the Foreign Corporations Land
Ordinance, 1908.

263. The. provisions of this Ordinance with respect to winding up
shall not, apply to any company or which the winding up has com-
menced before the commencement of this Ordinance, but every such
company shall be wound up in the same manner and with the same
incidents as if this Ordinance had not passed, and, for the purposes
of the winding up, the Ordinance under which the winding up
commenced shall be. deemed to remain in full force.

264. Every conveyance, mortgage, or other deed, made before
the commencement of this Ordinance in pursuance of any enactment





hereby repealed, shall be of the same force as if this Ordinance had
not passed, and for the purposes of that deed the repealed enact-
ment shall be deemed to remain in full force.

265.-(1) Existing registers of companies, shall respectively be
deemed part of the registers of companies to be kept under this
Ordinance.

(2) The existing Registrar of Companies shall, during the pleasure
of the Governor, hold the office hitherto held by him, but subject
to any regulations of the Governor with regard to the execution of
his duties,

266. Until revoked and except as varied unjer the powers of this
Ordinance, the general rules and orders, and scale., of fees, under
the Companies Ordinance, 1865, in force at the commencement of
this Ordinance with respect to the procedure for reduction of capital,
and to winding up companies, and the practice and procedure for
winding up companies in force at the commencement of this
Ordinance, shall, so far as they are not inconsistent with this
Ordinance, confillue in force.

267. Where any enactment repealed by this Ordinance is men-
tioned or referred to in any document, that document shall be read as
if the corresponding provision (if any) of this Ordinance were therein
mentioned or referred to and substituted for the repealed enactment.

268. Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect the provisions of the
Life Insurance Companies, 1907, or the Fire Insurance Companies
Ordinance, 1908.
[s. 269, rep. No. 16 of 1912.]

SCHEDULES.

FIRST SCHEDULE.
[ss. 11, 12, 68, 241, 261.]

TABLE A.
REGULATIONS FOR MANAGEMENT OF A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES.
[Art. 1, rep. No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.]

Business.
2. The directors shall have regard to the restriction on the com-
mencernent of business imposed by section 89 of the Companies





Ordinance, 1911, if, and so far as, those restrictions are binding, upon the company.

Shares.

3. Subject to the provisions, if any, in that behalf of the memorandum of
association of the company, and without prejudice to any special rights previously
conferred on the holders of existing shares in the company, any share in the company
may be issued with such preferred, deferred, or other special rights, or such restrictions
whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of share capital, or otherwise, as the
company, may front time to time by special resolution determine.

4. If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights
attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms. of issue of the shares of
that class) may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of
the issued share's of that class or with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution
passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class. To every
such separate general meeting the provisions of these. regulations relating to general
meetings shall mutatis mutandis, apply.

but so that the necessary quoruin shall be 2 persons at least holding or representing by
proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class.

5. No share shall be offered to the public for subscription except upon the terms that
the amount payable on application shall be at least 5 per cent. of the nominal amount
of the share; and the directors shall, as regards any allotment of shares, duly comply
with such of the provisiwis of sections 87 and 90 of the Companies Ordinance, 1911,
as may be applicable thereto.

6. Every person whose name is entered as a member in the register
of members shall, without payment, be entitled to a certificate under
the common seal of the company specifying the share or shares held by
him. and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a
share or share heldby several persons the coinpany shall not
be bowid to issue more, than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate
for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient deliver
to all.

7. If a share certificate is defaced, lost, or destroyed, it may be

renewed on payment of such fee, if any, not exceeding 50 cents, and
on such terms, if any, as to evidence and indemnity as the directors
think fit.

8. No part of the funds of the company shall be employed in the purchase of, or in
loans upon the security of, the company's shares.

Lien.

9. The company shall have a lien on every share (not being a fully-paid share) for
all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in
respect of that share, and the company shall also have a lien on all shares (other than
fully-paid shares) standing registered in the name of a single person, for ad moneys
presently pay





able by hirn or his estate to the company; but the directors may at any
time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provi-
sions of this clause. The company's lien, if any, on a share shall
extend to all dividends payable thereon.

10. The company may sell, in such manner as the directors think
fit, any share., on which the company has a lien, but no sale shall be
made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists, is presently
payable, nor until the expiration of 14 days after a notice in writing,
person and demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect
of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the
registered holder for the time being of the share, or the person entitled
by reason of his death or bankruptcy to the share.

11. The proceeds of the sale shall be applied in payinent of such part
of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently pay-
able, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently
payable as existed upon the shares prior to-the sale) be paid to the
person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale. The purchaser
shall be registered as the holder of the shares, and he shall not be
bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his
title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the
proceedings in reference to the sale.

Calls On shares.
12. The directors, may from time to time make calls upon the mem-
bers in respeet of any moneys unpaid ou their shares, provided that
no call shall exceed one-fourth of the nominal amount of the share, or
be payable at less than one month from the last call; and each mem-
ber shall (subject to receiving at least 14 days' notice specifying the
time or times of payment) pay to the company at the time or times so
specified the amount called on his shares.

13. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable
to pay all calls in respect thereof.

14. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the
day appointed for payment thereof, the person, from whom the sum is
due shall pay interest upon the surn at the rate of 5 dollars per cent.
from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the
actual payment, but the directors shall be at liberty to waive payment
of that interest wholly or in part.

15. The provisions of these regulations as to pavinent of interest
shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms
of issue of a share, becomes payable it a fixed time, whether on
account of the amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the
same had become payable by virtue of a call duly, made and notified.

16. The directors may rnake arrangements on the issue of shares for
a difference between the holders in the amount of calls to be paid and
in the times of payment.





17. The directors may, if they think fit, receive from any member
willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys Uncalled and
unpaid upon any, shares held by him; and upon all or any of the money,
so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become
presently payable pay interest at such rate (not exceeding, without
the sanction of the company in general meeting, 6 per cent.) as may
be agreed upon between the member paying the sum in advance and
the directors.

transfer and tranmission of Shares.
18. The instrument of transfer of ally share in the company shall be
executed both by the transferor and transferee, and the transieror shall
be deemed to remain a holder of the share until the name of the
transferee is entered in the register of members in respect thereof.

19. Shares in tbe company shall be transferred in the following
form, or in any usual or common form which the directors shall
approve:-
---I, A. B. of in consideration of the sum of
paid to me by C. D. of(hereinafter called---the
said transferee -) do licreby transfer to the said transferee the
share [or shares] numberedill the undertaking called
the Company, limited, to hold unto the said
transferee his executors, administrators, and assigns, subject to
the, several conditions on which I held the same at the time of
the execution thereof : and I, the said transferee, do hereby agree,
to take the said shares] subject to the conditions afore
said. As witness our hands the day of

Witness to the signatures of, &c.

20. The directors may decline to register any transfer of shares, not
being fully-paid shares, to a person of whom they do not approve, and
may also decline to a person transfer of shares on which the Com-
pany has a lien. The directors may also suspend the registration of
transfers during the 14 days immediately preceding the ordinary
general meeting in each year. the directors may decline te recognise
any instrument of transfer unless-

(a) a fee not exceeding 2 dollars is paid to the company in respect
thereof; and
(b) the instrument of transfer is accompanied by the. certificate of
the shares to it relates, and such other evidence as the directors
may reasonably require, to.shoss, the right of the transferor to make the
transfer.

21. The executors or administrators of a deceased sole holder of a
share shall be the only persons recognised by the company as having
any title to the share. in the flie case of share registered in the names
of 2 or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the executors or
administrators of the deceased survivor, shall be the only persons
recognised by the company as having any title to the share.

22. Any person becoming entitled to a sbare in consequence of the

death or bankruptcy of a member shall, upon such evidence being pro-





duced as may from time to time be required by the directors, have the
right, either to be registered as a member in respect of the share or,
instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the share
as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made; the directors
shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registra-
tion as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by
the deceased or bankrupt person before the death or bankruptcy.

23. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or
bankruptcy of the holder shall be entitled to the same dividends; and
other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered
holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as
a member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise
any right conferred by membership in, relation to meeting-, of the corn-
pany.

Forfeiture of Share

24. If a member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the
day appointed for payment, thereof, the directors may, at any time
tCreafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment re-
mains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of
the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which
may have accrued.

25. The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expira-
tion of 14 days from the date of the notice) on or before which the
payment required by the notice is to be made,, and shall state that in
the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the shares
in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

26. If the requirements of any such notice, as aforesaid are not com-
plied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may
at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has
been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the directors to that effect.

27. A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such
terms and in such manner as the directors think fit, and at any time
before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such
terms as the director think fit.

28. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a
member in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding,
remain liable to pay to the company all moneys which, at the date of
forfeiture, were presently payable by him to the company in respect of
the shares, but his liability shall cease if and when the company
receive payment in full of the nominal amount of the shares.

29. A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a director
of the company and that a share in the company has been duly forfeit-
ed on a date, stated in the declanation, shall be conclusive evidence of
the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to
the share, and that declaration and the receipt of the company for the
consideration, if any, given for the share on the sale or disposition





thereof shall constitute a good title to the share, and the person to
whom the share is sold or disposed of shall be registered as the holder
of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the
purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by
any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the for-
feiture, sale or disposal of the share.

30. The provisions of these regulations as to forfeiture shall apply m
the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of
a, share becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account ofAbe
amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been
payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

Conversion of Shares into Stock.

31. The directors may, with the sanction of the coinpany previously
given in general meeting, convert any paid-up shares into stock, and
may with the like sanction reconvert any stock into paid-up shares of
any denomination.

32. The holders of stock may transfer the saine, or any part thereof,
in the same manner, and subject to the saine regulations, as, and
subject to which, the shares from whick the stock arose might previous-
ly to conversion have been transferred, or as near thereto as circum-
stances admit; but the directors may from time to time fix the
minimum amount of stock transferrable, and restriet or forbid the
transfer of fractions of that mininium, but the minimun shall not
exceed tbe nominal amount of the shares from which the stock arose.

33. The holders of stock shall, according to the amount of the stock
held by them, have the same rights, privileges, and advantages as
regards dividends, voting, at meetings of the company, and other
matters as if they held the shares form which the stock arose, but no
such privilege or advantage (except participation in the dividends and
profits of the company) shall be conferred by any such aliquot part of
stock as would not, if existing in shares, have conferred that privilege
or advantne.

34. Such of the regulations of the company (other than those, relating
to share warrants) as are applicable to paid-up shares shall apply to
stock, and the words ---,,hare--- and ---shareholder--- therein shall in-
clude---stock--- and ---stockholder.

Share Warrants.
35. The company may issue share warrants, and accordingly the
directors may in their discretion, with respect to any share which is
fully paid up, on application in writing signed by the person registered
as holder of the hare, and authenticated by such evidence, if any, as
the directors may from time to time require as to the identity of the
person signing the request, and on receiving the certificate, if any, of
the share, and the amount of the stamp duty on the warrant and such
fee as the directors may from time to time require, issue under the
company's seal a warrant duly stamped, stating that the bearer of the





warrant is entitled to the shares therein specified, and may provide by
coupons, or otherwise for the payment of dividends, or other moneys,
on the shares included in the warrant.

36. A share warrant shall entitle the bearer to the shares included in
it, and the shares shall be transferred by the delivery of the share
warrant, and the provisions of the regulations of the company with
respect to transfer And transmission of shares shall not apply thereto.


37. The bearer of a share warrant shall, on surrender of the warrant
to the company for cancellation, and on payment of such surn as the
directors may from time to time. prescribe, be entitled to have his name
entered as a member in the registes. of members in respect, of the shares
included in the warrant.

38. The bearer of a share warrant may at any, time deposit the
warrant at the office of the company, and So long as the warrant re
mains so deposited the depositor shall have the same right of signing
a requisition for calling a meeting of the company, and of attendina
and voting and exercising the other privileges of a member at- any
meeting held after the expiration of 2 clear days from the time of de
posit, as if his name were inserted in the register of members as the
holder of the shares, included in the deposited warrant. Not more than
one person shall be recognised as depositor of the share warrant, the
company shall, on 2 days' written notice, return the deposited share
warrant to the depositor.

39. Subject as herein otherwise expressly provided no person shall, as
bearer of a share warrant, sign a requisition for calling a meeting of the

company, or attend, or vote, or excreise any other privilege of a,
member at a meeting of the company, or be entitled to receive any
notices front the company; but the bearer of a share warrant shall be
entitled in all other respects to the same privileges and advantages as
if he were named in the register of the share warrant. the
included in the warrant, and he shall be a member of the company.

40. The directors make rules as to the terms on which (if they
shall think fit) a new share warrant or coupon may he issued by way
of renewal in case of defacement, loss, or destruction.

Alteratinn Of Capital.

41. The directors With the sanction, of an extraordinary resolu-
tion of the company, increase the share capital by such sum, to be
divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

42. Subject to any direction to the contrary that may be given by

the resolution sanctioning the increase of share capital, all new shares
shall, before issue, be offered to such persons as at the date of the offer
are entitled to receive notices from the company of general meetings

in proportion, as nearly is the circumstances admit, to the amount of






the existing shares to which they are entitled, teh offer shall be made
by notice specifying the number of shares offered, and limiting a time
within which the offer, if not accepted, will be deemed to be declined,
and, after the expiration of that time, or on teh receipt of an intima-
tion from the person to whom the offer is made that he declines to
accept the shares offered, the directors may dispose of the same in such
manner as they think most beneficial to the company, the directors
may likewise so dispose of any new shares which (by reason of the
ration which the new shares bear to shares held by persons entitled to
an offer of new shares) cannot, in the opinion of the directors, be
conveniently offered under this article.

43. the new shares shall be subject to the same provisons with
reference to the payment of calls, lien, transfer, transmission, for-
feiture, and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital,

44. the company may, by special resolution-

(a) consolidate and divide its share capital into shares of larger
amount than its existing shares;

(b) by subdivision of its existing shares, or nay of them, divide the
whole, or any part, of its share capital into shares of smaller amount
than is fixed by the memorandum or association, subject, nevertheless,
to the provisions of paragraph (d) of section 42(1) of the companies
ordinance, 1911.

(c) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolu-
tion, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person;

(d) reduce its share capital in any manner and withm and subject to,
any incident authorised, and consent required, by law.

general meetings.

45. the statutory general meeting of the company shall be held
within the period required by section 66 of the companies ordinance,
1911.

46. a general meeting shall be held once in every year at such time
(not being more than 15 months after the holding of the last preceding
general meeting) and place as may be prescribed by the company in
general meeting, or , in default, at such time in the month following
that in which the anniversary of the company's incorporation occurs,
and at such place, as the directors shall appoint. in default of a
general meeting being so held, a general meeting shall be held in the
month next following, and may be convened by any 2 members in the
same manner as nearly as possible as that in which meetings are to
be convened by the directors.

47. the above-mentioned general meetings shall be called ordinary
meetings; all other general meetings shall be called extraordianary.

48. the directors may, whenever they think fit, convene an extra-
ordinary general meeting, and extraordinary general meetings shall







also be convened on such requisition, or, in default, may be convened
by such requisitionists, as provided by section 67 of the companies
ordinance, 1911, if at any time there are not in te place where the
company has its head office sufficient directors capable of acting to
form a quorum, any director or any 2 members of the company may
convene an extraordinary general meeting in the same manner as
nearly as possible as that in which meetings may be convened by the
directors.

proceedings at general meetings.

49. seven days' notice at the least (exclusive of the day on which
the notice is served or deemed to be served, but inclusive of the day
for which notice is given) specifying the place, the day, and the hour
of meeting and, in case of special business, the general nature of that
business shall be given in manner hereinafter mentioned, or in such
other manner, if any, as may be prescribed by the company in general
meeting, to such persons as are, under the regulations of the company,
entitled to receive such notices from the company; but the non-
receipt of the notice by any member shall not invalidate the proceed-
ings at any general meeting.

50. on a show of hands every member present in person shall have
extraordinary meeting, and all that is transacted at an ordinary
meeting, wit teh exception of sanctioning a dividend, the considera-
tion of the accounts, the election of directros and other officers in
the place of those retiring by rotation, and the fixing of the remunera-
tion of the auditors.

51. no business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless
a quorum of members is present at the time when the meeting pro-
ceeds to business; save as herein otherwise provided, 3 members
personally present shall be a quorum.

52. if within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting
a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition
of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand
adjourned to the same day in teh next week, at eh same time and
place, and, if at eh adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within
half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the members
present shall be a quorum.

53. the chairman, if any, of the board of directors shall preside as
chairman at every general meeting of the company.

54. if there is not such chairman or if at any meeting he is not
present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the
meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, the members present
shall choose some one of their number to be chairman.

55. the chairman may, with the consent of any meeting at which a
quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn
the meeting from time and from place to place, but not business
shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business






left unfinished at the meeting front which the adjournment took place,
when a meeting is adjourned for 10 days or more, notice of the ad-
journed meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting.
Save as aforesaid it shall not. be liceary to give any notice of an
adjournwent or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned
meeting.

56. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the
meeting shall he decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or
on the declaration of the result of the show of hands.) demanded by
at least 3 members, and, unless a poll is so demanded, a decalration by
the chaitman that a resolution it show of hands, been carried,
or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, of lost, and an
entry to that effect in the book of the proceeding of the company,
shall be conclusive evidence of the faeL without proof of the number
or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of, or against, that
resolution.

57. if a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as
the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be
the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demand.

58. in the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands
or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which teh show of hands
takes place or at which the poll was demanded.

59. A poll demands on the election of a chairman or on a question
of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith, a poll demanded on any
other question shall be taken at suck time as the chairman, of the
meeting directs.

votes of members

60. on a show of hands every member present in person shall have
one vote. on a poll every member shall have one vote for each share
of which he is the holder.

61. in the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders
a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the
exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and for this purpose
seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand
in the register of members.

62. a member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order
has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote
whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, curator
bonis, or other person in the nature of a committee or curator bonis
appointed by that court, and any such committee, curator bonis, or
other person may, on a poll, vote by proxy.

63. no member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting
unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of
shares in the company have been paid.

64. on a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.






65. the instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the
hand of the appointer or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or,
if the appointer is a corporation, either under the common seal, or
under the hand of an officer or attorney so authorised. no person
shall act as a proxy unless either he is entitled on his own behalf to
be present and vote at the meeting at which he acts as proxy, or he
has been appointed to act at that meeting as proxy for a corporation.

66. the instrument appointing a proxy and the power of attorney or
other authority, if any, under hwich it is signed or a notarially certified
copy of that power or authority shall be deposited at the registered
office of the company not less than 48 hours before the time for
holding the meeting at which the person named in the instrument
proposes to vote, and indefault the instrument of proxy shall not be
treated as valid.

67. an instrument appointing a proxy may be in teh following form,
or in any other form which the directors shall approve.

company limited

I of being a member of
the company, limited hereby appoint of
as my proxy to vote for me and on my behalf at the
[ordinary or extraordinary, as the case may be] general meeting of
the company to be held on the day of and at
any adjournment thereof.

signed this day of
directors.

68. the number of the directors adn the names of the first directors
shall be determined in writing by a majority of the subscribers of the
memorandum of association.

69. the remuneration of the directors shall from time to time be de-
termined by the company in general meeting.

70. teh qualification of a director shall be the holding of at least
one share in the company, and it shall be his duty to comply with the
provisions of section 74 of the companies ordinance, 1911.

powers and duties of directors.

71. the business of the company shall be managed by the directors.
who may pay all expenses incurred in getting up and registering the
company, and may exercise all such powers of the company as are
not, by the companeis ordinance, 1911, or by these articles, required
to be exercised by the company in general meeting, subject neverthe-
less to any regulation of these articles, to the provisions of the said
ordinance, and to such regualtions, not being inconsistent with the
aforesaid regulations or provisions, as may be prescribed by the com-






pany in general inecting; but no regnlation made bx the company in
general meeting shall invalidate any prior aet of the directors
would have been valid if that regulation had not been made.

72. The directors may appoint one or more of their body to the
office of managing director or manager for ushc term, and at such
romuneranl profits, Or partly in one way and partly in another; as they
May think fit, and a director so appointed shall not, while holding
that office, he subject to retirement by rotation, or taken into account
in determining the rotation of retirement of directors, be his appoint
ment shall be subject to determination ipso facto if he ccases from
any cause to be a director, or if the company in general meeting
resolve that his tenure of the office, of director or manager
be determined.

73. the amount for the time being remaining midischarged of
moneys borrowed or raised by the directors for the purposes of the
company (otherwise than by the issue of share capital) shall not at
any time exceed the issued share capital of the company without the
sanction of the company in general meeting.

74. The directors shall duly comply with the provisions of the com-
panies ordinance, 1911, and inparticular with the provisions in regard
to the registration of the particulars of mortgages and charges affecting
the property of the company, or created by it, and to keeping a register
of the directors, and to sending to the registrar of companies an
annual list of members, and a summary of particualrs relating thereto,
and notice of any consolidation or increase of share capital, or con-
version of shares into stock, and copies of special resolutions, and a
copy of the register of directors and notifications of any changes therein.

75. the directors shall cause minutes to be made in books provided
for the purpose

(a) of all appointments of officers made by the directors;

(b) of the names of athe directors present at each meeting of the
directors and of any committee of the directors;

(c) of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the com-
pany, and of the directors, and of committees of directors.

and every director present at any meeting of directors or committee
of directors shall sign his name in a book to be kept for that pur-
pose.

the seal

76. the seal of the company shall not be affixed to any instrument
except by the authority of a resolution of the board of directors, and
in the presence of at least two directors and of the secretary or such
other person as the directors may appoint for the purpose; and those
two directors and secretary or other person as aforesaid shall sign every






instrument to which the seal of the Company is so affixed in their
presence.

disqualifications of director

77. The office of director shall be vacated, if the director-
(a) ceases to be a director by virtue of section 74 of the Companies
Ordinance, 1911; or

(b) holds any other office of profit under the company except that
of managing director or manager; or

(c) becomes bankrupt; or
(d) is found lunatic or becomes of unsound wind; or
(c) is concerned or participates, in the protits of any contract with
the company :

Provided, however, that no director shall vacaw his office by reason
of his being a member of any company which has entered into contracts
with or done any work for the company of which he is director: but a
director shall not vote in respect- of any such contract or work, and
if he does so vote his, vote shall not be cokinted.

rotation of directors.

78. At the first ordinancry meeting or the company the whole of the
directors shall retire from office, and at the ordinary meeting in every
subsequent year one-third of the directors for the time being, if their
number is not three or a multiple of three, then the number nearest
to one-third, shall retire from office.

79. The director to retire in every year shall be those who have
been longest in office since their last election, but as between persons,
who became directors on the same, day those to retire shall (unless
they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot.

80. A retiring director shall be eligible for re-election.

81. The company at the general meeting at which a director retires
in manner aforesaid may fill up the vacated office by electing a person
thereto.

82. If at any meeting at which an election of directors ought to
tahe place the places of the vacating directors are not, filled up, the
meeting shall stand adjourned till the same day in the next week at
the same time and place, and, if at the adjourned meeting the place's'
of the vacating directors are not filled up, the vacating directors, or
such of them as have not had their places filled up, shall be deemed
to have been re-elected at the adjourned meeting.

83. The company may in general meeting increase or reduce the
number of directors, and inay also determine in what rotation the in-
creased or reduced number is to go out of office.





84. An casual vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be

filled up by the directors, but the person so chosen shall be subject
to retirement at the same time as it he had become a director on the
day on which the director in whose place he is appointed was last
elicted a director.

85. The director shall have power at any time to appoint a persoii as
an additional director who shall retire from office at the next following
ordinary general meeting, but shall be eligible for election by the com-
pany at that meeting as an additional director.

86. The company may by extraordinar.y resolution remove any
director before die expiration of his period of office, and may by an
ordinary resolution appoint another person in his stead; the person so
appointed shall be subject to retirement at the same time as if he had
become a director on the dav on which the director in whose place he
is appointed was last elected a director.

Proceedings of Directors.

87. The directors may meet together for the despatch of business,
adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings, as they think fit.
Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of
votes. In case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a
second or casting vote. A director may, and the secretary on the
requisition of a director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the
directors.

88. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the
directors may be fixed by the directors, and unless so fixed shall (when,
the number of directors, exceeds 3) be 3.

89. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy
in their body, but, if and so long as their number is reduced below the
number fixed bY or pursuant to the regulations of the company as the
necessary quorum of directors, the continuing directors may act for
the purpose of increasing the number of directors to that number, or
of summoning a general meeting of the company,, but for no other
purpose.

90. The directors, mav elect a chairman of their meetings and deter-
mine the period for which lie is to hold office; but, if no such chairman
is elected, or if at any meeting the chairnian is not present within
5 minutes of the time appointed for holding the same, the directors
present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meet-
ing.

91. The directors may delegate any of their powers to committees
consisting of such menler or members of their body as they think
fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so
delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on them
by the directors.

92. A committee may elect a chairman of their meetings. If no
such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not





present within 5 minutes after the time appointed for holding the
same, the members present may choose one of their number to he
chairman of the meeting.

93. A committee may meet and adjourn as they think proper. Ques-
tions arising ae any meeting shall be determined by a majority of
votes of the members present, and, in case of an equality of votes the
chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

94. All acts done by any meeting of the directors or of a committee
of directors, or by any person acting as a director, shall, notwithstand-

ing that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the
appointment of any such directors or persons acting as aforesaid, or
that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such
person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a director.

Dividends and Reserve.
95. The company in general meeting may declare dividends, but no
dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors.

96. The directors may pay to the members such interim dividends
as appear to be justified by the profits of the company.

97. No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits.

98. Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with
special rights as to dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid
apeording to the amounts paid on the shares, but if and so long as
nothing is paid up on any of the shares in the company dividends may
be declared and paid according to the amounts of the shares. No
amount 'paid on a share in advance of calls shall, while carrying
interest, be treated for the purpose of this article as paid on the
share.

99. The directors may, before recommending any dividend, set
aside-out of the profits of the company such sums as they think
proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the
directors, be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising
dividends, or for any other purpose to which the profits of the
company may be properly applied, and pending such application may,
at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the com-
pany or be invested in such investnints (other than shares of the
company) as the directors may think fit.

160- If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share
any one of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend payable
on the share.

10L. Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be
given in manner hereinafter mentioned to the persons entitled to
share therein.





102. No dividend shall bear interest against the company.

Audit.
103. Auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in ac-
cordance with sections 113 and 114 of the Companies Ordinance,
1911---

Notices.

104. A notice inay be given by the company to any member either
personally or by sending it by post to him to his registered address, or
(if he has no registered address in the place where the company has
its head office) to the address, if any, in the place where the company
has its head office, supplied by him to the company for the giving of
notices to him.

Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed
to be effected by properly addressing, prepaying, and posting a letter

containing the notice, and, unless the contrary is proved, to have
been effected at the time at which the letter would be delivered in the
ordinary course of post.

105. If a member has no registered address in the place where the
company has its head office and has not supplied to the company an
address in that place for the giving of notices to him a notice addressed
to him and advertised in a newspaper circulating in the neighbourhood
of the reuistered office of the company, shall be deerned to be duly;
given to him on the day on which the advertisement, appears.

106. A notice may be given by the company to the joint holders of a
share by, giving the notice to the joint holder named first in the register
in respect of the share.

107. A notice may be given by the conipany to the persons entitled to
a share in consequence of thi death or bankruptcy of a member by
sending it through the post in a prepaid letter addessed to them by
narne, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of
the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, in the
place where the company has its head office supplied for the'purpose
by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has
been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same
might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

108. Notice of every general meeting shall be given in some manner
hereinbefore authorised to

(a) every merriber of the company (including bearers of share war-
rants) except those members who(having no registercd address in the

place where the company has its head office) have not supplied to the
company an address in that place for the giving of notices to them;
and also to





(b) every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or
bankruptcy of a member, who, but for his death or bankruptcy, would
be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

no other persons shall be entitled to receive notices of general
meetings.

TABLE B. [ss. 224 & 234.]

TABLE OF FEES TO BE PAID TO THE REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES.

I-By a company having a share capital.

For registration of a company whose nominal share capital does

not exceed $10,000 ......................... 50.00

For registration of a nominal whose nominal share capital ex-

ceeds $10,000 the above fee of $50 with the following addi-

tional fees, regulated according to the amount of nominal

share capital:-
for every $5,000 of nominal share capital, or part of
$5,000 up to $25,000 .......10.00
for every $10,000 of nominal share capital, or part of
$10,000 after the first $25,000 up to $500,000 3.00
for every of nominal share capital, or part of
$10,000 after the first $500,000 ........ .50
For registration of my increase of share capital made after the
first registration of the company, the same fees per
$10,000 or part of a $10,000 as would have been payable if
the increased share capital had formed part of the original
share capital at the time of registration:
provided that no company shall be liable to pay in respect of
nominal shave capital, on registration or afterwards, any
greater amount of fees than $300, taking into account in
the case of fees payable on an increase of share capital after
registration the fees paid on registration.

For registration of any existing company, except such com-
panies as are by this Ordinance exempted from payment of
fees in respect of registration under this Ordinance, the
same fee as is charged for registering a new company.

For registering any document by, this Ordinance required or
authorised to be registered, other than the memorandum
or the abstract required to be filed with the Registrar by

a receiver or manager or the statement required to be sent
to the Registrar by the liquidator in a winding-up 3.00

For making a record of any fact by this Ordinance required or
authorised to be recorded by the Registrar 3.00





II-By a company not having a shaTe. capital. $ c.

For registration of a company whose number ot members, as
stated in the articles, does not exceed 20 50.00

For registration of a company whose number of members, as
stated in the articles, exceeds 20, but does not exceed 100 100.00

For registration of a company whose number of members, as
stated in the articles, exceeds 100, but is not stated to be
unlimited., the above fee of $100, with an additional $10
for every 50 members or less number than 50 members
after the first 100.

For registration of a company in which the number of members
is stated in the articles to be unlimited 300.00

For registration of any increase on the number of members

made after the registration of the company. in respect of
every 50 members, or less than 50 members of that in-
crease ...............................10.00

provided that no company shall be liable to pay on the -whole
a greater fee than $300 in respect of its number of mem-
bers, taking into account the fee paid on the first registra-
tion of the company.
For registration of any existing except such companies
as are by this ordinance exempted from payment of fees in
respect of registration under this Ordinance, the same fee
as is charged for registering a new company.

For registering any document by this Ordinance required or
authorised to be registered, other than the memorandum or
the abstract required to be filed with the Registrar by, a
receiver or matiager, or the statement required to be sent
to the Registrar by the liquidator in a winding-up 3.00

For making a record of any fact by this Ordinance required or
autliorised to be recorded by the Registrar 3.00

[s. 108.] FORM C.

FORM OF STATEMENT TO BE PUBLISHED BY BANKING AND INSURANCE
COMPANIES, AND DEPOSIT, PROVIDMENT, OR BENEFIT SOCIETIES.

THE SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY IS DIVIDED INTO
SHARES OF EACH

THE NUMBER OF SHARES ISSUED IS

CALLS TO THE AMOUNT OF DOLLARS PER SHARE HAVE BEEN MADE,
UNDER WHICH THE SUM OF DOLLARS HAS BEEN RECEIVED.

THE LIABILITIES OF THE COMPANY ON THE 1ST JANUARY (OR JULY) WERE

DEBTS OWING TO SUNDAY PERSONS BY THE COMPANY,

ON JUDGMENT, $
ON SPECIALTY, $
ON NOTE OR BILLS, $
ON SIMPLE CONTRACTS, $
ON ESTIMATED LIABILITES, $







The assets of the company on that day were-
Government securities [stating thein],
bills of exchange and promissory notes,
cash at the bankers, $
other securities, $

SECOND SCHEDULE. [s. 84.]

THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE, 1911.
STATEMENT IN LIEU OF PROSPECTUS.
filed by
LIMITED
pursuant to section of the Companies Ordinance,
1911.
Presented for filing by

THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE,, 1911.










2218 NO. 58 OF 1911 COMPANIES





(Signatures of the persons
above-named as directors
or proposed directors, or
of their agents authorised
in writing.)

THIRD SCHEDULE.

[s. 119.] FORM A.
MFMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES.
1st. The name of the companY is ' The Eastern Steam Packet
Company Limited.'





2nd. The registered office of the company will be situate in Hong-
kong.

3rd. The objects for which the company is established are, ---the
conveyance of passengers and goods in ships or boats between such
places as the company may from time to time determine, and the
doing all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the
attainment of the above object.'

4th. The liability of the members is limited.

5th. The share capital of the company is 2,000,000 dollars divided
into 1,000 shares of 2,000 dollars each.

we, the several persons whose names and addresses are subscribed,
are desirous of being formed into a company, in pursuance of this
memorandum of association, and we respectively agree to take the
number of shares in the capital of the company set opposite our
respective names.

Dated the day of 191
Witness to the above signatures,

A. B_ No. , Queen's Road, Victoria, Hongkonla.

FORM B.

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF A
COMPANY LIMITED BY GUARA-NTEEI, AND NOT
HAVING A SHARE' CAPITAL.

memorandum of Association.
1st. The name of the company is ' The Hongkong Mutual Marine
Association, Limited.---

2nd. The registered office of the company will be situate in Hong-
kong.





3rd. The objects for which the company is established are ' the
mutual insurance of ships belonging to members of the company,
and the doing all such other things as are incidental or conducive
to the attainment of the above object.---

4th. The liability of the members is limited.

5th. Every member of the company undertakes to contribute to the
assets, of to company in the event of its being wound up while he is
a member, or within one year afterwards, for payment of the debts
and liabilities of the company contracted before he ceases to be a
member, and the costs, charges and expenses of winding up, and for
the adjustment of the rights of the contributories among themselves,
such amount as may be required not exceeding 100 dollars.

WE, the several persons whose names and addresses are subscribed,
are desirous of being formed into a company, in pursuance of this
memorandum of association.
Names, Addresses, and Descriptions of Subscribers.
1. John Jones of merchant
2. John Smith of
3. Thomas Green of
4. Jolin Thompson of
5. Caleb White of
6. Andrew Brown of
7. Caesar white of

Dated the day of 191
Witness to the above signatures,
A. B., so. , Queen's Boad, Victoria, hongkong

ARTICLES oF ASSOCIATIOX TO ACCOMPANY
MEMORANDUM Of ASSOCIATION.

Number of
1. The. company, for the purpose of registration, is declared to con-
sist of 500 members.

2. The directors hereinafter mentioned may, whenever the business
of the association requires it, register an increase of members.

Definition of Members.
3. Every person shall be deemed to have agreed to become a mem-
her of the company who insures any ship or share in a Ship in pur-
suance of the regulations hereinafter cofttained.

general meetings.
4, The first general meeting shall be held at such time, not being
less than one month nor more than 3 months after the incorporation of
the company, and at such place, as the directors may determine.





5. A general meeting shall be held once in every year at such time
(not being more than 15 months after the holding of the last preceding

general meeting) and place as may be prescribed by the company in
general meeting, or in default, at such time in the month following
that in which the anniversary of the company's, incorporation occurs,
and at such place, as the directors shall appoint. In default of a
general meeting being so held, a general meeting shall be held in the
month next follosving, and may be convened by any two members in
the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which meetings are
to be convened by the directors.

6. The above-mentioned general meetings shall be called ordinary
meetings; all other general meetings shall be called extraordinary.

7. The directors may, whenever they think fit, and shall, on a
requisition made in writing by any 5 or more members, convene an
extraordinary general meeting.

8. Any requisition made by the members must state the object of
the meeting proposed to be called, and most be signed by the requisi-

tionists and deposited at the registered office of the company.

9. On receipt of the requisition the directors shall forthwith proceed
to convene a general meeting: if they do not proceed to cause a meet-
ing to be held within 21 days from the date of the requisition being

so deposited, the requisitionists or any other 5 members, may them-
selves convene a. meeting.

proceedings at general Meetings.

10. Seven days' notice at the least, specifying the place, the day,

and the hour of meeting, and in case of special business the general

nature of the, business, sball be given to the members in manner here-
inafter mentioned, or in such other manner, if as may be pre-
scribed by the company in general meeting; but the non-receipt of
such a notice by any meniber shall not. invalidate the proceedings at
any general meeting.

11. All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an
extraordinary meeting, and all that is trawsacted at an ordinary meet-
ing, with the exception of the consideration of the accounts, balance
sheets, and the ordinary report of the directors and auditors, the
election of directors and other officers in the place of those retiring by
rotation, and the fixing of the remuneration of the auditors.

12. No business shall be transacted at any meeting except the
declaration of a dividend, unless a quorum of members is present at
the commencement of the business. The quorum shall be ascertained
as follows (that is to say), if the members of the company at the time
of the meeting do not exceed 10 in number, the quorum shall be 5; if
they exceed 10 there shall be added to the above quorum one for every
5 additional members up to 50, and one for every 10 additional mem-
bers after 50, with this limitation, that no quorum shall in any case
exceed 30,





13. If within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting a
quorum of members is not present, the meeting, if convened on the
requisition of the members, shall be dissolved; in any other case it
shall stand adjourned to the same day in the following week at the
same time and place; and if at such adjourned meeting a quorum of
members is not present, it shall be adjourned sine, die.

14. The chairman (if any) of the directors shall preside as chairman
at every general meeting of the company.

15. If there is no such chairman, or if at any meeting he is not
present at the time of holding the same, the members present shall
choose some one of their number to be chairman of that meeting.

16. The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn the
meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business
shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business
left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

17. At any general meeting, unless a poll is demanded by at least
three members, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has
been carried and an entrY to that effect in the book of proceedings of
the company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof
of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or
against the resolution.

18. if a poll is deinalided in manner aforesaid, the same shall be
taken in such manner as the chairman directs, and the result of the
poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the
poll was demanded.

Votes of members
19. Every member shall have one vote and no more..

20. If any roember is, a lunatte or idiot he may vote by his com-
mittee, cunitor bonis, or other legal curator


21. No member shall be entitled to vote at any meeting unless all
moneys due from him to the company have been paid.

22. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy. A
proxy shall be appointed in writing under the hand of the appointor, or
if such appointer is a corporation, under its conimon seal.

23. No person shall act as a proxy unless he is a member, or unless
he is appointed to act at the meeting as proxy for a corporation.

The instrument appointing him shall be deposited at the registered

office of the company not less than 48. hours before the time of holding
the meeting at which he proposes to vote.

24. Any instrument appointing a proxy shall be in the following
form
Company, Limited
Of . being
a member of the Company, Limited, hereby
appoint Of as my proxy, to vote





for me and on my behalf at the [ordinary or extraordinary as
the case may be] general meeting of the company to be held on
the day of and at any adjournment
thereof

Signed this day of

Directors.
25. The number of the directors, and the names of the first directors,
shall be determined by the subscribers of the memorandum of associa-
tion.

26. Until directors are appointed the subscribers of the memorandum
of association shall for all the purposes of the Companies Ordinance,
1911, be deemed to be directors.


Powers of Directors.
27. The business of the company shall be managed by the directors
who may exercise all such powers of the company as are not by the

Companies Ordinance, 1911, or by these articles, required to be
exercised by the company in generall meeting; but no regulation made

by the company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of
the director., which -would have been valid if that regufation had not
been made.

Election of Directors.
28. The directors, shall be elected annually by the company in general
meeting.

Business of company

[here insert rules as to mode in which business of insurance is
to be conducted]

audit

29. Auditors, shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accord-
ance with sections 113 and 114 of the Conipanies Ordinance, 1911, and
for this purpose the said sections shall have effect as if the word
---members--- were substituted for ---shareholders,' and as if ---first
general meeting--- were substituted for ---statutory meeting.---

Notices.
30. A notice inav be given by the company to any member either
personally, or by sending it by post to him to his registered address.

31. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be
deemed to be effected by properly addressing, prepaying, and posting a
letter containing the notice, and unless the contrary is proved to have
been effected at the time at which the letter would be delivered in the
ordinary course of post.





Names, Addresses, and Descriptions of Subscribers.
1. John Jones Of merchant.
2. John Smith of
3. Thomas Green of
4. John Thompson of
5. Caleb White of
6. Andrew Brown of
7. Cffisar White of

Dated the day of 191

Witness to the above signatures,
A.B ., No. , Queen's Road, Victoria, Hongkong,

form C

MEMOPANDUINI AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF A C0IMPAxy LIMITED BY
GUARANTEE, AND HAVING A SHARE CAPITAL.

memorandum of Association.

1st. The name of the company is ---The Highland Hotel Company,
Limited.---

2nd. The registered office of the company will be situate in Hong-
kong.

3rd. The objects for which the company is established are ---the
facilitating travelling in the Highlands of the New Territories, by
providing hotels and conveyances by sea and by land for the accom-
modation of travellers, and the doing all such other things as are
incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above object.

4th. The liability of the members is limited.

5th. Every member of the company undertakes to contribute to the
assets of thJeompany in the event of its being wound up while he is a
member, or within one year afterwards, for payment of the debts and
liabilities of the company, contracted before he ceases to be a member,
and the costs, charges, and expenses of winding up the same and for
the adjustment of the rights of the contributories amongst themselves,
such amount as may be required, not exceeding 200 dollars.

6th. The share capital of the company shall consist of 500,000
dollars, divided into 5,000 shares of 100 dollars each.

We, the several persons whose naines and addresses are subscribed,
are desirous of being formed into a company, in pursuance of this
memorandum of association, and we respectively agree to take the
number of shares in the capital of the company set opposite our res-
pective names.





Dated the day of 191

Witness to the above signatures,

A. B., No. , Queen's Road, Victoria, Hongkong.

Articles of Association to accompany preceding
memorandum of Association.
1. The directors may, with the sanction of the company in general
meeting, reduce the amount of shares in the company.

2. The directors may, with the sanction of the company in general
meeting, cancel any shares belonging to the company.

3. All the articles of Table A of the 1st schedule to the Companies
Ordinance, 1911, shall be deemed to be incorporated with these articles
and to apply to the company.

Names, Addresses, and Description of Subscribers.'

' 1. John Jones of merchant.
' 2. John Smith of
' 3. Thomas Green of
' 4. John Thompson of
' 5. Caleb White of
' 6. Andrew Brown of
' 7. Caesar White of
Dated the day of 191
Witness to the above signatures,

A. B., No. , Queen's Road, Victoria, Hongkong.





FORM D.
MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES of ASSOCIATION OF AN UNLIMITED
COMPANY HAVING A SHARE CAPITAL.

Memorandum of Association.

1st. The name of the company is ---The Patent Stereotype Com-
pany.

2nd. The registered office of the company will be situate in Hong-
kong.

3rd. The objects for which the company is established are 'the
working of a patent method of founding and casting stereotype
plates, of which method John Smith, of Hongkong, is the sole
patentee.

WE the several persons whose names are subscribed, are desirous ofs
being formed into a company, in pursuance of this memorandum
of association, and we respectively agree to take the number of
shares in the capital of the company set opposite our respective
names.

Dated the day of 191

Witness to the above signatures,

A. B., No. Queen's Road, Victoria, Hongkong.

Articles of Association to accompany the preceding
Memorandum of Association.
1. The share capital of the company is 20,000 dollars, divided into
20 shares of 1,000 dollars each.





2. All the articles oi Table A of the 1st schedule of the Companies
Ordinance, 1911, shall be deel-ned to be incorporated with these articles,
and to apply to the company.

Names, Addresses, and Description of Subscribers.
1. John Jolies of merchant.
2. John Smith of
3. Thomas Green of
4. John Thompson of
5. Caleb White of
6. Andrew Brown of
7. Abel Brown of

Dated the day of 191

Witness to the above signatures,
A. B., No. , Queen's Road, Victoria, Hongkonla.

FORM E. [s. 27.]
As required by Part II of the Ordinance.
SUMMARY Of SHARE CAPITAL and SHARES of the

COMPANY, LIMITED, made up to the day of
191 (being the date of the first ordinary general
meeting in 191

Nominal share capital divided into shares of each.
shares of each.
Total number of shares taken up* to the
day of 19 (which number must
agree with the total shown in the list as held

by existing members).
Number of shares issued subject to payment wholly in
cash .............................
Number of shares issued as fully paid up otherwise than
in cash ..........................................................
Number of shares issued as partly paid up to the extent,
of per share otherwise than in cash ...........
There has been called up on each of shares . ............
There has been called up on each of shares .............
There has been called up on each of shares .





Total amount of calls received, including payments on
application and allotment .....................................
Total amount (if any) agreed to be considered as paid on

shares which have been issued as fully
paid up otherwise than in cash ...............................
Total amount (if any) agreed to be considered as paid on

shares which have been issued as partly
paid up to the extent of per share ................
Total amount of calls unpaid . ..................................
Total amount (if any) of sums paid by way of commission
in respect of shares or debentures or allowed by way of
discount since date of last summary,

Total amount (if any) paid on tshares forfeited
Total amount of shares and stock for which share war
rauts are outstanding . ........................................


Total amount of share ivarrants issued and surrendered
respectively since date of last summary .................
Number of shares or amount of stock comprised in each
share -warrant . .................................................

Total amount. of debt due from the company in respect of
all mortgages and charges which are required to be re-
...............
gistered with the Registrar of Companies,

STATEMENTT in the form of a balance sheet made up to the day of
19 , containing the particulars of the capital,

liabilities, and assets of the company.

The Return must be signed at the end by the manager or
secretary of the company.

Presented for filing by





LIST OF PERSONS holding shares in the Company Limited, on the day or
19 and of persons who bave held shares therein at any time since the date of the last return
showing their names and addresses and an account of the qhares so heA.


The aggregate number of shares field, and not the distinctive numbers, must be stated, and the column must be
added up throughout so as to make one total to agree with that slated in the summary to have been taken up.
When the shares are of,differeut classes these columns may be subdivided so that the inimber of each class held or
transferred may be shown separately.
The date of registration of each transfer shoxild be given as well as the number of shares transferred on each date.
The particulars should be placed opposite the name of the transferor and not opposite that of the transferee, but the
name of transferee may be inserted in the ' Remarks ' colnwri immediately opposite the particulars of each transfer.





NAMES AND ADDRESSES of the persons who are the Directors of the
Limited on the day of
19



Note-banking companics must add a list of all their places of
business.

(Signature)

(State whether manager or secretary)


form F [s. 20.]

LICENCE, TO HOLD LAXD.
The Governor hereby license,, the
to hold the lands hereunder described (insert description of lands) [or
to hold the lands not exceeding in the whole acres].

The conditions of this licence are (insert conditions, if any).

FOURTH SCHEDULE.

PROVISIONS REFERRED TO IN SECTION 259 OF THE
ORDINANCE.
Provisions relating, to-

The conclusiveness of certificates of incorpora- s. 18.
tion ;
Restrictions on appointments or advertisement of s. 73.
directors ;
Restrictions on commencement of business s. 89.
Returns as to allotments s. 90.
Statutory meetings s. 66.
The particulars as to directors and mortgages debt s. 27.

and the statement in the form of a balance
sheet in the annual summary
The appointment and remuneration, and powers ss. 113, 114.
and duties, of auditors;
Obligations of companies where no prospectus is s. 84.
issued
Registration of mortgages and charges s. 95.
Filing of accounts of receiver and ranager s. 97.
Notice by liquidator in voluntary winding up of S. 180.
his appointment
Rights of creditor., in a voluntary winding up s. 181.
Requirements as to companies established outside s. 252.
the Colony.
Short title . application . Powers of the court . Prohibition of partnerships exceeding certain number. 8 edw. 7 c. 69 s. 14. Mode of forming incorporated company . Ib. s.2. memorandum fo company limited by shares . 8edw. 7 c. 69 s. 3. Meorandum of comppany limited by guarantee . Ib. s.4. memorandum of unlimited company 8 edw. 7 c. 69. S. 5. Stamp and signature fo memorandum ib. s. 6. Restriction ojn alteration of memorandum. Ibs. S. 7. Name jof company , and chang eof name ib . S. 8. alteraion of objects of company . 8 edw,. 7 c. 69s. 9. registration of articles . 8 edw. 7 c. 69s. 10. applicition of table a . 8 edw . 7 c. 89 s. 11. Form stampp , and sigature fo articles iib. S. 12. Alteration of articles by slpecial resolution ib. s. 13. Effect fo memorandum and articles ib. s. 14. Registraion of memorandum and articles ib.s . 15. effect fo registraion ib. s. 16. conculsiveness of certificate fo incorporation . 8 edw. 7 c. 69s. 17. Copies of memorandum and article to =be rgive to members . Ibx. S. 18.restriction oncharitable and other companies holding land ib. s. 19. power to dispense with 'limited' in name of charitabl eand other companies 8 edw . 7 c. 69 s. 20. Provision as to companies limited by guarantee. Ib. s. 21. nature of shares . 8 edw. 7 c. 89 s. 22. Certificate fo sharesor stock. Ib. s. 23. Definition of member . Ib. s. 24. Register of members . Ib. s. 25. annual list of members and summary . 8edw. 7 c. 69 s. 36. trustsl not to be entered on register. 8edw. 7 c. 69 s. 27 . Registration of transfer at request of transferor ib. s. 28. transfer by personnal re-presentative 8edw. 7 c. 60 s. 29. Inspection of register fo member ib. s. 30. power fo court to rectify register . 8 edw. 7. C. 69 s. 82.register to b eevidenc eibs. S. 33. Registrar may licence companies to keep local registers. local registers. notice to company keeping a local register without licence and proceedings thereon . penalty for non-compliance with s. 35. Issue and effect of share warrants to bearer. 8 edw.. 7 c. 69 s. 37. forgery personation unlawfully engraving plates , etc . 8 edw . 7 c. 69 s. 38. power of company to arrange for different amounts being paid on shares 8 edw. 7 c. 69 s.39. Power to return acumulated profits in reduction of paid-up share capital ib. s. 40. power of company limited by shares to alter its share capital . 8 edw . 7 c. 69s. 41. notice to registrar fo consolidation of share capital , couversion of shares in to stock, etc, 8edw . 7 c. 69 s. 42 . Effect of conversion of shares into stock ib. s. 43. notice of increase f9o share capital or of members 8edw. 7 c. 69 s. 44. Reorganisation fo share capital ib. s. 45. special resolution for redurction fo share capital . 8 edw . 7 c. 69 s. 46. Application to court to confirm order ib. s. 47. Addition to name of company of 'and reduced . ' ib. s. 48.objections by creditors by creditors . And settlement of list of objecting creditors . iv. s. 49. order confirming reduction . 8 edw . 7 c. 69 s. 50. Registration of order and minute of reduction . Ibs. S. 51. Minute to form part fo memorandum . 8 EDw. 7 c.69 s.52. Liability of members in respect of reduced shares.ib.s.53. Penalty on concealment of name of creditor.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.54. Publication of reasons for reduction.ib.s.55. Inceases and reduction of share capital in case of a company limited by guarantee having a share capital.ib.s.56. Registration of unlimited company as limited.ib.s.57. Power of unlimited company to provide for reserve share capital on registration 8.Edw.7 c.69 s.58. Reserve liability of limited company.ib.s.59. Limited company may have directors with unlimited liability.ib.s.60. Special resolution of limited company making liability of directors unlimited.8.Edw.7 c.69 s 61. Registered office of company.ib.s.62. Pulication of name by a limited company.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.63. Annual general meeting 8 Edw.7 c.69 s.64. First statutory meeting of company.ib.s.65. Convening of extra-ordinary general on requisition.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.66. Provisions as to meetings and votes.ib.s.67. Representation of companies at meetings of other companies of which they are members.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.68. Definitions of extra-ordinary and special resolution.ib.s.69. Registration and copies of special resolutions 8 Edw.7 c.69 s.70. Minutes of proceedings and directors.ib.s.71. Restrictions on appointment or advertisement of directors.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.72. Qualifications of director.ib.s.73. Validity of acts of directors.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.74. List of directors to be sent to registrar.ib.s.75. Duties of directors as to accounts. Form of contracts.8 Edw .7 c.69 s.76. Bills of exchange and promissory notes.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.77. Execution of deeds abroad.ib.s.78. Power for company to have official seal for use abroad.ib.s.79. Filing of prospectus.8.Edw.7 c.69 s.80. Specific requirements as to particulars of prospectus.ib.s.81. [s.83 contd.] [s.83 contd.] [s. 83 contd.] Obligations of companies where no prospectus is issued. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 82. Restriction on alteration of contracts mentioned in prospectus. Ib. s. 83. Liability for statements in prospectus. Ib. s. 84. Restriction as to allotment. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 85. Effect of irregular allotment. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 86. Restriction on commencement of business. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 87. Return as to allotments. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 88. No.16 of 1901. Power to pay certain commissions, and prohibition of payment of all other commissions, discounts, etc 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 89. Statement in balance sheet as to commissions and discounts. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 70. Power of company to pay interest out of capital in certain cases. Ib. s. 91. Limitation of time for issue of certificates. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 92. Registration of mortgages and charges in Colony. Ib. s. 93. [s.95 contd.] Registration of mortgages and charges. [s.95 contd.] [s.95 contd.] Registration of mortgages and charges. Registration of enforcement of security. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 94. Filling of accounts of receivers and managers. Ib. s. 95. Rectification of register of mortgages. Ib. s. 96. Entry of satisfaction. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 97. Index to register of mortgages and charges. Ib. s. 98. Penalties. Ib. s. 99. Company's register of mortgages. Ib. s. 100. Right to inspect copies of instruments creating mortgages and charges and company's register of mortgages. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 101. Right of debenture holders to inspect the register of debenture holders and to have copies of trust deed. Ib. s. 102. Perpetual debentures. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 103. Power to re-issue redeemed debentures in certain cases. Ib. s. 104. Specific performance of contract for debentures. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 105. Payments of certain debts out of assets subject to floating charge in priority to claim under the charge. Ib. s. 107. Certain companies to publish statement in schedule. Ib. s. 108. No.11 of 1907. Investigation of affairs of company by inspectors. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 109. Powers of company to appoint inspectors. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 110. Report of inspectors to be evidence. Ib.s. 111. Appointment and remuneration of auditors. Ib. s. 112. Powers and duties of auditors. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 113. Rights of preference shareholders etc. as to receipt and inspection of reports, etc. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 114. Prohibition of carrying on business with fewer than 7 or, in the case of a private company, 2 members. Ib.s. 115. Service of documents on company. ib. s. 116. Authentication of documents. ib. s. 117. Application and alteration of tables and forms. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 118. Arbitration between companies and others. Ib. s. 119. Cf. 22 & 23 Vict. C. 59. Power to compromise with creditors and members. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 120. Meaning of 'private company.' ib. s. 121. Modes of winding up. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 122. Liability as contributories of present and past members. Ib. s. 128. Definition of contributory. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 124. Nature of liability of contributory. Ib.s.125. Contributory. Ib. s. 126. Contributories in case of bank ruptcy of member. Ib. s. 127. Provisions as to married women. Ib. s. 128. No.5 of 1906. Circumstances in which company may be wound up by Court. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 129. Company when deemed unable to pay its debts. Ib.s. 120. Provisions as to applications for winding up. Ib.s. 137. Effect of winding-up order. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 138. Commencement of winding up by Court. Ib. s. 139. Power to stay or restrain proceedings against company. Ib. s. 141. Actions stayed on winding-up order ib. s. 142. Copy of order to be forwarded to Registrar. ib. s. 143. Power of Court to stay winding up. ib. s. 144. Court may have regard to wishes of creditors or contributories. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 145. Definition of official receiver. Ib. s. 146. Statement of company's affairs to be submitted to Official Receiver. Ib. s. 147. Report by Official Receiver. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 148. Appointment, remuneration, and title of liquidators. Ib. s. 149. Custody of company's property. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 150. Powers of liquidator. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 151. Meetings of creditors and contributories in winding up. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 152. Liquidator to give information to Official Receiver. Ib. s. 153. Payments of liquidator winding up into bank. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 154. Audit of liquidation's accounts in winding up. Ib. s. 155. Books to be kept by liquidator in winding up. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 156. Release of liquidators. Ib.s. 157. Exercise and control of liquidator's powers. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 158. Control over liquidators. Ib. s. 159. Committee of inspection in winding up. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 160. Power to appoint special manager. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 161. Official Receiver as receiver for debenture holders or creditors. Ib. s. 162. Settlement of list of contributories and application of assets. Ib. s. 163. Power to require delivery of property. 8 Edw. 7 c. 70 s. 164. Power to order payment of debts by contributory. Ib.s. 165. Power of Court to make calls. Ib.s. 166. Power to order payment into bank. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 167. Order on contributory conclusive evidence. Ib. s. 168. Power to exclude creditors not proving in time ib. s. 169. Adjustment of rights of contributories. Ib. s. 170 Power to order costs. Ib. s. 171. Dissolution of company. ib. s. 172. Delegation to liquidator of certain powers of Court. 8 Edw. 7c.69 s. 173. Power to summon persons suspected of having property of company. Ib. s. 174. Power to order public examination of promoters, directors, etc. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 175. Power to arrest absconding contributory. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 176. Powers of Court cumulative. ib.s.177 Power to enforce orders. Ib.s. 178. Appeals from order. Ib.s.181. Circumstances in which company may be wound up voluntarily. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 182. Commencement of voluntary winding up. Ib. s. 183. Effect of voluntary winding up on status of company. Ib. s. 184. Notice of resolution to wind up voluntarily. Ib. s. 185. Consequences of voluntary winding up. ib. s. 186. Notice by liquidator of his appointment. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 187. Rights of creditors in a voluntary winding up. Ib. s. 188. Power to full vacancy in office of liquidator. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 189. Delegation of authority to appoint liquidators. Ib. s. 190. Arrangement when binding on creditors. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 191. Power of liquidator to accept shares, etc., as consideration for sale of property of company. Ib. s. 192. 8 & 9 Vict. C. 16. Power to apply to Court. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 193. Power of liquidator to call general meeting. Ib. s. 194. Final meeting and dissolution 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 195. Costs of voluntary liquidation. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 196. Saving for rights of creditors and contriubtories. Ib. s. 197. Power of Court to adopt proceedings of voluntary winding up. Ib. s. 198. Power to order winding up subject to supervision. Ib. s. 199. Effect of petition for winding up subject to supervision. ib. s. 200. Court may have regard to wishes of creditors and contributories. ib. s. 201. Power for Court to appoint or remove liquidators. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 202. Effect of supervision order ib. s. 203. Avoidance of transfers., etc after commencement of winding up. Ib.s. 205. Debts of all descriptions to be proved. Ib. s. 206. Application of bankruptcy rules in winding up of insolvent companies. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 207. Preferential payments ib. s. 209. Fraudulent preference. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 210. Avoidance of certain attachments, execution, etc. ib. s. 211. Effect of floating charge. Ib. s. 212. General scheme of liquidation may be sanctioned. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 214. Power of Court to assess damages against delinquent directors, &c. ib. s. 215. No.7 of 1891. Falsification of books misdemeanor. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 216. Prosecution of delinquent directors, &c. ib. s. 217. Penalty on perjury. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 218. Meetings to ascertain wishes of creditors or contributories. Ib. s. 219. Books of company to be evidence. Ib. s. 220. Inspection of books. Ib. s. 221. Disposal of books and papers of company. Ib. s. 222. Power of Court to declare dissolution of company void. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 223. Information as to pending liquidations. Ib. s. 224. No.7 of 1891. Judicial notice of signature of officers. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 225. Affidavits ib. s. 228. Companies Liquidation Account defined. Ib. s. 229. Separate accounts of particular estates. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 231. Officers and remuneration. Ib. ss. 233, 234. Rules and fees for winding up. and local registers and procedure. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 237. Fees and costs to assimilate to those in Original Jurisdiction of Court. Registrar may strike defunct company off register. Ib. s. 242. Registration office. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 243. Fees. Ib. s. 244. Application of Ordinance to companies formed under former Ordinances. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 245. Application of Ordinance to Ordinance to companies registered under former Companies Ordinances. Ib. s. 246. Companies capable of being registered. Ib. s. 249. Definition of joint stock company. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 250. Liability of bank of issue unlimited in respect of notes. Ib. s. 251. Requirements for registration by joint stock companies. Ib. s. 252. Requirements for registration by other than joint stock companies 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 253. Authentication of statements of existing companies. Ib. s. 254. Registrar may require evidence as to nature of company. Ib. s. 255. On registration of banking company with limited liability, notice to be given to customers. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 256. Exemption of certain companies from payment of fees. Ib. s. 257. Addition of 'Limited' to name. Ib. s. 258. Certificate of registration of existing companies ib. s. 259. Vesting of property on registration ib. s. 260. Saving for existing liabilities. ib. s. 201. Continuation of existing actions. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 262. Effect of registration. Ib. s. 263. Power to substitute memorandum and articles for deed of settlement. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 264. Power of Court to stay or restrain proceedings. Ib. s. 265. Actions stayed on winding-up order. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 266. Meaning of unregistered company. Ib. s. 267. Winding up of unregistered companies. Ib. s. 268. Contributories in winding up of unregistered company. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 269. Power of Court to stay or restrain proceedings. Ib. s. 270. Actions stayed on winding-up order. Ib. s. 271. Directions as to property in certain cases. Ib. s. 272. Provisions of Part VIII of Ordinance cumulative. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 273. Requirements as to companies established outside the Colony. Ib. s. 274. Power of companies incorporated outside the Colony to hold lands by consent. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 275. Prosecution of offences. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 276. No.3 of 1890. Application of fines. Ib. s. 277. Costs in action by certain limited companies. Ib. s. 278. Penalty for failure to pay fine. Power of Court to grant relief in certain cases. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 279. Penalty for false statement. Ib. s. 281. Penalty for improper use of word 'Limited.' 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 282. Interpretation. Ib. s. 285. Repeal of Ordinances and savings. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 286. Saving of pending proceedings for winding up. Ib. s. 287. Saving of deeds. Ib. s. 288. Former registers and Registrar continued. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 289. Saving for existing rules of procedure, &c. ib. s. 290. Substitution of provisions of this Ordinance for provisions of repealed Ordinances. Ib. s. 291. Saving for Life and Fire Insurance Companies Ordinances No.11 of 1907. No. 3 of 1908. [a] For definition of vendor, see section 83 (2) of the Companies Ordinance, 1911. [b] See section 83 (3) of the companies Ordinance, 1911.

Abstract

Short title . application . Powers of the court . Prohibition of partnerships exceeding certain number. 8 edw. 7 c. 69 s. 14. Mode of forming incorporated company . Ib. s.2. memorandum fo company limited by shares . 8edw. 7 c. 69 s. 3. Meorandum of comppany limited by guarantee . Ib. s.4. memorandum of unlimited company 8 edw. 7 c. 69. S. 5. Stamp and signature fo memorandum ib. s. 6. Restriction ojn alteration of memorandum. Ibs. S. 7. Name jof company , and chang eof name ib . S. 8. alteraion of objects of company . 8 edw,. 7 c. 69s. 9. registration of articles . 8 edw. 7 c. 69s. 10. applicition of table a . 8 edw . 7 c. 89 s. 11. Form stampp , and sigature fo articles iib. S. 12. Alteration of articles by slpecial resolution ib. s. 13. Effect fo memorandum and articles ib. s. 14. Registraion of memorandum and articles ib.s . 15. effect fo registraion ib. s. 16. conculsiveness of certificate fo incorporation . 8 edw. 7 c. 69s. 17. Copies of memorandum and article to =be rgive to members . Ibx. S. 18.restriction oncharitable and other companies holding land ib. s. 19. power to dispense with 'limited' in name of charitabl eand other companies 8 edw . 7 c. 69 s. 20. Provision as to companies limited by guarantee. Ib. s. 21. nature of shares . 8 edw. 7 c. 89 s. 22. Certificate fo sharesor stock. Ib. s. 23. Definition of member . Ib. s. 24. Register of members . Ib. s. 25. annual list of members and summary . 8edw. 7 c. 69 s. 36. trustsl not to be entered on register. 8edw. 7 c. 69 s. 27 . Registration of transfer at request of transferor ib. s. 28. transfer by personnal re-presentative 8edw. 7 c. 60 s. 29. Inspection of register fo member ib. s. 30. power fo court to rectify register . 8 edw. 7. C. 69 s. 82.register to b eevidenc eibs. S. 33. Registrar may licence companies to keep local registers. local registers. notice to company keeping a local register without licence and proceedings thereon . penalty for non-compliance with s. 35. Issue and effect of share warrants to bearer. 8 edw.. 7 c. 69 s. 37. forgery personation unlawfully engraving plates , etc . 8 edw . 7 c. 69 s. 38. power of company to arrange for different amounts being paid on shares 8 edw. 7 c. 69 s.39. Power to return acumulated profits in reduction of paid-up share capital ib. s. 40. power of company limited by shares to alter its share capital . 8 edw . 7 c. 69s. 41. notice to registrar fo consolidation of share capital , couversion of shares in to stock, etc, 8edw . 7 c. 69 s. 42 . Effect of conversion of shares into stock ib. s. 43. notice of increase f9o share capital or of members 8edw. 7 c. 69 s. 44. Reorganisation fo share capital ib. s. 45. special resolution for redurction fo share capital . 8 edw . 7 c. 69 s. 46. Application to court to confirm order ib. s. 47. Addition to name of company of 'and reduced . ' ib. s. 48.objections by creditors by creditors . And settlement of list of objecting creditors . iv. s. 49. order confirming reduction . 8 edw . 7 c. 69 s. 50. Registration of order and minute of reduction . Ibs. S. 51. Minute to form part fo memorandum . 8 EDw. 7 c.69 s.52. Liability of members in respect of reduced shares.ib.s.53. Penalty on concealment of name of creditor.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.54. Publication of reasons for reduction.ib.s.55. Inceases and reduction of share capital in case of a company limited by guarantee having a share capital.ib.s.56. Registration of unlimited company as limited.ib.s.57. Power of unlimited company to provide for reserve share capital on registration 8.Edw.7 c.69 s.58. Reserve liability of limited company.ib.s.59. Limited company may have directors with unlimited liability.ib.s.60. Special resolution of limited company making liability of directors unlimited.8.Edw.7 c.69 s 61. Registered office of company.ib.s.62. Pulication of name by a limited company.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.63. Annual general meeting 8 Edw.7 c.69 s.64. First statutory meeting of company.ib.s.65. Convening of extra-ordinary general on requisition.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.66. Provisions as to meetings and votes.ib.s.67. Representation of companies at meetings of other companies of which they are members.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.68. Definitions of extra-ordinary and special resolution.ib.s.69. Registration and copies of special resolutions 8 Edw.7 c.69 s.70. Minutes of proceedings and directors.ib.s.71. Restrictions on appointment or advertisement of directors.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.72. Qualifications of director.ib.s.73. Validity of acts of directors.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.74. List of directors to be sent to registrar.ib.s.75. Duties of directors as to accounts. Form of contracts.8 Edw .7 c.69 s.76. Bills of exchange and promissory notes.8 Edw.7 c.69 s.77. Execution of deeds abroad.ib.s.78. Power for company to have official seal for use abroad.ib.s.79. Filing of prospectus.8.Edw.7 c.69 s.80. Specific requirements as to particulars of prospectus.ib.s.81. [s.83 contd.] [s.83 contd.] [s. 83 contd.] Obligations of companies where no prospectus is issued. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 82. Restriction on alteration of contracts mentioned in prospectus. Ib. s. 83. Liability for statements in prospectus. Ib. s. 84. Restriction as to allotment. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 85. Effect of irregular allotment. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 86. Restriction on commencement of business. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 87. Return as to allotments. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 88. No.16 of 1901. Power to pay certain commissions, and prohibition of payment of all other commissions, discounts, etc 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 89. Statement in balance sheet as to commissions and discounts. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 70. Power of company to pay interest out of capital in certain cases. Ib. s. 91. Limitation of time for issue of certificates. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 92. Registration of mortgages and charges in Colony. Ib. s. 93. [s.95 contd.] Registration of mortgages and charges. [s.95 contd.] [s.95 contd.] Registration of mortgages and charges. Registration of enforcement of security. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 94. Filling of accounts of receivers and managers. Ib. s. 95. Rectification of register of mortgages. Ib. s. 96. Entry of satisfaction. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 97. Index to register of mortgages and charges. Ib. s. 98. Penalties. Ib. s. 99. Company's register of mortgages. Ib. s. 100. Right to inspect copies of instruments creating mortgages and charges and company's register of mortgages. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 101. Right of debenture holders to inspect the register of debenture holders and to have copies of trust deed. Ib. s. 102. Perpetual debentures. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 103. Power to re-issue redeemed debentures in certain cases. Ib. s. 104. Specific performance of contract for debentures. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 105. Payments of certain debts out of assets subject to floating charge in priority to claim under the charge. Ib. s. 107. Certain companies to publish statement in schedule. Ib. s. 108. No.11 of 1907. Investigation of affairs of company by inspectors. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 109. Powers of company to appoint inspectors. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 110. Report of inspectors to be evidence. Ib.s. 111. Appointment and remuneration of auditors. Ib. s. 112. Powers and duties of auditors. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 113. Rights of preference shareholders etc. as to receipt and inspection of reports, etc. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 114. Prohibition of carrying on business with fewer than 7 or, in the case of a private company, 2 members. Ib.s. 115. Service of documents on company. ib. s. 116. Authentication of documents. ib. s. 117. Application and alteration of tables and forms. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 118. Arbitration between companies and others. Ib. s. 119. Cf. 22 & 23 Vict. C. 59. Power to compromise with creditors and members. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 120. Meaning of 'private company.' ib. s. 121. Modes of winding up. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 122. Liability as contributories of present and past members. Ib. s. 128. Definition of contributory. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 124. Nature of liability of contributory. Ib.s.125. Contributory. Ib. s. 126. Contributories in case of bank ruptcy of member. Ib. s. 127. Provisions as to married women. Ib. s. 128. No.5 of 1906. Circumstances in which company may be wound up by Court. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 129. Company when deemed unable to pay its debts. Ib.s. 120. Provisions as to applications for winding up. Ib.s. 137. Effect of winding-up order. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 138. Commencement of winding up by Court. Ib. s. 139. Power to stay or restrain proceedings against company. Ib. s. 141. Actions stayed on winding-up order ib. s. 142. Copy of order to be forwarded to Registrar. ib. s. 143. Power of Court to stay winding up. ib. s. 144. Court may have regard to wishes of creditors or contributories. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 145. Definition of official receiver. Ib. s. 146. Statement of company's affairs to be submitted to Official Receiver. Ib. s. 147. Report by Official Receiver. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 148. Appointment, remuneration, and title of liquidators. Ib. s. 149. Custody of company's property. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 150. Powers of liquidator. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 151. Meetings of creditors and contributories in winding up. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 152. Liquidator to give information to Official Receiver. Ib. s. 153. Payments of liquidator winding up into bank. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 154. Audit of liquidation's accounts in winding up. Ib. s. 155. Books to be kept by liquidator in winding up. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 156. Release of liquidators. Ib.s. 157. Exercise and control of liquidator's powers. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 158. Control over liquidators. Ib. s. 159. Committee of inspection in winding up. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 160. Power to appoint special manager. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 161. Official Receiver as receiver for debenture holders or creditors. Ib. s. 162. Settlement of list of contributories and application of assets. Ib. s. 163. Power to require delivery of property. 8 Edw. 7 c. 70 s. 164. Power to order payment of debts by contributory. Ib.s. 165. Power of Court to make calls. Ib.s. 166. Power to order payment into bank. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 167. Order on contributory conclusive evidence. Ib. s. 168. Power to exclude creditors not proving in time ib. s. 169. Adjustment of rights of contributories. Ib. s. 170 Power to order costs. Ib. s. 171. Dissolution of company. ib. s. 172. Delegation to liquidator of certain powers of Court. 8 Edw. 7c.69 s. 173. Power to summon persons suspected of having property of company. Ib. s. 174. Power to order public examination of promoters, directors, etc. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 175. Power to arrest absconding contributory. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 176. Powers of Court cumulative. ib.s.177 Power to enforce orders. Ib.s. 178. Appeals from order. Ib.s.181. Circumstances in which company may be wound up voluntarily. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 182. Commencement of voluntary winding up. Ib. s. 183. Effect of voluntary winding up on status of company. Ib. s. 184. Notice of resolution to wind up voluntarily. Ib. s. 185. Consequences of voluntary winding up. ib. s. 186. Notice by liquidator of his appointment. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 187. Rights of creditors in a voluntary winding up. Ib. s. 188. Power to full vacancy in office of liquidator. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 189. Delegation of authority to appoint liquidators. Ib. s. 190. Arrangement when binding on creditors. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 191. Power of liquidator to accept shares, etc., as consideration for sale of property of company. Ib. s. 192. 8 & 9 Vict. C. 16. Power to apply to Court. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 193. Power of liquidator to call general meeting. Ib. s. 194. Final meeting and dissolution 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 195. Costs of voluntary liquidation. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 196. Saving for rights of creditors and contriubtories. Ib. s. 197. Power of Court to adopt proceedings of voluntary winding up. Ib. s. 198. Power to order winding up subject to supervision. Ib. s. 199. Effect of petition for winding up subject to supervision. ib. s. 200. Court may have regard to wishes of creditors and contributories. ib. s. 201. Power for Court to appoint or remove liquidators. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 202. Effect of supervision order ib. s. 203. Avoidance of transfers., etc after commencement of winding up. Ib.s. 205. Debts of all descriptions to be proved. Ib. s. 206. Application of bankruptcy rules in winding up of insolvent companies. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 207. Preferential payments ib. s. 209. Fraudulent preference. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 210. Avoidance of certain attachments, execution, etc. ib. s. 211. Effect of floating charge. Ib. s. 212. General scheme of liquidation may be sanctioned. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 214. Power of Court to assess damages against delinquent directors, &c. ib. s. 215. No.7 of 1891. Falsification of books misdemeanor. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 216. Prosecution of delinquent directors, &c. ib. s. 217. Penalty on perjury. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 218. Meetings to ascertain wishes of creditors or contributories. Ib. s. 219. Books of company to be evidence. Ib. s. 220. Inspection of books. Ib. s. 221. Disposal of books and papers of company. Ib. s. 222. Power of Court to declare dissolution of company void. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 223. Information as to pending liquidations. Ib. s. 224. No.7 of 1891. Judicial notice of signature of officers. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 225. Affidavits ib. s. 228. Companies Liquidation Account defined. Ib. s. 229. Separate accounts of particular estates. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 231. Officers and remuneration. Ib. ss. 233, 234. Rules and fees for winding up. and local registers and procedure. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 237. Fees and costs to assimilate to those in Original Jurisdiction of Court. Registrar may strike defunct company off register. Ib. s. 242. Registration office. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 243. Fees. Ib. s. 244. Application of Ordinance to companies formed under former Ordinances. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 245. Application of Ordinance to Ordinance to companies registered under former Companies Ordinances. Ib. s. 246. Companies capable of being registered. Ib. s. 249. Definition of joint stock company. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 250. Liability of bank of issue unlimited in respect of notes. Ib. s. 251. Requirements for registration by joint stock companies. Ib. s. 252. Requirements for registration by other than joint stock companies 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 253. Authentication of statements of existing companies. Ib. s. 254. Registrar may require evidence as to nature of company. Ib. s. 255. On registration of banking company with limited liability, notice to be given to customers. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 256. Exemption of certain companies from payment of fees. Ib. s. 257. Addition of 'Limited' to name. Ib. s. 258. Certificate of registration of existing companies ib. s. 259. Vesting of property on registration ib. s. 260. Saving for existing liabilities. ib. s. 201. Continuation of existing actions. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 262. Effect of registration. Ib. s. 263. Power to substitute memorandum and articles for deed of settlement. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 264. Power of Court to stay or restrain proceedings. Ib. s. 265. Actions stayed on winding-up order. 8 Edw. 7 c.69 s. 266. Meaning of unregistered company. Ib. s. 267. Winding up of unregistered companies. Ib. s. 268. Contributories in winding up of unregistered company. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 269. Power of Court to stay or restrain proceedings. Ib. s. 270. Actions stayed on winding-up order. Ib. s. 271. Directions as to property in certain cases. Ib. s. 272. Provisions of Part VIII of Ordinance cumulative. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 273. Requirements as to companies established outside the Colony. Ib. s. 274. Power of companies incorporated outside the Colony to hold lands by consent. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 275. Prosecution of offences. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 276. No.3 of 1890. Application of fines. Ib. s. 277. Costs in action by certain limited companies. Ib. s. 278. Penalty for failure to pay fine. Power of Court to grant relief in certain cases. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 279. Penalty for false statement. Ib. s. 281. Penalty for improper use of word 'Limited.' 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 282. Interpretation. Ib. s. 285. Repeal of Ordinances and savings. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 286. Saving of pending proceedings for winding up. Ib. s. 287. Saving of deeds. Ib. s. 288. Former registers and Registrar continued. 8 Edw. 7 c. 69 s. 289. Saving for existing rules of procedure, &c. ib. s. 290. Substitution of provisions of this Ordinance for provisions of repealed Ordinances. Ib. s. 291. Saving for Life and Fire Insurance Companies Ordinances No.11 of 1907. No. 3 of 1908. [a] For definition of vendor, see section 83 (2) of the Companies Ordinance, 1911. [b] See section 83 (3) of the companies Ordinance, 1911.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/995

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

32

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 58 of 1911

Number of Pages

157
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:58 +0800
<![CDATA[UNION CHURCH INCORPORATION ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/994

Title

UNION CHURCH INCORPORATION ORDINANCE, 1911

Description


No. 57 of 1911.
For the Incorporation of the Trustees of the Union Church. at
Victoria. [1st December, 1911.1
1. The Union Church Incorporation Ordinance, 1911.

2. The Trustees of the Union Church in Hongkong shall be a
body corporate (hereinafter called the---said corporation -) and shall
have the name---The Trustees of the Union Church in Hongkong -,
and by that name shall have perpetual succession, and shall and may
sue and be sued in all Courts in this Colony, and shall and may have
and use a common seal, and the said seat may break, change, alter,
and make anew as to the said corporation may seem fit; and the
said corporation shall have full power to acquire, accept leases of,
purchase, take, hold, and enjoy any lands, buildings, messuages, or
tenements of what nature or kind soever and wheresoever situate in
this Colony, and also to invest moneys on mortgage of any lands,
buildings, messuages, or tenements in this Colony, or on the inort-
gages, or debentures, stocks, funds, shares, or securities of any
corporation or company carrying on business or having an office in

As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As arnended by No. 50 of 1.911 and No. 16 of 1912.





this Colony, and also to purchase and acquire all manner of goods
and.chattels whatsoever; and the said corporation is hereby further
empowered by deed under its seal, to grant, sell, Convey, assign,
surrender, and yield up, mortgage, demise, reassign, transfer, or
otherwise dispose of any lands, buildings, messuages, and tene-
ments, mortgages, debentures, stocks, funds, and securities, goods
and chattels, vested in the said corporation on such terms as to the
said corporation may seem fit. .
Is. 3, rep. No. 16 of 19121.]

4. In the event of any of the trustees dying or remaining out of
the Colony continuously for more than 24 months, or desiring to be
discharged from the trust, or refusing or becoming tinfit to act
therein or incapable of acting therein, a successor to such trustee
shall be appointed at a meeting of the scatholders (being subscribers)
of the said Church to be convened and held in accordance with the
provisions of section 11, and shall be notified by the rejuaining
trustees or trustee to the Colonial Secretary in writing, and such
notice shall be published in the Gazette.

5. The said corporation shall permit the said Union Church and
the buildings connected therewith now standing upon Inland Lots
Nos. 1219, 1803 and 1567, and any other premises which may be
substituted therefor, to be used, occupied and enjoyed as a Church
for the public worship of God and for preaching the Gospel of the
Lord Jesus Christ as well in Chinese as in English and other Euro-
pean languages according to the principles and usages of Protestant
Evangelical Christians, and for the sole object of spreading the
knowledge of Christ, as shall seem most agreeable to the word of
God, and not for the purpose of introducing or supporting Presby-
terianism, Independency, Episcopacy, or any other form of Church
order and government, about which there may be difference of
opinion, but under such form of Church government as the seat-
holders (being subscribers) of the Union Church shall direct, and
also, subject to such direction, for the instruction of children and
adults, and for the promoting of religious and philanthropic purposes
and for the providing of a residence for the minister or ministers.

6. All deeds, documents and other instruments requiring the seal
of the said corporation shall be sealed in the presence of two or more

As ametided by. No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.
As amended b~ '-,\o. 50 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





of the trustees, and shall also be signed by the secretary and by two
or more of the trustees so present, and such signing shall bd and be
taken as sufficient evidence of the due gealing thereof.

7. All books, deeds, papers, and other documents hitherto kept at
the Union Church or belonging or appertaining thereto, and all
moneys belonging or due or owing to the Church, and all other the
property of the said Church, shall be the property of the said cor-
poration, and all monuments, tablets and memorials shall be under
the care and. custody of the said corporation.

8. A committee of management (hereinafter called the com-
mittee) including a. secretary and treasurer, shall be elected
annually at a meeting of the seatholders (,being subscribers) of the
said Union Church, to be held as herein provided, and those elected
shall appoint one of their number to be chairman, and shall have
power to add to their number.

9. The seatholders being subscribers may appoint one or more
minister or ministers to perform and carry on divine worship and
the services usual in a Protestant Evangelical Christian Church.

10. All matters contiected with the religious services of the said
Church shall be under the Immediate direction of the minister or
senior minister subject, nevertheless, to the control of the coin-
wittee.

11. All ineetings shall be convened b3, the minister or senior
minister or by the committee or by the said corporation or by one-
fifth in number of the seatholders (being subscribers) of the said
Church entitled to vote at such meeting, by notice announcing the
place, day and hour of the meeting and the business or matter to be
transacted or considered, and such notice shall be given at each
service held on the premises on the two Lord's days immediately
preceding such meeting at the usual time for diving notices during
divine service.
The meeting shall be held not earlier than the Wednesday next
following the second of such two Lord's days.
The only persons who shall be entitled to attend and vote at such
meeting shall be those who, whether male or female, have attained
the age of 21 years, and have been seatholders and subscribers of the

As amended by No. 16 of 1M.
t As atnended by No. 16 of 1912 anI No. 17 of I91~.





said Church during at least the 6 months preceding the meeting,
and have held one & more sittings in the said Church and sub-
setibed and paid for or in respect of the same to the maintenance
of divine worship in the said Church.

Each such soatholddi shall be entitled to one vote, and the vote
of two-thirds in number of the said seatholders so attending and
voting shall be deemed to be the vote of, and shall bind all the seat-
holders (being subscribers) of the said Church.

The chairman of such meeting shall be the person ippointed by
a majority of the persons present at such meeting and entitled to
yote.

No votes shall be given by proxy, but votes may be given by ballot
or otherwise at any such rneeting as stich ineeting shall direct.

In case of equality of votes the chairinan shall have, the casting
vote, but shall not otherwise vote on any question before the meet-
ing.

12. The temporal affairs of the said Church shall be managed,
directed, and governed by the committee, provided, however, that
the members of the committee shall. not be deemed personally liable
for any payments of money in excess of that provided or available
for the purposes of the said Church.

13. The committee may make reulations relating to the follow-
ing matters:-

(1) the qualification, election, and tenure of office of the members
of the committee;

(2). the holding of meetings of the committee and the conduct of
the business thereat;
(3) the temporary appointment of a minister or assistant minister
during the absence from any cause of the incumbent of the post;

(4) the election and tenure of office of an auditor, and the filling
up of casual Vacancies among the committee;
(5) the appointment, tenure of office, salary, and duties of any
organist, verger, or other officer or servant as the committee may
think necessary or expedient;

As amended by No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As anielided by No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of
1912.





(6) the keeping of registers of communicants, seatholders, and
subscribers, and of baptisms, marriages, and burials;
(7) the holding Of meetings of the seatholders and subscribers, the
right of voting and the taking and recording of the votes at such
meetings (where the same is not specially provided for by this Ordi-
nance), and the conduct of business specially thereat:
(8) the appropriation, allotment, arrangement, and use of the
sittings in the said Church;
(9) the rents and subscriptions, if any, to be paid for the sittings
in the said Church, and the mode of collection thereof, the fees to
be taken for baptisms, marriages and burials, or other services, and
the collection and disposition of money, offerings, offertories, and
donations ;
(10) the keeping of accounts of moneys received and expended
by the committee;
(11) the erection and maintenance of monuments, tablets, or
other memorials in the said Church, or in the precincts thereof, and
the fees to be taken therefor; and
(12) all other matters relating to the affairs of the said Church or
of the committee otherwise than where specially provided for by
this Ordinance.

14. All regulations mah by the committee shall be valid unless
they have been disapproved at an annual or special meeting of the
seatholders and subscribers.

15. The said corporation shall perinit the person. appointed for
that purpose by the committee to recei ve all moneys and subscrip-
tions given or paid for the use of pews and sittings in the said
Church or otherwise contributed or subscribed for the purposes
.aforesaid, and also, the net rents arising from any lease of the
premises or any part thereof and any other money in the nature of
income, and after payment thereout of the expenses of repairing
and insuring the premises and the interest of any debt secured on
the premises or. incurred in the erection, completion, repair, altera-
tion, enlargement, or improvement of the said premises, to pay
such sum for the support of the minister and the assistant minister
(if any) of the said Church as the committee shall have determined,

As ainended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.
As atnended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 17 of 1912.
and to apply the remainder in payment of the incidental and other
expenses attending the maintenance of divine worship, or to invest
the same, and for the other purposes of these presents as the said
committee,shall direct : Provided nevertheless, that money con-
tributed or subscribed for any specified purpose shall be applied to
such purpose.

16. The said corporation shall have power to sue for all rents,
subscriptions, fees, and moneys due or owing to the said Church.

17. It shall be lawful for the said corporation to order the
removal of any monument, tablet, or other memorial in the said
Church or in the precincts thereof which has become ruinous,
dilapidated, or unsightly, if the owner tbereof cannot be found or
refuses to properly repair and maintain It to the satisfaction of the
said corporation : Provided al-ways that 3 months notice of such
intended removal shall be given in writing to the owner if he can
be found, and if he cannot be found, a notice signifying such
intended removal shall be posted for 3 months upon thenotice board
of the said Church.

18. In the event of the corporation failing to use, occupy, and
enjoy the present Union Church and the buildings connected there-
with, or any other premises which may be substituted therefor, for
the purposes rnentioDed in section 5 for a period of i-nore than 2
years at any one time, then the corporation shall hold the
said premises with the erections and buildings thereon, and all
moneys, goods and chattels then belonging to the said corporation,
in trust for the London Missionary Society incorporated under Or-
dinance No. 6 of 1891, absolutely.

19. Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect or be deemed to affect
the rights of His Majesty the King.

Short title . Incorporation of trustees. appointment of new trustees. Union church to be used as a church . Seal . vesting of moveable property and monuments in corporation . Committee fo management. Appointment of ministers. Direction of religious services. Meetings of the seat-holders being subscribers. votes management of temporal affairs. Powers of committee. regulations to be valid until disappoved . Receipt of moneys etc. power to sue . Power to remove monuments , etc. proeprty to be held in trust for lodon missonary society in certain events . Saving of rights of the crown .

Abstract

Short title . Incorporation of trustees. appointment of new trustees. Union church to be used as a church . Seal . vesting of moveable property and monuments in corporation . Committee fo management. Appointment of ministers. Direction of religious services. Meetings of the seat-holders being subscribers. votes management of temporal affairs. Powers of committee. regulations to be valid until disappoved . Receipt of moneys etc. power to sue . Power to remove monuments , etc. proeprty to be held in trust for lodon missonary society in certain events . Saving of rights of the crown .

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/994

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

1052

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 57 of 1911

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:58 +0800
<![CDATA[POUNDS ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/993

Title

POUNDS ORDINANCE, 1911

Description


No. 54 of 1911.
To make provision for Impounding Stray Animals and for the
disposal thereof.
1. The Pounds Ordinance, 1911.

2. Any animal found at large without any person having the
charge thereof and which in the opinion of any police officer appears
to have been lost or to be doing damage, may be seized by such
police officer and impounded in any convenient place, and may be
detained therein until the owner thereof shall have paid to the
Captain Superintendent of Police the reasonable expenses of im-
pounding and keeping such animal, together with the pound fee.

3. The Governor-in-Council may make regulations fixing the
pound fees for aninials generally or for any particular classes of
animal : Provided, however, that if no such regulations are made,
or if the animal impounded does not fall within any class in respect.
of which a. pound fee has been fixed, the pound fee shall be 1 dollar.

4.-(1) If the said expenses and pound fee be not paid within 3
days after such impounding, notice of the infention to sell the
animal shall be published in the Gazette.

(2) If the expenses of impounding and keeping the animal and
of the publication in the Gazette and the pound fee.are not paid
within 7 days after the said publication it shall be lawful for the
Captain. Superintendent of Police to cause the animal to be sold
either by private treatyor by public auction as he may think fit, and
the purchaser thereof shall acquire a good title. If the animal is
unsaleable, or if in the opinion of the Captain Superintendent of
Police it is an unsaleable animal, it may be destroyed or otherwise
disposed of as he may direct.

f As amended bv No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.
f As amended b~, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 17 of 1912, No. 21 of 1912 and No. 43 of
1912 Supp. Sched.
(3) The money arising from such sale after deducting the above
mentioned expenses and fee and the expenses of the sale, shall be
paid on demand to the owner of the animal : Provided that if such
deniand is not made within one month after the sate all right. to
make it shall cease and the money shall be paid into the general
revenue.

5. Every person who releases or attempts to release any animal
from any place where it has been impounded, or who pulls -down,
damages or destroys such place or any part thereof with intent to
procure the release of such animal, shall be liable, on summary con-
viction, to a fine not exceeding 25 dollars, or to imprisonment for
any term not exceeding 3 months.
short title . Impounding stray animal . Cf. 10 & 11 vict.c. 80 s. 25. Pound fees. Power to sel impounded animals . pound breach . Cf. 10 &11 vict. C. 89 s. 26.

Abstract

short title . Impounding stray animal . Cf. 10 & 11 vict.c. 80 s. 25. Pound fees. Power to sel impounded animals . pound breach . Cf. 10 &11 vict. C. 89 s. 26.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/993

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

168

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 54 of 1911

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:58 +0800
<![CDATA[CHINESE PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/992

Title

CHINESE PARTNERSHIPS ORDINANCE, 1911

Description






No. 53 of 1911.
To provide for tlie, Registration of Chinese Partnerships, and to
cnable Partners fliereiv to register and thereby to limit
their liability. [1v force Ist January, 1912.]

1. The Chinese Partnerships Ordinance, 1911.

2-(1) In this Ordinance,

Firm -, firm name-, and - business have the same mwn-
ings as in the Partnership Ordinance, 1897
' Registered partner - inearis any partner, including a firm, a
fanilly Vong or a body corpoiate who or which is registered as such
under this Ordinance
Registrar of Companies - means the office and his assistants
appointed for the registration ol- companies under tlie Companies
Ordinance, 1911. :
11 Full name -, in the case of a person who carries on business in
more than one nartie, includes all the names, whether Vong names
or otherwise, in which such person carries on business, and in the
case of persons with Chinese names or of Chinese origin includes his

surname and pit tsz and the place of his birth and the
District in China to lie. belonors

Hung Ku shareholder - means a person who is registered as
such in a registered partnership and who holds a liun.g kA
or red share, and is a person who is entitled to no interest on capital,
but who shares with the partners the surplus profit after interest
on capital has been paid.
(2) This Ordinance shall apply only to such partnerships carrying
on business in the Colony as in the opinion of the Registrar of
Companies can properly be described as Chinese partnerships.

3. Chinese partnerships and partners therein may register in the,
manner and subject to the conditions by this Ordinance provided.

4.-(1) No partnership may register under this Ordinance unless
one at least of its partners registers as a partner therein.
(2) Firms or family Vongs may be registered as partners in a
registered partnership, provided that a firm or family Vovg so re-

As aineilded bv No. 16 of 1912.
As amended Qy No. 16 of 1912, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911.'





gistered shall be. regarded, so far as the partnership in which it is
registered is concerned, as one person, and provided also that one
partner only in the firra or one member only of the Vong shall be
registered as a representative of the firm or Vong so registering as
aforesaid, and provided also that no person may be registered as a
representative of a firm or Vong unless the Registrar of Companies
is satisfied that he has the authority of the other members of his
firm or the adult members of his Vong to be registered as their
representative as the registered partnership, and unless one month
shall have elapsed since an announcement of his intention to apply
for re,listration as a representative of the firm or Vorig in question

shall have been published in the Gazette and in two Chitiesc daily
newspapers circulating in the Colony.

(3) The Registrar of Companies shall register the names of all
members of a family tong disclosed to him by such representative,
including infants of any age; and thereafter members so registered

shall have their liability limited in the same maimer as if they
were registered as partners tinder this Ordinance.

(4) Bodies corporate may be registered as partners in a registered
partnership.

5.-(1) The liability of each partner in a registered partnership,
which may sue and be sited in its registered name, shall be
unlimited in respect of assets in his possession connected with the
registered partnership.

(2) The liability of each unregistered partnere lit a. registered part-
nership shall be unlimited.

(3) The liability of each registered partner in a registered part-
nership beyond his liability under sub-section (1) shall be limited to
such proportion of the debts and obligations of the registered part-
nership as his interest in the registered partnership bears to the
total interest of all the partners therein, whether registered or
unregistered.

(4) Where a firm or family tong is registered as a partner in a
registered partnership, but is not itself registered as a registered
partnership the liability of each of its partners or nieinbers shall be
unlimited in respect of assets in his possession connected with the
registered partnership but his further liability shall be limited to

* As aniended by No. 16 of 1912.





such proportion of the debts and obligations of the registered
partnership as the interest of his firm or Vong in the registered '
partnership bears to the total interest of all the partners therein
whether registered or unregistered.
(.5) Where a firm or family Vong is registered as a partner mi a
registered partnership and is itself also registered as a registered
partnership the liability of each of its registered partners or members
shall be unlimited in respect of assets in his possession connected
with the registered partnership in which his firm or Vong is a re-
gistered partner, but his further liability shall be limited to such
proportion of what won * ld have been his total liability if his firm or
Von,g had not itself been a registered partnership as his interest in
his own firm or Vong bears to the total interest of all the partners
therein, whether registered or unregistered.

(6) Where a firm or family Vang is registered as a partner in a
registered partnership and is itself also registered as a registered
partnership the liability of each of its unregistered partners or
members shall be unlimited in respect of assets in his possession
connected with the registered partnership in which the firm or
Vong is a registered partner; but his further liability shall be
limited to such proportion of the debts and obligations of the
.registered partnership is the interest of his firm or Vong in the
registered partnership bears to the total interest of all the partners
therein whether registered or unregistered.

(7) No person registered only as a, hung ku shareholder shall be
under any further liability for the debts and obligations of the firm
iii which he is so registered than the liability imposed by sub-section
(1) - -

(8) The burden of proving that assets in his possession are uncon-

nected with the registered partnership shall be on the person who
seeks to have his liability hinited under this section.
(9) No inember of a firm or family Vong which is registered as a
partner other than the registered representative thereof shall take
part in the management of the business of the registered partner-
ship or shall have power to bind the registered partnership.
Provided that any member ol such a firm or Vong may by himself
or his agent at any time inspect the books of the firm and examine
itito the state and prospects of the partnership business.
If a member of such a firm or Vong other than the registered
representative thereof takes part in the management of the business





of the registered partnership he shall be personally liable to an
unlimited extent for all debts and obligations of the registered
partnership incurred while he so takes part in the management
thereof.

(10) A firm or family t'ong registered as a partner in a registered
partnership may be sued in its firm or Vong name in respect of
the debts and obligations of the registered partnership, and service

on its registered representative shall be deemed sufficient service on
the partners in the firm or the members of the tong

6.-M A registere ' d. partnership shall not be dissolved by the
death, or bankruptcy, or admission, or succession, or retirement of
a partner; and the lunacy of a partner shall not be a ground for
dissolution of the partnership by the Court unless the lunatic's
share cannot be otherwise ascertained and realised.

(2) In the event of the dissolution of a registered partnership its
affairs shall be wound up by the partners unless the Court otherwise
orders.

(3) Applications to the Court to wind up ayegistered. partnership
shall be by petition under the Companies Ordinance, 1911, and the
provisions of such Ordinance relating to the winding up of companies
by the Court and of the rules made thereunder (including provisions
as to fees) shall, subject to such modification (if any) as the
Governor-in-Council may by rules provide, apply to the winding up
by the Court of registered partnerships, with the substitution of
partners for directors.

(4) Subject to any express agreement between the partners,-

(a) any difference arising as to ordinary matters connected -with
the business of a registered partnership may be decided by a majority
of the partners;

(b) a partner shall not be entitled to dissolve a registered partner-
ship by notice.

7. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the Partnership
Ordinance, 1897, and the rules of equity and of common law
applicable to partnerships, except in so far as they are inconsistent
with the express provisions of the last mentioned Ordinance, shall
apply to partnerships and partners registered under this Ordinance.

As amended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 101~.




c
be effected by delivering to the Registrar of Companies a statement
signed by such of the partners and huny ku shareholders as desire to
be registered under this Ordinance containing the following parti-
culars :-
(a) the partnership Dame;
(b) the general nature of the business;
(c) the principal place of business;
(d) the full name and address of each of the partners and hung ku
shareholders who desires to be registered under this Ordinance;
(c) the term, if any, for which the partnership is entered into,
and the date of it., commencement:
(f) the total capital of the partnership and the amount of such

apt al which has been paid up;
(g) the sitin contributed by each partner who desires to be
.registered tinder this Ordinance, and whether paid in cash or hosy
otherwise;
(h)the proportion which the interest in the partnership of each
parther who desires to be registered iinder this Ordinance bears to
the interests of all the partners whether registered or unregistered,
in the partnership;
(i) the interest in the firm of any hung ku. shareholder who desires
to be registered as such tindet. this Ordinance.

9.-M If during the continuance of a registered partnership any
change is rnade or occurs, whether by reason of the death of a
registered or kniregistered partner or othenvisc howsoever, in-
(a) the firm nan-le,
(b) the general iiattire of the btisiness,
(c) the principal place of business,
(d) the registered partners or the nanic of any registered partner,
(e) the term or character of the partnership,
(f) the sum contributed by any registered partner,
(g) the proportion which the interest in the partnership of any
registered partner bears to the interests of all the partners, whether
registered or unregistered, in the partnership,
a staternent, chopped with the chop of the partnership and signed
by the manager or in his absence by one or more of the registered

* As amen(led by No. 21 ol 1912.





partners, specifying the nature of the change shall within 14..days
be delivered to the Registrar of Companies.
(2) If default is made in complying with the requirements of this
section such manager and all the registered partners who cannot
prove that they were ignorant of the change shall, on summary Coll-
viction, be liable to a fine not exceeding 10 dollars for each day
during which the default continues : Provided that no person shall
be liable to pay a fine exceeding a tota.1 sum of .500 dollars.

10. The statement of the amount contribided by a registered
partner, and a statement of any increase in that amowit, sent to
the Registrar for registration under this Ordinance, shall be charged
with an ad valorem stamp duty of 1 dollar for every -500 dollars or
portion of .500 dollars up to 10,000 dollars, and 1 dollar for every
1,000 dollars or portion of 1,000 dollars on the -next 15,000 dollars,
and 50 cents for every 1,000 dollars or portion of 1,000 dollars on
sums above 2.5,000 dollars, of the amomit so coritrilnited, or of the
increase of that amount, as the case inay be; and, in default of pay-
ment of sta.nip duty thereon as herein required, the duty with
interest thercon at the rate of 8 per cent. froni the date of delivery
of stich statement shall be a, debt to the Crown and shall be Fe-
covera.ble by the Treasurer from such registered partner in the same
manner as is provided for by the Crown Rernedles Ordinance, 187.5,
in respect of rent due to the Crown.

11. Every one who makes, slIgns, sends, or delivers for the pur-
pose of registration under this Ordinance any false or incomplete
statement known by him to be false or incomplete shall be guilty of

a misdem.eanor, and shall also be personally liable to an unlimited
extent for all debts and obliuations of the reoistered partnership in-

curred during his partnership therein.

12. On receiving any statement made in pursuance of this Ordi-
nance the Registrar of Companies shall cause the same to be filed,
and he shall send by registered post or deliver to the partnership
from which such statement has been received a certificate of the
registration thereof -

13. The Registrar of Companies shall keep at his office, in proper
books to be provided for the purpose, a register and an index of all
the partnerships registered as aforesaid, and of all the statements

As arnended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.
As arnended by No. 17 of 1912.





registered in relation to such partnerships, and shall as soon as
practicable after each registration publish in the Gazette and in one
Chinese newspaper circulating in the Colony a notification of the
name of the registered partnership and of the name of every regis-
tered partner therein.

M-0) Any person may inspect the statements filed under this
Ordinance by the Registrar of Companies, and there shall be paid
for each such inspection a fee of 1 dollar : and any person may re-
quire a certificate of the registration of a registered partnership, or
a copy of or extract from any registered st tenient, to be certified
by the Registrar of Companies, and there shall be paid for such
certificate. of registration, certified copy, or extract, such fees as the
Governor-in-Council may appoint, not exceeding 1 dollar for the
certificate ol registration, and not exceeding 40 cents for each folio
of 72 words.

(2) A certificate of registration, or a copy of or extract frorn any
statement registered under this Ordinance, if duly certified to be a
true copy under the hand of the Registrar of Companies, shall, in all
legal proceedings, civil or criminal, and in all cases whatsoever, be
received in evidence.

15. The Governor-in-Council may make regulations concernine,
any of the following matters

(a) the fees to be paid to the Registrar of Companies under this
Ordinance, so that they do not exceed in the case of the original
registration of a partnership the sum of .20 dollars, and in any other
case the sum of 3 dollars;

(b) the duties or additional duties to be performed by the Registrar
of Companies for the purposes of this Ordinance;

(c) the performance by assistants and other officers of acts by this
Ordinance required to be done by the Re istrar of Companies;
9
(d) the forms to be used for the purposes of this Ordinance;

(e) the publication in the Gazette of a. list of the partnerships
registered

(f) generally the conduct and regulation of registration under this
Ordinance and any matters incidental thereto.

As aniended by No. 16 of 1912.
Asamended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of
1912.

10. Nothing in this Ordinance shall he taken to affect any debt or
liability incurred by a registered partnership or a registered partner
or hung ku shareholder prior to the date of the certificate of their
respective registrations issued under section 12.
[s. 17, rep. No. 16 of 1912.]
short title . Interpretation of terms and application . No. 1 of 1897. No .58 of 1911.registration of chinese partnershijps and partners. Conditions of registration. effect of registration on liability . Unregistered partner ;and registeredd partner in registered parnershijp. Unregistered firm registered as partner in registered partnership. registered firm registered as partner in registered partnership ; liability of registered partner; and of unregistered partners . Registered hung ku shareholder. actions against firm registered as partner in registered partnership . Dissolution and winding up of registered partnerships. No. 58 fo 1911.. Law as to private partnership to apply . No.1 of 1897. manner and particulars of registration .registration of changes in partner ships . ad ralorem stamp duty on contributions by registered partners. No. 6 of 1875. Penallty for marking false returns. Registrar to file statement and issue certificate of registration .registrar to keep register and index and to advertise registrations. inspection of statements registered . Regulations. effect of registration not retrospective.

Abstract

short title . Interpretation of terms and application . No. 1 of 1897. No .58 of 1911.registration of chinese partnershijps and partners. Conditions of registration. effect of registration on liability . Unregistered partner ;and registeredd partner in registered parnershijp. Unregistered firm registered as partner in registered partnership. registered firm registered as partner in registered partnership ; liability of registered partner; and of unregistered partners . Registered hung ku shareholder. actions against firm registered as partner in registered partnership . Dissolution and winding up of registered partnerships. No. 58 fo 1911.. Law as to private partnership to apply . No.1 of 1897. manner and particulars of registration .registration of changes in partner ships . ad ralorem stamp duty on contributions by registered partners. No. 6 of 1875. Penallty for marking false returns. Registrar to file statement and issue certificate of registration .registrar to keep register and index and to advertise registrations. inspection of statements registered . Regulations. effect of registration not retrospective.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/992

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 53 of 1911

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:58 +0800
<![CDATA[SOCIETIES ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/991

Title

SOCIETIES ORDINANCE, 1911

Description






No. 44 of 1911, incorporated in No. 21 of 1909.

No. 45 of 1911, incorporated in No. 1 of 1901.

No. 46 of 19119 incorporated in No. 9 of 1911.

To proride for a iriore egectual control over Socictics andClubs.
[17th Novernber, 1.911.]

1. The Societies Ordinance, 1911.

2. In this Ordinance,-

---Society--- includes any club, company, partnership or associa-
tion of 10 or niore persons, wbatever be its nature or obJect, but does
not include-
(a.) any company registered under the Companies Ordinance,
1865, or the Coninanies Ordinance, 1911;
(b) any company or association constituted under Charter, Letters
Patent, Act, or Ordinance; -
(c) any lodge of freemasns regularly constituted under any of the
registered governing bodies of freemasons in the United Kingdom;
(d) any company, association, or partnership, consisting of not
more than 20 persons, formed for the sole purpose of carrying on any
lawful business;
(e) any clan, family, or Vong referred to in section 28 of the New
Territories Regulation Ordinance, 1910, in respect, of which a
manamger has been duly registered under the said Ordinance, so loina
as the certificate of the Land Officer referred to in the sald section
.continues in full force and effect :
---Registered society means any society registered under this
Ordinance :

' Exempted society means any society exempted from registra-
tion by an order of exemption made under this Ordinance :

' Registrar ' means the Registrar of Societies, and includes any
Assistant 'Registrar.

Asarnended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 8 of 191% No. 16 of 19121
No. 17 of 19 ' 12 and No. 23 of 19112.





3. The Registrar General shall be the Registrar of Societies and
the Assistant Registrars General shall be Assistant Registrars of
Societies.

1 4.-(1) The Governor-in-Council may order that any society be
exempted from registration under this Ordinance, and the societies
named in the schedule shall be deemed to have been so exempted
unless or until the Governor-in-Council shall otherwise order.

(2). The Governor-in-Council may order that any exempted society
be permitted to be registered under this Ordinance, and on such
registration being effected such society shall cease to be an exempted
society.

(3) The Governor-in-Connell, upon application for registration or
exemption by any society, may order that such society be permitted
on payment of the prescribed fee to be registered under this Ordi-
nance.

(4) The Governor-in-Counell shall notrefuse permission to any
society to be registered under this Ordinance. unless it, shall appear
that such society is likely to be used for unlawful purposes or for
purposes incouipatible with the peace or good order of the Colony,

'that its actions and proceedings are calculated to excite tunult

or disorder in China or to excite persons to crime in China.

5. The, Registrar shall cause to be published in the Gazette in

April of each year a list of all existing societies registered or exempt-
ed froin registration.

6. If the Registrar shall have reason to believe that any registered
or exempted society has ceased to exist, he may publish in the
Gazette a notification calling upon such society to furnish him wlfb
proof of its existence within 3 months from the date of such notifica-
tion, and if at the expiration of such period the Governor-in-Council
is satisfied that the society has ceased to exist a notification to that
effect shall he published in the Gazette and the society shall be deem-
ed to have ceased to exist from the date of such publication.

7.-(1) The Registrar may at any time order any exempted
society to, and the said society thereupon shall, furnish him with-
(a) a true and complete copy of the constitution and rules of the
society in force at the date of such order,

* M amended by No. 17 of 1912,





(b) a true and complete list. of the officers of the society, and a
true statement of the number of its members.

(2) The Governor-in-Council may at any time order any exempt-
ed society to, and the said society therereupon shall, furnish stich
information concerning the society as he may see fit to require.

8. The Registrar may at any tinie order any registered society to,
and the said society, thereupon shall, furnish him With of the
information prescribed by the regulations as he inay, think fit.

9.-(1) The obligations imposed upon societies by section 7 and
8 shall be decined to be personal obligations upon the president and
secretary and upon all inembers of conimittee of everysuch society,
or, if such offices do not exist, then upwi all persons holding

positions in such society analogous to those of presidewl,
and inember of committee, and upon all persons managing or assist-
ing in the management of such society.

(2) In case any exempted or registered society shall fail to comply
with any order under or with any of the provisions of sections 7 and 8
each of the persons nientioned in the fast sub-section shall be liable,
on stinimary conviction, to a fine not exceeding .2.3 dollars.

10-(1) On and alter 1st January, 1912, every society not being
a realstered society, or an exempted society shall be deen---ted to be
an unlawful society.
(2) The society known by the naine of the Triad Society or Sam-
hopui, and any branch thereof, are hereby declared to be unlawful
societies.

11. Any person managing or assisting in the management of any
unlawful society shall be liable, on Suniniarv conVietion, to imprison-
inent for any terin riot exceeding 1.2 months.

12.-(11) Any person being or acting as a nieniber of an unlawful
society shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceed-
ing .500 dollars, and to imprisonment for any terni not exceeding 6
months.
1 (2) Any person attending a meeting of an unlawful society shall
be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars,
and to imprisonment for any term not exceeding 3 inonths.

* As. aniended by No. 17 of 1912.
f As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As arnended by No. 8 of 1912.





13. Any person knowingly allowing a meeting of an unlawful
society, or of members of an unlawful society, to be held in any
house, building, or place belonging to or occupied by him, or over

which lie has control, shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a
fine not exceeding 1,000 dollars, and to imprisonment for any term
not exceeding 6 months.

14. If in ally prosecution for all offence against the provisions of
this Ordinance it shall be proved that a club, company, partnership,
or association exists and is netiher a registered nor an exempted
society it shall be presumed until the contrary is proved that it is a
society within the meaning of this Ordinance.

15.-(1)When any of the books accounts, writings., banners, or
insignia of any society are found in the possession of any person, it
shall be presumed, until the contrary is proved, that such person is
a ineniber of such society.
(.2) When any of the boAs or accounts of any society are found
in the possession of any person it shall be further presumed, until the
contrary is proved, that such person assists in the management of
such society.

16-(1) Whenever to the Governor-in-Council that ally
registered societly or any exenipted society is being used for unlawful
purposes, or for purposes incompatible with the peace or good order
of the Colony, or that such society exists mainly for the purpose of
gaining, or that gaming is carried on habitually and in such a man-
ner and to such a degree as to be, dangerous to good order, or that the
actions or proceedings of such society are calculated to excite tumilt
or disorder in China or to excite persons to crime in China, the
Gvernor-in-Council uiay order that such society be dissolved.
(2) Notification of every such order shall be published in the
Gazette, and shall be affixed in a conspicuous manner oil the pre-
alises (if any) occupied by such society, and at the police station of
the district in which such premises may be.
(3) Ecery society against which all order of dissolution is made
shall thenceforward be deemed to be an unlawful society.

17.-(1) Upon the making of all order of dissolution agai

society the following consequences shall ensue
As aulended by No. 17 of 1912.
f As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As wriended by No. 17 of 191243 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
1' As arnended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.





(a) The property of the society within the Colony shall forthwith
vest either in the Official Receiver in bankruptcy or, if any other
officer be appointed for the purpose ol winding up by the Governor
in the notification of the order, then in such officer.

(b) The Official -Receiver in bankruptcy or such other officer shall
proceed to wind up the affairs of the society, and, after satisfying
and providing for all the debts and liabilities of the society and the
costs of the winding-up, shall divide the surplus assets (if any) ot
the society amongst the members according to the rules of such
society (if any), or if there areno such rules applicable to such case,
then equally; but, if by reason of the great number of members, or
the difficulty of ascertaining the persons entitled to such assets, or it
from any other cause such a division as aforesaid is in the opinion ot
the Official Receiver or such other officer as aforesaid impracticable,
lie shall prepare and submit to a Judge for his approval a sebeine for
the application of such surplus assets to purposes for the benefit o,
that portion of the public to which the members of the society more
particularly belonged, or of the public generally.

(c) Such scheme when submitted for approval may be amended by
the Judge in such way as he shall think proper under the ciremil-
stances of the case.

(d) The approval of the Judge to such seheine or aniended scheme
shall be denoted by the endorsement thereon of a memorandum
such approval signed by the judge, and by the saine being sealed
with the seal ot the Court, and thereupon the surplus assets the
subject of siAeli scherne shall be held and applied by the Oflicial
Receiver or such other officer as aforesaid upon the ternis and to the
purposes thereby prescribed.

(c) For the purpose of the winding-up the Official Iteceiver or
such other officer shall have all the powers which are vetsted In the
Official Receiver by the Bankruptcy Ordinance, 1891, for the pur-
pose of the discovery of the property of a debtor and the realization
thereof, and also all such powers as are by the Companies Ordinance,
1911, vested in the Official Liquidator ; and all the provisions of the
Bankruptcy Ordinance and of the Companies Ordinance so far as
they relate to the discovery and realization of the property of a
debtor and to the winding-up of a company, shall, mutatis
apply to the winding-up of the affair,--, of a society under this Ordi-
nance.





(2) The Goverior-in-Council may, for the purpose of enabling a
society to wind up its own affairs, suspend the operation of this
section for such period as to him shall seem expedient.

18.-(1) It shall be lawful for any Magistrate or Justice of the
Peace to enter, with or without assistance, or to order any police
officei. or other person in his presence to enter, with or without
assistance, using foree in either case. if necessary, into any dwelling-
honse or ottlier building, or into any place in which he may have
reasonable ground to believe that a meeting of any unlawful society
or of persons who are members of an unlawful society, is being held,
or that any books, accounts, writings, banners, ot. insignia belong-
ing to any unlawful society- are concealed, kept or deposited, and to
arrest or cause to be arrested all persons found in such house and
to search such house, building or place, and seize or cause to be
seized all books, accounts, writings, banners, documents, flags, in-
signia,, arms, and other articles which he may have reasonable cause
to believe to belong to any unlawful society, or to be in any way
connected therewith.

(2) All persons so arrested and all articles so seized may be de-
tained in custody till they can conveniently be brought before a
Magistrate to be dealt with according to law.

19.-(1) The Registrar of Societies inay summon before him any
person whoin lie has reason to believe is able to give any information
as to the existence or operations of any unlawful society, or suspect-
ed unlawflit society, or as to the operations of any registered society
or exempted Society, and the person so summoned shall be legally
bound to attend at the hour and place in the summons specified anti
to produce all documents in his custody, possession, or power re-
lating to such society or suspected society, and to answer truthfully
all questions which the Registrar may put to him.

(2) A person so summoned who falls to attend, or who answers
untruthfull any queAlon put to him by the Registrar, shall be

liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars.

(3) If any person so summoned refuses to give such information,
or gives inlormation which the Registrar believes to be false, the
Registrar may, if he considers it advisable to make provision for the

As amended bv No. 21 of 1912.
Asaniended bv No. 16 of 1912, !,',o. 17 of 1912, No. 43 of 1912
and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





identification of such person, order that his photograph shall be
taken at such time and in such place and manner as the Registrar
may think fit, and if such person refuses to comply with such order
he may be arrested and detained in custody until he can convenient-
ly be brought before a Magistrate to be dealt with according to law.

(4) Any person who disobey, any order that he shall be photo-
graphed shall be, liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars.

20. No person shall be charged with any offerice iinkler this Or
nance except on the complaint of the Registrar.

21. Any books, accounts writings, banners, insignia, or other
property belonging to any unlawful society shall be disposed of as
the Registrar, subject to the instructions of the Governor-in-Council,
may direct.

22. In every case where personal service of any summons issued
tinder this Ordinance cannot be effected, it shall be sufficient service
to affix one copy thereof outside the preinises (if ol the society
in respect of which such suirtnions is issued, and to leave another
copy thereof at the registered address or last known place ol abode
or business of the person on whom it is desired to serve the suni-
nions. Sufficient service of all notices and other documents issued
tinder this Ordinance may be effected in a similar way.

23.-(1) The Governor-in-Council may make regulations prescrib-
ing the manner of registering societies under this Ordinance and
fixing fees for the registration, and generally to give effect to the
provisions of this Ordinance.
(21) Any person committing a breach of any such regulation shall
be liable, on summary conviction, to 9, flue not exceeding 2.5 dollars.

24. Every registered society and every exempted society declaring
by its managers its desire in this behalf shall, upon such declaration
made to the Registrar of Societies and registered by him, be entitled
to the benefit of the following provisions---
(1) the movable property of such society, if not vested in trustees,
shall be deemed to be vested in the governing body of such society,

As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
+ As aniended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.
Asamended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912, No. 17 of 1912
and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. ' of 1911, No. 16 of 19192 ind No. 17 of 1912.





and in all proceedings civil or criminal may be described as the pro-
perty of that body by their proper title;

(ii) every such society may sue or be sued in the name of such one
of its members as shall be declared to and registered by the Registrar
of Societies as its public officer for this purpose, and, if no such
person is registered, it shall be competent for any person having a
cla.im or demand against the society to sue the society in the name
of any person registered as a manager of the society;

(iii) no judgment in any siut shall be put, in force against the
person or property of the person sued but against the property of
the society. The application for execution shall set forth the judg-
ment, the fact of the party against whom it has been recovered
having sued or having been sued, as the ease may be, on behalf ot
the society only, and shall require to have the judgment enforced
against the property of the society;

(iv) any member who may be in arrear of a subscription, which,
according to the rules of the society, he is bound to pay, or who shall
possess himself of or detain any property, of the society in a manner
or for a time contrary to sneh rules, or shall injure or destroy any
property of the society, may be sued for such arrear or for the
damage accruing from such detention, injury or destruction of pro-
perty in the manner hereinbefore provided. But, if the defendant
shall he successful in any suit or other proceedings brought against
him it the instance of the society, and shall be adjudged to recover
his costs, he may elect, to proceed to recover the same from the
officer in whose name the suit was brought, or from the society, and

in the latter case shall have process against the property of the said
society in the niaimer above described;

(v) any number not less than three-fifths of the members for the
time being resident in the Colony of any society may determine that
it shall be dissolved forthwith, or at the time then agreed upon, and
all necessary steps shall be taken for the disposal and settlement of
the property of the society, its claims and liabilities according to the
rules of the said society applicable thereto (if any), and, if not, then
as the governing body shall find expedient, provided that, in the
event of any dispute arising among the said governing body or the
members of the society, the adjustment of its affairs shall be referred
to the Suprerne Court, and the Court shall make such order in the
matter as it shall deem requisite : Provided that-no society shall be
dissolved unless three-fifflis of the members so resident as aforesaid





shall have expressed a wish for slich dissolution by their votes de-
livered in person or by proxy at a aeneral rneetino, convened for the
purpose.

Is. 25, rep. No. 43 of 1912.]

SCHEDULE OF EXEMPTED SOCTETTES,

SOCIAL CLUBS.

Non-Chinese.

Anjuman Islamia.
Boys' Own Club.
Hongkong Islani Club.
Kapitans verein.
Loyal. Orange Institution of England.
Nippon. Club.
Parsee Church and Club.
Roval Black Preceptory 801 ' Eastern Star
Taikoo Chib.
Young Men's Miftnal. Improvemen Association.
Zoroastrian Club.

Chinese.

Cbinese Circulating Library
Cbinese Chib
Chull,'
Fu Han Pit Sui
Han Kin., Club
Him Kee
Him,Yik Cltib in
Hung Hing Pit Sui
In Lan Shu Shat
Keng Chfin Club
Kung Yee Wo flu.

* As aniended by No. 8 of 1912 and by G. N. 195 of 1912.
f As amended b~ G. N. 1Q5 of 1912, G. N. 308 of 1912; G. '\. 315
. of 1912, d. N. 353 of 1912 and G. N. 385 of 1912.





Kwong Yik club
Kwong YIk Literary Club
Ki yng
Lan Shat
Leun YIk Hin
Lun Yee Kok
Man Yuen
Man Meng Club
Man meng Club
Na Kai Lui Yu
Oi Ng Lo Club
On Lau HIn Sailors's Club
sau Shek Shan Fong
Shiu Kei
Sui Wa Shu Shat
Tai Yuk Hok Hau
Tsui Yat Ui Sho
Wing Lok Kun
Wing Wo
Wo Yee Kok
Yan Hung Siu Chu
Yik Lan Club
Yi Wo Tong Sailors's Club
Yue on
Yu Kee

SPOR111.
N,on-CIdnese.

Hongkong Chess Club.
11

As amended by No. 8 of 1912 and by G. N. 195 of 1912, G. N. 283
of 1912 and G. N. 353 of 1912.





Cricket.

Craigengower Cricket Club.
Hongkong Civil Service Cricket Club.
Hongkong Cricket Club.
Hongkong Cricket Leagiie.
Kowloon Cricket Club.
Parsee Cricket Club.
Queen's Collegc Cricket and Football Club.

Hongkong Football Association
Hongkong Football Club.

Hockey.
Hongkoug Hockey Club.

Miscellanepus.
Amateur Entertainers Society.
Hongkong Ainatenr Athletic Association.
Hongkong Amarem, Dramatic Chib.
Hongkong Gun Club.
HongKong Jockey Club.
Hongkong Lawn Bosyls League.
Hongkong Philharmonic Society.
flougkong St. Andrew's Society.
Jewish Recreation Club.
Kowloon Bowlin- Green Club.
Ladies Recreation Club.
Lusitailo Recreation Club.
Mosletn Recreation Clith.
Olympic Tenuis, Club, (originally the Y.M.C.A. Tennis Clilb).

Polo Club.
Sociedade Philarmonica.
VictoriA Clay Pigeon Club.
Victoria Recreation Club.
Wigwam Tennis Club.

Yacill.
Ilongkong Corinthian Yacht Club.





Chinese.
Chinese Charitable Amateur Dramatic Club Pp
Chinese Recreation Club, Hongkong
Vanguard Tennis Club


RELIGIOUS OR CHARITABLE.

Apostleship of Pra er, Roman Catholic Cathedral.

Apostleship of Frayer, Rosary Church.
Apostlesbip of Praver, St. Francis Church.
Asile de la Sainto Enfance.
Benevolent Society.
Catholic Ladies' Library.
Catholic Union.
Christian Science Society.
Confraternity of the Blessed Sacrament.
DiocesM School and Orphanage.
German Charch and School Society Of Hongkong
Hongkong and New Territories Evangelisation Society.
Hongkong Branch of the Canossian Sisters of Charity.
Hongkong Society for the pres-entioll of cruelty to animals.
Ministerin Cbildren's Leautie.
Our Lord of Passos.
St, Patrick's Club.
St. Raphael,'S Society.
Society of St. Vilicent de Palit.
Soldiers' and Sailors' Home
Seamen's Institute.
Sailors' home, The.
Saint John. Ambulance Association.
SOCietY Of Saint Paul of Chartres
Young People's Society of Christian E'ndeavour.
Young Melt's Christian Association.
Young Women's Christian Association.


As amended by G. N. 331 of 1912.
As ainwided by No. 8 of 1912, and by G. N. 195 of 1912 and
G. N. 257 of 1912.





Chinese.
Association for the Advancement of Education.
Chinese Public Dispensaries A
Chinese Young Men's Christian Association
Confucian Society
Ellis Kadoorie Chinese Schools Society
Hung Kau Shu
Namboi Merchants; benevolent Association
Pat Yap Flood Relief Society
St. Joseph's Chinese Society.
Tung chai siu Ui
Youngsters Moral Association.

TRADE GUILDS AND SOCIETIES
Non-chiese
Institution of Engineers and Ship Builders/
Chinese

Masters.
Bankers Guild, Chinese
Barbers Guld, Lui Shing Tong
Blackwood Guild, Sun Chi Hong
Boat Guild, Hoop Shing Tong
Bicklayers Guld, Kwong Yi tong
Californian Merchants Guild
Coal Contractors Guild, Hop YIk Kung Sz
Compradores Guild
Compradores Agents Guild
Commission Guild, Kin Cho Yin Kau sho
Coppermith Masters Guild, Tung Hiug Tong
drugs Guildg




Dyeing Materials Masters Guld, Tung Chi Tong
Fish Mongers Guild, Tong Hing Shu Shat
Foreigu Goodas Import and Export Guild
Fruit and Vegetable Wholesale Dealers Guild, Kung Mau Tong
General merchants Guild
Ginseng and drug Dealers Guild
Ginseng Guild
*hakka Boarding Houses Guils:
Lung On She
Wei On she
Yi On She
Hotel guild, Kwong Lun kung Sz
Insurnace company Guild
Marine Delicacy Guild, Kung Hing Tong
Opium Guild
*Painters Guild, kwogn Wo Shing
*Painters Guild, Dealers Guild
Pawnbrokers Guild
Piece Goods Dealers Guild
Pig dealers Guild, wholesale, Tung On She
Pond fish ealers Guild
Ponlteres Guildg, Kung wai Tong
Rattan Chair Makers Guild,
Rice Guild
Roast and Dured Meats Guild
Salt Fish Wholesale Dealers Guild, Lun Yik She
Sandalwood Masters Guild, Hop Wo Kung Sz
* Includes workmen as well.





Sea Fish Dealers Guild
Second Hand Clothes Guild
*Shipwrights Guild (Chinese Craft), Sai Yee Tong
Tailors Guild , Yuen To On Tsui Tong, Masters
*Tinoil Guild
Washermen's Guild at Wanchai, Lun Hop
Washermen's Guild, Lun Tsui Tong

Workmen.
An Tim(Tiffin Houses) Employees Guild, Kung on
Brass-smith Workmen's Guilds
Fuk Shing Tong
Hop Ying Tong
Shan Yuk Tong
Tung Hing Tong
Tung Yi Tong
Wui Yi Tong

Californian Hongs' Employees, Ping On Guild hall
Carpenters and Masons Guild, kowloon Penisula, Lun Chi Tong
Carpenters Guild, kwong Yuet Tong
Capenters Guild,Yut Sai Tong
Coopers Guild. kwong Lun Tong
Cotton YarnGuild,Shun Yi Tong
Eating House Employees' Guilds:-
Hip on
Kung On Kun
Eating Houses Employees Guild, Lun Hing Ngoi Yue
Eurppean Tailors Workmen's Guild, Kung Shing Kung Mo Sho






Gardeners' Club, Wo Fat Shang
Ginseng Workmen's Guild, Tsui Sok
Institute f Chinese Engineers of Hongkong.
Masons(Men's Guild)-
Cheung King Sing Tong
Hip Shing Tong
Li Lun Shing Tong
Lun Fat Tong
Lun Yi Tong
Tsaug Lun Shing Tong
Wing Yi Tong
Mat Packers Guild, Kwong Shiu Tong
Matshed Builders Guild, Tung Kong Tong
Pig-buyers Guild, Hop Shing Kung Sz
Restaurant Employees Guild:-
Hip Wo Tong
Shan Yue Tong
Yik On Tong
Sandalwood Men's Guild, Tsin Yik
Sawyers Guild, Hip Wo Tseung
Servants Guild, Hung Yue Tong
Ship Builders for Hongkong and Yaumati, Shun Nagi HOk Shuk
Tailors Guild, Sai Fuk Tong
Tea Box or New Boxes makers Guild, Lun Shing Tong
Tea House Guild:-
Hin Yin
Hung Tai
Tinsmith, Kun Tak Tong
Waiters, Chung King Tong
Waiters, Chung Chung Fuk Tong
Wing Tsun Kung Sz

GENERAL MERCHANTS' ASSOCIATION.

Hongkong General Chamber of Commerce

Chinese.
Chinese Chamber of Commerce
Chinese Commercial Union

Miscellaneous.

Bibliotheea Portugueza.
British Medical Association, Hongkong China Branch.
china Asspcoation, Hongkong Branch.
City Hall.
Hongkong Co-operative Society.
Hongkong Horticultural Socity.
Hongkong 'Odd Volumes' Library, Scientific and Debating Society.
Naval League, Hongkong Branch.
Society of Comparative Legislation.


Chinese.
Society for the suppression of promiscuous spitting in public places.

No. 48 of 1911, incorporated in _No. 10 of 1899.

No. 49 of 1911, repealed by No. 8 of 1912) s. -2.

No. 50 of 1911, incorporated generally.

No. 51 of 1911, incorporated generally.
c

No. 52 of 1911, incoiporated in No. 10 of 188

As amended by No. 9 of 1912.
f As amended by G. N. 376 of 1912.
As amended by G. N. 196 of 1912.
short title . Interpretation of terms . appointmetn of registrars . Registration of societies . Annual registers to be published . Cessation of existence of a society . Exempted societies to furnish information . registered societies to furnish information . Offices of a society ot be peresonally responsible . Unlawful societies . Penalties on managers and assistant managers . Penlties on members or persons attending meetings of unlawful society . penalties on persons allowing unlawful assembly in their premises . Burden of proof as to descritption of society . Presumptive proof of membership . Presumptive proof of managing . Governor-in-council may order dissolution of society . consequences of dissolution of a society . no. 7 of 1891. No .58 of 1911. magistrate , etc, may enter house , etc , where unlawful meeting held or books , accounts , etc, kept and may arrest and seize persons and property found . Registrar to have power to summon witnesses. Registrar may order photohraph to be taken . charges to be made by registrar only . Forfeiture . Service of summons, etc. regulations. Societies on declaration to be entitled to privileges . Property how deemed to be vested . society how to sue and be sued . Judgments how to put in force . Civil proceedings against member. Dissolution of societies how may be had .

Abstract

short title . Interpretation of terms . appointmetn of registrars . Registration of societies . Annual registers to be published . Cessation of existence of a society . Exempted societies to furnish information . registered societies to furnish information . Offices of a society ot be peresonally responsible . Unlawful societies . Penalties on managers and assistant managers . Penlties on members or persons attending meetings of unlawful society . penalties on persons allowing unlawful assembly in their premises . Burden of proof as to descritption of society . Presumptive proof of membership . Presumptive proof of managing . Governor-in-council may order dissolution of society . consequences of dissolution of a society . no. 7 of 1891. No .58 of 1911. magistrate , etc, may enter house , etc , where unlawful meeting held or books , accounts , etc, kept and may arrest and seize persons and property found . Registrar to have power to summon witnesses. Registrar may order photohraph to be taken . charges to be made by registrar only . Forfeiture . Service of summons, etc. regulations. Societies on declaration to be entitled to privileges . Property how deemed to be vested . society how to sue and be sued . Judgments how to put in force . Civil proceedings against member. Dissolution of societies how may be had .

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/991

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

151

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 47 of 1911

Number of Pages

17
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:57 +0800
<![CDATA[TUNG WA HOSPITAL EXTENSION ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/990

Title

TUNG WA HOSPITAL EXTENSION ORDINANCE, 1911

Description






No. 36 of 19011 incorporated t(W in No. 3 of 1901.

No. 37 of 1901, incorporated in No. 4 of 1897.

No. 38 of 1911.
For the establishment of a. HosPlial for the care and treatment of
Chinese Patients in the Kowloon Peniosida.

1-2-5th ' 1911.]
L
WHEREAS subscriptions have been raised to build a Hopital for the
care and treatment of Chinese partients in Kowloon; AND WHEREAS
His Majesty the King has been graciusly plaesed by way of
endowment of the said Hospital are now nearing completion and
of Corwn land as a ssite for th eerectio thereof; AND WHEREAS
the buildigns og thel said Hospital are now nearing completion and
the subscribers desire to surrender the said Hospital tothe Tung
Wa Hospital; AND WHEREAS it is desirable to make special provision
for the management of he said hospital:-
1.The Tung Wa Hospital Extension Ordinance, 1911.

2.-(1) The Hospital M course, of erection on Eowloon Inland Lot
11213 shall be know as the Ewon- Wa
(2) In this Ordinance - Board inearis Board ol Direction of -the
Tixng Wa Hospital.

3. The Tung Wa Hospital shall possess the same powers and
rights and be sub - lect to the sarne liabilities and responsibilities in
connexion with the Kwong Wa Hospital as it possesses and is
subject to with regard to the Tung Wa, Hospital ; and the Board
shall have a;nd exercise. the same powers and rights and be subject
to the same liabilities and responsibilities in connexion with the
-Kwong Wa.Hospital as they have and exercise and are subject to in
connexion with the Timg Wa, Hospital, and the provisions of
sections 14, 16 and 17 of Ordinance No. 1 pf 1870 shall apply to
the Kwong Wa Hospital in the same way as such provisions now
apply to the Tung Wa Hospital.

4. The Board shall have power to appoint any person approved by
the Governor as manager of the Kwong Wa Hospital. Any person so
appointed shall, subject to regulations made by the Board, under-

As aniended by No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.





take and exercise the immediate supervision and management of
the Kwong Wa Rospital.

The manager shall be, responsible to the Board for the manage-
nient of the Hospital and for the conduct of the staff, and all orders
of the, Board shall be conveyed throtigh him.

5. The Board shall also appoint all the other members of the stair
of the Hospital.

One of the ineinbers of the staff of the Kwong Wa Hospital shall
be a Chitiese medical practitioner trained in European medicine,
who shall be, in charge of the patients who desire European treat-
nient. Be shall be removable from office by the Board with the
consent of the G'overnor and not other-kvise.

6. The Board shall have power, subiect to the approval of the
Governor-in-council to appoint a local Committee consisting of
subscribers to the Kwong Wa Hospital who are resident in Kow-
loon, and, subJeet to the like approval, to Make regulations regard-
ing the duties and constitution of the said Committee, the term
of.' office of its members and the inetflod of their appointment
Provided alwavs that the manager of the Kwong Wa Hospital shall
be ex officio chairman of the said Coinwittee.

7. The small-pox hospital now tinder coorse of erection by the
Tune, Wa Hospital on Kowloon Inland Lot 1.264 shall be considered

to be part of the Kwom, Wa Hospital, and this Ordinance shall
apply eqully to it as to the Kwong Wa. Hospital.

No. 39 of. 1911, in -,No. .23 of 1909.

No. 40 of 1911i repealed by No. 3.5 of 19112.

No. 41 of 1911, incorporated in No. 2 of 1900.

No. 42 of 1911, repealed by No. 43 of 191.2.

No. 43 of 1911, incorporated lin No. 1 of 1872.

As aniended bv No. 16 of 1912.
As aniended ~v No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.
short title . Interpretation . Extension of powers and liabilities of the tung wa hospital and board of direction to the kwong wa hospital . Management . staff . Local committee. Small-pox hospital .

Abstract

short title . Interpretation . Extension of powers and liabilities of the tung wa hospital and board of direction to the kwong wa hospital . Management . staff . Local committee. Small-pox hospital .

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/990

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

1051

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 38 of 1911

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:57 +0800
<![CDATA[STAMP DUTIES MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/989

Title

STAMP DUTIES MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE, 1911

Description


No. 35 of 1911.

To consolidate and amend the law, relating to the management of
Stamp Duties. [24th August, 1911.]
WHEMEAS it is expedient to consolidate and aniend the law relating
to the management of Stainp Duties of whatever nature:-

1. The Stamp Duties Management Ordinance, 1911.





2. All duties chargeable by law as stamp duties shall be tinder the
care and management of the Collector, and this Ordinance shall
apply to all such duties and to all fees which are directed to be
collected or received by means of stamps.

3.-M The Collector may, with the approval of the Governor-
in-Council, grant a licence to any person to deal in unused stamps
at any place to be named in the licence; and the licence may at any
time be revoked bv the Collector.

(2) The licence shall s[)eclfv the full name and place of abode of
the person to whom the same is granted, and a description of every
house, shop, or place, In or at which lie is authorised to deal in
unused stamps.
(3) Every person to whom a licence is granted shall give security

in the sum of 1,000 dollars lit such manner and form as the Collector
shall prescribe, and, if by bond, the bond shall be exempt front
stamp duty.

(4) One licence, and one bond only shall be required for any num-
ber of persons in partnership.

(5) Every person licensed to deal in stairps shall cause to be
visibly and legibly painted and shall keep so painted in letters of
not less than one inch in length on some conspicuous place on the
outside of the front of every house, shop, or place in or at which lie
is licensed to deal in unused staitips, his full naine, together with
the words Licensed. to sell stanips,--- and for every neglect or
omission so to do be shall be liable, on stininiary conviction, to a
fine not exceeding 100 dollars.

4.-(1) If any person who is not duly appointed to sell and dis-
tribitte stamps deals in any inanner in stanips, without being
licensed so to do, or at any house, shop, or place not specified in his
licence, lie shall for every such offence be liable, on summary coil-
viction, to a fine not exceedim, 200 dollars.


(22) If any person who is not duly appointed to sell and distribute
stamps, or duly licensed to deal in stamps, has, or puts upon his
premises either lit the inside or on the outside thereof, or upon any
board or any material whatever exposed to public view, and whether

As amended by 'No. 16 of 1912.
A~ amended 1~ No. 8f) of 1911, No. 51 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912,
No. 17 of 3q12 and No. 22 of 1912.
~~s amenedd by -No. 30 of 1911 and No. 51 of 1911.





the same be affixed to his premises or not, any letters importing
or intending to import that be deals in stamps, or is licensed so to
do, he shall be liable,. on surninary conviction, to a fine not exceed-
ing 100 dollars.

5.-(1) If the licence of any person to deal in stamps expires or
is revoked or if any person licensed to deal in stamps dies or becomes
bankrupt, and any such person at the expiration or revocation of his
licence, or at the time of his death or bankruptcy, -has in his
possession any stamps, such person, or his executor or administra-
tor, or the receiver or trustee or official assignee under his bank-
ruptey, may, within 6 months after the expiration or revocation of
the licence, or after the death or bankruptcy, as the case may be,
bring or send the stamps to the Collector.

(2) The Collector inay, in any such case pay to the person bring-
ing or sending stamps the amotint of the duty thereon, if proof to
his satisfaction is furnished that the same -were actually in the
possession of the person whose licence has expired or been revoked,
or so dying or becoming bankrupt, for the purpose of sale, at the
tirne oll the expiration or revocation ol the licence, or of his death
or bankruptcy, and tbat the stamps were purchased or procured by
that person at any public office, or from some person duly appointe~
to sell and distribute stamps, or difly licensed to deal in stamps.

6.-(1) If any person, whether licensed to deal in stamps or not,
hawks or carries about for sale or exchange, any unused stamps, he
shall in addition to any other fine or penalty to which he may be
liable incur, on summary conviction, a fine of 200 dollars.

(2) All stamps which are found in the possession of the offender
shall be forfeited, and shall be delivered to the Collector to be dis-
posed of as lie thinks fit.

(3) Any officer of police may arrest a person found committing an
offence against this section and take hini before a Magistrate who

shall hear and determine the matter.

Allowance for Spoiled Stanips.
7. Subject to such regulations as the Governor-in-Council may
make, and to the production of such evidence by statutory declara-
tion or otherwise as the Collector may require, allowance shall be

As amended by No. 51 of 1911 and No. 17 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
1 Supp. SQhed.





made by the Collector for stamps spoiled in the cases hereinafter
mentioned .-

(1) the stamp on any material inadvertently and undesignedly
spoiled, obliterated, or by any mcans rendered unfit for the purpose
intended, before the material bears the signature of any person or
any instrument written thereon is executed by any party ;

(2) any adhesive stanip which has been ina,Avertently and im-
designedly spoiled or rendered unfit for tise and lias not in the
opinion of the Collector been affixed to any :

(3) amy adhesive stamp representing a fee capable of being collect
ed by means of such stamp which has been affixed to material
provided that a certificate from the proper officer is to the.
effect that the allowance should be made:

(4) the stamp on any bill of exchange signed by or on belialf of
the drawer which has not been accepted or ma(le use of in any man
ner whatever or delivered out of his hands for any purpose other
than by way of tender for acceptance:

(5) the starrip on any promissory note signed by or on behalf of
the maker which has not been made use of in any inanner whatever
or delivered out of his hands;
(6) the stamp on any bill of exchange or promissory note which
from any omission. or error bas been spoiled or rendered useless,
although the same, being a bill of exchange, may have been accept-
ed or indorsed or, being a promissorY note, may have been delivered
to the payee, provided that another cornpleted and duly stamped bill
of exchange or promissory note is produced identical in every parti-
cular, except in the. correction off the error or omission, with the
spoiled bill or note;
(7) the stamp used for wiv of the following instruments exe-
cuted,-
(a) by any party thereto, but afterwards found to be absolutely
void from the beginning;
(b) by any party thereto, but afterwards found unfit, by reason of
any error or mistake therein, for the purpose originally intended;
(c) by any party thereto which has not been made use of for any
purpose Whatever, and which by reason of the inability or refusal of
some necessary party to sign. the same or to complete the transaction
according to the, instrument, is incomplete and insufficient for the
purpose for which it was intended;





(d) by any party thereto, which by reason of the refusal of any
person to act tinder the saine, or for want of enrolment or registra'-
tion within the time required by law falls of its intended purpose
or becomes void ;

(c) by any party thereto which is inadvertently and undesignedly
spoiled, and in lieu. whereof another instrument made between the
same parties and for the sanie purpose is executed and duly
stamped, or whicb beconies tuseless in consequence of the transaction
intended to be thereby effected being effected by some other instru-
inent duly stamped ;

Provided as follows :-

(a) tbat the application for relief is made within 6 months after
the stamps has been spoiled or beconie useless, or in the case of an
executed instrument after the date ol the instrument, or, if it is
not dated, within 6 months after the execution thereof by the person
by whom it Avas first or alone executed or within such further time
as the Collector may prescribe in the. case of any instrument sent
abroad for execution, or when from unavoidable circumstances any
instrinnent for which another has been substituted cannot be pro-
duced within the said period ;

(b) that in the case of an executed instrument no legal proceed-
ing has been commenced in m-bleb the instrument could or would
have been given or offered in evidence, andmthat the instrument is
.given tip to he cancelled.

8. When any person has inadvertently used for an instrument
liable to duty a stamp ofvalue. than was necessary, or has
inadvertently used a stamp for an instrument not liable to any duty,
the Collector may, on application inade within .2 years after the date
of the instrument, or, if it is not dated, within 6 months after the
execution thereof by the person by whom it was first or alone exe-
cuted, and upon the instrument, if liable to duty, being stamped
with the proper duty, cancel and allow as spoiled the stamp so
misused.

9. In any case in which allowance is made for spoiled or misused
stamps the Collector may give in lien thereof other stamps of the
same denomination and value, or if required, and he thinks proper,
stamps of any other denomination to the same amount in value.





Offences relativg to StanIps.
10. E very person who does, or causes or pmeures to be done, or
knowingly aids, abets, or assists in doing, any of the acts follow-
ing :-

(1) forges or fraudulently alters a die, or stamp or surcharges any
stamp without proper anthority, or forges, alters, erases, removes,
or cancels the authorised surcharge on any stamp; or

(2) prints or makes an impression upon any material front a
forged die; or

(3) fraudulently prints or inalces an irnpression upon any material
from -a genuine die; or

(4) fraudulently cuts, tears, or in any way reinoves front any

material any stamp, with intent that any illegal use should be made
of such stamp or of any part thereof ; or

(5) fraudulently removes or causes to be removed from any in-
strument any adhesive stanip, or illegally affixes to any other
instrument or illegally uses for any postal purpose any adhesive
starnp which has been so removed, with Intent that the stamp may
be used again ; or

(6) fraudulently unitilates any stamp, with intent that any in-

use should be inade of any part of such stamp -, or

(7) fraudulently fixes or places upon any material or upon any
stamp, any stanip or part of a stamp which, whether fraudulently
or riot, has been cut, torn, or in any way removed frorn ally other
material or out of or front any other stamp or

(8) fraudulently erases or otherwise either really or apparently
removes from any stamped rnaterial any name, sum, date, or other
matter or thing whatsoever written thereon, with the intent that
any illegal use should be made of the starnp upon such material;
or wilfully removes or attempts to remove from any adhesive stamp
any cancelling marks thereon; or

(9) sells or offers for sale, or titters, any adhesive stamp which
has been so removed, or titters any instrument, having thereon any
adhesive stamp which has to his knowledge been so removed as
aforesaid; or

As ainended by No. 30 of 1911, NO. 50.1 1911, No. 16 of 191-2,
,,o. 17 of 1912 and No. 4T3 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(10) knowingly sells or exposes for sale or utters or uses any
forged stamp, or any stamp which has been fraudulently printed
or impressed from a genuine die; or any stamp from which can-
cellin,y marks have been wholly or partially removed; or any stamp
the surcharge on which has been forged, altered, erased, removed,
or cancelled; or

(11) knowingly, and without lawful excuse, has in his possession
any forged die or stamp or any stanip which has been fraudulently
printed or impressed froni a genuine die, or any stamp or part of
a stamp which bas been fraudulently cut, torn, or otherwise
removed from any material, or any stamp kvhich has been fraud-
ulently mutilated, or any stamp the surcharge on which has been
forged, altered, erased, removed, or cancelled, or any stamped
material out of which any name, sum, date, or other matter or
thing has been fraudulently erased or otherwise either -really or
apparently rernoved,
shall be efullty of felony, and shall be liabie to imprisonment for any
term not exceeding 7 years.
11. Ever person who without authority or excuse,-

(a) inakes or causes or procures to be made, or aids or assists in
making or knowingly has in his custody or possession, any paper
in the substance of which shall appear any words, letters, figures,
marks, lines, threads, or other devices peculiar to and appearing in
the substance of any paper provided or used by or under the
direction of the Collector for receiving the impression of any die, or
any part of such words, letters, figures, markls, lines, threads, or
other devices, and intended to imitate or pass for the same; or
(b) causes or assists in causing any such words letters, figures,

marks, lines, threads, or devices as aforesaid, or part of such words,
letters, figures, marks, lines, threads, or other devices, an7d intended

to imitate or pass for the same, to appear in the substance of any
paper whatever,
shall be guilty of felony, and shall be liable to imprisonment for
any terin not exceeding 2 years.

12. Every.person who, without lawful authority or excuse, pur-
chases or receives or knowingly has in his custody or posssession,-
(a) any paper manufactured and provided by or under the direc-
tion of the Collector, for the purpose of being used for receiving

As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





the impression of any die before such paper has been duly stamped
and issued for Dublic use; or
(b) any plate, die, dandy-roller, mould, or other implement
peculiarly used in the manufacture of any such paper,
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be liable to imprison-
ment for any term not exceeding 2 years.

13. On information given before a Magistrate upon oath that
there is just cause to suspect any person of being gullty of any of
the offences aforesaid, such Magistrate may, by warraitt, cause every
house, room, shop, building, or place belonging to or occupied by
the suspected person, or where be is suspected of being or having
been in any- way engaged or concerned In the commission of any
such offence, or of secreting any inachinery, Miplertients, or utensils
applicable to the commission of any such olfence, to be searched by
a European police officer, aud lif upon such search ally ol the said
several matters and things are found, the saine ina, be seized and

carried away, and shall be delivered over to the Collector.

14.-(1) Any Magistrate who has reason to believe that any
stamps have been concealed or deposited may, upon reason-
able suspicion that the sarrie have been stolen or fraudulently
obtained, -Issue his warrant to a European poolice officer for the
seizure thereof, -and for apprehending and bringing before a
Magistrate the person in whose possession or eustody the stallips
may be found, to be dealt with according to law.

(2) If the person does not satisfactorily account for the possession
of the stamps, or if it does not Appear that the salne were lawfully
purchased by him, the stanips shall be forfeited, and shall be.
delivered over to the Collector.

(3) Provided that, it' at any time within G months after the
delivery any person makes out to the, satisfaction of the Collector
that any stanips so forfeited were stolen or otherwIse fraudulently
obtained froin him, such stamps imiv be delivered up to him.

15.-(1) If any forged stamps are foand in the possession of any
person appointed to sell and distribute stamps, or being or having
been licensed to deal in stamps that person shall be deemed and
taken, unless the contrary is satisfactorily proved, to have had the

As amended by 'No. 16 of 1912.
+ As amended br No. 56 of 1911 and No. 17 of 1912.
As amended by No. 80 of 1911, No. 51 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





same in his possession knowing thein to be forged, and with intent
to sell, use, or utter them, and shall be liable to the punishment
imposed by law upon a person selling, using, uttering, or having in
possession forged stamps knowing the same to be forged.

(2) If a Magistrate has cause to suspect any such person of
having in his possession any forged stamps, he may, by warrant,
authorise any European police officer to enter between 9 a.m. and
7 p.m., into any house, room, shop, or building of or belonging to
the suspected person, and if on deniand. of admittance, and notice
of the warrant, the door of the house, room, shop, or building, or
any inner doot. thereof, is not opened, the police officer may break
open the same and search for and seize any stamps that may be
found therein or lit the custody or possession of the suspected
person.

(3) All police officers are hereby required, upon request by any
person so authorised, to aid and assist in the execiition of the war-
rant.

(4) Any person who-
(a) refuses to permit any such search or seizure to be made as
aforesaid; or
(b) assaults, opposes, molests, or obtruct any person so
authorised in the due execution of the powers conferred by this see-
tion or any person acting in his ald or assistance,
and any police officer who upon. any such reqtiest as aforesaid.
refuses, or neglects to ald and assist any person so authorised in
the due execution of his powers, shall be liable, on summary con-
vietion, to a fine of 500 dollars.

16. Where stamps are seized under a warrant, the person
authorised by the warrant shall, if required, give to - the person in
whose custody or possession the stamps are found acknowledg-
ment of the number, particulars, and amount of the stamps, and
permit the stamps to be marked before the removal thereof.

17. Every person who by anyin any manner defaces any
adhesive stamp before. It is used shall be liable, on summary
Conviction, to a fine of .50 dollars :Provided that any person may
with the express sanction of the Collector, and in conformity with
the conditions which he may prescribe, write upon or otherwise

* As amended by No. 4-3 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





appropriate an adhesive stamp before it is used for the purpose of
identification thereof.

18. Any person who practises or is concerned in any fraudulent
act, contrivance, or device, not specially provided for by law, with
intent to defraud :His Majesty of any duty shall be liable, on
summary conviction, to a fine of 500 dollars,

19. Whenever the Collector determines to discoutintic the use of
any die, and provides a new die to be used in lieu thereof, and gives
public notice thereof in the Gazette, then from aild after any da~
to be stated in the notice (such (lay not being- within one month

after the same is so published) the new die, shall be the only lawful
die for denoting the ditty chargeable in any case lit which the dis-
continued die would have been used: and every instrument first,
executed by any person, or bearing date after the day, so stated, and
stamped with the discontinued die shall be deenied to be not duly
stamped;

Provided that,-
(a) if ally instrument stamped as last aforesaid, and first
executed after the day so stated at ally place out of the Colony, is
brought to the Collector wihtin 14 days after it has been received in
the Colony, theri. upon proof of the facts to the satisfaction of the
Collector the stamp thereon shall be cancelled, and the instrument
shall be stamped with the same amount of ditty by means of the
lawful die, without the payment of any penalty:
(b) all persons having in their possession any Material stainped
with the discontinued die, and whIch by reason of the providino'
of such new die has been rendered useless, may, at any time within
6 months after the day stated in the notice, send the same to the
Collector who may thereupon cause the stamp oil such material to
be cancelled, -and the safne material, or if the Collector thinks fit,
any other material, to be stamped with the new die, in lieu of and
to an equal amount with the stanip so cancelled.

20. The provisions of this Ordinance in reference to offences
relating to stamps shall apply to anly label provided by Government

As amended b~ No. 1-1 of 1912.
As amended bY No. 56 of 1911 and No. 17 of 1912.
As amended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 174 of 1912.





for denoting any duty of customs or excise, and any label so pro-
vided shall be deemed to be included in the term ---stamp--- as
defined by this Ordinance.

21. In this Ordinance,-

Collector--- means the Collector of Stamp Revernie :

Duty--- means any stamip duty chargeable by law, including
postage :

-Material--- includes every sort of material upon which words
or figures can be expressed
Instrument--- includes every written document

---Die--- includes any plate, type, tool, or iniplenient whatsoever
ki.sed in the nianufacture of -any adhesive stamp or for expressing or
denoting any duty or rate of duty or the fact that any duty or rate
of chity or penalty has been paid or that an instrument is duly
stamped, or is not chargeable with any duty or for denoting any fee,
and also any part of any such plate type, tool, or iinplement

Forge--- and ---forged--- include cowiterfeit and counterfeited

or fictitious

---Stamp ' means as well a stanip impressed by means of a
die as an adhesive stamp for denoting any ditts- or fee, and. shall
include any label or stamp for denoting a rate of postage, or any

envelope, wrapper, card, form, or paper, words, letters, or mark
purporting to authorise the transmission by post of any correspon-
dence, whether such stamp is issued by the Government of Hong-
kong or by the Postmaster General of the United Eingdoni or by
the Governinent of any British possession or of ally foreign
country :

---Stainped is applicable as well to instruments and material
impressed with stanips by means of a die as to instruments and
material having adhesive stamps affixed thereto

'Executed' ' and ---execution ', with reference to instruments
not under seal, mean signed and signature.

22. The PoAmaster General shall have and shall be entitled to
exercise all the powers of the Collector under this Ordinance in
respect of all matters affecting the Post Office of the Colony.
Is. 123, and schedule, rel). No. 16 of 1912.]

* As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.
short title . ordinance to apply to all stamp duties . 54 & 55 vict. C. 38 s. 1. Licences to deal in stamps ibs. S. 3. Penalty for unauthorised deling in stamps , etc ,. Ib.s. 4.3 provisions as to determination of a licence . 54 & 55 vict. C. 38 s. 5. Penalty for hawking stamps ib. s. 6.procedures for obtaining for obtaining allowance for spoiled stamps. Ib. s. 9. allowance for misused stamps. 54 & 55 vict. C. 38 s.10. Allowance how to be made ib.s. 11. certain offences in relation do dies and stamps to be felonies . 54& 55 vict, c. 38 s. 13; 54&55 vict, c. 39 s.,9. making paper in imitationof paper used for stamp duties . 54 & 55 vict. C. 38s. 14. Possession of paper, plates or dies used fo rstampl duties . Ib. s. 15. proceedingas for detection of forged dies , etc, 54 &55 vict. C. 38s. 16.proceedings for detection of stamps stolen or obtained foraudulently ib. s. 17.licensed person in possession of forged stamps to be preumed guilty ib. s.18 mode of proceeding when stamps are seixed . 54 & 55 vict . C 38 s. 19. As to defacement of adhesive stamps . Ib. s. 20. penalty for frauds in relation to duties . 54 & 55 vict. C. 38 s. 21. As to discontinuance of dies . Ib. s. 22. Application of ordinance to customs and excise labels . Ib. s. 23. interpretation of terms 54& 55 vict . C. 38 s. 27. Postmaster general to have powers of collector in matters afecting post office.

Abstract

short title . ordinance to apply to all stamp duties . 54 & 55 vict. C. 38 s. 1. Licences to deal in stamps ibs. S. 3. Penalty for unauthorised deling in stamps , etc ,. Ib.s. 4.3 provisions as to determination of a licence . 54 & 55 vict. C. 38 s. 5. Penalty for hawking stamps ib. s. 6.procedures for obtaining for obtaining allowance for spoiled stamps. Ib. s. 9. allowance for misused stamps. 54 & 55 vict. C. 38 s.10. Allowance how to be made ib.s. 11. certain offences in relation do dies and stamps to be felonies . 54& 55 vict, c. 38 s. 13; 54&55 vict, c. 39 s.,9. making paper in imitationof paper used for stamp duties . 54 & 55 vict. C. 38s. 14. Possession of paper, plates or dies used fo rstampl duties . Ib. s. 15. proceedingas for detection of forged dies , etc, 54 &55 vict. C. 38s. 16.proceedings for detection of stamps stolen or obtained foraudulently ib. s. 17.licensed person in possession of forged stamps to be preumed guilty ib. s.18 mode of proceeding when stamps are seixed . 54 & 55 vict . C 38 s. 19. As to defacement of adhesive stamps . Ib. s. 20. penalty for frauds in relation to duties . 54 & 55 vict. C. 38 s. 21. As to discontinuance of dies . Ib. s. 22. Application of ordinance to customs and excise labels . Ib. s. 23. interpretation of terms 54& 55 vict . C. 38 s. 27. Postmaster general to have powers of collector in matters afecting post office.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/989

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

117

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 35 of 1911

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:56 +0800
<![CDATA[INTERPRETATION ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/988

Title

INTERPRETATION ORDINANCE, 1911

Description


No. 31 of 1911.
To amend and codify the law as to the Interpretation of Terms
and as to Common Forms used in Ordinances.

[In force on Proclamation of New Revised Edition.]

1. The Interpretation Ordinance, 1911.

2. This Ordinance shall apply to the Colonly of Bongkong and its
dependencies, including the New Territories, unless it is otherwise
expressed.

PART I.
Of Ordinances Generally.
3. All Ordinances now in force and all future Ordinances shall,
except as provided by section 4 of Ordinance No. 34 id 1910, extend
to the New Territories unless it otherwise appear from express
provision or by necessary implication.

4. The provisions of this Ordinance shall apply-

As atnended by No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.





(a) to this Ordinance and to all ftiture Ordinances iniless the con-
trary intention appear;

(b) to Ordinances now in force wiless otherwise expressly herein
provided.

5. Every Ord Mance shall, imless (Aberwise provided therein,
come into operation on the day of its pnlolication in the Gazette.

rsee. 6, rcp. No. 43 of 191.2.1


7. The word' commencement, or , when. used with relerence to any
enactment, shall mean the day on which the enactment comes into
operation.

8. Where any enactment, or any proclamation, notice, order,
warrant, scheme, or letters patent, made, granted, or issued, under

a power conferred by any enactment, or by any competent authority,
is expressed to come into operation on a particular day, the same
shall be construed as coming into operation on the expiration of
the previous day.

9. Where the operation of any Ordinance is suspended and
confers power to make any appointment, to inake, grant, or issue
any instrument, to giive notice, to prescribe forms, or to do any other
thing for the purpose of bringing the Ordinance into operation, that
power may be exercised before the Ordinance cornes into operation.

10.-(1) In all Ordinances there shall be a short title, and in all.
references to Ordinances in any enactment or in any legal document
it shall be sufficient, btit not essential. to mention the short title
thereto, together with the jitiniber of the section referred to.

(2) Where, however, the short title is not used, it shall be lawful
to indicate any Ordinance referred to as aforesaid by the serial
number of the year in which it was passed, together with such
year, and the number of the section referred to, as the same appear
in the copy deposited in the Registry of the Supreme Court.

(3) In the case of Ordinances inchided in Sir John Carrington's
Revised Edition ' of the Laws of Hongkong the numbers both
of the year and the section shall be those given to them respectively

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As arnended by 'No. 8 of 1912 and Xo. 43 of 1912.





in the said Revised Edition in so far as they are perpetnated in the
New Revised Eldition prepared under Ordinance No. 19 of 1911,
but the reference shall be taken to be to such New Revised Edition.

~4) Where such reference includes the description or citation of
a portion of another Ordinance it shall, unless the contrary intelition
appear, be construed as including the word, section, or other part
mentioned or referred to as forming the beginning and as forming
the end of the portion comprised in the description or citation.

(5) Where the reference to any Ordinanc is to any ---line--- ill
any section thereof, it shall be held to refer, in the ease of Ordi-
nances included in the _Yew Revised Edition prepared tinder
Ordinance No. 19 of 1911, to the line ol stich section as printed
therein; and in the case of Ordinances passed after tbe year 191-2,
to the line of such section as printed in the copy deposited in the
Registry of the Suprerne Court.

PART 11.
Of Repeals.
11-(1)Where any Ordinance repeals wholly or in part any
former enactment and substitutes other provisions therefor, the
repealed enactmetn shall remain in force until the substituted pro-
visions come into operation.

(2) Where any Ordinance, or any part of an Ordinance, is
repealed, all proclamations. orders, notices, rules, and regulations,
issued or made in -virtue thereof shall remain in force, so far as they
are not inconsistent with the provisions of the repealing Ordinance,
and, unless, the contrary intention appear, until they shall have.
ibeen repealed or have been replaced by proclamations, orders, no-
tices, rules, or regulations, as the case may be, issued or made under
the provisions of the said repealing Ordinance.

12. The.repeal of any enactment shall not, unless the contrary
intention appear,-
(a) revive anything not in force or existing at the time at which
the repeal takes effect : or
(b) affect the previous operation of any enactment so repealed,
or anything duly done or sulfered undet any enactment so repealed
or

It





(c) affect any right, privilege, obligation, or liability acquird
accrued, or incurred under any enactment so repealed; or

(d) affect any penalty, forfeiture, or punishment incurred in
respect of any offence coninutted aerainst any enactment so repealed;
or

(e) affect any investigation, legal proceeding, or remedy 'm res-
pect of any such right, privilege, obligation, liability, penalty,
forfeiture, or punishment as aforesaid; and any such investigation,
legal proceeding, or remedy inay bc instituted, continued, or
enforced, and any such penalty, forfeiture, or punishment may be
imposed, as if the repeating Ordinance had not been passed.

Provided that where the penalty, forfeiture, or punishment im
posed by the repealing Ordinance is heavier than that imposed by
the repeated enactment, the provisions by which the lighter penalty,
forfeiture, or punishment is imposed shall, unless such repealing
enactment otherwise provides, be applied if the Court decides to
inflict any punishment.

13. When any Ordinance which repeals in whole or in part any
earlier Ordinance is itself repealed, such last repeal shall not be Con-
strued as reviving the enactment previously repealed, unless such
revival be expressly enacted.

14.Where any Ordinance repeals and re-enacts, with or without
modification, any provisions of a former Ordinance, references in
anly other Ordinance to the provisions so repealed, shall unless the
contrary intention appear, be construed as references to the pro-
visions so re-enacted.

15. Where any statute of the Imperial Parliament repeals and
re-enacts, with or without modification, any provisions of a former
statute of the Imperial Parliament, references in any Ordinance to
the provisions so repealed, shall, unless there is any provision in the
repealing statute from which the contrarv intention shall appear, be
construed as references to the provisions so re-enacted.

16. Any Ordinance which aniends, repeals, or adds to, the pro-
visions of a former Ordinance shall, unless the contrary intention
appear, be read and construed as forming part of the Ordinance so
affected.





17. Whenever any enactilient shall be disallowed by His
such disallowance shall be notified by the Governor in the Gazette;
and from and after the date of such notification, the enactment,
and all proclamations, orders, notices, rules, regulations, or other
like documents made thereunder shall cease to have efrect.
Provided always that the provisions of section 12 shall apply to
such disallowance as if the words 'disallowance' and -disallowed-
were read therein in lieu of the words 'repeal' and ---repealed
respectively; with this exception only, that any enactment repealed,
modified, or aniended b any enactment disallowed, logether with

all proclamations, orders, notices, rules, regulations, or otlier like
documents made under such previous enactment, sliall revive and
continue in force in therie original as frotn the. date. of the sald
notification.

The expi.ession ---disallowance--- shall. include the, of

His Majesty's pleasure not to allow any Ordinance.

PART III.

Geveral Provilsi'oit.S.
18. Every Ordinance shall be a public Ordinance, and shall be
judicially noticed as such, unless the contrary is expressly proylided
by the Ordinance.

19. Every section of an Ordinance shall. have, efteet as a substall
tive enactinelit withont introdtictory words.

20. Ever schedule to or Table In any Ordinance, shall, together.

with ally notes thereto, be construed and have as part of the

Ordinance.

21. Where an Ordinance is divided into Parts, Chapters, Titles,
or other sub-divisions, the fact and particulars of such divisioll shall,
with or without express mention thereof in such Ordinance, be
taken notice of in all Courts and for all other purposes whatsoever.

22. References to the Sovereign in any Ordinance, or to the
Crown, shall unless the contrary intention appear or the context
otherwise require, be construed as references to the Sovereign for
the time being, and it shall not be necessary to refer to or include
the Sovereign's Heirs and Successors.

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 48 of 1912.





23. No Ordinance shall be binding on the Crown, or shall in any
manner affect the rights of the Crown, unless it is so provided in
express terins.

This Ordinance shall be binding on the Crown.

24. Where any Ordinance confers a power or imposes a duty,
then, unless the contrary intention appear, the power. may be
exercised and the ditty shall be performed from time to ~time as
occasion requires.

25-(1)Where reference is made to any person by the term
designating his office, such terin shall include the. person for the

time being exeeuitlnl- the duties of such office, as well as such
other person as iiiay Lie appointed to perform any portion of such
duties.

(2) Where any Ordinatice confers a power or privilege, or imposes
a duty on the holder of any office. -is such, then, unless the contrary
intention appear, the power way bc exercised and the duty shall
or niaN, be Performed, as the ease may be, by the holder of the
office for the time being, or by any person appointed to act in, or
perform the doties of, the said office for the time being


(3) Any civil or criminal proceedings taken by or against any
person in vlrttic of his office shall not be discontinued or abated by
his death, resignation, or absence or'reriioval from office, but may
be carried on by or against, as the case, niaN, be, the person appointed
to perform the ditties of the office.

26-(1)Where reference is made in any enactment to the nuni-
bers of any series of sections of any enactment, or to any part of
any enactment, the reference shall be held to be inclusive of the
sections or words mentiond in the reference.

(2) Whell any particular number of days is prescibed for the doing
Of anY act or for any other purpose the same shall, unless the
contrary inteDtion appear, be reckoned exclusive of the first and
inclusive of the last day,.

27. In the measurement of distance for the purposes of
any Ordinance that distance shall unless the contrary intention
appear, be measured in a straight line on a horizontal plane.

* As aniended by Xo. 8 of 1912.





M-M Whenever any expression of time occurs in any enact-
ment or in any legal document, the time referred to shall, unless the
in
contrary intention appear, be held to be standard time.

The expression ---standard time--- means standard time as used
in the Colony : that is to say, the mean time of the 120th meridian
Fast of Greenwich, wbich is exactly 8 hours in advance of Green-
wich mean time.

(2) The expression ---a.m.--- indicates the period between mid-
night and noon on the day succeding: and the expression ---p.m.'
indicates the period between noon and the midnight following; and
where in any enactinent two such expressions occur conjunctively
in relation to any specified hours, or in conjunction with the words
11 sunset--- or ---sunrise -, they shall be construed to relate to con-
secutive periods of time.

. 29. Where any Ordfliance authorises 'or requires any document
to be served by post, whether the expression ---serve -, or ' give -,
or '' send -, or any other expression is itsed, then, unless the
contrary intention appear, the service shall be deeitied to be effected
by properly addressitig,and posting a letter containing
the document, and, unless the contrary is proved, to have been
effected at the time at which the letter wonid be delivered in the
ordinary course of post.

30. In any cnactinent expressions referring to writing or
printing shall inclde, unless the contrary Intention 'appear writina
printing, lithography, photography, type-writing, and every other
mode of representing words or fignres in a visible form but in the
case of a book 'printing' shall not include writing or type-writ-
ing.


Nothing in this section shall be taken to apply to signatures.

31. In all Ordinances, unless the contrary intention appear, the
words ---oath--- and ' affidavit--- include, in the cases of persons
allowed or required by law to declare or to solemnly affirm instead
of swearing, ---declaration--- and ---solemn affirination and

swear , in the like cases, includes ' declare--- and ---solemnly
affirm -.

32. Where in any enactment Chinese words or terms are used,
or where English words are used, followed, in brackets or other-

* As amended by 't\lo~ 43 of 1912.





wise, by Chinese words or terms, whether in Chinese characters or
not, the Chinese words or terms shall be held to be included in the
enactment, 'and the meaning and construction thereof shall be in
accordance with Chinese language and custom.,

33. Where the words - or -, - other -, and - otherwise - are
used, they shall, unless the contrary intention appear, be construed
disjunctively and not as implying similarity, unless the word
similar -, or some other word of like meaning, is added.

Nothings in this section shall be taken to affect section 11 of the
Penalties Amendment Ordinance, 1911.

34. Where the offence with which any person is charged is,-
(a) the doing of any act; or
(b) the omission to do any act,
without lawful authority or purpose or reasonable excuse, the proof
of stich authority, purpose, or excuse shall he on the person
charged.

35. In the construction of every Ordinance relating to an offence
punishable on indictment or on summary conviction, the expression
11 perso-ra - shall, unless the contrary intention appear, include a
body corporate.

36. In all enactinents, unless the contrary intention appear, words
importing the masculine gender shall include females, and words
in the singular shall include the plural, and words in the plural shall
include the singular.

37. Where any notice, order, or other document is required by
any enactment to be published in the Gazette, or where any
doculnent is published in the Gazette under section 2.6 (3) of the
Evidence Ordinance, 1889, a copy of the Gazette in which is it so
published shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated in such
notice, order, or document.

38-(1) Where under any enactment any person is required to
pay any charge or fee for any act or thing done, or document issued,
or signature or seal aflixed to any document, by any public officer or
department, or where any person is adjudged by any Court, or other
authority duly authorised by law, to pay or forfeit any sum of

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912,





money, such charge or fee and such gum of nioney shall be paid
into the Treasury, unless the contrary is otherwise provided; and
if any such charge or fee, or if any commission on inoney received
or taken possession of, realised, or otherwise dealt with, is required
to he paid to any public officer or department, such officer or depart-
ment receivino, the same shall pay it into or account for the same
in due course to the Treasury.
(2) Where under any enactnient any thing or any animal is ad-
judged by any Court, or other withorlity didy authorised bY law, to
be forfeited, it shall, unless the contrary is otherwise provided, or
unless it is expressed by law to he forfeited to arty person, be
forfeited to the Crown, and the net proceeds thereof, if it is ordered
by competent authority to be sold, shall be paid into the Treasury,
unless the contrary is otherwise -provided.
(3) Nothing in this section shall affect any provision in any
existing or future enactment whereby any shares of fines or
forfeitures, or of proceeds of forfeitures are expressed to be recover-
able by any person, or niav be granted by any withority to any
person or officer.
(4) The Governor may in any special case, not provided for bv
Ordinance, award a share, not exceeding three-fotirths, of any fine
or forfeiture adjudged by any Court, or of any proceeds of any
forfeiture, as a reward, bountv or gratuity to any inember of the
police force, for meritorious conduct, zea.1 displayed, or injury
sustained in the execution of his duty or to stich private persons or
informers as may be deserving of reward for assisting in the
detection of crime or the apprehension of offenders.
Isub-section. (5), rep. No. 43 of 1912).]

PART TV.

Definitions.
39. In all enactments the following words shall have the mean-
ings hereby assigned to them, unless otherwise provided or unless
the context otherwise requires :-

A.-Offial Definitions.
Governor---means the Governor of Hongkong, and includes the

officer for the time beine, administering the Government of Hong-
kong;

As amended by No. 8 of 1912, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.





and where the Governor of Hongkone, is not intended,-

Governor--- means, as resnects Australia, Canada, India,.and
the Union of South Africa, the Governor General, and includes any
person. who for the time being has the power of the Governor
General;
and as respects any other British possession or territory under the
protection of the King, means the Governor or Administrator of
that posse'ssion, and includes the officer for the time being adminis-
tering the Government of that possession or territory.
---Governor-in-Council on nell -, or ' Governor in Executive Council
or ---Grovernor with the advice of the Fxectitive Council -, means
the Governor acting with the advice of the Executive Council, but
not necessarily in such Council assembled.
' Officer administering the Goverenmetn' mean the officer who
succeeds to or is appointed to the administration of the Govern-
ment of the Colony.
' Secretary of State--- means His Majesty's Principal Secretary
of State for the Colonies, unless another Secretary of State is
indicated.
Grown Agents---means the person or persons ior the tline being
acting as Crown Agents for the Colonies in England, or any one of
them.
---The Admiralty ' means the Lord High Admiral of the United
Kingdom for the time being, or the Commissioners for the time
being exectiting the Office of Lord High Admiral of the United
Kingdom.
Privy Council---means the Lords and others for the time being
of His Majesty's Most Honourable Privy Council;]and ---Order
in Council--- means an Order made by His Majesty in his Privy
Council.
---Board of Trade--- means the Committee for the time being of
the Privy Council appointed for the consideration of matters relating
to trade and foreign plantations.

---Imperial Parliament--- and ' Parliament'-, mean the Parlia-
rrient of the United Kingdom-.

Consul--- and ---Consular Officer -, include consul-general,
consul, vice-consul, consular agent, and any person for the time
being authorised to discharge the duties of consul-general, consul,
or vice-consul.





' Legislative Council--- and ---Legislature -, mean the Council
of the Government of Hongkong; and when used with reference to a
British possession other than Hongkong, inean the authority, other
than the Imperial ParliameDt, or His Majesty the Ring in Council,
competent to inake laws for such. British possession.

The Treasury---and---Treasurer -, wean the Colonial Treasury
and the Colonial Treasurer respectively.

---Justice of the Peace--- means a person appointed by the
Governor to act as Justice of the Peace for the Colony.

B.-Colovial Definitions.
The Colony ---this Colony -, or ---Hongkong -, means the
Island of Hongkong adn Kowloon, and their dependencies, together
with Stonecutters Island, and includes the New Territories, unless
it appears from express provision or by necessary implication thalt
the New Territories or New Eowloon is not intended.

Rowloon--- means that portion of the peninsula. of Kau-lung
which was ceded to Great Britain by the Eniperor of Chiria on 24th
October, 1860.

---The New Territories--- rtiean the additional territories leased
to Great Britain by the Emperor of China. under the Convention
dated 9th June, 1898.

---New Kowloon--- rneans that portion of the New Territories
which is delineated and sliewii upon a plan marked ---New
Kowloon--- signed by the Director of Public Works and counter-
signed by the Governor and deposited in the Land Office.

,'City of Victoria--- or ---Victoria -, nicaris the area within the
following boundaries :-
on the North-the Harbour
on the 147est-a line running north and south drawn through
the north-west angle of Inland Ejot No. 1299, and extending south-
wards a distance of 8.50 feet from the, aforesaid angle;
on the South-a line rtinning east from southern extremity
of the western boiindarv until It ineets a contour of the hill-side 700
feet above the level known as Ordnance datum (that is to say, a
level which shall be notified in the (lazette) and thence following
the said contonr until it rneets the eastern boundary;

A, nineyided b.-,, No. 8 of 191,2, 16 of 1912, 1,1~o. 23 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 19C.





on the Eas-a line following the western boundary of the
Queen's Recreation Ground until it meets the old Shaukiwan Road,
thence to the south-east angle of Inland Lot No. 1018, thence along
the southern boundary of Inland Lot No. 1018, produced until it
meets the road on the east side of WoDgnelchong Valley, and thence
to the south-east angle ol Inland Lot No. 1364, produced until it
ineets the soutbern boundary.

---Thesvaters of the Colony--- or Colonial waters -, means all
waters, whether navigable or not, included within the area bounded
as follows

on the South-by the parallel of latitude 2.20 91 North between
the points where it is intersected by the meridians of longitude
1130 521 East and 1140 30' East of Greenwich;

on the North-by a line drawn from the point where the meridian
of longitude 11.30 521 East of Greenwich intersects the parallel of
latitude touching the extreme south-west point of the shore of
Deep Bay to the said south-west pornt of the shore of Deep Bay:
thence along the high water mark upon the shore of Deep
Bay to the. estuary of the Sham Chtin River; thence by a line drawn
as described in the -agreement delimiting- the northern frontier of the
New Territories signed by James Haldane Stewart Lockhart and
Wong ts un-shin at Hongkong on 19th March, 1899, and following
the high water mark in Mirs Bay to the point where the meridian of
longitude 1140 30' East of greenwich intersects the mainland;

on the Ea.8t-by the meridian of longitude 1140 30' East of

Greenwich between the points where It Intersects the mainland and
the parallel of latitude 2,20 9' North.,

on the East-by the meridian of longitude 1130 521 East of
Greenwich between the points where it intersects the parallel of
latitude touching the extrerne south-west point of the shore of Deep
Bay and the parallel of latitude 220 9' North; and between the
points on the north and south coast of Lantan where the meridian
of longitude 1130 521 East of Greenwich intersects the island the
boundary follows the western coast-line of Lantau and includes the
waters appertaining thereto.

---Harbour--- means, unless any other harbour is expressly in-
dicated, the harbour of. Victoria, and includes the waters of the
Colony within the following boundaries ;-





on the East-a line drawn front a pillar to be marked---Harbour
Limits--- at North Point on the island of Hongkong to the most
easterly point of Kowloon City Pier;
on the' West-A line drawn from the westernmost point of the
Island of Hongkong to the western side of Green Island, continued
to the western point of Stonecutters Island, thence to the north
point of Stonecutters Island, and thence to the Harbour Depart-
inent Station at Samshuipo.
---Public seal--- means the public seal of the Colony.

' Public office ' and ---Public departinent -, mean and include
every office or department invested with or performing duties of
a public nature, whether under.the immediate control ol the
Governor or not.

Public officer--- or ---Public servant -, means any person hold-
ing any appointment or discharging the duties, m-hether permanent-
ly or temporarily, of any office the emoluments of which are wholiv
or in part directly derived froui the. revermes of the Colony, and
includes members of the Executive and Legislative Councils,
members of the Sanitary Board, Justices of the Peace, Revenite
officers,members of th6 Police Force, and of the Chinese Watchmen
Force appointed tinder the. Regulation of Chinese Ordinance, 1888,
and also commissioners and persons acting tinder Ordinance No.
13 of 1886, and persons acting under Ordinance No. 6 of 1893.
---Officer of police--- or ---Police officer -, includes members of
the police force of all rank. ; and where any duty or power is ini-
posed or conferred in any Ordinance on officer of police--- or
'police officer--- or ' police, constable , it may be
performed or exercised by any meniber of the police force;
and where any ditty or power is imposed or conferred on am-
European officer of police or constable, it may be performed or
exercised by any European member of the police force;
and where any duty or power is Imposed on any officer of police
other thaii a constable it inay be performed or exercised by any
nieniber of the police force of higher rank;
and Nk-liei.e any person is referred to as ---not being a constable
of police--- it shall be construed to mean any person not being a
member of the police force---;
and the expression ' person employed in the police force -, or
other words of like meaning, shall include in the employees referred





to in section 3 (2) of Ordinance -No. 11 of 1900, as well as all mem-
bers of the police force.

Medical Officer of Health--- and---Assistant Medical Officer of
limits ', ineau. the persons appointed respectively to act as such
officers under Ordinance No. 1 of 1903.

'Governinent Analyst--- includes for the purposes of all Ordi-
nances any analyst appointed by the Governor under Ordinance
No. 8 of 1896.

---Revenue officer ' mean., any person appointed to act as revenue
officer tinder Ordinance No. 9 of 1911.

---Excise. officer ~' means any person appointed to act as excise
olficer tuider Ordinance No. 23 of 1909.

Forest officer--- rneans any forest gtiard or other person
appointed by the Governor for the control or superintendence of any
forest.

---The Gaol ' rneans Victoria Gaol, and includes any place that
way hereafter be set apart as a prison.

Superintendent of the Goal'includes the Assistant Superin-
tendent of the Gaol. This definition shall apply to all warrants of
committal, or other documents, whether issued, inade, sealed, or
signed before or after the commencement of this Ordinance.

C.-Geoflrapitical Defivitions.
United Kingdom ' nicans the United Kingdom of Great Britain
Ireland.

.. British Islands ' tneans the Unlited Kingdoni, the Channel

Islands, and the Isle of Man.

---British Possessioli' means any part ol His _Maiesty's Dominions
exclusive of the United Kingdom; and where parts of such Domin-
ions are under both a central and a local LecIslature, all parts under
the central Legislature shall, for the purpose of this definition, be
deenied to be one British possession.

---British Colony ' or ' Colony ' means, where the -Colony of
Hongkong 1,3 not intended, any part of -His Majesty's Dominions

exclusive. of the United Kingdom and of British India and where
parts of such Dominions are under both a central and a local
Legislature, all parts tinder the central Legislature shall, for the
purposes of this definition, be deemed to be one Colony.





---British India--- means all territ6rjes and places within His
X1ajesty's Dominions which are for the time being governed by His
Majesty through the Governor-General of India, or through any
Governor or other officer subordinate to the Governor-General of
1 ndia.

' India--- means British India together with any territories of
any Native Prince or Chief under the suzerainty of His Majesty
exercised through the Governor-General' ol India or other officer
subordinate to the Governor-General of India.

---High Court '

D-Judicial Definitions.
'High Court' means, when used with reference to En-land or
Ireland, His Majesty's High Court of Justice in England or Ire-
land, as the case may be.
Court of Assize--- or ---Assizes -, mean, as respects England,
Wales, and Ireland, a Court of Assize, a Court of Oyer and
Terminer, and a Court of Gaol Delivery, or any of them, and as
respects England and Wales, includes the CenLral Criminal Court;
and as respects Hongkong, means the SUpreme. Court, either one
Judge or the Full Court, sitting in its criminal Jurisdiction; and
unless, it is specially provided that any aoffence is to be tried
summarily before a Magistrate or otherwise all offelices shall be

triable before the Suprerne Court sitting in its criminal Jurisdiction.

---Supreme' Court means the Supreme Court Of HOngkong.

---Probate Court' means, as respects Hongkong the Supreme
Court sitting in its probate jurisdiction.

'Bankruptcy Court' 1 means, as respects Hongkong, the Supreme
Court sitting in its bankruptcy jurisdiction.

---Colonial Court of Admiralty--- means, as respects 1-1ongkong,
the Supreme Court sitting in its Admiralty jurisdiction.

' Court--- means the Supreme Court as well as any other Court
holden in the Colony; but in the absence of any -ivords indicating a
contrary intention the jurisdiction created by or referred to in any
enactment shall be exercised only by the Suprewe Court.

' Magistrate ' means a Magistrate appointed Under Ordinance
No. 3 of 1890, but does not include the Marine Magistrate in cases
not coming within section 8 of the said -Ordinance, unless such

* As amended by No. 8 of 1912, No. 23 of 1912 and No. 27 of 1912.





Magistrate is expressly indicated; and unless the contrary inten-
tion appear, the expression---triable before a Maulstrate---or---tried
summarily -, or any other expression having the like intent, means
that an offence may be tried as provided by Ordinance No. 3 of
1890; and the expression ---on summary conviction--- or ---on con-
viction before a Magistrate -, and any other expression having the
like intent, means that the offence to which it relates was triable,
and has been tried, and the ffender convicted, as provided by the
said Ordinance; and in both cases the. procedure respecting the
imposition of fines and forfeitures, imprisonment for default, and
all other provisions respecting the jurisdiction of the Magistrate,
and the procedure of sneli trial, shall be held to be included; and
where by any Ordinance an offence is made punishable by summary
conviction, the Magistrate, or two Magistrates, as the case may
require, shall be deented thereby to be invested with jurisdiction to
try any person accitsed of such ollence; and references in any enact-
inent to two Ma(vistrates shall inean two Magistrates sitting togetheir
and exercising jurisdiction as provided by section S3 of Ordinance
No. 3 of 1890.

---Judge-means may Judge of the Supretlie Court ; and where any
civil Jurisdiction is required to be exercised by a Judge, such
jurisdiction, if it is not otherwise expressed, shall be exercisable by
a Judge sitting in Chambers.


---Rules of Court--- mean when used in relation to any Court,
rules made by the authority having for the time being power to
make rules and orders regtilating the practice and procedure of such
Court, to-ether with the forms necessary thereto. The power of

the said anthority to make rules of court as above defined shall
include a power to make rules of court, together with the forms
necessary thereto, for the purpose of any future enactment directing
or authorising anything to be done. by rule of court.

F.-General Definitions.
Any Ordinance--- or ---Any enactment -, means and includes
any Ordinance or any enactinclit, as the case may be, which is in
force in the Coloiy at the time when the, enactment in which the
expression occurs is enforced or applied.
---Bank of Englaud--- means the G'overnol. and Company of the
Bank of England.

Aswnended by _No. 8 of 1912, No. 23 of 1912, 'No. 43 of 1912
and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





- Bank of Ireland - means the Governor and Company of the
Bank of Ireland.

Committed for trial - means, when used in relation to any
person, committed to prison with the view to his being tried before
a Judge and jury, or otherwise as the law directs; and includes a
person who is admitted to bail upon recognizances to appear and
take his trial before a Judge and jury, or otherwise.

Definition - ineans the interpretation to be given to words or
expressions used in the Ordinance or part of an Ordinance to
which such interpretations are declared to be applicable; and the
words or expressions are to have in such Ordinance or part of an
Ordinance, and in any rules, regulations, orders, or other docu-
ments made thereunder, the meanings assigned to thern unless in-
consistent with the context.

'Enactment' means any provision inade by competent authority
having the force of law, and any part of such provision, and includes
rules and regulations made in virtue of powers conferred by any
Ordinance or statute.

- Gazette - means the Hongkong Government Gazette.

- In this Ordinance - or - In this Part - or - In this section
or any other similar expression means, when used at the commence-
ment of an interpretation section, that the words or expressions
which follow shall have, in the Ordinance, or Part, or section, or in
any rules, regulations, orders or okther documents made thereunder,
the meanings assigned to them unless it is otherwise provided or
unless any such meaning is repugnant to, or inconsistent with,
the context.
Medical practitioner -, or any words importing a person recog-
nized at law as a practitioner in inedicine or surgery or as any
kind of meinber of the medical profession, means a. medical
practitioner duly registered under Ordinance No. 1 of 1884, unless a
Chinese medical practitioner is expressly referred to.
- Month ' means calendar manth, unless it appears from the
context that lunar month or Chinese - moon - is intended.
- Offence - rneans any crime, misdemeanor, contravention, or
other breach of the law for which a penalty is provided.
Person -, and words applied to any person or individual, shall
apply to and include, subject only to the provisions of section 35,
bodies corporate, joint tenants anj tenants in common.





' Per cent.', when used in relation to a rate of interest payable
in any circumstances, means the rate of interest specified payable
in respect of a year, unless it is expressly provided that it is payable
in respect of any other period.

---Proclamation--- means, as respects Hongkong, a proclamation
of the Governor or of the Governor-in-Council.

---Provided--- or ---Prescribed -, when used in reference to any
enactment, means provided or prescribed by such enactment, or as
provided or prescribed by the provisions of such enactment.

Solicitor---means a legal practitioner admitted to practice as a

solicitor before the Supreme Coxirt under Ordinance No. 1 of 1871.

---Statute
ment.

---Statutory Declaration---means a declaration made by virtue of
the Statutory Declarations Act, 1835, or of the Statutory Declara-
tions Ordinance, 1893.

or ---Act ', ineans aD Act of the Imperial Parlia-

' Treaty---means ,ind includes a treaty, convention, or agreement
made with a foreign State, together with protocols or declarations

attached thereto, or independent thereof but referring thereto.

---Will--- means and includes a will, testament, codicil, and all
other testamentary papers whatsoever.

---Year--- means a Year according to the Gregorian Calendar,
unless it appears front the context that a Chinese year is intended.

---Years of age -, or words of a like meaning, when used in re-

Lerence to the age of anv person, mean years according to English
reckoning, unless Chinese reckoning is expressly indicated.

PART V.

Of Regulation Forms, and other Matters.
40.-(1) Where any Ordinance confers on any person a discre-
tioriary power to make regulations, to issue any order, or to do any
act, the power shall, unless the contrary intention appear, be con-
strued as ineltidincr the power, exercisable in like manner, and subject
to the same conditions, if any, to amend, vary, rescind, revoke or
suspend the regulations niade, or order issued, or any part thereof,
and to rnake or issue new regulations, or a new order, or to abstain
from doing the act.

* As amendfd by No. 8 of 1912,





(2) ---Regulations ', both in this section, and generally in this

Ordinance, as well as in all other enactment, means regulations,
rules, orders and by-laws, not inconsistent with the provisions of
the Ordinance under which they are made, and includes rules ol
of court.

(3) All regulations shall, unless otherwise provided, Come Into
force on the day of their publication in the Gazette, and shall have
the same force and effect and be equally binding, and shall be colt
strued for all pi irposes as if they had been contained in the Ordi
nance empowering thein to be m ade; and any refereni. to the
Ordinance in ant, enactinent or in anv le-al docinnent shall be con-
strued as including the regulations in such reference.


(4) The same rules shall apply to any ordet. made by the Goverilor
or the Governor-in-Council, and to any order, warrant, scheine,
letters patent, or other instrument made ot. issued under the pro-
visions of arty Ordinance : provided that they sliall not apply to
banishment or deportation orders.

41.-(1) Unless it is otherwise enacted, wheneyet. in any Ordi-
nance it is provided that regulations shall be-
(a) made; or
(b) made subject to the approval or confirmation (or where other
words of like meaning are used) of the
the followbio, rules shall be observed,-

(i) the regulations shall be submitted for the approval of the
Governor-in-Council
(ii) the Governor-in-Council shall have power to aniend, or to
disapprove the whole or any part of the regulations, and rnay, if be
disapprove them either in whole or in part, require flirthel. or other
regulations to be submitted for approval.
The words---to amend ' shall include the power to add to, alter,
or otherwise vary.

(2) This section shall apply to regulations which are by any Ordi-
nance made subject to the approval or confirniation (or where other
words of like meaning are used) of the Governor or of the Legisla-
tive Council.

42. All forms in use under any Ordinance repealed by any sub-
seqxient; Ordinance, and which are riot replaced by forms in the

As alnended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.





repealing Ordinance, shall remain in ferce so far as they are not
inconsistent with its provisions, until they have been replaced by
forms prescribed in accordance with the provisions of the repealing
Ordinance.

PART VI.
Of Proclantations and Orders of the Governor.
43. Proclamations and notifications of the Governor shall come
into operation oil the date of their publication in the Gazette.

44. Where power is given to the Governor to issue a proclama-
tion ornotification, it shall include the power of an-lending, revoking
or suspendlnl- the said proclamation or notification, and of declaring
the date of its coming into force, and also of substituting another
therefor.
Provided always that where any Ordinance is to come into force
on a day to be fixed by proclamation, th ' e power to issue such pro-
claination shall not include (except in the case of and for the pur-
pose of correcting any inistake therein) the power of amending,
revoking, or suspending the same.


45. Where power is given to the Governor to make any order or
give any direction, it shall be sufficient, unless it is otherwise ex-
pressed, for such order or direction to be signified under the hand
of the Colonial Secretary or of the Assistant Colonial Secretay.
This section shall not apply to the issue of any warrant by the
Governor : such warrant shall be tinder his hand and seal.

46. Sections 43 and 44 shall apply to proclamations and notifica-
tions issued by the Governor-in-Couneil; and section 45 shall apply
to orders and directions of the Governor-in-Council, except that the
signification thereof shall be tinder the hand of the Clerk of the
Councils.

PART VII.
Of Public Officers.
47.-(1) Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in any Ordi-
nance : if any person shall, by force or violence, resist, oppose,
molest, hinder, or obstruct any public officer in the performance

* Aq atnended bv No. 8 of 1912 and No. 23 of 1912.





of his duty, or any person lawfully engaged, authorised, or employ-
ed in the performance of any public duty, or any person lawfully
acting in aid or assistance of any such public officer or person, be
shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars, and to imprison-
ment not exceeding 3 months.

1-sub-sections 2 and 3, rep. No. 43 of 1912.j

48.-(1) Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in any enact-
inent all actions and prosecutions to be commenced against any
public officer for anything done or omitted to be done in pursuance
of any enactment shall be commenced within 6 months after the
act or omission, and not otherwise.

(2) In any such action the defendant may plead the general issue,
and give this Ordinance and any special matter in evidence at any
trial to be had thereupon.

(3) No plaintiff shall recover in any such action if tender of suffi-
cient amends has been made before such action brought, or il-
a sufficient stun of money has been paid into Court after such
action brought by or on behalf ol the defendant.

(4) If a verdict passes for the defendant, or the plaintiff is non-
suited or discontinues any such action after issue Joined, or if on
demurrer or otherwise, Judgment is given against the plaintiff, the
defendant shall recover his full costs as between solicitor and client,
and shall have the like remedy for the same as any defendant has
by law in other cases; and though a verdict passes or Judgment is
given for the plaintiff in any such action, the plaintiff shall not have
costs agaitist the defendalit unless the Judge before whoill*the trial
is had certifies his approbation of the action.
[stib-section (.5), rel). No. 43 of 1912]

PART VIII.
Miscellaneous Provisiovs.
49,(1) In any Ordinance, instrument, or document, any Act
of the Imperial Parliament may be cited by reference to its - short
title -, if any, either with or without a reference to the chapter, or
by reference to the regnal year in which it was passed; and, where

As aniended by No. 8 of 1912, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
there are more statutes or sessions than one in the same regnal year,
by reference to the statute or the session, as the case may require;
and where there are more chapters than one, by reference to the
chapter; and any provision of any Act may be cited by reference to
the section or sub-section of the Act in which the provision is con-
tained.

(2) Where any Ordinance passed after 18th November, 1897,
contains such reference as aforesaid, the reference shall, unless the
contrary intention appear, be read as referring, in -the case of
statutes included in any revised edition of the statutes purporting
to be printed by authority, to that edition ; and in case of statutes
not so included and passed before the' reign of King George the
First, to the edition prepared under the direction of , the Record
Coirimission ; and in other cases to the copies of the statutes pur-
porting to be printed by the King's Printer or under the superinten-
dence or authority of His Majesty's Stationery Office.

(3) In any Ordinance a description or citation of a portion of an
Act of Parliament shall, unless the contrary intention appear, be
construed as including the word, section, or other part mentioned or
referred to as forming the beginning and as forming the end of the

portion comprised in the description or citation.

(4) Any reference to an Act of Parliament shall include a refer-
ence to regulations made there-under.
rs. .50, rep. , No. 43 of 1912.]

Short title . Application of the ordinances. Application of subsequent ordinances. Application of provisions of ordinance. commencement of ordijnances . Definition of ' commencement ,' time of commencement . Exercise fo statutory powers between passing and commencement of ordinance. Citation ordinances. effect fo repeal on existing proclamaions and regulaions. Effect fo repeal generally . repeal of ordinances. References to re-enacted provisions. Reference to re-enacted acts fo parliament . Operation of amending ordinances. disallowance. Ordinances to be public ordinances . Sections to be substantive enactments . Schedules , etc, to be part of ordinances. Sub-divisons of ordinances to be recognised . References to the sovereign. ordinances not bindingon crown unless expressed . Construction of provisions as to exercise of powers and duties . Constructiojn of references to public officers. Construction of provisions granting powers to the holder of an office. references to time. Meaning of service by post . Meaningof writing . Meaning of writing . Meaning of 'oath ' ' affidavit' and 'swear'.use fo chinese expressions in ordinances. meaning of ' or ' ' other ' 'otherwise ' no. 30 of 1911. Burden of proof where acts done without lawful excuse. Meaning of 'person ' in crimial ordinances. Rules as to gender and number . Effectr of notices in garette. No. 2 of 1889. Applicaion of fees , fines and forfieittures. definitions official definitions. colonial definations . geographical definations. judicial definitions. general definations. extent of power to make regulations. meaning of 'regulation'. Publication and effect . Other documents powers of governor-in-council over regulations.forms in repealed ordinacnes. coming into force of proclamations . Extent of power to issue proclaimations.signification of orders of the governor . Application of certain previous sections. Interfering with public officers . protection of public officers acting under authority of enactment . Citation of imperial acts.

Abstract

Short title . Application of the ordinances. Application of subsequent ordinances. Application of provisions of ordinance. commencement of ordijnances . Definition of ' commencement ,' time of commencement . Exercise fo statutory powers between passing and commencement of ordinance. Citation ordinances. effect fo repeal on existing proclamaions and regulaions. Effect fo repeal generally . repeal of ordinances. References to re-enacted provisions. Reference to re-enacted acts fo parliament . Operation of amending ordinances. disallowance. Ordinances to be public ordinances . Sections to be substantive enactments . Schedules , etc, to be part of ordinances. Sub-divisons of ordinances to be recognised . References to the sovereign. ordinances not bindingon crown unless expressed . Construction of provisions as to exercise of powers and duties . Constructiojn of references to public officers. Construction of provisions granting powers to the holder of an office. references to time. Meaning of service by post . Meaningof writing . Meaning of writing . Meaning of 'oath ' ' affidavit' and 'swear'.use fo chinese expressions in ordinances. meaning of ' or ' ' other ' 'otherwise ' no. 30 of 1911. Burden of proof where acts done without lawful excuse. Meaning of 'person ' in crimial ordinances. Rules as to gender and number . Effectr of notices in garette. No. 2 of 1889. Applicaion of fees , fines and forfieittures. definitions official definitions. colonial definations . geographical definations. judicial definitions. general definations. extent of power to make regulations. meaning of 'regulation'. Publication and effect . Other documents powers of governor-in-council over regulations.forms in repealed ordinacnes. coming into force of proclamations . Extent of power to issue proclaimations.signification of orders of the governor . Application of certain previous sections. Interfering with public officers . protection of public officers acting under authority of enactment . Citation of imperial acts.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/988

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

1

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 31 of 1911

Number of Pages

22
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:56 +0800
<![CDATA[PENALTIES AMENDMENT ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/987

Title

PENALTIES AMENDMENT ORDINANCE, 1911

Description


No. 30 of 1911.
To abolish Minimum Penalties, and to bring the Law of the Colony
as to Penalties into uniformity with the Law of England.
[In force on Proclamation of New Revised Edition.]
WHEREAS it is expedient for the better administration of justice to
abolish minimum penalties and so to bring the law of the Colony as
to penalties into uniformity with the law of England:-

1. The Penalties Amendment Ordinance, 1911.

2.-[sub-section (1) and (2), rep. No. 43 of 1912.]

As ainended by No. 16 of 1912.





(3) Unless any enactment now in force, as printed in the New
Revised Edition of the Laws of Hongkong otherwise provides, where
a Court is empowered to impose a sentence
(a) of imprisonment for life; or
(b) of imprisonment for a period not exceeding a specified term;

or

(c) of a fine,
the Court may, after conviction of any person of an offence, award
a sentence less than for life or less than for the specified term, or
less than the fine, specified lit the enactment, as the case may be.

3. Where under any enactment now in force, or under any future
enactment, a, Court shall sentence a person convicted of an offence
for which the penalty of imprisonment is provided, the Court may,
unless-

(a) in the case of any enactment now in force, the enactment
as printed in the New Revised Edition of the Laws of Hongkong
and
(b) in the case of any future enactment,
such enactment provides that the imprisonment shall be without
hard labour, inflict imprisonment with or without hard labour :
Provided always that where under this or the preceding section,
a sentence of imprisonment is Wiposed for more than two years,* it
shall always be with hard labour : and provided further, that where
any person is sentenced to imprisonment under any existing enact-
ment for not finding sureties, such imprisonment shall be without
hard labour.

[sections 4, -5, 6 and 7, rep. No. 43 of 1912.] '

8. Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall be construed as
giving to a Court the power of inflicting a punishment less than the
minimurn punishment, if any, provided for offences against any
enactment now in force, or any future enactment, relating to
revenue, customs, or quarantine, or relating to any of His Majesty's
regular or auxiliary forces, or which carries into effect any treaty by
which a auxiliary penalty is stipulated for the offence in question.

[preamble and sections 9 and 1.0, rep. No. 43 of 1912.]

As. amended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 17* of 1912.
11. -- (1) Whenever in any enactment now in force or in any
future enactment, several penalties are provided for one ofrence, the
use of the word---or-in relation to such penalties shall signify that
they are to be inflicted alternatively ;
the use of the word - and - shall signify that the penalties may
be inflicted alternatively or cumulatively; and
the use of the words - together with ' or - in addition to -, or
other expressions which convey the same meaning, shall signify that
the penalties are to be inflicted etimulatively.
F-stib-section (2), rep. No. 43 of 1912.]
L
[see. 1-2, i.el). No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.]

[see. 13, rep. No. 43 of 191`2.1

14. This Ordinance shall apply to penalties imposed on a sum-
mary conviction by a Magistrate, or by two Magistrates, or by the
Marine Magistrate.

[see. 15 and schedtile, rep. No. 43 of 1912.]

short title.
power to court ot award lesser penalty than that stated . Where imprisonment imposed it may be with or without hard labour . Saving of minimum penaltie sin certain ordinances . alternative and cummulative penalties , how distinguished . Ordinance to apply to sentences imposed by magistrate .

Abstract

short title.
power to court ot award lesser penalty than that stated . Where imprisonment imposed it may be with or without hard labour . Saving of minimum penaltie sin certain ordinances . alternative and cummulative penalties , how distinguished . Ordinance to apply to sentences imposed by magistrate .

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/987

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

1

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 30 of 1911

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:56 +0800
<![CDATA[STATUTE LAWS (NEW REVISED EDITION) ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/986

Title

STATUTE LAWS (NEW REVISED EDITION) ORDINANCE, 1911

Description


(15) All extra high pressure electric lines and apparatus placed in a
sub-station shall be highly insulated and thoroughly protected against
injury to the insulation or access of moisture, and any metal forming
part of the electric circuit shall not, unless efficiently connected with
earth, be exposed so that it can be inadvertently touched. All such
lines shall be so fixed and protected as to prevent the possibility of
electrical discharge to any adjacent metallic substance.
(16) The Director of Public Works shall be entitled to enter at all
time.. any of the generating or sub-stations of the company supplying
or supplied at in extra high pressure, and to make any such examina-
tion and tests of the mains, machines, transformers, or other apparatus
in use. in those stations, as may appear to him necessary, and the com-
panly, shall afford all due facilities for any such examination and tests.
(17) Where any extra high pressure circuit is cormected.with earth,
the connection shall be made at one point only, at the. genera
tine, station, sub-station, or transformer, and the insulation of the
circuit shall, except at that point, be efficiently maintained throuahout.
(18) The neutral point of the star winding of each distinct three-
phase circuit, used for extra hilh pressure, inay be connected with
earth, or may be insulated. If connected with earth through a re-
sistance, that resistance shall be sufficiently lon, to ensure that the
fxiqe or automatic circuit-breaker in the mains shall act.

If the neutral point is not connected with earth, a separate electro-
static voltmeter placed in a conspicuous position in the generating
station shall be connected between each distinct circuit and earth; and
if the indications of the voltmeters show that the insulation of any of
the circuits is faulty, immediate steps shall be taken to restore the
insulation.

Penalties.

39. If the company rinake default in complying wiht any of the pre-
ceding regulatiow, they shall, on surnmarv conviction, be liable to a
penalty not exceeding 100 dollars for every such default, and in the
case of a continuing offence to a further penalty not exceeding 100
dollars for each day during which the offence continues.
The recovery of a penalty under these regulations shall not affect the
liability of the company to make compensation in respect of any
darnage or injury which may be caused by reason of the default





Kt., formerly Chief Justice of Hongkong, that Edition is in nee
of revision, and it is expedient to authorise the publication of
Newly Revised Edition of the Laws of the Colony:-

1. The Statute Laws (New Revised Edition.) Ordinance, 1911.

2. In this Ordinance,-

Revised Edition ' menas the Revised Edition of the Laws of
.Hongkong prepared by His Honour Sir John Carrington, Knight,
C.M.G., formerly Clief Justice of the Colony, and authorised to
be used by proclamation of the Governor, dated 20th July, 1904,
made in virtue of Ordinance No. 12 of 1900. *
~ ~ New Revised Edition- means the newly Revised Edition of
the Laws of Hongkong authorised by this Ordinance.

3. The Governor may appoint some fit and proper person as
Editor for the purpose of preparing the New Revised Edition.

4. In the preparation of the New Revised Edition the Editor shall
have the following powers in regard to the Ordinances included
therein. :-
(1) to omit-
(a,) all Ordinances or parts of Ordinances which have been re-
pealed;
(b) all introductory words of enactment;
(c) prefactory words to short titles;
(d) headings of stib-divisions of Ordinances which in the opinion
of the Editor are not necessary to the proper interpretation of the
Ordinances, so long, as they are not headings or titles of Parts,
where, an Ordinance is divided into Parts, in which case such
omission shall not be made, nor shall any alteration in the headings
or titles of such Parts be made, unless they are included in one of
the Ordinances mentioned in section 6.
(ii) to insert in their proper places in the Ordinances amended all
provisions of aniending Ordinances as indicated in such Ordinances,
as if the said amended Ordinance., had been ordered to be printed
as ainended in sticb amending Ordinances .; and further, where all
the amendments made by such amending Ordinances are so inserted
as aforesaid so that the object of such Ordinances has been effected,
to treat the remainder of such Ordinances as exhausted, and to omit
the same.

As amended by No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 17 of 1912.





(iii) to make grammatical and typographical amendments, and to
revise the punctuation where in the opinion of the Editor such
revision is necessary.
(iv) to substitute-
(a.) figures for words;
(b) the serial numbers in references to Ordinances instead of the
short titles ;
where in the opinion of the Editor such substitutions are convenient.
(v) to adopt a convenient standard fortit for the interpretation
sections in all Ordinances; and
(vi) to do all such things relating to form and inethod which may
be necessary for the perfecting of the New Uevised Edition.

5. The numbering of the Ordinances contained in tbe Revised
Edition, and of the sections of such Ordinances, shall be preserved,
unless by special authority of the Governor a new numbering of the
sections of any Ordinance is considered advisable, in which case
such new numbering shall be included in the special Ordinance
referred to in section 6 (4).
The numbering of the Ordinances passe,(] since 1901 sball in
nowise be altered.

6.-M All omissions and amendments in the Ordinances com-
prised in the New Revised Edition, other than those referred to in
the preceding sections, shall be collected by the Editor and sub-
mitted to the Legislative Council in the form, of one or more - Law
Revision - and - Law Amendment - Ordinances respectively.

(.2) Where any omission or an-iendinent is in the opinion of the
Editor sufficiently important a special amending Ordiance shall be
submitted to the Legislative Council, and if such Ordinance is
passed the authority to make such omissions and amendments shall
be the commencement of such Ordinance.
(3) The following omissions shall be held to be included In sub-
section (1) -
(a) parts of Ordinances which have expired or have become spent
or have lost their effect;
(b) repealing sections, and tables and lists of repealed enact-
ments, in schedules or otherwise;

As amended by No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(c) preambles or parts of preambles to Ordinances which in the
opinion of the Editor no longer serve any useful purpose;
(d) introductory words of enactment in any part of an Ordinance,
which in the opinion of the Editor are no longer required;
(e) sections prescribing the date when, or the method by which,
any Ordinance, or any part, of any Ordinance, is to come into force,
where the omission in the opinion of the Editor can be conveniently
made : Provided that in all cases a note shall be inserted at the
beginning of all Ordinances of the date of their commencement,
and, where any special method of bringing an Ordinance into opera-
tion has been prescribed, of the metliod and date by and at which
the Ordinance has been brought into operation.

(4) Where entire Ordinances have expired, or have become spent,
or have lost their effect, and ought to bc repealed, or where it is
considered advisable to repeal entire Ordinances, or a considerable
part of any Ordinance, such repeals shall be embodied by the Editor
in a special Ordinance---for promoting the General Revision of the
Law -, to be submitted to the Legislative. Council, in which the
reason for each such repeal shall be succinctly stated.
(5) The Editor shall be at liberty to recast the marginal notes of
the sections of all Ordinances included in the New Revised Edition
where in his opinion it is necessary for greater clearness.

7.-M The New Revised Edition shall comprise the Ordinances
in force on 31st December, 1912. The said Edition shall be com-
prised in two Volumes which sball include the Ordinances of the
years 1844 to 1912.

(92) The Editor shall prepare and issue as part of his undertak-
ing :-
(a) a Chronological Table of all the Ordinances of the Colony, in-
eluding those which have been repealed, or which were not included
in the Revised Edition : Provided that he may for such purpose
adopt the Chronological Table prepared for the Revised Edition by
Sir John Carrington;
(b) a full and complete index to the subject matter of all Ordi-
nances contained in the New Revised Edition;
(c) references to Orders issued by the Sovereign in His Privy
Council relating to or affecting the Colony, in so far as it may be
practicable;

* As amended by No. 43 of 1912.





(d) such Tables of References to the aforesaid or other matters as
he may consider necessary for perfecting the New Revised Edition;
all which things shall be included in supplementary volumes, and
the volumes together shall form one series entitled ' The Laws of
Hongkong -.

8.-(1) Each volume of the series before it is issued shall, by
general order of the Governor in that behalf, be impressed on the
title page thereof with the seal of the Colony.

(2) On some convenient day after the issue and publication of
the second volume, and after the passing of the Ordinances referred
to in section 6, the New Revised Edition shall be laid before the
Legislative Council for approval, and such approval, if giveti, shall
be notified, by proclamation of the Governor.

9.-[preamble and sub-section (1), rel). XLo. 43 of 1912.]

(2) A copy of this Ordinance and of all Ordinances passed after
the commencement of this Ordinance, certified wider the hand of
the Governor and the seal of the Colony shall, as soon as conven-
iently may be after they have been passed by the Legislative Council
and assented to by the Governor, be transmitted by the Clerk of
Councils to the Registrar of the Supreme Court, m7ho shall carefully
preserve them for record together with the collection of Ordinances
of the Colony from the commencement thereof down to and inclu-
sive of Ordinance No. 30 of 1886, and the scaled copies of all the
Ordinances subsequent to Ordinance No. 30 of 1886 already preser-
ved in the Registry.

(3) All such sealed copies and all the copies contained in the said
collection shall be deemed to be the originals.
(4) The Registrar shall also obtain and carefully preserve a copy
of the Revised Edition.
(5) In so far as there are variances between the Revised Edition
and the aforesaid originals in the case of Ordinances passed up to the
end of the year 1901, such originals shall be deemed to have been
amended by, and such variations shall be deemed to have been
authorised by, the Statute Laws (Revised Edition) Ordinance, 1900.

(6) Subject to the provisions of section 11, such originals and the
Ordinances contained in the Revised Edition shall be proved by

As aniended by No. 61 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912, No. 16 of 1912 and
No. 48 of 1912.





certified copies thereof, or, by order of a Judge by the production
thereof by the Reistrar. Subject, however, to objection being
taken any such original or any Ordinance contained in the Revised
E'dition ina, be proved by the production of a copy of the Gazette
y
or of a copy of any collection of Ordinances, purl,-yorting to be
printed by the Government Printers, containing a copy of such
original, or of a volume of the Revised Edition, purporting, to be
impressed on the title page thereof with the seal of the Colony,
containing such Ordinance.

(7) AnY person shall be entitled to inspect any suell originals or
the copy of the Revised Edition during office liours on paynlent of
-2.5 cents for each inspection not exceeding, 3 hours, and to take copies
or extracts therefroin lot. certification by the Recyistral., on payment
of 25 cents per folio of 75 words for each copy or extract.

Fsec. 10, rep. No. 43 of 191.2.]
L

11. From the date of the proclamation referred to in section 8
the New Revised Editiob shall be deemed to be, and shall be,
without any question, in all Courts and for all other purposes what-
soever, the sole and only, proper Statute Book of the Colony up to
the date of the latest of the Ordinances contained tberein. From
the said date in so far as there inay be variances between the
Ordinances contained lit the Revised Edition and in the
Revised Edition, or between the Ordinances contained in the New
R'evised Edition and the originals preserved by the Registrar of
Ordinances passed between the commencement of the year 1902
arid the end of the year of 1912, the Ordinances contained in the
Revised Edition and the Ordinances passed during the said periods
respectively shall be deemed to have been aniended by, and such
variations to have been authorised by, this Ordinance

-Provided that nothing in this section shall affect the operation of
any Ordinance which may be passed before the issue of such pro-
clamation, for the repeal, alteration, or amendment of any earlier
Ordinance after sneh Ordinance has been printed in the New
Revised Edition.

12. Where in any existing enactment or any existing docu-
ment of whatever kind, reference is made to an Ordinance which is
affected by or under the operation ol this Ordinance, such reference

As ionended h ' \ Xf). fit of 1911, No. 8 of 1912, No. 16 of 1912,
No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
shall, where necessary and practicable, be deemed to extend and
apply to the corresponding enactment as contained in the New
Revised Edition.

No. 20 of 1911, incorporated in No. 8 of 1896.

No. 21 of 1911, incorporated in No. 40 of 1909.

No. 22 of 1911, incorporated In -NO. .2 of 1.89.~.

No. 23 of 1911, incorporated in No 1 of 1872

No. 24 of 1911, incorporated in No. .5 of 186.5.

No. 25 of 1911, repcaled by _No. 40 of 191.2.

No. 26 of 1911, repealed by. 'No. 8 of 1912 s. 87.

No. 27 of 1911, incorporated in No. 1.5 of 1908.

No. 28 of 1911, incorporated in No. 10 of 1900

No. 29 of 1911, incorporated in No. 4 of 1899.
penalties for default. short title . Interpretation . Appointment of editor . Powers of editor . numberin of ordinances in new edition . Ordinances to be prepared by editior for the purposes of revision . extent of revision. approval of new edition by proclamation . Preservaiton fo ordinances passed and of revised edition for purposes of record and poof . Validation of varices between revised edition and former sealed copies . validity and operation of new revised edition . Construction of reterences to former editions of ordinances .

Abstract

penalties for default. short title . Interpretation . Appointment of editor . Powers of editor . numberin of ordinances in new edition . Ordinances to be prepared by editior for the purposes of revision . extent of revision. approval of new edition by proclamation . Preservaiton fo ordinances passed and of revised edition for purposes of record and poof . Validation of varices between revised edition and former sealed copies . validity and operation of new revised edition . Construction of reterences to former editions of ordinances .

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/986

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 19 of 1911

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:55 +0800
<![CDATA[ELECTRICITY SUPPLY ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/985

Title

ELECTRICITY SUPPLY ORDINANCE, 1911

Description


No. 18 of 1911.
For regulatifig the supply of Electricity for Lighting and other
purposes.

1. The Electricity Supply Ordinance, 1911.


[19th May, 1911.]

2. In this Ordinance,-

---Electricity--- ineans electricity, electric current, or an like
agency:

As amended bv No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.
As amended l~v No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





'Electric line- means a wire or wires, conductor or other
means used for the purpose of conveying, transmitting, or dis-
tributing electricity, with any easing, coating, covering, tube, pipe,
or insulator enclosing, surrounding or supporting the same, or any
part thereof, or any apparatus connected therewith for the purpose
of conveying, transmittirig, or distributing electricity or electric
eurrents

---Works ' means and includes electric lines, also any buildings,
niachinery, engines, works, matters, or things of whalever descrip-
tion required to supply electricity and to carry into effect the object
of a company :

---Company--- means and includes any person and any body of
persons corporate or ituincorporate by whoin electricity is supplied :

---Street ' includes any square, court, or alley, highway, lane,
road, thoroughfare, or public passage or place.
0 11 1

3. The regulations for securing the safety of public contained contained
c
in the schedule shall have effect as respects any company supplying
b
electricity within the Colony.

Provided that nothing in this Ordiflance shall apply to any electric
line or works laid down or erected by any person or body of persons
for the supply of el ectricity generated upon any premises occupied
by such person or body to any other part of such premises.

Provided always that for such supply any electric line passing
under or over any public street pathway or place shall conform to
these regulations.

4.' (1) Where for the purposes of a supply of electricity any
company has obtained or may obtain any licence or authority from
the Director of Public Works to break up streets or for any other
purpose, the Governor-in-Council may make regulations, which shall
be applicable to all. companies which have obtained any such licence
or authority, for securing a regular and sufficient supply of electri-
city, and generally for controlling and regulating such supply.

(2) The Governor-in-Council may make regulations as respects
any company supplying electricity for the protection of telegraph
cables, telephone lines, or lines operated by any department of the

As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1612.
As ainendd by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





Government, or by the naval or military authorities, or by any
person or body of persons authorised by the Government to main.
tain a telegraphic service.
Is. US, rep. No. 16 of 191.2.]

6. Regulations made under this Ordinance shall come into force
after their publication for two consecutive weeks in the Gazette.

7. ADy regulation under this Ordinance may impose penalties for
offences against the same not exceeding 100 dollars for each offence,'
wIth or without penalties for continuing offences -not exceeding for
any Continuing offence 100 dollars lor every day during which the
offence continues. All such penalties may be recovered summarily.

SCHEDULE.

BLGULATIONS FOR SECURING THE SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC
Definitions.
1. In the following regulations,-

- Consumer's wires - means any electric lines on a consumer's pre-
mises which tire conueeted with the service lines of the company at the
consumer's terminals;

- Sub-station - rneans any premises in which energy is transformed
or converted for the purpose of supply to consumers, and which are
large enough to admit the entrance of a person after the transforming
or converting apparatus is in position, provided that for the purpose
of these regulations any place within any such premises whichis used
solely for some purpose other than such transformation or conversion
shall not he deemed to form part of a sub-station;

- Overhead line - means any electirc line which is place above
ground and in the open air;

- Pressure - means the difference of electrical potential between any
two conductors through which a supply of energy is given, or between
any part of either conductor and the earth; and-

(a) where tbe conditions of the supply are such that the pressure at
any pair of consumer's terminals does not exceed 250 votls, the supply
shall be deemed a low pressure supply.

(b) where the conditions of the supply are such that the pressure
exceeds 250 volts but does not exceed 650 volts, the supply shall he
deemed a medium pressure supply;

As amended by No. 17 oC 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 ajid '-~,o. 43 of 1912 Supp. Selled.





(c) where the conditions of the supply are such that the pressure
exceeds 6,50 volts but does not exceed 3,000 volts, the supply shall be
deemed a high pressure supply; and
(d) where the conditions of the supply are such that the pressure
exceeds 3,000 volts, the supply shall be deemed ,in extra high
pressure supply.

Where these regulations require any metallic body to be---efficiently
connected with eartli,- it shall be connected with the general mass of
0
earth in such manner as will ensure at. all times an immediate and safe
discharge of electrical energy.

Gencral.
2. The pressure of a supply delivered to any consumer sball not
exceed the limit of low pressure except for special purposes, for which
a medium pressure supply may be given on the consuinci. undertaking
to comply with the following conditions:-

(a) Where the supply is for power purposes

(1) the fral-ne of every electric motor shall be controlled connected
with earth;

(2) the consumer's wires forming the connections to motors, or
otherwise in connection with the Supply, shall be, as far as practicable,
completely enclosed in strong metal casing efficiently connected with
earth, or they shall be fixed in such a manner that there shall be no
danger of any shock;

(3) the supply to every motor shall be controlled by means of an
efficient cut-off switch, placed in such a position as to easily handled
by the person in charge of the motor, and connected so that by its
means all pressure can be cut off from the motor itself, and from any
regulating switch, resistance or other device in connection therewith;

(4) switches, efficienf, fuses or other automatic circuit-breakers shall
be provided, so as to protect the circuits from excess of current, and
all switches and cut-outs shall be so enclosed and protected that there
shall be no danger of any shock being obtained in the ordinanr handling
thereof, or of any fire being caused by their normal or abnormal action;
1

(5) a notice shall be fixed in a conspicuous position at every motor
and switch board in. connection Nvith the supply forbidding unautho'ised
persons to touch the motors or apparatus.

(b) Where the supply is for are lamps in series,--

(1) the consumer's wires forming the connection,-, to the are lamps,
or otherwise in connection with the supply, shall be, as far as practi-
cable, completely enclosed in strong metal casing efficiently connected
with earth, or they shall be fixed in such a manner that there. shall be
no danger of any shock;

* As aniended by '-\o. 50 of 1911.





(2) the supply to every are lamp shall be controlled by means of an
efficient cut-off switch, placed in such a position as to be easily handled
by the persoh in charge of the are lighting, and connected so that by
its means all pressure call be out off from the are lamp itself, and from
ally regulating switch, resistance or other device in connection there-
with. Provided that where the are lamps are connected in series
across the outer conductors of a three-wire system, it shall be sufficient
if one such switch be provided for each series of are lamps;

(3) switches, efficient fuses or other automatic, cut-outs shall be
provided, so as to protect the circuits from excess of current, and all
switches and cut-outs shall be so enclosed and protected that there
shall be no danger of any shock being obtained in the ordinary handling
thereof, or of any fire being caused by their normal or abnormal action.
(c) Where the supply is for incandescent lamps in series, unless the
Director of Public Works otherwise allows,-

(1) the consumer's wires forming the connections to the incandescent
lamps, or otherwise in connection with the supply, shall be completely
enclosed in stron- metal casing, and this casing together with the
switches and lamp holders, if moetallic, shall be efficiently connected
with earth;

(2) switches, efficient fuses or other automatic cut-outs shall be
provided, so as to protect the circuits from excess of current, and all
switches and cut-outs shall be so enclosed and protected that there shall
be no danger of any shock being obtained in the ordinary handling
thereof, or of any fire being caused by their normal action.

Where the supply is for any special purpose other than those above-
mentioned, or where the pressure of the supply exceeds the limits of
medium pressure it shall be subject to such ither regulations as the
Governor-in-Council may prescribe.

3. When the pressure between the outer conductors of a three-wire
system exceeds 250 volts and the three wires of the system or two
pairs of wire are. brought into a consumer's premises, the supply shall
be given to two pairs of terminals arranged in such a manner that
there shall be no danger of any shock, and the wiring from those
terminals shall be kept distinct.

4. The sectional area of the conductor in any electric line other than
low tension laid or erected in any street after the date of these Regula-
tions shall not be less than that of a strand of 7 wires, each of which
is of No. 22 standard wire gauge, and the sectional area of every wire
in a strand forming any such conductor shall not be less than that
gauge, and where such stranded conductor is erected it shall be sus-
pended from a suitable bearer wire. In the case of low tension con-
ductors in any electric line the sectional area shall not be less than
that of a, single wire---of No. 16 standard wire gauge efficiently insulated.

This regulation shall not apply in the case of an electric line-placed
in a lamp-post.
5. Every low pressure and medium pressure main, agter having been
placed in position, and before it is used for the purposes of supply,
shall withstand a pressure equal to the maximum pressure to
which it is intended to be subjected in use, and in any case at least
200 volts, and further, before being used as aforesaid, it shall be tested
for insulation, and the company shall duly record the results of the
tests of each main or section of a main.

6. A high pressure circuit shall not be brought into use unless the
insulation of every part thereof has withstond the continuous applica-
tion, during one hour, in the case of everv eleetric flue, of a pressure
equal to the full working pressure to wbich it is inteuded to be sub-
jected in use, and, in the case of ever machine, device, or
of a pressure equal to the full working pressure to which it is inteuded
to be subjected.

The company shall duly record the results of each test.

7. There shall be maintained by the company at each station or sub-
station as may be necessary a leakage indicator of approved pattern
and so arranged that the leakage indicator of approved pattern
ascertaubed at any time and a wekly test recorded. If at any time
the leakage is in the opinion of the Director of public Works excessive,
he shall require the company to remedy the same and it shall forthwith
be remedied.

Provided that where any part of any electric circuit is couneeted
with earth, either in accordance with tliese regulations or with the
approval of the Director of Public Works, the provisions of this regul-
ation shall not apply to that part of that, circuit so long as the
connection with earth exists.

8. Every high pressure main, conductor, or other apparatus shall be
protected by a suitable fuse or autornatic curcuit-breaher.

Provided that it shall not, be incumbent upon the company to provide
such a fuse or circuit-breaker for the onter conductor of a concentric
main. which is, in accordance with tliese re-ulations or with the
approval of the Director of Public Works, efficiently connected with
earth.

9. In everv ease where a high pressure supply is transformed for the
purpose of supply to one or more consumers, some suitable automatic
and quick-actina means sliall be provided to protect the -consumer's
wires from any accidental contact with or leakage frorn the high
pressure circuit, either within or without the transforming apparatus.
1
10. The metallic portion of every high pressure transformed former, with
the exception of the conductors thereof, shall be efficienth- connected
with earth 'except in respect of transformers supported 'on poles at
such a height as to be inaccessible except by the use of a ladder or
other special appliance: Provided that in such cases such poles shall
be efficiently connected with earth.

11. Where any portion of any electric line or any support for any
electric line is exposed in such a position as to be liable to cause





injuty from lightning, it shall be officiently protected against such
liability.
12. Where any accident by explosion or fire, or any other accident of
such kind as to have caused or to be likely to caused loss of
life or personal injurv has occurred at any part of ativ electric line or
work, the coinpaus- shall give immediate notice thereof to the
Director of Public Works.

Overhead Lines.

13-(1) The provisions of this regulation shall have effect in the
case of overflead for low, medium, and high pressure supply, and
in the event of sueh overhead lines being situated under the verandah
or balcony of any builaing the Director of Public Works shall deter-
mine how far and to what extent the provisions of this regulation shall
apply.

(21) The interval between any two wooden poles used singly as
supports for an overhead line shall not exceed 200 feet: provided that
where the line makes au abgke at any such pole, the interval between
that and the next pole shall not exceed 150 feet. In the case of sup-
ports other than single wooden poles the intervals, between the supports
shall be such as be prescribed by Gie Director of Public Works.

(3) Ever v support for all overbead line shall be of a durable material,
and shall be properly stayed against forces due to wind pressure,
change of direction of the line, or unequal lengths of span. The factor of
saftey shall be for overhead lines, at least 5, and for wooden poles at

least, 10, and for iron or steel structures at least 6, taking the maximum
possible wind pressure at 40 pounds per square foot.

(4) All overhead lines shall he attached to insulators, and in the case
of lines in which the pressure exceeds 110 volts, unless such lines are
erected ou the three-wire svstem as hereinafter described, shall be so
guarded that they connot fall away from the support.

(5) An overhead line, placed after the date of these regulations, shall
not in any part thereof be at a less height from the ground than 18
feet, except with the conseut of the Director of Public Works, and
shall not be accessible to any person without the use of a ladder or
other special appliance-.
(6) Where a supply is given by overhead lines on the three-wire
system, the positive and negative conductors shall be placed side by
side above the intermediate conduactor. The intermediate conductor
shall consist of two wires placed side by side at a distance apart greater
than that between the positive and negative conductors, and connected
in each span by two cross wires placed in such a manner that in the
event of either the positive or negative conductor breaking'it shall fall
on one at least of the cross wires.
(7) Where a supply is given by overhead lines from a two-wire
system, with the negative conductor connected with earth, the positive
conductor shall be placed above the negative conductor in such a
manner that in the event of breakage it must fall on the negative con-
ductor.





(8) Service lines from overhead lines shall be led as directly as
possible to insulators firmly attached to some portion of the consumer's
premises which is not accessible to any person without the use of a
ladder or other special appliance. Every portion of any service line
which is outside a building, and is within 7 feet from the building,
shall be efficiently protected by insulating material.

(9) Where an overhead line crosses a street, the angle between the
line and the direction of the street at the place of crossing, shall not
be less than 60 degrees, except with the consent of the Director of
Public Works, and the spans shall be as short as possible.

(10) Where an overhead line crosses, or is in proximity to, any other
wire or metal, precuations shall be taken by the company against the
possibility of the line coming into contact witht he other wire or metal,
or of the other wire or metal coming into contact with the line, by
breakage or other wire or metal coming into contact with the line, by
pressure exceeds 110 volts, guard wires shall be provided by the com-
pany owning such lines. All guard wires must make good electrical
connection with the poles and be efficiently connected with earth.

(11) Every overhead line, including its supports and all the structural
parts and electrical appliances and devices belonging to or connected
with the line, shall be duly and efficiengly supervised and maintained
as regards both electrical and mechanical conditions.

(12) The Company shall remove any overhead line upon ceasing to
use it for the supply of energy unless upon so ceasing they satisfy the
Director of Public Works that they intend to bring it into use again
within a reasonable time.

14. Save as above provided overhead lines shall not be erected except
in accordance will such regulations as the Governor-in-Council may
prescribe.

Electric Lincs other than Overhead Lines.

15. All conduits, pipes, casings. and street boxes used as recptacles
for electric lines shall be constructed of durable material, and where
laid under carriage ways shall be of ample strength to prevent damage
from heavy traffic, and reasonable means shall be taken by the com-
pany to prevent accumulation of gas in such receptacles.

16. Wheere any electric line crisses, or is in proximity to, any
metallic substance, special precautions shall be taken by the company
against the possibility of any electrical charging of the metallic
substance from the line or from any metal conduit, pipe, or casing
enclosing the line.

17. All metal conduits. pipes or casings containing any high pressure
electric line shall be efficiently eonnected with earth, and shall be so
jointed and connected cross all street boxes and other openings as
to make good electrical connection throughout their whole length.








18. Wbere the conduc-tor., of electric lines placed in any conduit are
not continuously covered with insulating material they shall be
secured in position and no unfixed uninsulated material of a con-
ducting nature shall be contained in the conduit. No such conducto r
shall be at a pressure exceeding 300 volts from earth.

Adequate precautions shall also be taken to ensure that no accu
mulation of water shall take in any part of the Conduit, and to
prevent any daugerous access of moistlire, to the conductors or the
insulators.

The insulator of any such electric shall be so disposed that they
can be inspected; but this requirement, shall not apply to any
such insulators which before the date of these regulations were not
required by regulation then in force to be so capable of ready
inspection.

19. EverY portion of any high pressure electric line placed above the
surface of the ground, or in any subway not in the sole occupation of
the company, shall be completely enclosed either in a tube of highly
insulating material embedded in brickwork, masonry, or cement con-
crete, or in strong metal casing efficiently connected with earth.

20. Where, any high pressure electric line is laid beneath the surface
of the ground, efficient means shall be taken to render it impossible
that the surface of the ground or any nieghbouring electric line or
conductor shall become charged by leakage from the hight pressure
electric line.

21. A higfl pressure electric line shall not, except with the consent
of the Director of Public Works, be used for the supply of energy before
it has been completely laid, properly jointed, examined, and tested,
or until it is in the sole charge of the company, and every such line
shall during its use be in the sole charge of the company.

23. In addition to the prosision- contained in regulation 15 as to
the cibstryctuib of receptacles for electric lines, the following con-
ditions -hall be observed witb respect to street boxes ~
(a) the covers of all street boxes shall be so secured that they cannot
be opened except by means of a special appliance;
(b) the covers of all -treet boxes containing high pressure apparatus
other thau cables shall be conueeted to strips of metal laid immediately
underneath the street, and efficient means shall be taken to render
it impossible that the covers or other exposed parts of these boxes, or
any adjacent material forming the surface of the street, shall become
electricallY charged, whether by reason of leakage, defect, or other-
wise;





(0) nhere street boxes are used as transformer chambers, reason-
able means shall be taken to prevent is far as possible any influx of
water, cither from the ad acent soil or by means of pipes; and in the
case of any such street box exceeding one cubic yard in capacity,
ample provision sitall be made, by ventilation or othenvise, for tfic
iininediate escape of any gas which ma by accident have obtained

access to the box, and for the prevention of danger from sparking;
(d) all street boxes shall be regularly inspected for the presence of
gas, and if any influx or accumulation is discovered, the conipany shall
are notice to the company wflose, gas mains are, laid in the
neighbourhood of the street box;

(c) where mains at different pressures pass through the same steet
box they shall be readily distinguishable from one another.
c

25. The company shall be responsible for all electric lines, fittings,
and apparatus belonging to them, or under their control, which may
be upon a consumer's premises, bing maintained ina safe condition
and in all respects fit for supplying energy.

26. In delvering the energy to a consumer's terminuals the company
shall exerrcise all due precautions so as to aviod risk of eausing fire on
the premises.

27. A suitable safety fuse or other authomatic circuit-breaker shall
be insertd in each service line within a consumer's premises as close
as possible to the point to entry, and contained within a suitable lokced
or sealed receptacle of fireproof construction, except in cases where
the service line is protected by fuses in a steet box; but no fuse or
automatic of a three-wire system.

Wherver a seal is found broken ona consumer's premises and unless
the same has been broken b an employee of the company, the con-
sumer shall be liable to a prenalty not exceeding 5 dollars.

28. All service lines and apparatus placed on a consumer's premises
shall be highly isulated and thoroughly protected against injury to
the insulation or access of moisture, and any metal forming part of
the electric circuit, shall not, unless efficiently commected with earth,
be exposed so that it can be touched, All electric lines shall be so fixed
and protected as to prevent the possibility of electrical discharge to
any adjacent metallic substance.



29. Wbere the general supply of energy is a high pressure supply,
and transforming apparatus is installed on a consumer's premises, tG
whole of the high pressure service lines, conductors, and apparatus,





including the transforming apparatus itself, so far as they are on the
consunier 1 s premises, shall be completely enclosed in solid walls, or
in strong metal casing efficiently connected with earth and securely
fastened throughout.

30. The company shall not connect a consumer's wires with their
mains unless they are reasonably satisfied that the connection would
not cause an undue leakage from those wires or fittings; and where the
decline to make such connection they shall serve upon the
collsurller a notice stating their reasons for so declining. The consumer
0
rnay appeal to the Director of Public Works whose decision shall be
filial.

31. If the company are reasonably satisfied., after making all proper
examination by testing or otherwise, that a leakage exists at some
part of a consumer's wires or fittings of such extent as to be a source of
dangerm any officer of the company, duly authorised by them in wirt-
ing, may, require the consumer at some reasonable time after the service
of the, notice to permit him to inspect and test the wires and fittings be-
longing the consunier and fori-ning part of the circuit.

11 on any consumer is dissatisfied with the action of the company
the consumer's wires of if the consumer does not give all due facilities
for inspection and testing,the company shall forthwith discontinue the
supply of energy to the premises in question, goving immediate notic
of the discontinuances to the consumer, and shall not ecommence the
supply until they are reasonably satisfied that the leakage has been
removed.

32. If aiiy consunier is dissatisfied with the action of the compans
in refusing to give, or in discontinuing or in not recommencing the
supply of energy to his premises, the wires and fittings of that con-
sumer shall, on his application and on payment of a fee of 10 dollars,
be tested for the existence of leakage by the Director of Public, Works.

This regulation shall be endorsed oil every notice given under the
provisions of either of the last two regulations.

33. Any consulner making any addition to the electrical installation
on his premises, without giving due notice to the company to enable
them to test the saine, before connectin, it to the existing installation
shall be liable to a penaltY not exceeding 50 dollars for every such
addition.

Arc Lighting.
34. Are used in any street for public lighting shall be so fixed
as not to be in any part at a less height than 10 feet from the ground.

35. All are lanips shall be so guarded as to prevent pieces of ignited
carbon or broken glass falling from them, and shall not be used in
situations where there is any danger of the presence of explosive dust
or gas.

* As atiiuiidcd by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





Comlection of Circuits with Earth.
36. Where the pressure of a supply between the adjacent conductors
of a three-wire system of mains exceeds 125 volts, the intermediate
conductor shall be connected with earth, in accordance with the
following conditions:-
(a) the contiection with earth of tive interinediate conductor shall bc
made at one point only oil each distinct circuit, itainely, at the
generating station, sub-station, or transformer, and the iusulation of
the circuit shall be efficiently maintained at all other
(b) the current from the intermediate coiiductoi: to earth shall be
continuously recorded, and, if it at any time becomes excessive, step
shall be immediately taken to improve the insulation of the system.

37. The company shall not connect any other circuit earth
except with the approval of the Director of Public Work's and subject
to such conditions as he may prescribe.

Extra Higli
38-(1) This regulation shall have effect in the case, of a supply at
extra high pressure, and shall be ill addition to and not,in substitution
for the obligations inposed by the foregoing regulations.

(2) An extra high ressure main shall not, be brought into Ule
after it has been placed ill position and before it, is used for the pur-
poses of supply, the insulation of every part thereof has withstood
the continuous application, during half-an-hour, of pressure exceeding
the maximum pressure to which it is intended to be subject in use
that is to sat, in the case of every electric line to be used for a pressure
not exceeding .10,000 volts twice the said maxiumn pressure, and in
the case of a line to be used for a pressure exceeding 10,000 volts, a
pressure, exceeding the said maximum pressure by 10,000 volts: and
the company shall record the results of the, tests of each main or scetion
of a main.

(3) Every extra high pressure main shall be protected by a suitable
fuse or automatic circuit -breaker, but in the case of a concentrie inain
that fuse or circuit-breaker shall not be, inserted in any external Con-
ductor thereof which is connected with. earth.

(4) In every case where all extra high pressure supplY is transformed
or converted to a reduced pressure, some suitable automatic and quick-
acting mealis shall be provided to protect the reduced pressure Circuits'
from any accidental contact with or leakage from the extra high pres-
sure system, either within or without the transformiug or converting
apparatus.

(5) All metal conduits, pipes, or casing any extra high

pressure electric line shall be efficiently connected wit earth, and shall
be so jointed and connected across all street boxes and other openings
so as to make good eleetrIcal connection throughout their whole length.
(6) Every portion of aviy extra bigh pressure electric line placed
above the surface of the ground, otherwise than in a sub-station, or in





any subway not in the sole occupation of the company, shall be com-
pletely enclosed either in a tube of highly insulated material embedded
in brickwork, masonry, or cement concrete, or in strong metal casino,
efficiently connected with earth.
(7) Where extra high pressure mains for threc-phase supply consist
of insulated conductors laid togetlier, provision shall be made to ensure
that neither the ground nor any neiglibouring or electric line or con-
ductor can become charged by leakage from any such main.
Where this provision is made by a copper strip under a lead sheath,
that strip shall be nol less tlian- sixteen-thousandths of an inch in
thickness, and where it is made by steel wires outside a lead sheath,
each of those wires sliall be not less than one-tenth of an inch in
diameter.

Where the mains are enclosed in a lead sheath, that sheath shall be
not less than one-tentb of an inch in thickness, and shall be per-
manently and efficiently connected with earth.
(8) Extra high pressure mains for single phase supply and all cables
connected therewith shall consist either of two concentric conductors
or of sepa rate conductors. WIlere concentric conductors are used the
insulation shall be maintained efficiently throughout except that the
outer conductor shall be connected with earth at one point, and where
separate conductors. are used provision skali be made as in the case of
mains for threc-pliase stipph, to ensure that neither the ground nor any
neighbouring elect.rle line or conductor can become charged by leakage.

(9) An extra bigh pressure clectric line shall not be brought into use
for the supply of energy before it has been completely laid, properly
jointed, examined, and tested, or until it is in the sole charge of the
company, and every such line shall during its use be in the sole charge
of the company.
(10) Extra high pressure maitis shall not pass through the same
street box with other mains, unless they are enclosed in strong metal
casing; and street boxes containing bigh pressure mains shall. not Con-
tain pipes for water, ags, or other Sen,Ice, or electric mains belonging
to another undertaking: provided that any such street box may contain
telephone wires belonging to the company.
(11) Sub-stations supplied at extra higg pressure shall be established
in suitable places and shall be in the sole occupation of the coinpany.

(12) Sub-stations constructed below the surface of any street after
the date of these regulations to which an extra high pressure is to be
given shall not contain switches or other apparatus than transformers.

(13) The transforming apparatus, at any sub-station supplied at extra
high pressure shall be so arranged that there shall be no danger of any
mains connected therewith being charged to any pressure beyond the
limits of pressure for which those mains are intended.
(14) In delivering the energy to a sub-station at extra high pressure
the company shall exercise all due precautions so as to avoid risk of
causing fire on the premises.

(15) All extra high pressure electric lines and apparatus placed in a
sub-station shall be highly insulated and thoroughly protected against
injury to the insulation or access of moisture, and any metal forming
part of the electric circuit shall not, unless efficiently connected with
earth, be exposed so that it can be inadvertently touched. All such
lines shall be so fixed and protected as to prevent the possibility of
electrical discharge to any adjacent metallic substance.
(16) The Director of Public Works shall be entitled to enter at all
time.. any of the generating or sub-stations of the company supplying
or supplied at in extra high pressure, and to make any such examina-
tion and tests of the mains, machines, transformers, or other apparatus
in use. in those stations, as may appear to him necessary, and the com-
panly, shall afford all due facilities for any such examination and tests.
(17) Where any extra high pressure circuit is cormected.with earth,
the connection shall be made at one point only, at the. genera
tine, station, sub-station, or transformer, and the insulation of the
circuit shall, except at that point, be efficiently maintained throuahout.
(18) The neutral point of the star winding of each distinct three-
phase circuit, used for extra hilh pressure, inay be connected with
earth, or may be insulated. If connected with earth through a re-
sistance, that resistance shall be sufficiently lon, to ensure that the
fxiqe or automatic circuit-breaker in the mains shall act.

If the neutral point is not connected with earth, a separate electro-
static voltmeter placed in a conspicuous position in the generating
station shall be connected between each distinct circuit and earth; and
if the indications of the voltmeters show that the insulation of any of
the circuits is faulty, immediate steps shall be taken to restore the
insulation.

Penalties.

39. If the company rinake default in complying wiht any of the pre-
ceding regulatiow, they shall, on surnmarv conviction, be liable to a
penalty not exceeding 100 dollars for every such default, and in the
case of a continuing offence to a further penalty not exceeding 100
dollars for each day during which the offence continues.
The recovery of a penalty under these regulations shall not affect the
liability of the company to make compensation in respect of any
darnage or injury which may be caused by reason of the default
short title . Interpretation of terms . regulations for securing the safety of the public. Power for governor-in-council to make further regulations. notice of regulations penalties may be imposed in regulations . Definitions. presuure of supply to consumers. introduction of three-wine system into consumers' premises . Minimum size of conductors. insulation lest of low pressure and medium pressure circuit . Maintenance of insulation . Circuit-breaker for high pressure mains, etc. transformces. Connection of transformers with earth . Protection from lightning . report of accidents to director of public works . Overhead lines in case of low , medium , and high pressure supply . other overhead lines , construction of receptacles for electric lines. Crossing pipes , etc . Electric continuity of metal conduits , etc. of high presure line. prescautions to be taken when bare conductors are used . High pressure lines laid above ground or in subways . Protection for surface of ground and electric lines. Completion and control of high pressure lines . Sub-stations. Street boxes . maximum power in case of underground sub-station , etc. responsibility of compay for lines , etc. on consumer's premises . Fire risks. Main fuses or circuit-breakers. Treatment of service lines and apparatus on consumers's premises . Transformers and high pressure. apparatus to be enclosed in metal , etc. connection to consumer's premises not to be made where undue leakage would result. Discontinuance of supply on discovery of leakage on consummer's premises. Appeal to director of public works. Penalty on consumer for addition to electrical installation . height trom ground . are lamps to be guarded . connection with earth of a three-wire system . Connection of other circults with earth . Special regulations as to extra high pressure . penalties for default.

Abstract

short title . Interpretation of terms . regulations for securing the safety of the public. Power for governor-in-council to make further regulations. notice of regulations penalties may be imposed in regulations . Definitions. presuure of supply to consumers. introduction of three-wine system into consumers' premises . Minimum size of conductors. insulation lest of low pressure and medium pressure circuit . Maintenance of insulation . Circuit-breaker for high pressure mains, etc. transformces. Connection of transformers with earth . Protection from lightning . report of accidents to director of public works . Overhead lines in case of low , medium , and high pressure supply . other overhead lines , construction of receptacles for electric lines. Crossing pipes , etc . Electric continuity of metal conduits , etc. of high presure line. prescautions to be taken when bare conductors are used . High pressure lines laid above ground or in subways . Protection for surface of ground and electric lines. Completion and control of high pressure lines . Sub-stations. Street boxes . maximum power in case of underground sub-station , etc. responsibility of compay for lines , etc. on consumer's premises . Fire risks. Main fuses or circuit-breakers. Treatment of service lines and apparatus on consumers's premises . Transformers and high pressure. apparatus to be enclosed in metal , etc. connection to consumer's premises not to be made where undue leakage would result. Discontinuance of supply on discovery of leakage on consummer's premises. Appeal to director of public works. Penalty on consumer for addition to electrical installation . height trom ground . are lamps to be guarded . connection with earth of a three-wire system . Connection of other circults with earth . Special regulations as to extra high pressure . penalties for default.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/985

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

406

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 18 of 1911

Number of Pages

14
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:55 +0800
<![CDATA[MONEY-LENDERS ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/984

Title

MONEY-LENDERS ORDINANCE, 1911

Description






No. 11 of 1911, repealed by No. 8 of 19122 s. 71.

No. 12 of 1911, incorporated in No. 3 of 1903.

No. 13 of 1911, incorporated geverally.

No. 14 of 1911, incorporated in No. 1 of 184.5.

No. 15 of 1911P incorporated in No. :-) (f

No. 16 of 1911.To ainend the laiv irith respect to Persons carrying on business
as Money-lenders.

1. The Money-lenders Ordinance, 1911.

[In foree Ist Janvary, 1912.]

2.-(1) Where---proceedingsare taken in any Court, by a money-
lender for the recovery of any itioney lent after the commencement
of this Ordinance, or the enforcement of any agreement or security
made or taken. after the commencement of this Ordinance, in respect
of money lent either before or after the comniencenient of this
Ordinance, and there is evidence which satisfies the Court that the
interest charged in respect of the sum actually lent is excessive, or
that the amounts charged for expenses, inquiries, fines, bonus,
premium, renewals, or any other charges, are excessive, and that,
in either case, the transaction is harsh and unconscionable, or is
otherwise such that a Court of Equity would give relief, the Court
may re-open the transaction, and take an account between the
money-lender and the person sued, and may, notwithstanding any
statement or settlement of accoinit or any agreement purporting to
close previous dealings and create a new obligation, re-open any
account already taken between them, and relieve the person sued
from payment of any sum in excess of the sum adjudged by the
Court to be fairly due in respect of such principal, interest, and
charges as the Court, having regard to the risk and all the circurn-
stances, may adjudge to be reasonable; and if any such excess has
been paid, or allowed in account, by the debtor, may order the

As ti-npnded bY No. 16 of 19192 and No. 17 of 1912.





creditor to repay it; and may set aside either wholly or in part, or
revise, or alter, any security given or agreement made in respect
of money lent by the money-lender, and if the money-lender has
parted with the security may order him to indemnify the borrower
or other person sited.

(2) Any Court in which proceedings inight be taken for the re-
covery of money lent by a money-lender shall have and at the
instance of the borrower or surety or other person liable, may
exercise the like powers as may -be exercised -tinder this section,
where proceedings are takell for the recovery of money. lent, and
the Court shall have pmver, notwithstanding any provision or agree-
ment to the contrary, to entertain any application under this Ordi-
nance by the borrower or surety or other person liable, notwith-
standing that the tline for repayment of the loan, or any instalment
thereof, may not have arrived.

(3) On any application relating to the admission or amount of a
proof by, a money-lender in and bankruptey proceedings, the Court
may exerclse the like powers as irlay be exercised under this section
wheri proceeding are taken for the recovery of money.

(4) The foregoing provisions shall apply to any, transaction
which, whatever it. form may be, is substantially one of money
lending by a money-lender.

(55) Nothing in the foregoing provisions shall affect the rights of
any bond. fide assignee or holder for value without notice.

(6) Nothing in this section shall be construed as derogating from
the existing powers or Jurisdiction of any Court.

3-M A money-lender,-
(a) shall register himself as a money-lender in accordance with
re-ulations tinder this Ordinance at an office provided for the pur-
pose by the Governor-in-Council, under his own or usual trade
name, and in no other narne, with the address, or all the addresses
if more than one, at which he carries on his business of money-
lender; and

(b) shall carry on the money-lender business in his registered
name, and in no other name and under no other description, and
at his registered address or addresses, and at no other address; and

As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912 .





(c) shall not enter into any agreement in the course of his busi-
ness as a money-tender with respect to the advance and repayment
of money, or taIze any security for money in the course of his blisi-
ness as a nioney-len.der, otherwise than in his registered name; and
(d) shall on reasonable request, and on. tender of a reasonable stim
for expenses, furnish the borrower with a copy of any doennient
relating to the loan or any security therefor.

(2) If a money-lender fails to register himself as required by this
Ordinance, or carries on business otherwise than in his i-e(,lstered
name, or in more than one name, or elsewhere than at lil~, i.(~gistered
address, or fails to comply with any other reqLiireiiieiAt of this
section, he shall be liable, on siiminary conviction, to a fine not
exceeding 1,000 dollars, and, in the case of a second or siil)seqtient
conviction, to imprisonment. for a term not exceeding 3 months and
to a fine not exceeding 1,000 dollars : Provided that if the olreti(ler
be a body corporate it shall be. liable on a second or snbseqijent con-
viction to a fine not exceedln,-. 5,000 dollars.

(3) A prosecution under sub-section (1) (a) shalt be instiflited
except with the consent of the Attorney Greneral.

C-M The Governor-in-Council rnay make regulations respect-
ing the registration of money-lenders, whether individuals, firrils,
societies or conipanics, the forin of the register, and the particulars
to be entered therein, and the fees to be paid on registration and
renewal of registration, not exceedin $10 for each re-istration or
9 ~1
renewal, and respecting the inspection of the register and the fees
payable therefor.

(2) The registration shall cease to have effect at the expiration of
3 years from the date of the registration, but may be renewed from
time to tinic, and if renewed shall have effect for 3 years from the
date of the renewal.

5. If any money-lender, or any manager, agent, or clerk of a
money-lender, or if any person being a director, rtianager, or other
officer of ai.-iy corporation carrying on the business of a money-
lender, by any false, misleading, or deceptive statement, repre-
sentation, or promise, or by any dishonest concealment of material
facts, fraudulently induces or attempts to induce any person to
borrow money or to agree to the terms on which money is or is to

* As arnended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





be borrowed, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be
liable to imprisonment for any term not exceeding 2 years and to a
fine not exceeding 5,000 dollars.

6. The expression 'money-lender' in this Ordinance shall include
every person whose business is that of money-lending, or who ad-
vertises or anDounces himself or holds himself out in any way as
carrying on that business; but shall not Include :-

(a) any pawnbroker, in respect of business carried on by him in
accordance with provisions of an.y Ordinance relating to pawn-
brokers: or

(b) any body corporate, incorporated or empowered by any Ordi-
nance or special Act of Parliament to lend nionev in accordance with
such Ordinance or Act; or
(c) any person bona fide carrying on the. business of banking or
insurance, or boTid fide carrying on any business not having for its
priniary object the lending of money, in the course of which and
for the purposes whereof he lends moneyy or

(d) a-ny company, association or partnership for the time being,
exempted froin registration un(ler this Ordinance by order of the
Governor-in-Counell inade pin.suant to the regulations of the
Governor-in- Council.

Is. 7, rep. 'L\To. 4:3 of 1912) Supp. Sched.]

No. 17 of 1911, incorporated in No. 10 of 1911.

No. 18 of 1911.For regulatifig the supply of Electricity for Lighting and other
purposes,

1. The Electricity Supply Ordinance, 1911.
1

[19th May, 1911.]

2. In this Ordinance,-

---Electricity--- ineans electricity, electric current, or an like
agency:

As amended bv No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.
As amended l~v No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.
short title [63 & 64 vict. C. 51 s. 7. ] re-opening of transactions of money . Lender . [ib.s. 1.] registration of money-lenders , etc. [63 & 64 vict. C. 51 s. 2.] regilation as to registraiton [63& 64 vict. C. 51 s. 3.] penalties for false statementsl and representations. [ib. s.4.] definition of money lender . [63 &64 vict. C. 51 s. 6.]

Abstract

short title [63 & 64 vict. C. 51 s. 7. ] re-opening of transactions of money . Lender . [ib.s. 1.] registration of money-lenders , etc. [63 & 64 vict. C. 51 s. 2.] regilation as to registraiton [63& 64 vict. C. 51 s. 3.] penalties for false statementsl and representations. [ib. s.4.] definition of money lender . [63 &64 vict. C. 51 s. 6.]

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/984

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

163

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 16 of 1911

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:54 +0800
<![CDATA[UNIVERSITY ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/983

Title

UNIVERSITY ORDINANCE, 1911

Description


No. 10 of 1911
For the incorporation and regulation of the University of Hong-
kong.

[30th 2klarch, 1911.]
WHEREAS it is desirable to establish an University within the Coloin-
of Hongkong for the promotion of Arts, Science and Learning, the
provision of higher education, the conferring of degrees, the develop-
nient and forniation of the character of students of all races, nationali-
ties, and creeds, *and the maintenance of the good understanding with
the neighbouring country of China:
And WHEREAS through the liberality and munificence of Sir Hormusjee
Nowrojee Mody suitable buildings ior an University are in course of
erection upon Jertain Crown land which His majesty King has been
graciously pleased to grant for that purpose:
AND WHEREAS many firnis and individuals of British, Chinese and
other. nationalities have generously subscribed funds for the equipment
and endowment of such University:

AND WHEREAS it is desirable to incorporate the University and to
provide for its regulation:

AND WHELLEAS the Hongkong College of Medicine (incorporated under

Ordinance No. 2 of 1907) has agreed to become incorporated with the
UniversitIv of Hongkong constituted by this Ordinance:-

1. There shall be established in Rongkong an University with the
nanie and style of---The University of Hongkogn by which name
the Chancellor and other members of the Universit3, are hereby con-
stituted one body politic and corporate With perpetual succession and
a common seal, and With full Power by and in such name to sue and
be sued, and without any further licence to take by gift or otherwise,

As amended by Xio. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As ainemled by No. 16 of W12 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Selied.
The short title to this Ordinance is at the end: 8ce s~ 24.





purchase and hold, grant, demise, or otherwise dispose of real or
personal estate, and with the other powers conferred by this Ordi-
nance or by any statute or regulation made thereunder.

2-(1) Should His Majesty the King hin-iself deigri to become a

Visitor of the University or to appoin a membere of the Royal
Family in that behalf, His Majesty or such member of the Royal
Family shall forthwith become a Visitor as aforesaid and shall
exercise such powers of supervision as may seem good to him.

(2) The Governor of Hongkong and Chang Jen-Chun, lately
Governor General of the Liang Ruang Provinces in China, shall
be Patrons of the University. Additional Patrons may be appointed
on the recommendation of the Court of the University approved by
the Governor-in-CouncIl.

3. The Governor-in-Council inav at all tinies exercise a power of
veto if he should disapprove of any decision of the Court of the
University on the grounds that the interests of the Coleilly would be
injuriously affected, or that the proposal is ultra. vires or lanconstitu-
tional, or for other good cause, but the said Court may appeal to
the Secretarv of State against the veto of the Governor-in-Council

4. The University shall have the power following :-

(1) To grant, and confer degrees and other acadeinic distinctions
to and on persons wbo shall have pursued an approved course of
study in the University and shall have passed the examinations
prescribed by the University under conditions laid down in its
statutes or regulations.

(.2) To adnut graduates of other Universities to degrees of equal or
slinilar rank in the University.

(3) To grant diploinas, certificates or other distinctions to persons
wbo have pursued a course of study approved by the University
undet. conditions laid down by the University.

(4) To confer honorary degrees or other distinctions subject to
any provisions which are or inay be made in reference thereto by the
statutes or regulations of the University.

As aniended by No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp Sebed,
As amended by ~~o. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 59 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912,
No. 17 of 1912 and No. 4.3 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(5) To deprive persons, on good cause shown, of any degrees,
diplomas, certificates or distinctions granted to or conferred upon
them bv the University.

(6) To provide for instruction in such branches of learning as the
University may think fit, and also to make provision for research
and for the advancement and dissemination of knowledge.

(7) Upon request by the Director of Education to permit the
University professors and lecturers or any of them to examine and
inspect schools and other educational institutions, to ---rantcertifi-
cates of proficiency or other distinctions in connection with such
examinations and inspections, and to provide sne.h lectiires and
instruction for persons not members of the University as the Uni-
versity may determine.

(8) To accept the examinations passed and periods of stody coni-
pleted by students of the University at otlier Unive-rsilies or places
of learning (including the Hongkong College of Medicine) as

equivalent to such examinations and periods of study in the
University as the University may determine, and to withdraw stich
acceptance : Provided that (subject to paragraphs 2 and 4) the
1
University shall in no case confer a degree in medicine or surgery
upon any person who has not attended in the University durin- 2
years at least the courses of study recognised for such deerree, nor a
degree in any other faculty upon any person who has not attended
in the University during one year at least the courses of sttidy re~
cognised for such degree : and provided also that no degree in
medicine or surgery shall be conferred tinless after a total perlod of
5 years' study at the University or other University or place of
learning as aforesaid, nor a degree in any other factilty Vinless after
a total period of 4 years' stndy at the University or other Universitv
or place of learning as aforesaid.

(9) To affiliate other institutiorts or to admit the ineinbers thereof
to any privileges of the University, and to accept attendance at
courses of study in such institutions in place of such part of the
attendance at courses of study in the Universily and upon such
terms and conditions and subject to such regiflations as may be
determined, and to recognise any members of the teaching staff of
any College or institution, whether affiliated to the University or
not, as teachers of the University.
(10) -To co-operate by means of joint boards or otherwise with
other Universities and authorities for the regulation and conduct of





matriculation and other exami nations, for the examination and
inspection of schools and other academic institutions, and for the
extension of University teaching and influence in academic matters,
and for such other purposes as may be determined.

(11) To enter into arrangements under which the examiners of
the London University, or of any other University, may act as
external examiners for any degree or distinction of the University of
Hongkong, with power to report on the examination papers of
candidates and to veto the passing ol any candidate who does not
reach the standard, both in separate subjects and collectively, which
may be required for corresponding examinations by the London
University, or by any such other University as the case may be
Provided always that the curricula for the University of Hongkong
shall be arranged by the University of Hongkong and that all
examination papers shall be read and marked in the first instance
by members of its teaching staff.

(122) To enter into an agreement with the Flongkong College of
Medicine under the seal of the University in such terms as may be
approved by the Court of the University and the Court of the said
College, for the incorporation of the said College in the University
and for taking over its property, liabilities and engagements.

(13) To enter into any agreernent with any other institution for
its incorporation in the University, and for taking over its property,
liabilities and enga-enients, and for any otlier purpose not repugnant
to this Ordinance.

(14) If necessary to promote bills in the Legislative Council to
confirin or carry out any such agreement as above referred to.

(15) To institute professorships, lectureships, teacherships, and
any other offices required by the University, and to appoint to such
offices.

(16) To institute and award fellowsbips, scholarships, exhibitions,
bursaries, and prizes. ,

(17) To approve Halls and -Hostels for the residence of students.

(18) To make provision for research, and to furnish scientific
advice for public purposes, and for these objects to enter into such
arrangements with other institntions or with public bodies as may
be thought desirable,





(19) To appoint a committee in E ngland or elsewhere for the
purpose of recommending or of selecting for the approval of the
Court the Principal and other academic officers of the University,
with power if it be deemed advisable to act finally on behalf of the
sid Court in any case in which the Court may enipowe
so.

(20) To make provision for the establishment of a University
printing press, and for the publication of books and other matter by
the University.
(21) To do all such other acts and things, whether incidental to
the powers aforesaid or not, as may be requisite in order to further
the objects of the University, and to cultivite and promote arts,
science, and learning.

5. The authorities of the University shalt be the Chancellor, Vice-
Chancellor, the Court, the Council and the Senate.

6. The Chancellor shall be the President of the Court. The
Governor shall be the Chancellor.

7. The Court shall elect one of its members as Pro-Chancellor.
The Pro-Chancellor shall, subject to the statutes, in the absence of
the Chancellor or during any vacancy in the office of Chancellor,
exercise the functions of Chancellor : Provided that lie shall not
confer degrees except in the absence of both Chancellor and Vice-
Chancellor.

8. The Principal shall be nominated the Council after
consultation with the Senate, and appointed by the Court, and shall
be Vice-Chancellor and ex officio chairman of the Senate, and shall
in the absence of the Chancellor confer degrees. The Principal
may be appointed before the Senate is constituted.
The ViCe-Chancellor shall be the chief adniinistrative officer of
the University and shall have such powers and duties as the Council
shall assign to him.

9.-M There shall be a Pro-Vice-Chancellor of the University.
He shall be appointed by the Council from the members of the
Senate after consultation with the Senate and shall, subject to the
statutes, act for the Vice- Chancellor during any vancancy in that
office or during the absence, or inability of the Vice-Chancellor.

As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 59 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





(2) The Treasurer shall be nominated by the Council and appoint-
ed by the Court.

(3) The Renistrar, Bursar, and such other officers as may be

necessary shall be appointed by the Council.

The Court.

10. The supreme governing body shall be the Court which, sub-

ject to this Ordinance, the statutes of the University, and the laws
of the Colony, shall exercise all the posvers and authority of the
University. The constitution of the Court shall be defined by the
statutes.

The Court shall have power by such statutes to increase or
diminish the nurriber of its inenibers by increasing or diminishing
the number to be nominated or appointed by the persons or bodies
possessing the right of noinination. or appointment, or by adding
other bodies with a right to nominate. or appoint representatives, or
in any other manner.

The first inenibers of the Court shall be the persons named,
indicated, or referred to in the first part of the. Ist schedule. Except
as herein provided and subject to the statutes, the Court may
determine all matters relating to the appointment and election of
future members of the Court and their respective periods or terms
of office, and all other matters relating to the constitution of the
Court.

The statutes shall regulate the election and continuance in office
of the rneinbers of the Court (including the continuance in office
of the first. members) the filling of vacancies among the members,
and all other matters relative to the Court which it may be though
are proper to be so regiflated.

The Council.
11. There shall be a Council which shall be the executive body of
the University with power to direct the use of the University seal,
and, subject to the statutes and the control of the Court as regulated
by the statutes, shall have the government and control of the
finances of the University and of the affairs and property of the

As aniended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Selled.
AS amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.





University, and subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and of
the statutes, all such oth& powers as may be delegated to it by the
Court.

The chairman of the Council, other than the first chairman, shall
be elected from amo'no. its members by the Council.

The first chairman and members of the Council shall be the per-
sons named, indicated, or referred to in the second part of the 1st
schedule.

The statutes shall regulate the election and continuance in office
of the members and charirmna of the Council (Including the
continuance in office of the forst menibers and chairnian), the filling
of vacancies aniong the members, and all other matters relative to
the Council which it may be thought are proper to be so regulated

The Senatc.
12-(1) There shall be a Senate which shall, subject to the
statutes and reolulations and the control and approval of the Council,
have the reo.ulation and control. of the curriculum and education
afforded by the University, and such other powers as may be
conferred upon it by the statutes.

(2) Subject to the agreement referred to in section 4 (12) the Vice-
Chancellor, the professors, the Director of Education, the lecturers
whose services are exclusively at the disposal of the University, and
such other lecturers as shall be determined by the statutes, shall
form the Senate.

The Faculties.
13-(1) ~There shall be Faculties of Medicine and Engincering, 1
and such others as may be constituted by the Court, priority being
given to the Science and Arts Faculties, in the latter of which due
provision shall be inade for the study of the Chinese language and
literature.

(2) There shall be a Board and a Dean of each Factilty with such
powers, respectively as may be prescribed by statute or regulation,
subject as to the Faculty of Medicine to tbe agreement with the
Hongkong College of Medicine referred to in section 4 (12).

Asamended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 59 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912
and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As ailiended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 59 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912,
No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





Statutes ai7d Regulations.
14. The statutes set forth in the 2nd schedule shall be the first
statutes of the University. The Court may add to, amend, alter or
repeal the statutes for the time being in force (Including those set
forth in the 2nd schedule), btit no such addition, amendment,
alteration, or repeal sliall be valid or operative until allowed by the
Governor-in-Council and published in the Gazette.
The statutes of tbe University (in this Ordinance referred to as
the stattites -) may direct that any of the matters by- this Ordi-
nance authorised or directed to be prescribed, ooverned, or regulated

by statutes, shall be prescribed, governed, or regulated by regula-

tions.

15. Regulations shall be made in such manner and by such
bodies and in respect of such matters as may bC prescribed by the
statutes.

avd

16. All examinations hek] by the University shall be conducted
in such maliner as the statutes and regulations shall prescribe, pro-
vided that at least one external and independent examiner shall be
appointed for each grotip of subject forniing part of the course of
studies required ofr degrees: but this proviso shall not apply to
examinations for admission or entrance to the University.

General Provisiolls.

17. The Court, the. Comicil, the Senate, and the Faculties res-
pectively may inake rules for governing, subject to this Ordinance
and the statittes and regulations, the proceeding of those bodies
respectively. Copies of all such rules shall be laid before the Court
and Council.

18. No distinction ol race or nationailty shall be permitted, and
no test of rellgions. belief or profession shall be linposed, in order to
entitle any person to be admitted asa membre, profesor, lecturer,
teacher, or stLident of the University, or to hold office therein, or to
graduate thereat, or to hold any advantage or privilege thereof.


As antended by No. 50 of 1911, _No.16 of 1912 ;ti;d No. 17 of 1912.
As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
A. h v No. 50 of 1911 and No. 10 of 1912.
As amended bNo. 16 of 1912 and -No. 17 of 1912,





19. The University shall not make any dividend, gift, division, or
bonus in nioney unto or between any of its luembers except by way
of prize, reward or special grant.

20. The area of Crown land situate to the south of Bonham Road
and to the east of Poklularn Road, and delineated and described on
the plan thereof signed by the Governor and by the Director of
Public Works and deposited in the Land Office, and all buildings
now erected or in course of erection or hereafter to be erected
thereon, together with all rights, easemeilts and appurtenances
thereto belonging, shall vest in the University in fee simple lor the
purposes of this Ordinance free of Crown rent : Provided always
that the University shall not sell, convey, or dispose of the said land
or buildings or any part thereof to any person withotit the written
licence of His Majesty: Provided also that if the said land and
buildings or any part thereof shall at any time cease to be used for
the purposes of a University in accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance the said land and buildings or part thereof, as the case
may be, shall revert to the Crown.

21. All monies already subscribed for the Inirposes of the Unill-er-
sity whether on deposit in any name anly Bank or not, and all
investments of such monies, and all interest, income and profits
arising from such investments, and all securities therefor, are hereby
vested in the Universitv.

22. All the leasehold lands, buildings tenements and premises
described in the Ist column of the 4th schedule which were
immediately before the passing of this Ordinance vested in the
persons whose names are stated in the 2nd colunin of the said
schedule as trustees for the University, and all rights, casements
and appurtenances thereto belonging, and the mortgages debts
secured by the several indentures of mortgages of the said leasehold
lands, buildings, tenements and premises specified in the 3rd column
of the said schedule, and all irAerest acerned or acerning thereon,
and the benefit of all the covenants, powers and provisoes in the
said indentures of mortgage contained, shall vest in the University
for all the unexpired residues of the respective terms of years

As amended by No. 16 of 1912, No. G of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.
As amended b '~, No. 50 of 15)tl No. 17 of 1912.
As' amended b~ No. 5( of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





assigned to the said trustees or other the interest of the said trustees
therein subject to the equities affecting, the same, respectively.

23. This Ordinance shall be construed benevolently, and in every
case most favourably to the University and the promotion of the
objects of this Ordinance.

24. The University Ordinance, 1911.

F1RST SCHEDULE.

PART 1.

T11E COURT.
The following persons shall be the first Members of the Court:-

CHANCELLOR:
Sir Frederick John. Dealtry Lugard, K.e.m.G., c.B., D.s.o,, Governor
and Commander-in-Chief of 1-longkong and its Dependencies (or the
Officer Administering the Government of Hongkong).


THF, VICE-CHANICELLOR.
TnE PRO-VICE-CRANICELLOR.
THE TREASURER OF THE UNIVERSITY:
Hon. Sir Catchick Paul Chater, Kt., c.M.G.

LIFE MEMBERS:
Sir Frederick John Dealtry Lugard. K.C.31.G., C.13--- D.S.O.
Sir Hormusjee Nowrojee -T~,lody, Kt.
Hon. Sir Cathick Paul Chater, Kt., C.M.G.
James Henry Scott.
Cheung Pat Sz.
Sir Francis llcury Alay,
Francis Williarn Clark, M.D., M.R.C.P., D.P.H.
Bon. -.LYr. Flenry Edward Pollock, K.c.
Gregory Paul Jordan, wit.'
EJ Thomas Williarn Pearee.
Hon. Dr. Ho Kai, 3I.R.C.S. -
Robert lylacLean Gibsou, M.D. C.M.

EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS:

The Chief Justice.
The Honourable Members of the Executive Council.
The Honourable Members of the Legislative Council.

1-Members of the Court of
the Hongkong College of
Medicine.



As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 17 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





The Registrar General.
The Principal Civil Medical Officer.
The Director of Education.
The Dean of each Faculty of the University.
The Registrar of the University.

NOMINATED MEMBERS:
(To be nominated by the Governor, not being already included in
either of the foregoing classes and being resident in the Colony.)
Four British.
Six Chinese.
Two additional members nominated by the Governor.
Three representatives of the Grant-in-Aid Schools to be selected by
the Governor from among the nominees of the Governing Bodies of such
schools.
Provided that the Court shall be deemed to be sufficiently constituted
for the purpose of transacting business immediately after the com-
mencement of this Ordinance although any of the have named mem-
bers requiring to be appointed, selected or nominated have not been so
appointed, selected or nominated.

PART IL
THi., COUNCIL.
FinST CHAIRMAN Or COUNCIL.
Sir F. J. D. Lugard, H.C.M.G., C.B., D.S.O., for two yeaxs from the
commencement of the Ordinance.
The following persons shall be the first Members of the said
Council:-
The Vice-Chancellor.
The Treasurer of the University.
The Pro-Vice-Chancellor.
The Director of Public Works.
The Registrar General.
The Principal Civil Medical Officer.
The Director of Education.
Two British members and three Chinese mem hers of the Court elect-
ed by the Court.
Four members of the Senate elected by the Senate, of whom two
shall be Professors or Lecturers whose services are exclusively at the
disposal of the University, and two other Lecturers.

* As amended by No. 17 of 1911.





Provided that pending the sufficient constitution of the Senate for
the purpose of transacting business it shall be lawful for the Chancellor
to nominate a member of the Senate of the Hongkong College of
Medicine who is also a member of the Court of the University to be
an additional member of the Council: and provided also that the
Council shall be deemed to be sufficiently constituted for the purpose
of transacting business immediately after the commencement of this
Ordinance although any of the above nained members requiring to be
appointed or elAted have not been so appointed or elected.

SECOND SCHEIDLE

STATUTES OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Stafide .1.
PRELIMINARY.
The Statutes shall be interpreted in such manner as not to conflict
witb the Ordinance.
Words defined in the Qrdinance or the Statutes shall have the same
ineanin. in the 1Reaulations unless the contrext be repugnant thereto.

Statute 2.
THE OF THE UNIVEMSITY.
The following persons shall be members of the University:-
The Officers of the University, vizZ:-

The Chancellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice- Chancellor, Treasurer, Pro-
Vice -Chancellor, Deans of the Faculties, Registrar and Bursar.
The A1embers of the Court.
The Alembers of the Council.
The Members of the Senate.
The Alembers of the Faculties.
The Emeritus and Honorary Professors.
The Teaching Staff of the University.
The Graduates.
The Undergraduate.-,.
Membership of the University shall continue so long as one at least
of the qualifications above enumerated shall continue to be possessed
by the individual member.

Statute 3.
THE OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
1. The Pro-Chancellor shall be elected for 3 years, and shall be
eligible for re-election.





2. The Vice-Chancellor shall hold office for such period and under
such conditions as shall be set forth in his letter of appointment as
Principal.

3. The Pro-Vice-Chancellor shall hold office for 3 years, and shall be
eligible for re-election.

4. The Treasurer shall be elected for 3 years, and shall be eligible for
re-election.

5. The Dean of each Faculty shall be elected by the Board of that
Faculty subject to the approval of the Senate, and shall be appointed
by the Council. 1

6. The Dean shall, unless the Council with the consent of 0w Faculty
otherwise direct, be chairman of the Board of the Faculty and prepare
business for it. He shall be a member ex officio of all committees of
the Faculty, and shall present candidates for degrees (except honorary
degrees) in the subjects of the Faculty He shall, except when other-
wise directed by the Council, hold. office for one year, and shall be
eligible for re-election.
ib 7. The Council shall appoint a Re-gistrar, Bursar, and such other
officers of the Universit as mav be found desirable, with such duties,
at such remuneration, and upon such terms and conditions as it shall
deem fit.

8. The Registrar, if so required by the Council, shall act as Bursar,
and may in that capacity be called upon to find such security as the
Council may require.
9. The Court shall appoint an Auditor or Auditors who shall not be a
member or members of any of the University Governing Bodies.
10. An Auditor's term of office shall be one year. The Auditor or
Auditors shall be eligible for re-election.
0

11. The Professors and Lecturers whose services are exclusively at
the disposal of the University shall not engage in private professional
practice except at the request and in consultation with a private practi-
tioner in general practice in the Colon either during the tenure of
their appointments or for a period of 7 years following the termination
of their engagements with the University,


Statute 4.
THE COURT.
1. The Court shall consist of the following persons:-
Class 1-CHANCELLOR, THE VICE-CHANCELLOR, TRE PRO-VICE-
CITANCELLOR AND THE TREASURER OF THE UNIVERSITY

CLASs 2:-LIFE MEMBERS.
Sir Frederick John Dealtry Lugard, K.C.M.G., C.B., D.S.O.
Sir Hormusjee Nowrojee Mody, Kt.

As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of i911,





Hon. Sir Catchick Paul Chater, Kt, e.m.G.
James Henry Scott.
Cheung Pat Sz.
Sir Franci., Henry MILY, K.C.M.G. 1
Francis William Clark, m.R.c.i-.,
Hon. Mr. Henry Edward Pollock, K.e.
Gregory Paul Jordan, M.13.' C.3l.' AI.R.C.S.
Rev. Thowas William Pearee.
Hon. Dr. Ho Kai, e.m.G., 31.1l., TAI.R.C.S.
Robert MacLean Gibson, 3I.D., C.X.
And such other life members as the Court may appoint.
The Court may appoint such other persons to be life members of the
Court as may be nominated by a majority of two-thirds of the members
of the Court and as are approved by the Chancellor.

Alewbers of the jourt
of the Hongkong
College of Medicine.

CLASS 3.--EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS.
The Chief Justice.
The Honourable Members of the Executive Council.
The Honourable Members of tfle, Legislative Council.
The Re-istrar General.

The Principal Civil Idedical Officer.
The Director of Education.
The Dean of each Faculty of the University.
The Registrar of the University.

CLAss 3: EX-OFFICEIO MEMBERS.
(To be nominated by the Governor not being already included in
either of the foregoing classes and being resident in the Colony.)
Four British.
Six Chinese.
Two additional members nominated by the Governor.
Three representatives of the Grant-in-Aid Schools to be selected by
the Governor from among the nominee., of the Governing Bodies of
such schools.
2. The ex-officio members shall continue members so long only as
they hold the office in virtue of which they became members of the
Court.
3. The nominated members shall hold office for 3 Years.
4. Vacancies shall ])c filled as they occur or as soon thereafter as
convenientl may be,
y
5. Members retirino- by effluxion of time may be re-appointed or re-
elected. n

As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912, No. 17 of 1912 and
No, 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.Also by G. N. 144 of 1912.





~6. Any member of the Court may resign by writing addressed to the
Court, and in that case the vacancy shall be filled by the Court.
7. The above provisions so far as applicable shall apply to the first
members of the Court.
8. If any nominated member shall leave the Colony for any period
exceeding three months and'shall notify his intended absence to the
Court or shall have been absent from the Colony for more than three
months without such notification the Governor may in either event
appoint another person to act as member in his place during his
absence. The acting member shall vacate his office on the return of
the absent member to the Colony and shall only hold office for such
period as the absent member would have held it if he had continued
in the Colony.
9. The appointment of each nleniber of the Court shall be notified in
the Gazette.

Statute 5.
MEETINGS OF THE COURT AND QUORUM.
1. The meetings of the Court shall be held at such time, and in such
places, and its procedure shall be controlled in such mainier as shall be
prescribed by Rules made by the Court.
2. Seven Members of the Court shall form a quorum.

Statute 6.

POWERS OF THE COURT.

The Court may upon the recommendation of the Council aud Sellate
appoint Honorary Professors, and upon the like recommendation confer
the title of Emeritus Professor upoli ally professor who has retired
from his office: Provided that an Honorary or Emeritus Professor shall
not ex offcio have the right to a seat 011 the Senate or oil the Board of
any, Facult but may be invited by the Council on the recommendation
of the Senate to take such part in the teaching of the University as may
be determined.

Statute 7.

THE COUNCIL.

1. The Council shall consist of the following members:-

class 1. The Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, the Pro-Vice-Chan_
cellor, the Treasurer, the Director of Public Works, the Registrar
General, the Principal Civil Aledical Officer, and the Director of
Education.
Class 2. Two British members and three Chinese -Members of the
Court to be elected by the Court.
Class 3. Four Alembers of the Senate elected by the Senate, of whom
two shall be Professors or Lecturers whose services are exclusivelv at
the disposal of the University, and two shall be other Lecturers.

Am ainended by No. 16 of 1912.
As aLnetided by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





2. The meinbers in class 2 shall, subject as hereinafter mentioned,
hold office for 3 Years. At the first vearIv meeting of the Court, and at
every subsequent yearly meeting of the Court two of the members of
this class shall retire, those longest ijn office retiring on each occasion.
The Council shall determine by ballot the order in wbiell the first mem-
bers of this class shall retire, Any members retiring may be re-
elected.

3. The members in class 3 shall, subject as hereinafter mentioned,
hold office for two years.At the first Yearly meeting of the Senate,
and at ever subsequent yearly meeting of the Senate, one-half of the
members of this class shall retire, those longest in office retiring oil each
occasion. The Senate sliall determine tile order in wbich the first
members of this class shall retire. Any nieinbers retiring may be
re-elected.

4. All vacancies in class 2 may be filled in) temporarilly by the Council
pending the next asserribly of the Court.
5. Anv meiviber of the Councilby writin- addressed to
tile Re-istrar.
c
(3. The above provisions so far ' applicable shall apply to the first
inembers of the Council.

7. The appointment of each member of the Council shall be notified in
the Gazette

8. Seven ntembers of the Council shall form a quorum.

Statate 8.
Powers of the Council.

Subject to the provisions of the Ordinance the Council- shall, in ad-
dition to all other powers vested in them, have the followinog
1. To nominate tile first Vice-Cilalleellor, and also, after consultation
with the Senate, tile successors to the first Vice-Cliancellor, for appoint-
inent by the Court.
2. To appoint the Pro- Vice -Chancellor from members of the Senate
after consultation with the Senate.

3. Subject to the provision of part II of the lst schedule, to elect
its own chairman and vice-chairman and to prescribe their periods of
office. Provided that the vice-chancellor shall be vice-chairman unless
elected to be chairman.

4. To appoint professors, lecturers and other academic officers of the
Universit and also external examiners, :Provided that when the
Senate is constituted no appointment shall be made without due
consideration of the clairns of any candidate who may be recommended
by it.

5. To appoint a Registrar and other of the -University.
6. With the concurrence of the Senate, to recommend to the Court
names for honorary degrees.
0





7. To institute Professorships, Readerships, Lectureships, or other
teaching offices after report from the Senate, subject to the approval of
the Court.

8. To abolish or hold in abeywice after report from the Senate any
Professorship, Lectureship, Readership, or other academic office sub-
ject to the approval of the Court.
9. To draft statutes as and when it seps fit and submit the same to
the Court for consideration and enactment.

10. To make regualtions subject to the veto of file Court, in regard to
any matters in respect of which regulations are authorised to be made,
except that in matters referring to courses of study, degrees or diplonuts,
and affiliation of Colleees or recognition of teachers, re-ulations shall be
submitted by the Senate to the Council which shall forward them to
the Court for confirmation with such amendments as they may suggest.
All regulations made under this paragraph shall be operative. from th e
date on which they are made pending the necessary confirmation by the
Court. .1

11. To exercise all such powers as are conferred on the council by the
Ordinance and statutes, and to carry. the Ordinaucc, statutes and re-
gulations into effect.

12. To govern, manage and regulate the finances, accounts, invest-
ments, property, business and aR affairs whatsoever of the University,
and for that purpose to appoint bankers, counsel, solicitors, and any
other officers or agents whom it may seem expedientto appoint..

13. To invest ally moneys belonging to the University, including ally
un-applied incoine, in such stocks, fund, fully paid shares or securities,
mortgages, debentures or debenture stock as the Council shall tbink fit,
whether authorised by the general Law for tbe bivestment, of trust
moneys or not, and whether within the ColonY or not, or in the purchase
of leasehold property in the Colony, with tihe like power of varying such
investments by sale and re-investment, or otherwise.

14. To purchase, grant, sell, convey, assign, surrender and yield up,
exchange, Partition, mortgage, demise, reassign, transfer, alld accept
leases of real and personal property on behalf of the University.

15. To provide the buildings, premises, furniture,, and apparatus and
other means needed for carrying on the work of the Uinversity, and to
allocate such buildings, premises, furniture, apparatus and nleans to
the different Faculties, with power to alter such allocation at any time.

16. To borrow nioney oii behalf of the University and for that purpose
(if the, Court and Council think fit) to mortgage 'all or aity part of the
property of the -University, whether real or p`ersonal, or give such other
security, whether upon such real or personal property or otherwise, as
the Council think fit. Provided that the moneys borrowed and owing
by the University shall not at ally time exceed in the whole the sum

A~ ainoided bY No. 50 of 1911, ~~o, 59 of 1911, 'No. 16 of 1912,
No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





of $100,000 except with the sanction of a resolution passed at one
meeting of the Council and confirmed by the vote of three-fourths of
the members present and voting at a subsequent meeting of the
Council specially convened for the purpose, and held not less than 7
days after the former.

17. To enter into, vary, carry out, and cancel contrads on behalf of
the University.
18. To review the instruction and teaching of the University.

19. To proinote researel, within the University and to require reports
oil suel) research.

20. To review, refer back, control, amend or disallow any act of the
Senate, and give directions to the. Senate without prejudice to the rights
of the Senate under paragraphs 4, 6 and 10 of this statute.

21. To entertain, adjudicate upon, and, if thought fit, redress any
grievances of the officers of the University, the teaching staff, the
graduates, undergraduates and the University servarlfs who may for
tiny reason feel aggrieved otherwise than by the action of the Court.

22. To select a seal, arins, and a mace for the University subject to
the approval of the Court, and to have the sole,custody aid use of the
seal.

23. To approve Halls, Hostels and quarters for the residence of under-
graduates, and to fraine or approve regulations for the same.

24. To appoint, subject to the approval of the Court, the committee
of selection referred to in section 4 (19) of the Ordinance.

statuto 9.

THE SENATE.

(1) The Senate stiall consist of tile following persons:-

(a) The Vice-Chancellor.
(b) The Pro-Vice-Chancellor.
(c) The Professors and Lecturers whose services are exclusively at the
disposal of the University.
(d) The Director of Education,
(c) A number of other Lecturers equal to that of the Professors and
Lecturers whose services are exclusively at the disposal of the Univer-
sity, to be nominated by the Boards of Faculties, approved by the
Council and appointed by the Court. Provided that, subject to the
agreement referred to in section 4 (12) of the Ordinance, the total
number of representatives of any one Faculty shall be in such propor-
tion to the representation of otfler Faculties'as the Court may deter-
mine: and

Provided also that the Senate shall be deemed to be sufficiently con-
stituted for the purpose of transacting business as soon as the Principal

* As amended by No, 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





and three of the Professors or Lecturers whose services are exclusively
at the disposal of the Universitv have assumed their duties.
(2) The Vice -Chancellor, or in his absence the Pro-Vice-Chancellor,
shall preside at the meetings of the Senate.

(3) Five members of the. Senate shall form.a quorum.

Statute 10.
POWERS 01. THE SEINATE-
The Senate shall have the powers following

L The direction and general regulation of the instruction and educa-
tion within the Universitv and of the examinations held bY the
University (subject to the control of the Council).
2. To appoint internal examiners after report from the Board of
Faculty concerned.
3. To recommend for appointment by the Council,
Lecturers, and other academic officers of tCe University, and also, after
report from the Board of Faculty concerned, external examinen-
4. To report to the Council, after report from the Board of Faculty
concerned, on all regulations relating to courses of study, degrees or
other distinctions of honour or research.
5. To review, refer back, control, amend or disallow any act of any
Faculty and to give directions to the Faculties.
6. To report to the Council on statutes or regulations or proposed
changes of statutes of regulations.
t_
7. To report on any matter referred to or delegated to them by the
Court or the Council.
8. To discuss and declare an opinion on any matter whatsoever
relating to the University.
9. To make recommendations to the Council as to the appointment
of Professors and ' Lecturers of the University, and on delegation of the
Council to appoint other academic officers.of the University not being
Professors or Lecturers.
10. To make recommendations to the Council as to the removal of
any of the teaching staff of the University, or as to the appointment of
additional teaching staff.
. 11. To formulate and modify or revise schemes for the organisation of
Faculties of Medicine, Engineering, Arts, and Science and any, other
Faculties and to assign to such Faculties their respective subjects, and
to formulate, modify or revise schemes for the organisation of schools
and departments and to submit such schemes to the Council.
12. To fix, subject to any conditions made by the Founders which
are accepted by the Council and to statute 22, the times and mode and

As amended by No. 59 of 1911 and No, 16 of 1912.

. wk





conditions of competition for Fellowships, Scholarships and other prizes,
and to award the same.

13. To regulate, subject to statute 21 and to the regulations, the
admission of persons to courses of the University.
14. To make provision for the discipline of undergraduates and
students, and to suspend or expel any undergraduate or student when
thoualit necessary, and generally to carry out the same provisions.
15. To take cognisance of and encourage research.
16. To remove examiners for negligence or misconduct durin- their
term of office, and in case of such removal to appoint a substitute during
the remainder of the examinations.

17. To recommend to the Council for submission to the Court names
for honorary degrees.
18. To do such other acts and things as the Court shall authorise.

19. No new degree Shall be establitshed or other distinction Of honour
or merit adopted except after consultation with the Senate.

Statute 11.
THE FACULTIES.
The Board of each Faculty sliall, subject to the Agreement referred
to in section 4 (12) of the Ordinance, consist of the following
members:-

1. The Vice-Chancellor.
2. The Dean of the Faculty.

3. The Professors and Lecturers in the subjects of the Faculty whose
services are exclusively at the disposal of the -University.
4. Such other Lecturers the Council may determine after report
from the Senate.

5. Such other Lecturersas the Council may determine after report from
the Senate, provided that their number shall at no time exceed one-
fourth of the total number of the members of the Board of that
Faculty.

Statute 12.
POWERS OF THE BORADS OF FACULTIES.
The Board of each Faculty shall have the powers following:-

1. To regulate, Subject to the control of the Council and the Senate,
the conduct of examinations in the subjects assigned to the Faculty.

2. To recommend to the Senate the examiners for appointment.

A. amended by No. 16 of 1912, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched. 0





3. To nominate departmental committees to consider and report on
any special subject or combination of subjects; such departmental com-
mittees may include members of other Faculties.

4. To report to the Senate on statutes and regulations dealing with
courses of study for degrees and other distinctions -and on any questions
relating to the work of the Faculty.

5. Todeal with any matter referred to it by the Senate.

6. The Boards of Faculties shall be responsible to the Senate for the
teaching of the subjects assigned to their respective Faculties and shall
report to the Senate thereon from time to time.

Statute 13.

CONGREGATIONS.
Congregations of the whole University for the conferring of degrees
or other purposes shall be held in a manner to be prescribed by regula-
tions, and shall be presided over by the Chancellor or in his absence by
the Vice-Chancellor.

Statute 14.

EXAMINATIONTS.

1. The examinations for the degrees sIall be conducted bY such of the
members of the teaching staff as inay in that, behalf be appointed under
the powers hereinbefore mentioned and by external and independent
examiners.

2. The Vice-Cliancellor may without ally, report, if lie shall think fit,
in case of a vacancy occurring during an examination or of other
emergency requiring an immediate appointment, appoint an examiner
(such examiner, if the case be that of an external examiner, to be an
external examiner) to act for the examination then pending.

Statute 15.

COMMITTEES.
1. The Court, Council, Senate, and Faculties may respectively ap-
point such and so many standing and special Committees as may seem
to them fit for the purpose of dealing with any subjects or matters
delegated to such committee, and any such committees (if appointed by
the Court or Council) may (if thoug~ht advisable) include. persons who
are not members of the bodies appointing them. The powers and
duties of such committees shall be such as the bodies appointing them
direct.

2. The Council may make regulations for the proceedings of all com-
mittees, but subject thereto every committee may regulate its own
Procedure, times and places of meeting.

As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





3. The chairman of the Council and the Vice-Chancellor, or, if these
be identical, the Pro- Vice -Chancellor, shall ex officio be members of
every committee of the Court, Council, and Senate, and of every joint
committee of the Court, Council and Senate.

4. The Vice-Chancellor shall be ex officio a member of all committees
of the Senate and Faculties.

5. The Deans of Faculties shall be ex officio members of all commit-
tees of their respective Faculties

statutc 16.
ADVISORY BOARDS.
1. Subject to this Ordinance and the statutes, and after consultation
with the Senate, the Council rnav appoint or concur with any other body
in appointing Advisory Boards, which may include (if thought advis-
able) members unconnected with the University, upon such terms, for
such purposes and with such powers as the Council may consider
advisable, and may refer to them for advice and report any subject or
matter which in die opinion of the Council can advantageously be so
dealt with.

2. The Senate at the instance of any Facility may approve the
institution of a Board which, subject to riview by the Faculty and under
conditions to be determined by regulation, may undertike matters
delegated to it with regard to organisation, administration or instruction
in any subject or group of Subject within the. province of that Faculty.
Such Boards shall include the examiners in the subject concerned an,
in addition to members of the Facult, may include other persons
whether members of the University or not. The Senate, on the nomi-
nation of the Faculty concerned, shall appoint the members of the
respective Boards.

StatWe 17.
REMOVAL OF OFFICERS AIKI) MEMBERS.
1. The Vice-Chancellor, the Pro-Vice-Cliancellor, the Dean of any
Faculty, any member of the Court or of the Council or of the Senate
or of any Faculty, the Auditor or Auditors, and any other officer of the
University may be removed for cood cause by the Chancellor upon the
decision of the Council if confirmed by the Court.
2. ` Good Cause--- when used in reference to removal from office,
membership, or place means -.-(1) misbehaviour in office, -(2) being a
lunatic, (3) conviction of any felony, (4) actual incapacity in or for the
execution of the duties of the office, membership, or place, or (5) any
misbehaviour of an immoral, scandalous, or disgraceful nature rendering
the holder unfit in the opinion of the Council to continue in office.

statute 18.
ACTS DURING VACANCIES.
No act or resolution of the Court, the Council or the Senate shall be
invalid by reason only of any vacancy in the body doing or passing it,

As arnetided by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 17 of 1912.
As arnended by No. 16 of 1912.





or by reason of any want of qualification by or invalidity in the election
or appointment of any de, facto member of the body whether present or
absent.

Statute 19.

CONTRACTS, &C.
(1) Contracts niade by or on behalf of the University shall be validly
made and binding on the University if made tis follows --
(a) Any contract, which if made between private persons would be by
law required to be in writing, and if inade according to English law to
be under seal, may be made on behalf of the Uillversitv in writing
under its seal, and such contract may be in the sanle mattiter varic-d
or discharged.
(b) Any contractm which if made bwtween private persons would be
by law required to be in writing and signed by the parties to be charged
therewith, may be made on behalf of the University i writing signed
by any person acting under the express or implied authority of the
Council, and such contract may in the same way be varied or dis-
charged.
(c) Any contract, which if made between private persons would by
law be valid although made verbally only and signed by either the Chancellor,
may be made either in writing or verbally on behalf of the University
by any person acting under the express or implied authority of the
Council, and such contract may be in the same way varied or dis-
charged.
(2) Instrunietits under seal niade on behalf of the Universit settled
with the seal of the University and sipied by cither the Chancellor,
Pro-Chaneellor,Vice-Chancellor, Pro-Vice-Chancellor, or Treausrer and
countersigned by either the Registrar or the bursar, shall be deemed
to be duly executed.

Statate 20.

RESIDENCE OF UNDERGRANDUATES.

Undergraduates shall reside either in the University buildings or in
approved Halls or Hostels which shall be subject to such regulations as
the Council may prescirbe: Provided that in any special or exceptional
case the council on report from the Senate may grant examption from
the provisions of this statue.

Statute 21.

ENTRANTCF TO THE UNIVERSITY.

1. The Senior Oxford Local Examination (with a certificate in the case
of the Medical Faculty of examption from responsions) and the Senior
Camgridge Local Examination (with a certificate in the case of the
Medical Faculty of exemption from the previous examination) and such
matriculation examinations of any British University as the Council
may by resolution approve shall be accepted as equivalent to and in lieu

* As aniended by No. 17 of 1912.





of tile entrance examination of the University. The subjects and con-
ditions of the entrance examination to the University shall (until the
Council shall otherwise prescribe ) consist (save for exemption therefrom
as above set out and subject to the Agreement made between the
University and the llongkolig College. of Medocome dated the 12th
March, 1912) of the subjects and conditions set out in the Schedule to
this Statute. The, Council may oil a recommendation made by any
Board of any Faculty and approved by the Senate prescribe any special
subjects for examination for students of any Faculty additional to those
comprised in the entrance examination above referred to and may also
prescribe the standard of such additional subjects.

The Schedide above referred to.
Tile subjects prescribed for the entrance examination are as follows:-

I-English including Reading, dictation, Composition, Grammar,
Analysis; with questions on the general outlines of English History,
and on the general outlines of Geography of Europe and Asia with
special reference to the Geography of China.

11-Latin or Classical Chillese, or other Classical Oriental Languagfe.

Latin-Candidates must pass in (1) Grammar (2) translation of a
passage of English prose (3) translation into English of all unprepared
passage (4) either (a) additional unprepared translation or (b) Virgil
Aencid 1,II or (c) Caesar de Bello Gallico III, IV or (d) Cicero, in
Catilinam I, II or (c) any two of the above mentioned books.

Classical Chinese:-Candidates must pass in (1) translation from
English into Chinese; and (2) Chinese into Ehiglish, prepared work,
Mencius I to 1V.

1 Il. --Mathematics

(1) Arithmetic.

(2) Algebra up to and including the Binonlial Theorem.

(3) Geometry including the subject matter of Euclid Books 1, 11 and
III, with easy deductions.

IV-0ne Optional subject.: Greek, French, German, a modern Chi-
nese dialect, or other inoderit Language. (Grammar and eagy transla-
tion from and into English.)

A candidate shall be required to pass in I, II and III at one and the
same time but may pass the Optional subject, IV, separately.

A candidate, who has obtained in all the four subjects a number of
marks equivalent to the sum of the marks required for a pass in each,
may be allowed a pass in the whole examination; provided that in no
single subject he has obtained less than half of the marks required for
a pass, and that the pass-mark be reached in the English Paper.

As amended by G. N. 181 of 1912.





The minimum age of entrance to the University shall be 16 years.

2. Any person who has passed the prescribed examination and is over
16 years of age may on payment of the prescribed fee be admitted as
an undergraduate of the University: Provided that the Senate may in
its absolute discretion refuse to admit any such person if satisfied that
he is not of crood moral character; but such person shall have a right of
appeal to the Council.

Statute 22.

BENEFACTIONS AND SCHOLARSHIPS.

Subscribers who prior to the opening of the have sub-
scribed a sum of $500 and upwards may have their nanies inscribed on
a tablet in the wall of the Hall of the University. Subscribers of
$10,000 to the Endowment Fund may norninate one scholar at a time
to study at the University as an under, aduate without payinent of fees
provided lie is duly qualified as required 1) statute 21. For each addi-
tional $10,000 another scholar may be nominated by tile donor on the
same conditions tu to a maximum of four: Provided tbat the total
number of scholars who are admitted without fees (or without paynlent
for board) shall not without the consent of the Council exceed 50. A
subscriber of $55,555 shall, in addition to the above, be entitled to have
a framed portrait or a Just of himself in the Hall of the University of
such dimensions and so placed as the Council may determine.a Sub-
scriber of $ 100,000 will in addition be made a life member of the Court.
Any quali fied donor who desires to exercise any or all of these privileges
mist do so at the time that lie gives his subjeription. Any provincial
city, town, or village in or out of China may exercise the like privileges
of nominating free scholars, but the scholars can onIv be nominated bv
the representatives of the subscribers properly aceredited to the satisfai-
tion of the Council.

On the death of a donor entitled to nominate- one or more scholars
under the above conditions the right of nomination may be exercised by
his heir or representative, provided that tbe name on such heir or repre-
sentative sliall be notified to the Council within a year of. the death of
the donor. Failing such notification the right of nomination shall lapse
to the Council who may exercise it or not at their discretion..

All British subjects of whatever race shall be eligible for the Kin-
Edward VII scholarships.

Stalute 23.

THE TAI KOO CHAIR OF ENGINERRING.

The first Chair of Enincering in the -University shall be called thE
Tai Koo Chair of Engineering.
c

[3rd sched., rep. No. 16 of 1912.





FOURTH SCHEDULE.

Recitals. Constitution . visitor . Patrons . Veto of governor-in-council . Powers. authorities . Chancellor . Pro-chancellor . Principal and vice-chancellor. Pro-vice-chancellor. treasurer . Other officers,. Court. Council . senate. Faclties. statutes, &c. Regulations. Enaminers. Rules of procedure. Distinctions of race , nationality and religion forbidden . dividends prohibited. Real property . Personal property . Mortgages. construction. short title .

Abstract

Recitals. Constitution . visitor . Patrons . Veto of governor-in-council . Powers. authorities . Chancellor . Pro-chancellor . Principal and vice-chancellor. Pro-vice-chancellor. treasurer . Other officers,. Court. Council . senate. Faclties. statutes, &c. Regulations. Enaminers. Rules of procedure. Distinctions of race , nationality and religion forbidden . dividends prohibited. Real property . Personal property . Mortgages. construction. short title .

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/983

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

1053

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 10 of 1911

Number of Pages

26
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:54 +0800
<![CDATA[LIQUORS CONSOLIDATION ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/982

Title

LIQUORS CONSOLIDATION ORDINANCE, 1911

Description






No. 9 of 1911.
To consolidate and the lan., relating to Intoxicating
Liquors.

1. The Liquors Consolidation Ordinance, 1911.

2. In this Ordinance,-

[30th March, 1911.]

Proof spirit--- means a mixture of alcohol and water having a
specific gravity of .91984 at 60 degrees Fahrenheit, distilled water
at the same temperature being taken as unity, and containing
49.24 per cent. of alcohol by weight or -57.06 per cent. by volume.
Spirits are described as so many degrees ---over proof--- or ---under
proof--- according to the quantity of distilled water which must be
added or deducted from 100 volumes in order to produce spirit of
proof strength :

'Intoxicating liquors ' include spirits, liqueurs, wines, beer,
stout, porter, cider, and perry, and all other liquors fit, or intended
for use as a bevera-e, containing more than 22 per cent. of proof

spirit, but shall not include denatured spirits

---Beer--- includes ale, porter, stout, cider, perry, spruce beer,
black beer, and any other description of beer, and extends to any
liquor which is made or sold as a description of beer or as a
substitute for beer, and which on analysis of a sample thereof at any
time shall be found to contain more. than .2 per cent. of proof spirit

Denatured spirits

11 mean wines and spirits mixed with some
substance in such manner as to render the mixture in the opinion
of a, GovernmentOfficer or the Governnient Analyst unfit
for use as a beveraye
b

Spirituous liquors ' mean intoxicating liquors containing more
than 20 per cent. of pure alcohol by weight :

---Chinese wines and spirits ' mean intoxicating liquors of Chi-
nese production or commonly consumed by the Chinese, including
savishu :

1 ---Native wines and spirits ' mcain intoxicating liquors such as
are commonly distilled, made or prepared in any part of Asia for
consumption by other than Europeans :

---Adulterated liquor---means any liquor mixed or coloured to the
prejudice of the purchaser with any ingredient whatever or with

A. amended by No. 46 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912,
No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





water, either so as to increase its bulk and measure or so as injur-
iously to affect the ' qualitY of such liquor or to conceal its inferior
quality, or any liquor which is not virtually of the nature and
quality demanded by the purchaser or of the liquor which it Is
labelled as being or purporting to be, whether stich adulterated
liquor is Injurious to health or not. Spirits shall not be considered
adulterated if mixed with water only so as not to reduce the
strength below 25 degrees tinder proof in the case of brandy, whisky,
or rum, or belosk, 30 degrees under proof In the case of gin '.

Duty--- tueans the duty payable by law upon any intoxicating
liquors;

---Dutiable liquors--- mean intoxicating liquors. and native wines
and spirits on which the duty has not been paid :

Pint bottle--- in(] ' qoart bottle---mean respectively the reputed
pint and quart bottles ordinarily used in commerce:

' Gallon '' means the imperial gallon or 6 reptited quart bottles, or
1.2 reputed pint bottles. In the case of Chinese wines and spirits 74
eattles shall be deeined to be the equivalent of the Imperial gallon

' Wholesale--- means the sale of intoxicating liquors by the un-
opened cask, jar, or, case, in quantities exceeding 2 gallons of one
liquor at one time, such liquors not to be consumed on the premises :

' Betail sale--- or ---sale by retail ' ineans the sale of liquors in
quantities not exceeding 22 gallons at one time :

' Publican's licence--- means a licence to keel) an inn or public
house for the retall -.ale, therein, but not else-where, of intoxicating
0
liquors other than Chinese wines and spirits

Hotel keeper's adjunct licence.--- means a licence to hotel or
boarding-bouse keepers for the retail sale of intoxicating liquors for
consumption on the premises,-

(a.) to persons residing at the tinie of sale on the licensed
premises ;

(b) to persons other thari such residents, only in the dining room
and in conjunction with the regular ineals of the establishment;
but does not authorise the keeping of a public bar :

.1 ' Restaurant adjunct licence--- means a licence to restaurateurs
for the retail sale, between such hours as the Governor-in-Couricil
may prewribe, of intoxicating liquors for consumption on the
premises and only in conjunction with a bond fide meal for which





a charge of at least 30 cents can be reasonably made; but does not
authorise the keeping of a bar :

---Dealer's licence--- ineans a licence to sell intoxicating liquors
(Chinese wines and spirits excepted) either wholesale or by the
bottle, such liquors not to be consumed on the premises :

Chinese restaurant licence.---ineans a licence to Chinese restau-
rateurs for the retail sale to persons of Chinese race only of
intoxicating liquors in connection with a, bond fide meal for which a
charge of a least 30 cents can bc reasonably made, such liquors to
be consumed either on the premises or in conjunction with meals
sent out, but not otherwise : but does not authorise the keeping of
a bar :

---Chinese and spirit shop licence--- means a licence to sell
Chinese wines and spirits by retail or wholesale, such liquors not to
be consurned on the premises :

Eating-house licence--- ineans a licence for the keeping of any
C
eating-house, coffee house, or other similar house where no intoxicat-
ing liquors are sold on the premises :
---Brewery licence--- means a licence to sell beer not to be con-
sumed on the premises :

'Public house- means any house or place of entertainment where
intoxicating liquors are sold by retail and may be consumed on the
premises, but does not include any place of entertainment kept
under an adjunct licence or a Chinese restaurant licence :

Greneral bonded warehouse--- means a warehouse or place of
security appointed by the Governor-in-Coxincil for the warehousing
of dutiable liquors :
---Licensed warehouse--- ineans a place licensed by the Superin-
tendent with the approval of the Governor for the warehousing of
dutiable liquors :

---Import -, with its gramniatica.l variations and cognate expres-
sions, means to bring or cause to be brought into the Colony or the
waters thereof either by land or sea

---Export -, with its grammatical variations and cognate expres-
sions, means to take or cause to be taken out of the Colony or the
waters thereof by land or by sea

Ship--- means any steam or sailing vessel, motor boat, junk,
boat, sampan, or any kind of craft used or adapted to be used either





for the conveyance Of persons or things by water or for occtipation
by persons or storage of things whether afloat or not:


- Superintendent - means the Superintendent of imports and
Exports:

- Native revenne officer - ineans any revenue, officer not of
European race.



PART I-LICENCES.
Distillery Licences

3.-(1) No person shah make, distil, or, rectify mly spirits, or
shall knowingly keel) or have in his possession 'MY still or other
utensil or apparatus for making, distilling, or rectiflying spirits,
without a licence under this Ordinance.
(2) The Captain Superintendent of Police may issue distillery
licences, in form 1 in the 2nd schedule shall be payable in advance.

(3) conditions as the Governor-in-Council may determine
may be added to sych licences.


(4) Every licensed distiller may sell the liquour which he distils.
byt only in quantities exceeding 2 gallons of one liquour at one time,
and such liquor so sold must not be consumed on the permises.


(5) Every holder of a distillery licence under this Ordinance shall
pertnit the Sitperintendent or anyofficer to enter the
premises in which distillation Is being carried on at any tinle during
the process of such distillation.

4.-W It shall be lawful for the Captalit Superintendent of Police
to Issue a licence, free of all charge, to any apothecary, chemist, or
durggist applying for the same, to keep and use on his premises
a still of not more than 8 gallons capacity for the ptirpose of his trade
only : Provided that every such person shall make a deposit of
1,000 dollars or give a bond to the Captain Superintendent of Police,
with two stiflicient sureties, in that suni, that the still shall not
exceed 8 gallons capacity, and that he will not make use of such
still, or suffer it to be made use. of except for the preparation
of medicines or other articles required bond fide for medical or
scientific purposes.

* As amended by No. 46 of 1911 and No. 50 of 1911,
f As amended by No. 16 of 1912.





(2) Every such person found to have such still without having
entered into such bond and obtained such licence shall be deemed
to be guilty of an offence.

5.-W Every person who distils, makes, imports, sells, disposes
of, or deals in any adulterated liquor shall be guilty of an offence,
and, it such adulterated liquor is proved to the satisfaction of a
Magistrate to be injurious to health, he shall, on a second conviction,
be liable to imprisonment tor any term not exceeding 6 months,
besides any other penalties to whicb lie may be liable tinder this
Ordinance.

(2) No person shall be convicted under this section if lie shows, to
the satisfaction of the AMagistrate, tliat lie did not know that
the llqiior imported, sold, disposed of, or dealt in by him was
adultera.ted, and that he could not have known it with any reason-
able diligence.

Sale of Intoxicating Liquors
6.-(1) No person shall sell or dlsi)ose of, or advertise or expose
for sale, ally Bitoxica.tingeltlier bY wholesale or retail, or sba.11
permit or suffer any such intoxicating liquor to be sold or disposed
of, or advertised or exposed for sale, in his house or other place,
without the appropriate licence.

(2) The delivery of any intoxicating liquor shall be taken, in any
proceeding under this Ordinance, to be prima facie evidence of sale
and that money or other consideration was given for the same

(3) -NIo 1)erson shall tot. and oil behalf of any other person who is
not the holder of a dealer's licence, accept, or recelve orders for,
or import on commission or act as agent for the import of any
intoxicating liquor in quantities ecxeeding 2 gallons at one time
without an licence under which the licensee is permitted
to sell such liquor as a dealer.
(4) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to affect persons who
import the intoxicating liquor solely for the purpose of export.

7. The holder of a Chinese -,vine and spirit shop licence may also
sell Chinesc wines and spirits wholesale ; but no person shall sell
intoxicating liquors by retail without a licence to that effect, and

As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 46 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





this section shall apply to all retail sales of liquor to any persoll on
pretence that he is a customer of other goods, as well as to all sales
of quantities exceeding 2 gallons. an understanding tbat part is
to be returned, and generally to any act whatever which, under
whatever pretence, constitutes a retail sate of intoxicating liquor.

Teniporary
8. The Treasurer may at any time issue to ally bolder of a
publican's or adjunct licence a teniporary licence for the sale of
liquors at any public entertainincilt or on any public occasion, on
payment of such fee, in each case, as to tile Governor may seem fit.

Publican's Licences, Restaurant Adjunct licences, and Hotel
Keeper's Adjunct Licences.

9.-All applications for the granting or transfer of licences
shall be made to Board of Licensing Justices (thereinafter called
the Board). The Board shall consist of a chairman and vice-chair-
man appointed by the Governor and of five offict. Justices two of
whom shall be appointed by the Governor. and three elected by the
Justices of the Peace irom among their number. Of the four
Justices appointed by the Governor two shall be official and two
shall be unofficial Justices. The members of the Board shall hold
office for 3 years. Five meinbers shall be a quorum. The Magis-
trate's Clerk shall be ex-officio secretary to the Board.

(2) 11 any Licensing Justice appointed by the. Governor dlies or
is absent from the Colony or resigns his seat the Governor nwy
appoint another Justic to be, a nwinbey of the Board in his place.
Such Justice shall cease to be a nicinber of tbe Board if the absent
member in whose place he was appointed returns to the Colony.

(3) If an elected Justice dies or is absent froin the Colony for a
space of 6 months or resigns his seat the vacancy shall be filled
either substantively or ad ubterum, as the case may be, by election
in the manner hereinafter provided.

10. The mode of election of Licensing Justices, the proceedings
incident and other matters relating thereto, shall be governed by
rules made by the Governor-in-Council.

As axnended by No. 50 of 1911.
As amended by No. 17 of 191.1 and No. 4i3 of 1912 Supp. Sehed.
As amended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.





11. All questions arising at any meeting of the Board shall be
determined by a majority of votes of the J ustices present. In the
case of an equality of votes the chairman sliall have a. second or
casting vote.

12. Every person desirous of obtaining a publican 1 s, or an adjunct
licence shall make application in writing to the Board in form 2
or form 3 lit the Ist schedule, according to the nature of the licence
required. Such- application shall state the name and address of
the applicant, his nationality, the period or periods, if any, during
which he has previously held a licence, and the address and the
proposed nanic or sign of the premises in respect of which a licence
is desired.

13. The Board may refuse such applicatimi or they inay grant it
absolutely or subject to conditions. The applicant or 20 house
holders within a, radius of quarter of a mile of the premises licensed
or to be kucebsed shall be entitled to appeal to the Governor-in-
Counell with respect to any decision of the Board mider this see-
tion.

14. In the event of the refusal of an application by the Board,
maintained on appeal (if any), the applicant shall not be entitled to
make another appication in respect of the same premises within a
period of 12 moths from the original appliation.

15. The Board shall in every case at least one week previous to
the grant of an appllication cause advetisement to be made in the
Gazette and in one local nespaper at the expencse of the appliant
setting forth the name and address of the applicant and the propsed
name or sign of the premises in respect of, which a licence is desired.

16. As soon as inav be after the pantting of an application the
Board shall notify the Treasurer thereof : whercupon lie shall, upon
payment ol the fee specified lit the 2nd schedule, issue to the
applicant a licence An form 4, forn) 5, or form 6 in the 1st schedule,
according to the nature of the licence applied for.

17. Every, publican's or adjunct licence shall be valid only until
30th November next following the date on which it is granted :
Provided always that where this period is less than a year, a

A. amended by No. 511 of 1911 alid No. 17 of 1912.
As atnended by No. 17 of 1912.
As alneuded by No. 50 of 1911 aud No. 17 of 1912.





proportionate part only of the aforesaid fee shall be charged, to
which (except in the case of the transfer of a licence) 10 per cent.
shall be added.

Transfer of Publican's and Adjunce Licences.

18. The Board may, in their discretion and subject to payment
of the fee specified in the 2ndd schedule, direct the transfer, in
respect of the same premises, of any publician's or adjunct licence to
the nominee of the original holder of such licence, such nominee
making a like application as if applying for a licence, such numinee
behalf, A note of such transfer shall be endorsed by the Treasurer
upon the licence. The applicant or 20 hoursholders within a radius
of quarter of a mile of the premises licensed or to be licensed shall
be entitled to appeal to the governor-in-Council with respect to any
decision of the Board under this section,

Death or Insolvency of Licensee.
19. In case of the death or insolvency of any person holding a
publican's or an adjunct licence, the executor or administrator or
trustee of such licensee may carry on the business of such lincesed
house until the expiration of the licence, subject in every respect
to the same regulations and conditions as the original licensee.

Remoral of Business.

20. The Board may refuse to allow the business licensed under a
publican's licence or an ajunct licence to be removed to other pre-
mises, or they may permit such removal subject to the payment of
the fee specified in the 2nd schedule. A note of the grant of such
permission shall be endorsed by the Treasurer on the licence. the
applicant or 20 householders within a radius of quarter of mile of
the premises to which the applicant desires to remove shall be
entitled to appeal to the Governor-in-Council with respect to any
decision of the Board under this section.

Regulation of Business.
21. Every licensed publican or adjunct licensee shall have his full
name painted in legible letters at least 3 inches long, with the
words'Licensed to retail intoxicating liquors' constantly and
permanently remainin, and plainly to be seen and read, on some


As arnended by No. 50 of 11)11 and No. 17 of 1912.
As arnended by No, 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.





conspicuous part of his house: and no person not actually holding
a publican's licence or adjunct licence (except the keeper of
a Chinese wine and spirit shop or the holder of a Chinese restaurant
licence as hereinafter provided) shall keep up any sign, writing,
painting, or other mark which may inilAy or give reasonable cause
to believe that his premises are licensed for retail or barter of
intoxicating liquors, or that such liquors are sold, served, or retailed
therein.

22.-(11) The business of every licensed publican or adjunct
licensee shall be carried on subject to the following conditions

(a) no liquor shall be sold or drunk uron any licensed premises
other than premises licensed under a Chinese restaurant licence
except between 8a.m. and midnight : Provided that the Governor-
in-Council may by notification alter such hours;

(b) no disorder shall be permitted on the premises

(c) no person shall be allowed to becoine drunk on the premises,
nor shall liquor be supplied to any person who ls drunk ;

(d) no game of chance shall be played on the premises;

(e) a decent and suitable privy and urinal shall be maintained in
a state of cleanliness and good repair for the use of customers;

(f) the licensee sball not abandon the occupation of-his house or
permit any other person to become virtually the keeper thereof;
(g) the licensee sliall not eniploy any person to sell or dispose of
any liquors outside of his licensed premises, nor shall lie allow or
stiffer any linnors to be so disposed of on his account;

(2) Tn the case of the business of every licensed publican the fol-
lowing conditions shall also apply :-

(a) the licensee excepted, no woman or girl whether belonging
to the licensee's family or not, shall be permititted to serve or act in
any capacity in the bar-room or in any room directly opening out of
the bar room.

(b) The sta:ndard of quality of spirits as fixed by the Governor-in-
Council shall be declared on the label of each bottle.

(3) It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to amend or
repeal the conditions contained in this section.

As amended bY No. 46 of 1911, No. 50 of I9U, No. 51 of 1911.
N
.,o. 16 of 1912, No. 17 of 1912 cid No. 43 of 1912.





4
23. No licensed publican or adjunct licensee shall maintain any
action for, or recover any debt or demand on account of intoxicating
liquor, unless such debt has bond fide been contracted at one time
to the amount of 5 dollars or upwards, nor shall any itein in any
account for such liquor be allowed where the liquor bond fide de-
livered at one time does not amount to the full surn of .5 dollars, nor
shall any claim be allowed against any seaman or soldier in which any
Majesty's service for debt for intoxicating liquor supplied : Provided
always nothing herein contained shall extend to prevent any
innkeeper from keeping an account with a lodger in which any
charge for liquors may be included, and recovering tbe alnount

thereof in any Court..

General Prorisions.
24. No person licensed under this Ordinance shall take or receive
in payment or pledge for liquor or and entertainment whatever
Supplied in or out of his house any article or thing whatever, except
money.



25. Every perso licensed under this Ordinance shall sell and
dispose of his liquors by the measures or weights in this
Colony and not otherwise, except when the quantity is less than half
a pint, or except ,when the liquor is sold in bottles -he shall also
measure or weigh such liquors in the prese-nee of any ciistorner ,vho
ntay require him to do so.

26. If any person is convicted of unlawfully retailing any in-
toxicating liquor, the house and prernises of such person and the
house, lodging, shop, or warehouse where siicl) offence has been
committed, and any court or vard connected therewith, shall be
liable to be searched, at any tinve. of the day or night, by any police
officer, with or without a warrant, for 6 months next after such
conviction, provided that the same or any, part thereof is then
occupied by the person so convicted.

27. Whenever any police officer finds any person drinking in any
place in which any intoxicating liquor is sold or disposed of by
retail, and the licence for such sale is not, on deniand, produced to
such police officer, it shall be lawful for him to apprehend all such
persons so found drinking therein; and every sneh person so found

* As amended by No. 17 of 1912.
f As arnended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





drinking shall, if such place is in fact unlicensed, he liable, on sum-
ty
mary conviefion, for every such offence to a fine not exceeding 20
dollars, -unless such person informs against such unlicensed person
or voluntarily becomes a witness against him, in respect of such act
of selling -and retailing.

28. N1o master or other person employing journeymen, workmen,
servants, or labourers, and riot being the licensed keeper of a house
in which any intoxicating liquor is sold or disposed of by retail,
sha,ll pay or cause any payment to be niade to any such journeyman,
workman, servant, or labourer in or at anv such house.

M-M Every person licensed tinder this Ordinance shall produce
his licence to any police officer, on -being reqLilred to do so.

(.2) Any European officer of police shall have free access to every
part of any house licensed tinder sections 16, 33 or 34, at any hour
of the night or day.

0 Dealers' Licenees.
30.-(1) Every person desirous of obtaining a dealer's licence to
sell intoxicating liquors shall apply to the Treasurer, who may, in
his discretion, grant to the applicant a licence in form 7 in the Ist
c
schedule, upon payment of the appropriate fee specified in the 22nd
schedule.

(2) Such licence may be renewed annually on like conditions.

3L-M It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to make
regulations and conditions for the granting of a dealer's licence.

(2) Such regulations or conditions may require the providing by
applicants of one or more sureties, may alter the scale of fees, and
may regulate the times of comencement and expiry of such
licences, the hours and conditions of sale, and all'other matters con-
nected with such licences.

(3) All such regulatioDs shall be published in English and in Ch
nese.

Chinese Wine and Spirit Shop Licevces.
32.-(1) The Captain Superintendent of Police may - grant a
licence, in form 8 in the 1st schedule, to any person to sell Chinese

As amended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912.





wines and, spirits, by retail and wholesale, such Chinese wines and
spirits not to be consumed on the premises where they are sold.

(2) The holder of any such licence shall exhibit conspicuously and
permanently in front of his licensed place of business, his name and
the number and the nature of such licence, on a sign, the size and
design of which shall be approved by the Captain Superihtendent of
Police.

(3) The fee, for such licence shall be that specified in the 2nd
schedule and shall be paid to the Treasurer.

~ (4) The Captain Superintendent of Police may permit the transfer
of any such licence, in form 9 in the Ist schedule.

Chinese Ftestaurant Llicellces.
31-W Application for Chinese. restaurant licences shall be itiade
to the Registrar Greneral.

(2) The Registrar General, after referring such applications to
the Captain Superintendent of Police, may with his concurrence
grant a licence, lin lortn -10 lit the 1st. schedule.

(3) The fee for such licence shall be according to the scale set
forth in the 2nd schedule, and shall be paid to the Treasurer before
the issue of the licence.

(4) The holder of such licence shall exhibit conspicuously and
permanently in front oll his licensed place of business, his name
and the number and nature of such licence, oil a sign, the size and
design of which shall be approved by the Captain Superintendent
of Police.

(5) Sub-section (1) paragraphs (b), (c), (e) and (.0 of section 22
shall apply to a business carried on under a Chinese restaurant
licence. Provided that the Governor-in-council may inake regula-
tions or conditions on the granting of a Chinese restaurant licence.
All such regulations shall be published in English and Chinese.

(6) In case of the death or insolvency of the holder of a Chinese
restaurant licence, the executor or administrator or trustee (as the
case may be) of such licensee may carry on the business until the
expiration of the then current licence, subject to the same regula-
tions and conditions as the original licensee.

* As ainended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.





(7) The Registrar General may, in his discretion, permit the
transfer of any sticb licence, ln form 11 in the Ist schedule.

Licences for Eathig-houses.
34.-(1) Eating-honse licences shall be granted by the Treasurer
in form 12) in the 1st sebedule, upon payment of the fee specified in
the 2nd schedule.
(Q~).) Such conditions ,is the Governor-in-Couneil may determine
may be added to any licence granted under this section, and Do in-
toxicating liquor shall be sold or opium sinoked on such permises.
(3) The Treasurer may discretion, perinit the transfer of
such licence, and such transfer shall be by the indorsement of the
Treasurer.
(4) No person (unless licensed to retall intoxicating liquors to be
consumed on the premises)shall keep an eating-housing, conffee-house,
refreslirnent-bar. or saloon, restaunint or other place, where meals or
refreshinents are supplied to persons; not resident on the premises
without a licence granted tinder this section.
0

35. No person licensed under the last section sliall knowingly or
wilfutly pernilt disorderly conduct in his licensed premises, or. know-
iligly siifl*ei. any unlawful (rame or gaining therein, or knowingly
permit or suffer any prostitute to frequent such premises or to re-
main therein.

Brewery Licences.
ditions for, the grant of brewery licences, and beer sold under such
licences shall not be, consurned on the prennses.
(2) Such regulations or conditions may prescribe a scale of fees in
resl)ect of such licences, and may regulate the times and commence-
ment and expiry of such licences, the conditions of sale and all other
matters connected with snelr licences.
(3) All such regulations shall be published in English andin
Chinese.

Sale of Liquor by Licensed Auctioneers.
37. Nothing in this Ordinance shall reDder it illegal for an auc-
tioner, holding an auctioneer's licerice, to sell intoxicating liquor

As amended b r No. 46 of 1911 and So. 50 of 1911.
As amended by No. 51) of 1911 and ~so. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.





by auction, without any licence, upon his own premises for a
principal holding an appropriate liquor licence, or upwi premises in
respect of which his principal holds an appropriate licence authori-
sing such principal to sell such intoxicating liquor, or in cases where
such liquor is the property of the Impenal or Colonial Government,
or forms part of the estate of a bankrupt or deceased person, or is
sold by order of Court, or where, in any particular ease, on applica-
tion made, the Colonial Secretary grants permission for such sale by
auction, whether upon licensed premises or elsewhere.

Alteration, of Licence Fecs.
38. The Legislative Council may by resolutlion alter any of the
fees prescribed under this Ordinance. in respect of all or any of the
licences therein mentioned, and way at any- time substitute in
whole or in part a schedule of fees for that contained in the 2nd
schedule.

Special Forins of Licence.
39. In addition to the fornis of licences authorised by this Ordi-
nance and notwithstanding anythin- herein contained, it shall be
lawful for the Goveriior-in-Council at ans, tinie, to grant any similar
licences in such form and subject to such terins and conditions in
all respects as he rnay determine, and subject to the paynient of
such fees as may be prescribed lit such licences.

Power to transfer Duties.
40. It shall be lawful for the governor-in-Council by notification
to appoint such officer as lie may think- fit to exercise all or any of
the duties in connection with the issue of licences which are under
this Ordinance vested in the Treastiver, the Captain Superintendent
of Police, the Registrar General or other officer of the Government.

PART

DUTTIES.
41.-(1) It shall be lawful for the Legislative Council by resolu-
tion to assess the duties to be paid upon intoxicating liquors im-
ported into, distilled, made or prepared in the Colony.

As amended by No50 of 1911 and Xo. 16 of 1,912.
As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 46 of 1911, Xo. 5(1 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912





(2) The dirty upon intoxicating liquors imported shall be pay-
able :-
(a) if such liquors are not forthwith in accordance with the
provisions of this Ordinance removed into a general bonded or
licensed warehouse or luto another ship
before the removal of them from the ship in which they are
imported;
(b) 11 such liquors areremoved into a general bonded
or licensed warehouse
before the removal of theni from such general bonded or licensed
warehouse, unless such removal is for export or into another general
bonded or licensed warehouse.

(3) The dirty upon intoxicating liquors distilled, made or prepared
in the Colony shall be payable before the removal of such liquors
from the factory or place in which they are distilled, made, or pre-
pared, unless such removal is for export or into a general bonded
warehouse or licensed warehouse.

42. When any written contract for the asle of intoxicating liquors
entered into before 17th september, 1909, contains no reference to
the payment of customs duties, the seller shall be deemed to have
duty carried out his part of the contract upon his giving to the
purchaser the necessary facilities to enable him to obtain a permit
for the renioval of the liquors wider the provisions of sections 46, 47,
49 or 60 ; and the ratrebaser shall pay the dirty (if any) payable in
respect of such liquors and also any additional charges for landing,
storing, or dentauring such liquors occasioned by the operation of
this Ordinance and not provided for in the contract, and if any of
such additional charges are paid by the seller in the first instance the
amount so paid may be added to the contract price for the liquors.
and be recovered by the seller from the purchaser as if the same
formed part of the contract price.

41-M Where any new duty is imposed, or where any duty is
increased, and any goods in respect of which the dirty is payable.
are delivered after the day on which the new or increased duty takes
effect in pursuance of a contract made before that day, the seller.
of the goods may, in the absence of agreemeilt to the contrary,

As wnended by No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched,
As anlended b~ No. 16 of 1912.





recover, as in addition to the contract price, a sum equal to any
amount paid by him in respect of the goods oil account of the Dew
duty or the increalse of duty, as the case may be.

(2) Where any duty isrepealed or decreased, and any goods
affected by the duty are delivered after the day on which the duty
1
ceases or the decrease in the duty, tahes effect in pursuance of a
contract inade before that day, the purchaser of the goods, in the
absence of agreement to the contrary, may, if the seller of the goids
has had in respect of those goods the berietlit of the repeal or
decrease of the duty, dedoct from the contract price a simi equal
to the amount of the didy or decrease of duty the case may be.

(3) Where any addition to or dedtiction from the contract price
may be made under this section on account of any new or repealed
duty, such sinn as may be agreed upon, or in default of agreement
determined by the Sil perinten dent, as representing in the case of
a new duty any.new expenses incurred, and in the case of a repealed
duty any expenses saved, may be included in the addition to or
deduction froin the contract price, and may be recovered or deducted
accordingly.

(4) This section applies afthotigh the goods have undergone a pro-
cess of manufacture or preparation, or have become a part or in-
gredient of other goods.

Import and Export of Intoxicating Liquurs.

K-(1) No person shall import or export dutiable liquors or
deriatured spirits except into or from such ports or as may be
notified by the Governor.

No person shall import or export dutiable liquors or denatured
spirits by land except und in accordance with such regulations
and restrictions as may be prescirbed by the Governor-in-Council.

45. No master of ally ship shall any didlable liquors or
denatured spirits to be discharged from his ship without a permit
from the Superintendent as hereinafter provided, unless such liquors
or spirits are received by the person in charge of a general bonded
warehouse and forthwith stored in a general bonded warehouse.

As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 16'of 1912 and No. 1.7 of 1912.
As amended by No. 46 or 1911.





46.-M No person except the person in charge of a general bond-
ed warehouse shall remove any dutiable liquors from any ship in
which the sanie have been imported without a permit in form 1 in
the 3rd schedule in the case of liquors on which duty is to be paid
before such removal, or in form '22 in, the 3rd schedule in the case of
liquors to be stored in a general bonded or licensed warehouse, and
except in accordance with the conditions In such permit contained.

(2) In the case of liquors on which duty is to be paid before sueh
removal the Superintendent shall upon receiving a requisition filled
in in duplicate therefor, in form 1 in the 3rd schedule, issue a permit
in form 1 in the 3rd schedule authorising the removal of such liquors
on the conditions stated in such permit.

(3) In the case of liquors to be stored in a general bonded
or licensed warehouse the Superintendent shall urmn receiving a re-
quIsition filled in in dtiplicate therefor, in forin .2 in the 3rd sche-
dole, issue a perinit in form 22 in the 3rd schedule authorising the
removal of such liquors on the conditions stated in such permit.

Provided that before issning any permit under this section the
c 1
Superintendent inay deniand the production of any invoices, bills
of lading, or other documents relatine, to the liquors in respect of
Rn
which such requisition has been received, and the person inaking
the requisition shall on such demand produce the same.

47.-(11) No person except the person in charge of a general
bonded warehouse shall reniove any denatured spirits from any ship
in which the sante have been imported without a pemit, in form 4
in the 3rd schedule, and except in, accordance with the conditions
in such permit contained.

Such permit shall be issued by the Superintendent on the con-
ditions stated therein upon receiving a requisition filled in in
duplicate therefor, in forni 4. in the 3rd schedule, and shall not be
granted except upon condition tbat such spirits shall be placed in a
general bonded or licensed warehonse pending the production of
prool by the master or agent of the ship or the importer of such
spirits to the satisfaction of the Government Analyst, or of such
other person as the Governor may appoint in that behalf, that such
spirits are denatured spirits within the meaning of this Ordinance.

A.~ aniended bY 'No. 46 of 1911, Xo. 50 of 1911 and 'No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Selied.





48. The Superintendent shall grant a receipt in form 5 in the
3rd schedule for any received by him in respect of any duty
upon liquors, on which duty is payable.

49.-M No person intending to export dutlable liquors shall
remove the same for exportation from ally general bonded or
licensed warehouse where they may be stored witliont a, permit, in
form 3 in the 3rd schedule, and except in accordance witli the con-
ditions in such permit contained.

(2) Such permit shall by the Superintendent upon receipt
of a requisition, in form 3 in the. 3rd schedule; it shall be furnished
in triplicate, and one copy thereof shall be delivered to the. person
in charge of such general bonded or licensed warelionse, and tlic
exporter sball on. shipping such liquors proctire a receipt for the
same signed by the master or mate of the ship in which the liquors
are to be exported to be endorsed on another copy of skich pernilt,
and shall forthwith deliver such copy and receipt to the Superinten
dent.

(31) The Superintendent may refuse to issue any perinit to export
dutiable liquors by any ship until 72 bonrs before siicli ship intends
to leave the port.

Provided that before. issuing ally permit under this section the
Superintendent may demand the production of any shipping orders,
bills of lading, or other docimlents relating to the liquors in respect
1
of which such requisition has been received, and the person making
the requisition shall on such demand prodnee the same.

50. No dutiable liquors shall be removed for export from the
general bonded or licensed warehowse in which they are stored except
in closed cases or vessels each containing not less than 2 gallons or
the reputed equivalent of 2 gallons.

51. No dutiable liquors, except such as are exported to one con-
signee in one consignment in cinantities of not less than 40 gallons
if in cask or the reputed equivalent thereof if in bottles, shall be
removed from any general bonded or licensed warehonse for export
As amended by No. 46 of 1911, 1Zo. 50 of 1911 and No 16 of 1912.
d b,
f As amende v No. 46 of 1911, No. 50 of 1011, 'Zo. 17 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 46 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
1 As amended by No. 46 of 191 It





unless the cases or vessels containing the same shall be clearly and
permanently marked by stencil or otherwise an at least three sides
in letters not less than 3 inches long,'wltb the words - For Export.'

52. The master, owner, or agent of any ship by which dutiable
liquors are imported shall within 4 hours after the arrival of such
ship, or as soon thereafter as the office of the Superintendent is open,
furnish to the Superintendent a. true and correct statement of all
dutiable liquors imported therein.

53. The owner or agent of ,lily ship by which dutiable liquors are
exported shall within 24 honrs of the of the departure of such
still) furnish to the Superintendent dent a true and correct statement of
all dutiable liquors exported therein which have been entered on the
ship's inaDifest or for the receipt of which for export such owner or
agent or any person acting on his, behalf has issued a receipt to an-,
person.

54. Any person. who has obtained a permit to move any liquors
form any ship or to remove any liquors for exportation and bas not
availed himself thereof on the day stated therein, shall within 24
hours from such date, or as soon thereafter as the Superintendent's
office is open for business, return such permit to such office.

55. No person shall reland or permit the relandino- of any liquors
shipped under any permit or knowingly neglect or on-lit to cause such
liquors to be exported in accordance with the ternis of stich permit.

Storage of Dutiable Liguors.
56. The Governor-in-Council may approve and appoint premises
to be general bonded warehouses jar the warehousing of dutiable
liquors. If such appointinent is revoked all dutiable liquors ware-
housed in such warehouse shall be removed as the Governor may
direct.

57.-M The Superintendent may, with the approval of the
Governor, grant licences for the warehousing of dutiable liquors in
places to be specified in such licences and to be called licensed ware-

* As aniended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched '
and No. 17 of 1912.
As amended by No 50 of 1911, No. 7 of 1912 and No, 17 of 191g.





houses. The Governor may at any time cancel the licence of any
such warehouse, and thereupon all dutiable liquors warehoused
therein shall be removed as the Governor may direct.

(2) The Governor-in-Council may classify the -warehouses to
which such licences are issued or intended to be issued.

(3) The Legislative Council may at any time by resolution alter
the fees which may be charged for such licences in respect of all
classes or any class of such warehouses. Provided that no
fee shall be charged for a, licence granted to the Naval or Military
authorities for Naval or Military purposes.

(4) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (3) the fee for evely
such licence shall be two hundred and fifty dollars per

(5) No such licence shall be transferablethe cowsent of
the Governor.

58,(1) The, person in charge of any general bonded warehouse
and the licensee of any licensed warebouse shall at all times during
the usual business hours allow the Superintendent or any revenue
officer to enter such warehouse and to inspect the stocks of liquors
kept therein and to take saniples, thereof, and to ispect and make
copies of and extracts from any books of account kept M connection
therewith

(2) The person in charge of any general bwided warebouse and
the licensee of any licensed warehouse shall at all times keep proper
books showing stich particulars of all dutiable liquors' warehoused
therein and of all liquors removed therefrom as shall be prescribed
by regulations to be, niade by the Governor-in-council
(3) The person in charge of a general bonded warehouse and the
licensee of a licensed warehouse shall be liable to the Superintendent
for the payment of any duties payable in respect of the liquors ware-
housed therein, and shall prevent the removal of dutlable licluors and
denatured spirits therefrom except in accordance with the provisions
of section 60.

59.-(1) No person shall store or keep or have in his possession
or control any dutiable liquors except in a general bonded or licensed
warehouse or in the ship in which they have been imported.

As amended by No. 46 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912,
-No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No, 46 of 1911, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.





(2), No person shall have in his possession or control in a general
bonded or licensed svarebouse any intoxicating liquors or denatured
spirits imported contrary to the provisions of this Ordinance, or
which have come into or are in his possession or control contrary to
the provisions of this Ordinance.
(3) No person shall sell or offer for sale, and no person shall buy,
any didiable liquors stored elsewhere tban in a general bonded or
licensed warehouse, or in the ship in which they have been imported.

60.-(1) No person shall remo i ve any dutiable liquors or denatured
spirits from any general bonded or licensed warehouse, except for
export under an export permit, without a permit from the Superin-
tendent in form .2 in the 3rd schedule, and except in accordance with
the conditions in such permit contained.
(2) Such permit shall be issued by the Stiperintendelit. upon receipt
of a requisition, filled in in duplicate, in forni 2 in the 3rd schedule;
Provided always that the Soperintendent shall refuse to issue a
permit-
(a) for the renjoval of any such liquors except in closed cases or
vessels each containing not less than 2 gailons or the reputed equi-
valent of 2 gallons;
(b) if such liquors are to be retnoved for ptirposes other than
export to any place other than a general bonded or licensed ware-
house, except upon payment of the duty thereon.

61. If it shall appear at any time that there is a deficiency in any
general bonded or licensed warehouse in the quantity of dutiable
liquors which ought to be ftotind stored there, the person in charge
of such general bonded warehouse or the licensec of such licensed
warehoose, as the case may he, shall be liable to pay to the. Superin-
Lendent the duty leviable tipon such deficiency, and shall in the
absence of proof to the contrary be presumed to have illegally re-
moved such liquors : Provided always that such person in charge or
such licensee shall riot be held llable for any deficiency which lie may
prove to have beeii caiised by leakage or breakage or other accident.

Distillation and Manufacture
62.-(1) All intoxicating liquors distilled, made, or prepared by
any person holding a licence under this Ordinance, or under the New

As arnended bv No. 46 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912
and No. i.~ of 1912 Supp. Selled.
As amended by No. 46 of 1911 and No. 17 of 1912.
As' anielided by No. 16 of 1912..





Territories Regulation Ordinance, 1910, shall be deemed to be duti-
able liquors, and the place of distillation, making, or preparation
shall be deemed to be a licensed warehouse for the purpose of storing
such liquors, and the person holding a licence for sitch place shall
for the purposes of this Ordinance be deemed to be the licensee of
such warehouse.
. (2) Such warehouse shall not be used for the siorage of any duit-
able liquors whatsoever other thail those distilled, niade, ot. prepared
therein.
(3) There shall be no fee payable iti respect of such warehouse.

63. 2-Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall to any dis-
tillation by a medical practitioner or person regIstered as a chenfist
and druggist under the Pharmacy Ordinance, is proved registered as a chemist
to be for genuine niedicinal or scientific. purposes, or to any distilla-
tion of essential oils.

Keeping of Intoxicating Liquors by Liccnesees.
64. Every person who holds a licence under this Ordinance, or
under the New Territories Regitlation Ordinance, 1910, shall-
(a) on demand by the Superintendent render an account in writ
ing of the quantity and description of the intoxicating liquors in his
possession, custody, or control;
(b) permit the Superintendent or any reveime officer to enter the
premises in which such liquors are stored at any tinte bet-ween 6 a.m.
and 6 p.m. and inspect the same.

65. No person who holds a licence as above shall store or keep
on his licensed premises any dutiable liquors, and lit the absence of
proof to the contrary any dutiable liquors foond on stich premises
shall be presumed to be stored or kept by stich licensee.

Revenue Officer.
M-M The Superintendent may grant to any person approved
by him a warrant, in form 6 in the 3rd schedule, to act as a revenue
officer tinder this Ordinance.
(2) The Superintendent shall have power to withdraw at any time
any warrant so granted by him.

As aniended bv No. 16 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Selied.
As arnended No. 51 of 1911 and No. 16 of 1912-
No. 16 of i912, No. 17 of 1912, No. 21 of 1912, No. 43 of 1912
and No. 43 A 1912 Supp. Sched.





(3) Every revenue officer shall be supplied with a suitable badge of
office which shall be returned to the Superintendent when the war-
rant is withdrawn.
[sub-section (4), rel). 1,,To. 43 of 1912.]

(.5) Every native revenue officer shall, before appointment, be
examined and approved by the Superintendent and the Principal
Civil Aledical Officer, and having been so examined and approved
according to the fornis in. the 5th schedule shall go before a Magis-
trate and answer the questions, and subscribe and take the oath or
make the declaration in the 6th schedule.

(6) Every native revenue officer shall engage and bind himself to
serve in that office for the terin of 3 years, during which term he
shall not be ,it liberty to resign his office or to withdraw himself
form the duties thereof, except as is hereinafter provided.

(77) In case any native. reventie officer who has completed his
period of 3 service is desirous of continuing to serve in the
same capacity, he shall be at liberty to engage and bind himself for
a further terin of 3 years on similar terms and conditions, and shall
take the oath or make the declaration prescribed by sub-section (5) :
Provided always that his re-enlistinent is approved by the Superin-
tendent.
Isub-section (8), rel). No. 43 of 1911]

(9) Any native revenue officer shall be entitled to claim his dis-
charge at any titne on his giving to the Superintendent 3 months~
notice of his wish to withdrw and paying a slim equivalent to 2
months' pay for each unexpired year of his term of appointment
Provided always that it shall be. lawful for the Governor to remit
the whole or any part of the said sum.

(10) Whenever any native revenue officer, having duly engaged
and bound himself to serve in that office, deserts tberefrom or refuses
to perform his duty therein, he shall, on suniniary conviction, be
liable to a fine not exceeding .200 dollars.

(11) Any native revenue officer imprisoned for default of payment
of a fine imposed under the preceding sub-section, shall forfeit all
pay during his imprisonment.

(12) The, Superintendent shall, in ease of breach of discipline or
neglect of duty by any native revenue officer, on proof thereof to his
satisfaction, have power to order the offender to forfeit a sum not
exceeding 10 dollars.





(13), All sum forfeited urider the preceding sub-section shall be
paid into the Treasury, and shall be applied to stich purposes in
connection with the linports andOffice as the Governor
may direct.,

(14) Every revenue officer when acting, against any person under
this Ordinance shall declare his office and prodiwe his badge of office
to such person.

(15) Any revenue officer who reftises or neglects without reasonable
cause to return his badge to the Stiperintendent in contravetion of
this Ordinance, sba,ll be liable to a fine not exceeding .50 dollars, or

to imprisonment for any terin not exceeding 3 months.

67.-(1) All police officers shall have the powers of a revenue
officer under this Ordinance.

(2) Every police officer wilel, acting agairist any person tinder this
Ordinance shall, if not lit oniforin, declare his office and prodnee
to the person against whom he is acting. such badge as the Captain
Superintendent of Police inay direct to be carried by police officers
when employed on special service.

68.~(1) Every person from any ship or entering the
Colony by land accompanied by any goods or baggage shall
(a) on demand by any rexenue or police officer either permit his
goods and baggage to be. searched by sneli officer, or together with
such goods and baggage accompany such officer to a police station
and there permit his goods and baggage to be searched by any re-
venue or police officer in the presence and tinder the supervision of
a European police officer or other police officer not below the rank
of sergeant. If the person landing is ol' European race the demand
aforesaid shall be made by a European officer,
(b) on demand by any European revenue or police officer or other
police officer not below the rank of sergeant, permit his goods and
baggage to be searched by such police officer or by any revenue
officer in the presence and under the supervision of such police
officer :

Provided always that the goods and baggage of any person who
claims to be present when they'are searched shall not be searched
except in his presence.

As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
As arnended by No. 17 of 1912 and _No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(2) Any person who refuses to comply with any lawful demand
under this section may be arrested without warrant by the officer
making the demand.

69. Any box, chest, package-, or other article (not being passen-

ger's baggage accompanied by the owner) which is being landed
or has been recently landed from any ship, or which is nil or upon
any ship (not being or having the stattis of a ship of war), islet,
landim, 1 lace, wharf, warehouse, or place adjoining any wharf and

used in connection therewith, or which is being removed from any

such ship, islet, or other place, or which is beinla brought into or
has recently been brought into the Colony by land,-
(a) inay be examined and searched by any revenue officer, and
rnay be detained until any person in charge thereof shall have open-
ed the same to adinit of such examination and search, and in default
oV such examination may be removed by such officer to a police statiun;
(b) nnay be broken open by the orders of any European police
officer or other police officer not below the rank of sergeant to
facilitate stich examination and search, provided that any person
In charge or possession or stich box, chest, package, or other article
shall be aHorded every reasonable. facility for beinler Ixesent at such
breaking operj, examination, and search.

70. No search of goods or baggage shall be made wider the pro-

visions of the two In-eceding sections unless there is reasonable cause
to sospect that sneh goods or bag. age contain dtitiable liquors or
denatured spirts.

71. Any revenue officer may board any ship, not being or having
the statils of a ship of war, and remain on board as long as such
ship reinalins in the waters of the Colony.

71-M Any revenue officer rnay arrest ivithout warrant,-
(a) any person fotind committing or attempting to commit, or
employing, alding or assisting any person to commit, an offence
against this Part or Part Ill- of tblis Ordinance, or lgainst any of
the provisions of any of the Ordinances following, namely :-The
Military Stores (Exportation) Ordinance, 1.862, the Dangerous Goods
.Ordinance, 1873., the Ships (Prohibition of Sale of Liquor) Ordi-
nance, 1886, the Gambling Ordinance, 1891, the Arms and Am-
m-unitian Ordinance, 1900, the Pharmacy Ordinance, 1908, the

As anxended by No. 17 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 16 of 1912, No. 31 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912,





Foreign Copper Coin Ordinance, 1912, or any Ordinance amending
any of these Ordinances.
(b) any person whom he may reasonably suspect to have in his
possession ally intoxicating liquors, denatured spirits, or other
articles subject to forfeiture under this Part or Part 111 of this
Ordinance.

(2) Every person. so mrested shall, together with any article as
to which an offence may have been committed or attempted to have
been committed, be taken to a police station.


73. If any search made without warrant under this Ordinance is
unsuccessful and there is no reason to suppose that any intoxicating

liquors, denatured spirits, or other articles liable to forfelture under
this Ordinance have been thrown away or otherwise disposed of in
order to avoid detection, the Superintendent shall repack or cause
to be repacked any goods unpacked during stich search and shall
inake good any dainage caused thereby. In the event of any dis-
pute as to the amount of damage to be made -nod by the Super-rll-
tendent not being settled within 24 hours from the time of suell
dispute first arising, such arnount shall be ascertained by a 'Magis-
trate, and the Superintendent shall pay such aniomit so ascertained
iminediately upon prodiletion by the ao. rieved person of a certificate
tg
thereof under the band of the 'Alagistrate.

PART 111.
TVarraiits, Proceedings, Offeitces, Petiallies, aod Forfeitiires.
74. Whenever it appears to any Alagistrate upon the oath of any
person of repute that there is good cal-ise to believe that there are
in any building, vessel (not being or having the status of a ship of
war), or place any intoxicating liquors or denatured spirits or other
articles subject to forfeiture as to which an offence has been or is
about to be committed against any of the provisions of this Ordi-
nance., such Magistrate may, by warrant directed to ,iny European
police or revenue officer, empower such officer, with such assistants
as may be necessary, by day or night-
(1) to enter a.nd if -necessary to break into such building,, vessel,
or place and to search for and take possession of any such intoxica-
ting liquors, denatured spirits, or other articles ;

* As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
f As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 51 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912
and No. 48 of 1912 Supp, Sched.





(2) to arrest any person who appears to have such intoxicating
liquors, denatured spirits, or other articles in his possession, custody
or control.

75. All convictions and fines and penalties under this Ordinance
shall be had and recovered summarily, but proceedings for the
recovery of any such fine or penalty shall be commenced within 6
months after the offence was committed.

76-(1) The Magistrate may adjuidicate any portion not exceed-
ing half of a fine under this Ordina:nce to the informer.
(2) All articles seized and forfeited under this Ordinance shall be
.sold, or if iinsaleable shall be destroyed or otherwise disposed of by
the Superintendent.

77. On any trial before any -Magistrate, and in any proceedings
on appeal in the Supreine Court relating in any of the above cases to

the seizure. of articles under this Ordinance, it shall be lawful for
such Magistrate or Court, and such -Magistrate or Court is hereby
required, to proceed to such trials and to the hearing of such appeals
on the merit-, of the case only without reference to matters of form,
and without enquiring into the. inanner or forin of making any
seizure, excepting lit so far as the nianner or form of seizure may
be evidence on such merits.

78. Every requisition received and a copy of every permit issued
by the Superintendent shall be entered in the Superintendent's office
in a book or books, and the production of any extracts from the-said
books or of any certificate as to requisitions for and grants of permits
certified or purporting to be certified tinder the hand of the'Superin-
tendent shall on the trial of any person charged with an offence
tinder this Ordinance be proof of the facts set out in the said extracts
and certificates till the contrary Ce shown by or for the person so
charged, and the absence of requisitions and of copies of permits
from the said books shall be proof till the contrary is shown, that
application has not been made for the permit required and that the
permit has not been issued.

79. The Magistrate hearing any charge under this Ordinance may
require the Government Analyst to report oir any technical point,

* As amended by No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1919.
f As amended by No. 16 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912,





and may order the payment of the fees due in respect of the
Analyst's report by the defendant. in addition to any other penalty,
and such fee shall be recoverable in the same way as a penalty
imposed under this Ordinance is recoverable.

80. At the hearing of any charge under this Ordinance the pro-
duction of a certificate purporting to be signed by the Government
Analyst shall be sufficient evidence of the facts therein stated, unless
the defendant requiries the Analyst to be called as a witness; but if
the defendant shall require the Analyst to be called 1 lie Magistrate
may order him in addition to any other penalty to pay a fee of $25
for the attendance of the Analyst such fee to be recoverable in the
sanie way as a penalty imposed under this Ordinance is recoverable.

81. It shall be lawful for the Governor to suspend or stop any
prosecution or proceeding instituted or proposed to be rinstituted
under this Ordinance and to direct the refund of the whole or ally
part of any fine or penalty, and the restoration of the whole or any
portion ol any articles ordered to be forfeited to any perso-ii from
whom the same way have been taken.

82. Except as hereinafter mentioned no information laid under
this Ordinance shall be admitted in evidence in any civil or criminal
proceeding whatsoever, and no witness shall be obliged or permitted
to disclose the name or address of any informer under this Ordi-
nance or state any inatter which might lead to his discovery.
Moreover, if any books, documents, or papers which are in evidence
or liable to inspection in any, civil or criminal proceeding whatsoever
contain any entry In which any informer is named or described, or
which might lead to his discovery, the Court shall cause all such
passages to be concealed from view or to be obliterated so far as
may be necessary to protect the informer from. discovery but no
further. But if on the trial of any offence under this Ordinance
the Magistrate after full enquiry into the case believes that the
informer wilfully made in his information a material statement
which he knew or believed to be false or did not believe to be true,
or if in any other proceeding the Magistrate is of opinion that justice
cannot be fully done between the parties thereto without the dis-
covery of the informer, it shall be lawful for the Magistrate to
require the production of the original information and permit inquiry
and require full disclosure concerning the informer.

As amended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 16 of 1912.





83-(1) Whenever two or more persons are charged with any
offence against this Ordinance the Magistrate may permit any of
theni to give evidence for the. prosectition.

(2) Every person so permitted to give evidence who shall in the
opinion of the -Magistrate make true and full discovery of all things
as to whicb he is lawfully exanilited, shall be entitled to receive a
cerificate of indemnity tinder the hand of the Magistrate trate s ing

that he has inade a true and full discovery of all things as to which
he was examined and such certificate shall be a bar to all legal
proceedings hint in respect of all such things as aforesaid.

(3) Provided always, that any person charged with an offence
againt this Ordinance may, if lie thinks fit, tender himself to he
examined in his own behalf, and thereupon inaly give evidence in
the sanie inanner and with the like effect and consequences as any
other witness.

Ls, 84, rel). -XL10. 8 of 1912' S. 8.2.1

85. person who linports, or al(ls, abets, procures or is in-
terc.sted or coneerned in, or knowingly derives any profit froni the
irriportation of -anyH(Inors or denatured spirits contrary
to the provisions of this Ordinance, shali be guilty of an offence.

86. Every person who contrarN, to the provisions of this Ordinance
receives into or has in. his possession, ckistody, or control any in-
toxicatitilg liquors on wbich the duty leviable by law shall not be
proved to have been paid, or which bave bven illegally imported,
made, ol. prepared, shall be gullty of in offi-nce : Provided that no
1)oi,soii sliall be convicted under this section if lie proves to the
sat's faction of the Co[ii.t before which he is tried that he had good
stifficlent reason. to believe that such duty liad been paid or that
auxh inrowzixating liquors had been legally imported or legally
manufactured.

87. Fvery person who delivers any requisition or supplies any
particidars, returns or account, or other written statement required
by this Ordinalice shall, If such requistition particulars, return,
account or written statement be false or incorrect either in whole

As amended li.~ No. 50 of 1911, io. 16 of 1912, N-o. 176 of 1912
and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended 1) ' v _No. 16 of 1912, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Selled.
As amended by No, 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.





or in part to the knowledge of the person so making., delivering or
supplying the same, whether the same be same by him or not, be
guilty of an offence.
Is. 88, rep, No. 43 of 1912).]

89. Every omission or neglect to comply with, and everly act done
or attempted to be done contrary to, the provisions of tilis Ordinance
or permit granted or order of the Governor-in-Council issued there-
under, and any refusal to permit or obstruction of any act command-
ed by this Ordinance, and any breach on the part of a licensed person
of the terms or conditions of his licence or recognisance, shall 'be
deemed to be an offence, and for everv such offence not otherwise
specially provided for the offender shali, in addition to the lorfelture
(if any) of the article seized as hereinafter provided, be liable to the
following penalties :-
(a) for every first offence, a fine not exceeding -500 dollars, or
imprisonment for any term not exceedinle, 6 nionths;
(b) for every second offence, a fine not, exceeding 1,000 dollars, or
imprisonment for any term not exceedinley 1.2 months;
(c) for every subsequent offence, a fine not exceeding 2,500 dollars
and imprisonment for any term not execeding 1.2 months.

90. All intoxicating liquors and denatured spirits in respect of
which any offence has been committed against this Ordinance, or
against any permit granted thereunder, or any breach of the restric-
tions and conditions subject to or upon which any licence has been
granted together with any still or part thereof, vat ot. other vessel
used in distillation, wash or other materlals preparing or prepared
for the distillation of such liquors, ntensil or apparatus, or ally
vessel, package, cart, carriage, or conveyance in which the same
may be found or which may have been used in connection with such
offence, may be seized by any police or revenue officer, and all such
intoxicating liquors, denatured spirits, stills., utensils, apparatus,
vessels, packages, carts, carriages, or conveyances, as also any ship
of less thani 1.5 tons in which the same may be found, may be for-
feited.

91. All intoxicating liquors and denatured spirits, and all stills,
utensils, apparatus, vessels, packages, or conveyances, used for the

~s a~nended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912 and No. 17 of 1912.
As atiAetided by 'No. 16 of 1912 and --\o. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As alnended by 'No. Wof 1912.





preparation, packing, or conveyance of intoxicating liquors or de-
natured spirits shall, if found without any apparent owner, or if
unclaimed after such notice given as to a -Magistrate may stem fit,
be forfeited.

92. On the conviction of any licensed person for a second or any
subsequent offence against this Ordinance, the Magistrate may order
his licence to be forfeited, in addition to any other penalties herein-
before provided.

PART IV.

General.
93.-(1) Whenever any person to whom any licence has been
granted wider this Ordinance, or under the New Territories Regula-
tion Ordinance, 1910, or any person in charge of a general bonded
warehouse, or any licensee of a licensed warehouse, is liable under
the provisions of this Ordinance to any punishment, penalty, or for-
feiture for any act, omission, or neglect, he shall be liable to the
same punishment, penalty, or forfeiture for every similar act.
omission, or neglect of any agent or servant employed by him in
or about his licensed premises or general bonded or licensed ware-
house, and every agent or servant employed by hini in or about his

licensed premises or general bonded or licensed warehouse shall also
be liable to every punishment,, penalty, or forfeiture prescribed for
such acts, omissions, or neglect contrary to the provIisions.of this
Ordinance as fully and effectually as if such agent or servant had
been the person to whom such licence had been granted or had been
the person in charge of such general bonded or licensed warehouse.

(2) Every person employed in or about any licensed premises or
general bonded or licensed warehouse shall be deemed to have been
so employed by the person mentioned in the licence or by the person
in charge of the general bonded or licensed warehouse, as the case
may be, until the contrary be proved.

94. Every requisition required by the provisions of Part II of this
Ordinance shall contain the particulars required by the forms in the
3rd schedule and shall be signed by the person applying for such

As amended by No. 46 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912 and No. 48 of 1912
Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911.





requisition or by some person duly authorised by him: Provided
that in the case of any Chinese firm such requisition shall, in addi-
tion to such signature, be stamped with the chop of such firm

95. The Governor-in- Council shall have power to make
tions for any of the following purposes

(a) to regulate the standard of quality or to determine the quality
of any intoxicating liquors or wines or spirits to be inantifactured
and sold under the provisions of this Ordinance, and to regulate tile
material to be used therein, and for the branding or labelling of such
liquors and such wines and spirits;

(b) to regulate the import and export of intoxicating liquors by
land or by sea, and the licensing of persons and ships for those
purposes
(c) to regulate the management of general bonded warehouses,
and to prescribe fees for storage in such warehouse, and to authorise
the forfeiture of any intoxicating liquors or denattived spirits not
cleared frorn such warehouse within periods to be fixed by such
regulations ;

(d) to regolate the licensing and managenient of licensed ware-
houses;

(e) to reo-tilate the manauement of distilleries and places for dis-

tilling, making, and preparing intoxicating liquors, and the safe-
guarding of the revenue to be derived froin the duty upon liquors
distilled, made, or prepared therein ;

(f) to rregulae the examination of he baggage and goods of per-
sons landing at nay port;



(g) to alter or rescind any of the forms contained in the schedules
and to substitute others therefor; and
(h) for granting -exemption from payment of duty on dutiable
goods or from any of the provisions of this Ordinance;

(i) to regulate the substances to be used and Ifle quantities thereof
for denaturing spirits ;

(j) for the supervision of the breaking down, blending, mixing,
and bottling of dutiable liquors;

(k) generally to give effect to the provisions of this Ordinance.

Asamended by No. 46 of 1911, _No. 50 of 1911, No. 16 of 1912
and No. 17 of 1912.





96. This Ordinance shall not apply to naval or military stores the
property of RIS Majesty, nor to any intoxicating liquors imported on
account of His Majest's Government or of the Government of the
Colony.

Is. 97, rep. NTo. 16 of 19112.]

98'. Theprovislons of Part 1 of this Ordinance shall not apply to
any part of the XNew Territories other than New Rowloon.

FIRST SCHEDULE.

Hongkong.

Fon,n No. 1.

LiCEXCE.

The. Liquors Consolidation Ordinance, 1911.
In consideration of the fee of dollat. paid by
license him to have stills,of gallons capacity, at
to distil spirits and to sell such spirits from this date until tile
19' in quant-ities of not less than two gallons of one liuor, at one
tinw. and not to bp01) the premises.
[ss. 3, 4.]




Hongkong.

Naille of

Has lield a licence for

Licensed House to be at No.

Its naine or sign to be
,g
Sureties

FORM No. 2.
APPIACATIOX F0R, PUBLICAN'S LICENCE.

The ]-,i'qitors Copisolidation Orditlapice, 1911.
Address

Years.

of

of

Street.

[a. 12.1

and

To the Licensing Board.

1 give notice tliat 1 intend to apply at the next Licensing Aleeting to His Majesty's
Justices of the Peace for a licence to sell by retail intoxicating liquors (except Chinese






wines and spirits) in the liouse and appurienances thereunto belonging above named,
which 1 intend to keep as an Inn or Publie-house.

Dated the day of

' 19

(Signed)

* As arnended by No. 46 of 1911.

P





We, the undersigned householders, residing at in the

said Colony, and being in no way directly or indirectly connected mith the sale of liquor
to the applicant, certify that the above-named applicant is a peroji of good fane and
reputation and fit and proper to be licensed to keep an Inn or Public-house.
Dated the day of

Hongkong.

Natne of Applicant
Address
Has held a licence for
Licensed house, to be at No.
Other business carried on
and
To the Licensing Board.
I give notice that I intend to apply at the next Licensing Meeting to His Majesty's
Justices of the Peace for a licence to sell by retail intoxicating liquors, in the house and
appurtenances thereunto be;ongjlig above named, as au Adjunct, to the business which
1 am carrying on in the said house and premises.
Dated the day of

years.

' 19 .

(Signed)

2 . .........
3 . .........

Form No. 3.
APPLICATION FOR ADJUNCT LICENCE.

The Liquors Consloidation Ordinance, 1911.

Nationalits

Sureties
of

[s. 12,]

Street.

of

Hongkong.

Licensee
No. Street
to both days inclusive. Fee, $

' 19

FORM No. 4.
PUBLICAN's LicE-,cL.

The Liquors Consolidation Ordinapice, 19n.
Sign of House

Fs. 16.]

Period of Licence, from







1 licence the above-named person to keep an Inn or Public-liouse, and to sell by retail
in such house in which lie now dis-ells and 121 the appurtenances thereunto belonging,
but not elsewhere, intoxicating liquors (except Chinese wines and spirits) during the
period above written.

Conditions.
(1) NO liquor shall be sold or drunk- upon any 1 icensed premises except between 8 a.rn.
and 12 o'clock midnight. Provided that the Governor-in-Council may by order from
time to time alter such hours as aforesaid.

(2) No disorder shall be permitted on the premises.

(3) No person shall be allowed to become drunk on th
supplied to any person who is drunk.

e premises, nor shall liquor be

* As amended by No. 46 of 1911 and No. 51 of 1911.





(4) No game of chance shall be played on the premises.

(5) A decent and suitable privy and urinal shall be maintained in a state of cleanli.
ness and good repair for the use of customers.

(6) The licensee shall not abandon the occupation of his house or permit premit other
person to become virtually the keeper thereof.

(7) The licensee shall not employ ally person to sell or dispose of any liquors outside
of his licensed premises, nor shall lie. allow or suffer any liquors to be so disposed of on
his account.

(8) The licensee excepted, no woman or girl whether belonging to the licensee's family
or not, shall be permitted to serve or act in ally capacity in the bar-room or in any
room directly opening out of the bar-room-

(9) The standard of quality of spirits as fixed by the Governor-in -Council shall be
declared on the label of each bottle.

Dated the day of

FORM NO 5

Hongkon.g.

Licensee

Business

No.

Period of Licence, from

Free $
I license the above-named Person to sell by retail intoxicating liquors. in quantities
not exceeding two gallons at one time, in the house in which he non. dwells and in the.
appurtenance thereunto belonging, but not elsewhere, as an Adjunct to the business be
carries on there and without keeping a public bar during the period above written.

.

BESTAUPANT ADJUNCT LiCENCE.

The Liqacrs Liqucrs consolidation Ordinance, 1911.

Street

to both days inclusive.

1 19 .

(Signed) Coloiiial Treasitrer.

[s. 16.]

Conditions.

(1) No bar shall be kept.

(2) Intoxicating liquois shall only be sold for consumption on the premises and only
in conjuliction with a bona fide meal for whiell a charge of at least thirty cents can be
reasonably made.

(3) Intoxicating liquors shall only be sold between the hours of 12.30 p.m. and 2.30
pan., and of 6 1),m. and 9 pan. and at no other time.







(4) No disorder shall be permitted on the premises.

(5) No person shall be allowed to become drunk on the premises nor shall liquor be
-%kIpplied to any person who is drunk.

(6) No game of chance shall be played oil the premises.

(7) A decent and suitable privy and urinal shall be maintained in a state of cleanli-
ness and good repair for the use of customers.
(8) The licensee shall not abandon the occupation of his house or permit.any other
person to become virtually the keeper thereof.





(9) The licensee shall not employ any person to sell or dispose of ally liquors outside
of his licensed premises, nor shall he allow or suffer any liquors to be so disposed of on
his account.

Dated the day of

' 19 .

Is. 16.] FORM No. 6.
HOTEL KEEPER'S ADJUNC LICENCE.

The Liquors Copisotidation Ordiumice, 1911.

Hongkong.

Licensee:
Business
No.
Fee, $

1 license the above-ininied person to sell by retail intoxicating liquol.s, in quantities
not exceeding two gallons at one tinle, in the house in which he now dwells aand in the
appurtenances thereunto belonging, but not elsewhere, as an Adjunct, to the business he
carries on there during the period above written.

(Signed) Colonial Treasurer.



Street

(1) No public bar shall be kept.

(2) Intoxicating liquor shall only be sold for consumption 011 the premises, and

(a) to persons residing at the Hotel, at, any time

(b) to persons other than residents, only in the dinging room and in conjunction
with the regular ineals of the establishment.

(3) No disorder shall be perinitted-on the premises.

(4) No person shall be allolted to become drunk on the premises, nor shall liquor
be supplied to ally person who is drimls.

(5) No game of chance shall be plaved oil the premises.

(6) A decent and suitable privy and urinal shall be maintained in a state of clean-
liness and good repair for the use of customers.

(7) The licensee shall not abandon the occupation of his house or permit any other
person to become virtually the keeper thereof.

(8) The licensee shall not employ any person to sell or dispose of ally liquors out-
side of his licensed premises, nor shall lie allow or suffer ally liquors to be so disposed
of oil his account.
Dated the day of

Conditious.

No.

Hongkong.

Fop..m No. 7.







DEALER's LiCENCE.

' 19 .

(Signed) Colouial Treasurer.

[S. 30.1

The Liquors Cousolidation Ordinwice, 1911.
is licensed to sell intoxicating Equors (Chilles. wines and spirits
excepted) by Wholesale or by the unopened bottle on tile premises known as





Conditions.
Such intoxicating liquors are not to be consumed on the premises.
No intoxicating liquors shall be sold under this licence between the hours of 10
p.m. and 8 a.m.

The licensee shall keep a book in which shall be recorded all sales of intoxicating
liquors made under this licence. Such book shall he open to inspection at all reasonable
hours by any Police Officer.

Dated this day of

Hongkong.

' 19 .

(Signed)

FORM NO. 8.
CHINLSE WINE AND SPIRIT Suor LICENCE.

Colouial Treasurer

[s. 32.]

The Liquors Collsolidation Oodinance 1911.
is licensed to sell Chinese Wines and Spirits, both by retail and
wholesale, such wines and spirits not to be consunled on his premises, at No. the
sign or shop naine of which is until the day of ' 19 .

conitious
(1) No Chiltese wines or spirits shall be sold by retail, directly or indirectly, to
persons other than Chinese.

6 a.in.

(2) None but Chinese wines and spirits shall be sold oil the premises.

(.3) No Chinesc wines, or spirits shall be sold between the hours of 10 p.m. and

(4) Any change in the place of business shall be forthwith reported to the Captain
Superintendent of Police.
(5) The licensee sahll provide adequate security , to the safisfaction of the Captain.
Superintendent of Police, for the regultu. payment for one year of the fee for this
licence.

(6) The holder of this licence shall exhibit conspicuously and permanently in front
of his licensed place of business, his name and the number and the nature of his licence,
on a sign the size and design of which shall be approved by 6he Captain Superintendent
of Police.

(Signed)

Hongkong

FORM NO. 9
TRANSFEA OF CHINESE WINE AND SPIEIT LICENCE.

Captaiti Superialepideut of Police.

[s. 32.3

The Liquors Cousolidution Ordinance, 1911.
The Chinese Wine and Spirit Licence No. granted to
transferred to who is hereby licensed to sell Chinese Wivws and Spirits,






both by retail and wholesale, such wines 'and SPirits 'lot to be consumed on the pre-
mises, at No. the sign or shop name of which is until the
day of ' 19 .







Conditions.
(1) No Chinese wines or spirits shall he sold by retail, directly or indirectly, to
persons other than Chinese.
(2) None but Chinese wines and spirits shall be sold err tile premises.
(3) No Chinese wines or spirits shall be sold between the hours of 10 p.m. and 6 a.m.
(4) Any change in the place of business shall be for. awith reported to the Captain
Superintendent of Police.
(5) The licensee shall provide adequate security, to the satisfactionof the Captain
Superintendent of Police, for the regular payment for one year ot the fee for this
licence.
(6) The holder of this licence shall exhibit conspicuously and in frosit
of his licensed place of business, his narne and 611e number Ad tile llatti- of his licence.
on a sign, the size and design of skbicIi shall be approved by the Captain Superintedent
of Police.
Dated the day of

Hougkong. FORM NO 10.

CHINESP RESTAURANT LicENCE.

The Liquors Consolidation Ordinance, 1911.


No.
Name of Licensee
Business
Sign of House
Address
Period of Licence, from
Fee, $
1 license the above-named person during tlke period set fortb above to sell by retail
to persons of Chinese race only intoxicating liquors, inquantities not exceeding t~ko
gallons at a time, ou the above- mentioned premises, to be consumed oil such premises
in connection with a bond fide mcal for which a charge of at least 30 Cents call be rea-
sonably made, or in conjunction with meals sent out from suell premises, but not
otherwise.

' 19 .

(Signed)


to

Caplain Superintendent of Police.

~s. 33.1

Conditions.
(1) No bat may be kept on the premises under G1Lis licence.
(2) No disorder shall be permitted oil the premises,
(3) No person shall he allowed to become drunk on the premises, nor shall liquor be
supplied to any person who is drunk.
(4) A decent and suitable privy and urinal shall be mailitained in a state of cleanliness
and good repair for the use of customers.
(5) The licensee shall not abandon the occupation of his houe or permit any other
person to become virtually the keeper thereof.
(6) The licensee shall exhibit conspicuously and permanently in froilt of his lecensed
place of business, his name and the number and nature of sticb licence, oil a sign, the
size and design of which shall be approved by the Captain Superintendent of Police.
Dated the . day of

' 19 .

* As amended by No. 43 of 1912.







(Signed)

Registrar General.





Hongkon.g.

New Licensee
Business
Sign of House
Address
Period of New Licence, from
Former Licensee

FoRm No. 11.

TRANSFER OF CHINESE RESTAURANT LICENCE.

The Liquors Consolidation Ordinance, 1911.

to

[a. 83.1

1 license the above-nained person during the period set forth above to sell by retail to
person, of Chinese race only intoxicating liquors, in quantities not exceedifig two
gallons at a time on the above-mentioned premises, to be consumed on such premises

in connection with a bona fide meal for which a charge of at least 30 cents can be rea-
sonably made, or in conjunction with meals sent out from such premises, but not other-
wise.

Conditions.
(1) No bar may be kept on the premises under this licence.

(2) No disorder shall be permitted oil the premises.

(3) Xo person shall. be allowed to become drunk oil the premises, nor shall liquor be
supplied to any person who is drunk.
(4) A decent and suibable privy and urinal shall be maintained in a state of cleanliness
and good repair for the use of customers.

(5) The licensee. shall not abandon the occupation of his house or permit any other
person to become virtually the keeper thereof.

(6) The licensec shall exhibit conspicuously and permanently ill front of his licensed
place of business, his liame and the number and nature of such licence, 011 a sign, the
size and design of which shall be approved by the Captain Superintendent of Police.

Dated the day of

Hongkong. FORM NO 12
EATNG-HOUSE LICENCE.
The Liquors Consolidation Ordinance, 1911.


Name of Licensee
Business
Sign of House (if ally)
Address
Period of Licence, from
Fee, $
I license the above-nained person during the period set forth above to keep nn E ating-
house (or Coffee House, or as the case may be)-at the above-mentioned Premises.

' 19


(Signed)













Warning and, Conditions.
(1) No intoxicating liquors shall be sold, served or consumed or opium smoked on such
premises.

As amended by No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by G. N. 207 of 1912.





(2) The keeper shall not perinit disorderly collduct his preimises, or suffer any un-
lawful ganies or gaining therein, or pertlik or suffer ally to to frequent such
premises or to rernain therein.
(3) This licence is liable to forfeiture on the second convicion, wthhin twelve months
of the holder for any offence.
(4) The licensee shall cause to be legibly painted or fixed and shall keep painted or
fixed, on such premises in a conspicuous place,in letters at least foru inches long, his
name followed by th words 'licensed for the sale off Refreshunents' forgether with the
number of his licence.
(5) The premises shall be closed between midnight and 6 a.m., and no meals or re-
freshments shall be suppiied during that period to any person not resident therein
Note.-Theree may be added such other conditions, if any,to this licence as the
Governor-in-Coitneil may from time to time deternime.

(Signed)

SECOND SCHEDULE.

Treasurer.

Schedide of Fee
The following fees shall be paid for the licenec.9 herein mentioned

and in the manner herein specified:-

Nature of Lirence.

Distillery Licence . ......... 400
Brewery Licence ........4M
Temporary Licence,-At the discretion of
the Governor.

Publican's Licence:-
(a.) In Victoria and in the Hill District :-(as
defined by the Public Health and Build-
inas Ordinance, 190.3)
when the rateable value of the premises is
..............Fee
under $ 2,000 ....$1,00(
4,000 ........--1,500
8,000 ........$2,000
1 . 6,000 ....$2,500
32,000 .......$,3,000
$32,000 and over .. ~3,500
licence fees shaft be at half the above
rates.
Restaurant Adjunct Licence and llotel
Keeper's Adjunct Licence:-
North of Queen's Road, Victoria,
and at Victoria Gap . $ 700
part of the Island, and in Kow-
loon and New Kowlooll . $ 400 J

Fee

Fee'. of Payment.
Annually in advance.
do.
lit

Annually in advance,
subject to the provi-






SM1l,' of the Liquors
Consolidarion Onli-
nance, 1911.

As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 17 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.





Nam,re of Licence. Fee.

1Rernoval Licence ....* 20

Note-If tile new premises are of a higher


annual valuafion than those from
which the licence is renloved zt pro-
portionate part of the extra fee, if 1
ally, payable in respect of such
difficrence of valuation must also he
paid.
Transfer of Publican's Licence . S 200 1,: advance.
Transfer of Adjunct Licence S 40
Dealer's Licence .....$ 1,000 Annually in advance.

Chinese Wine and.Spirit Shop Licence :-
a.) City of Victoria West of the line
formed by the Albany NtAlah,....S (b.) City of Victoria East of the line
formed by the Albany Null,
(c.) Quarry Bay from Tsat Tsz Mui
Police Station to the S.E. bound-
ary of Shankiwan TAI.L. i,...S
d.) Shaukisvan, from the S.E. hound-
ary of Shaukiwan M.L. 1 to the
houndary of War Depnrtment
land East of All Kung Ngant ' $
(e.) Aberdeen and Aplichau . .. ... 5 (.f.) Tsim Sha Tsui, Yaumait and Hung-
born, and that portion of the K.W_
loon Peninsula which is south
of a line drawn from Nutiall
Street, Moll- Kok Tsui, to the
centre of the road between K.M2.
Lots 52 and 53 at Slick Shan, ..` (g.) Sham Shui Po and the remaining
portion of Kowloon. not included
under (f) . ...........................
(h.) Kowloon City and the remainder
of New Kowloon ..$

Chinese Restaurant Licence :-

when the valuation of the premises
occupied is-
under $500 . ........ 300 Annually in advance.
,~500 or over, but under $2,000 600 j
$2,000 or over ...... 9M

Man?wr of Payment
lit advance.

650

550

40011

403,50 ~QLiarterly instal ments,
ill advance.

400







350

Eating-houses (where no intoxicating
liquors are sold)
in Victoria,
elsewhere . .............
Canteen Licence . ..............................

201
5 Annually in advance,





THIRD SCHEDULE.

FoR-,~i No. 1. [s. 46.]

Application for Pennit, and Perniit to land or more Duty-paid Liquors

SIR,
land
1 hereby declare that 1 wish to move on the day of
between the hours of a.rn. and P.111. the liqtioi,: deseribed llereund
froni

19


landing
1 hereby grant permission for the removal of the liquors described above flig. dutic
on whicb have been duly paid.

and Office.

NOTE-1f thiS, perinit is not loade USe of on the day in respect of which it is issued,
must be returned within 24 hours to tbe office of the Superintendent of Imports and
Exports.

Forni No. 2. [ss. 4G and 60.1
Application for Pertktit, and Pernit to laud or move Duliable Liquors.

1 hereby declare that 1 wish to -land on the day of 19
move
between the hours of a.m. the liquors described bereuilder
from
Warehouse at

and to store the saine in the

DESCRIPTIONOF LIQUORS

Marks on casks, Quantits
cases, ete,

Permission is hereby granted for landing of the liquors described above provid
removal
that the said liquors shall be immediately stored in the
Warehouse at

As amended by No. 46 of 1911.







r

Superintendent,
Imports and Exports Office.





FORm No. 3. [a. 49.1
Application for Permit, and Permit to export Dutiable Liquors. *

SIR,
1 hereby declare that 1 wish to move from
Warehouse at

, 191 , between the hours of

dutiable liquors described below -for -export tc--
as ships' stores
Tile said liquors are being consigned to

DESCRIPTION or LiQuoRs.


Exporters.

PPermission is herehyto move the above-mentioned liquors for export in the
11E2ner described.

Superintendent,
Imports and Exports Office.

NOTE-If thiS perinit is not made use of oil the day in respect of which it is issued.
ib must be returned withiri 24 liours to the office of the Superintendent of Imports and
Exports.

FOP1st No. 4.
Application for Permil. and Permit ot land or move Denatured Spirits.
SIn,

1 hereby declare that I Wish to land oil the (lay of
move
between the hours of a.m. and p.m. from
the denatured spirits described below.



Applicant.

I hereby give permission landing of the denatured spirits described above.

Superintendent,
Imports and Exports Office.







Form No. 5

Form of Receipt of Duty under section 48.

[s. 48.1

Audit No
I the Superintendent of Imports and Exports hereby acknowledge the receipt from
of the sum of dollars

4s amended by No. 46 of 1911.

and cents





being the ainount payable as duty on the liquors described below which are now stored at
E3WD4I5P5IONOR LIUORS:
Nature of Marks on casks, No of Dut per Total
Liquors. cascs, dc. gallons. gallon. duty.


Date Superintendent of Imports and Exports.

A.B. of whose
photograph is hereto attaclied is hereby appointed to be a Revenue Officer uuder tbe
Liquors Consolidation Ordinance, 1911, and is duly vested with all the rights powers and
iniumnities of sneli office under the provisions of the said Ordinance from this date until
the day of





FORM No. 6.

Appointment of Uccenue Officers under section 66 (1).

Date

' 19 .

Superintendent of Import ond Exports,

[4th sched., rep. No. 16 of 1912.]

FIFTH SCRLDULE. Ls. 66 (5).]

EXAMINATIONS OF A CANDIDATE, FOR THE POST OF NATIVE
REVEXUE OFFICER.

Questious.
1. Name.
2. Age.
3. Where born.
4. Trade or calling
5. Single or married.
6. Number of children.
7. What previous service under Government.
8. When discharged.
9. And why.
10. With whoni last employed.
11. And where.
12. What Chinese dialects can you speak.

Dated the dav of

Approved for medical examination.

Dated the day of

(Signed)

(Signed)

As arineDded by No. 46 of 1911.
As autended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. &11ed.

Answers.

7 19

' 19 .







Candidate.

Superintendent.





MEDICAL CERTIFICATE.

1 herebv certifv that 1 have examined the above candidate as to his
health and bodily stregth, and that I consider him for service

as a Native Revenue Officer.

Dated the day of

' 19

(Signed)

Principal Civil Medical Officer.

SIXTH SCREDULE. Is. 66 (5). ]

EXAMINATWS AND OATH BEFORE A MAGISTRATE.
Questiopis to be put separately by the Magistrate to a person
engaging to serve as a Native Revemie Officer.
Qaestions. Answers.

1. What is your nanle?
2. Ill what place were you born ?
3. What is your trade. or calling ?
4. Have you any disability or disorder is-hich impedes the free use
of your limbs or unfits you for ordinary labour?
5. Are you willing to serve as a Native Revenue Officer for the term
of years from

1, make oath that the above questions have been separately
put to nie, that the anssvers thereto have been read over to me, and
that they are the same that 1 gave and are true.

1 also make oath that I will welland faithfully serve His Majesty
His Heirs and Successors, for the term of years as a Native
Res-enue Officer.

(Signed)


(Signed)

Candidate,

Witness.

Sworn before me at Victoria, HOngkong this
19

(Signed) .

1, solemmly sincerely, and truly declare that the above
questions have been separately put to me, that the answers thereto
have been read over to me, and that they are the same that I gave and
are true.

Magistrate.

DE1CLARATION IN LIEU OF OATH.

I also solemmly, sincerely, and truly declare that 1 will well and
faithfully serve His Majesty, His Heirs and Successors, for the term
of as a Native Reverlue Officer.

(Signed)

(Signed)

Candidate.

Witness.

Declared before we at Victoria, Hongkong, this dax. of

(Signed)

19 .

Magistrate.

short title . Interpretation of terms. prohibition of distilling without licence ; and issure of distilling licence . Issue of free licence for apothecary , chemist, or druggist ot have still of 8 gallons capacity . distilling etc. , adulterated liquor . Prohibition of sale of liquor without licence . Wholesale and retail sale of liquor . issue of temporary licence. Application for licences to be made to licensing board. Mode of election of licensing justices. mode of deciding application . Application for publican's or adjunct licence . Decision of board subject to appeal to governor-in-council . Applications refused not to be renewed whithin 12 months . Advertisemetn fo application . Issue fo licences and fees. duration of licences. transfer fo licence . Provision for case fo death or insolvency of licensee. Removal fo business . Affixign of sign by licensee, etc. conditions relaitng to business. restriction of right of action for liquor sold . Prohibition of takding pledge for liquor . Measures or weights for sale of liquor. Power to suspected premises . Drinking in unlicensedjplace. prohibition of payment of journeyment , etc, at place where liqour is sold . Gerneral powers fo police. Issue fo dealeers' licences. Making of regulations and conditions. Issue and transfere of chinese wine and spirit shop licence . applicaions for chinese restaurant licences. eating -houses . Prohibition of disorderly conduct in licensed eating-house . Brewery licences. Savign as to sale of liquor by licensed auctioneer . regislative council may alter licence fees . Governor-in-council may create new forms of licence. Provision for transfer fo duties . Duties . when contracts have been entered into before 17 th september , 1909, amoundt fo duty to b eadded to price . Provision for contracts for sale of goods duty paid when duties altered or repealed . restrictions on import and export. Shipmaster only to allow discharge of dutiable liquors to warehouse . dutiable bonded liquors not to be removed form ship without a permit, except by keeper of bonded warehouse. Issue of permit in cases where duty is paid before removal . Iissue of permit for removal to bonded warehouse. Denatured spriits not to be removed form ship without a permit , except by keeper of bonded warehouse. receipt by superintendent for all duty paid . Removal of dutiable liquors for exportation . Form of permit and endorsement by master ro mate. Permit may be refused until 72 hours before ship leaves . Dutiable liquors not to b eremoved for export except in closed cases dutiable liquors to be marked for export . master owner or agent of ship to furnish perticulars of import . Owner or agent of ship to furnish particulars of export. Permit not used to be returned in 24 hours . Liquors shipped under a permit not to be relanded . General bonded warehouses . licensed warehouses. inspection of warehouses. Prescribed books to be kept. Possession and storages of dutiable liquors . unlawful possession . Sale and purchase. Removal . Deficiency of dutiable liqu7ors in a bonded or licensed warehouse. Restrictions on making and preparing liquors . No. 34 of 1919, s, 6. ordinance not to apply to distillation for medical purposes . No.12 of 1908. Licensed jperson to give amount of stocks : no . 34 of 1901 , s. 6. And permit entry . Licensed person not to keep dutiable liquors on the premises . Revenue officers. [cf. No. 3 of 1890 a. 57.] penalty for refusing or neglecting to return badge. Powers of police officers . Search of baggage and goods. esamination of articles on ship , wharf , etc. no search except where reasonable cause fo suspicion . Revenue officer may board ship . Revenue officer may arrest without warrant in certain circumstances. Np . 1 fo 1862. No . 1 of 1873. No . 11 of 1886. no . 2 of 1891. no. 2 fo 1900. no . 12 of 1968. no. 9 fo 1910. No . 11 of 1912 . If unsuccessful search made compensation to be paid . Issue of search warrant by magistrate . recovery of fines and forfeittures . Adjudication of fine and disposal of forfeited articles . Manner of seizure not to be enquired into by court . Extracts from register fo requisitions and permits to be evidence . Magistrate may request analyst to report on technical points . certificate of analy st to be sufficient evidence. Governor may shop proceeding and order restitution of articles forfeited . Protection of informeers from discovery . examination of accused persons . Indemntiy if true and full discovery made . Illegal importing of intoxicating liquors or denatured spirits . Illegal possession of intoxicating liquors not duty paid or illegally imported, made or prepared. Making false requisition , return , etc,. other penalties . Forfeitures. Unclaimed articles to be forfeited . forfeiture of licence. Responsibility for acts of agents and servants, no . 34 of 1910 , s , 6.presumption of employment . Contents and sitgnature of requisitions. power to make regulations. exemption of naval and military stores,, etc. application of part I .

Abstract

short title . Interpretation of terms. prohibition of distilling without licence ; and issure of distilling licence . Issue of free licence for apothecary , chemist, or druggist ot have still of 8 gallons capacity . distilling etc. , adulterated liquor . Prohibition of sale of liquor without licence . Wholesale and retail sale of liquor . issue of temporary licence. Application for licences to be made to licensing board. Mode of election of licensing justices. mode of deciding application . Application for publican's or adjunct licence . Decision of board subject to appeal to governor-in-council . Applications refused not to be renewed whithin 12 months . Advertisemetn fo application . Issue fo licences and fees. duration of licences. transfer fo licence . Provision for case fo death or insolvency of licensee. Removal fo business . Affixign of sign by licensee, etc. conditions relaitng to business. restriction of right of action for liquor sold . Prohibition of takding pledge for liquor . Measures or weights for sale of liquor. Power to suspected premises . Drinking in unlicensedjplace. prohibition of payment of journeyment , etc, at place where liqour is sold . Gerneral powers fo police. Issue fo dealeers' licences. Making of regulations and conditions. Issue and transfere of chinese wine and spirit shop licence . applicaions for chinese restaurant licences. eating -houses . Prohibition of disorderly conduct in licensed eating-house . Brewery licences. Savign as to sale of liquor by licensed auctioneer . regislative council may alter licence fees . Governor-in-council may create new forms of licence. Provision for transfer fo duties . Duties . when contracts have been entered into before 17 th september , 1909, amoundt fo duty to b eadded to price . Provision for contracts for sale of goods duty paid when duties altered or repealed . restrictions on import and export. Shipmaster only to allow discharge of dutiable liquors to warehouse . dutiable bonded liquors not to be removed form ship without a permit, except by keeper of bonded warehouse. Issue of permit in cases where duty is paid before removal . Iissue of permit for removal to bonded warehouse. Denatured spriits not to be removed form ship without a permit , except by keeper of bonded warehouse. receipt by superintendent for all duty paid . Removal of dutiable liquors for exportation . Form of permit and endorsement by master ro mate. Permit may be refused until 72 hours before ship leaves . Dutiable liquors not to b eremoved for export except in closed cases dutiable liquors to be marked for export . master owner or agent of ship to furnish perticulars of import . Owner or agent of ship to furnish particulars of export. Permit not used to be returned in 24 hours . Liquors shipped under a permit not to be relanded . General bonded warehouses . licensed warehouses. inspection of warehouses. Prescribed books to be kept. Possession and storages of dutiable liquors . unlawful possession . Sale and purchase. Removal . Deficiency of dutiable liqu7ors in a bonded or licensed warehouse. Restrictions on making and preparing liquors . No. 34 of 1919, s, 6. ordinance not to apply to distillation for medical purposes . No.12 of 1908. Licensed jperson to give amount of stocks : no . 34 of 1901 , s. 6. And permit entry . Licensed person not to keep dutiable liquors on the premises . Revenue officers. [cf. No. 3 of 1890 a. 57.] penalty for refusing or neglecting to return badge. Powers of police officers . Search of baggage and goods. esamination of articles on ship , wharf , etc. no search except where reasonable cause fo suspicion . Revenue officer may board ship . Revenue officer may arrest without warrant in certain circumstances. Np . 1 fo 1862. No . 1 of 1873. No . 11 of 1886. no . 2 of 1891. no. 2 fo 1900. no . 12 of 1968. no. 9 fo 1910. No . 11 of 1912 . If unsuccessful search made compensation to be paid . Issue of search warrant by magistrate . recovery of fines and forfeittures . Adjudication of fine and disposal of forfeited articles . Manner of seizure not to be enquired into by court . Extracts from register fo requisitions and permits to be evidence . Magistrate may request analyst to report on technical points . certificate of analy st to be sufficient evidence. Governor may shop proceeding and order restitution of articles forfeited . Protection of informeers from discovery . examination of accused persons . Indemntiy if true and full discovery made . Illegal importing of intoxicating liquors or denatured spirits . Illegal possession of intoxicating liquors not duty paid or illegally imported, made or prepared. Making false requisition , return , etc,. other penalties . Forfeitures. Unclaimed articles to be forfeited . forfeiture of licence. Responsibility for acts of agents and servants, no . 34 of 1910 , s , 6.presumption of employment . Contents and sitgnature of requisitions. power to make regulations. exemption of naval and military stores,, etc. application of part I .

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/982

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 9 of 1911

Number of Pages

46
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:53 +0800
<![CDATA[FISHERIES (DYNAMITE) ORDINANCE, 1911]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/981

Title

FISHERIES (DYNAMITE) ORDINANCE, 1911

Description


No. 4 of 1911.
To prohibit the use of Dynamite or other Explosives for the pur-
pose of catching or destroying Fish. [17th March, 1911.1

1. The Fisheries (Dynamite) Ordinance, 1911.

2. Any person who uses dynamite or other explosive substance
to catch or destroy fish in the waters of this Colony shall he liable,
on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 200 dollars, or to
imprisonment for any term not exceeding 2 months.

No. 5 of 1911, incorporated in No. 11 of 1900.

No. 6 of 1911, incorporated in No. 39 of 1909.

No. 7 of 1911, incorporated in No. 2 of 1865.

No. 8 of 1911, incorporated in No. 1 of 1860.

As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 17 of 1912.
short title prohiubition of th euse fo dynamite in fishing .

Abstract

short title prohiubition of th euse fo dynamite in fishing .

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/981

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 4 of 1911

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:53 +0800
<![CDATA[NEW TERRITORIES REGULATION ORDINANCE, 1910]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/980

Title

NEW TERRITORIES REGULATION ORDINANCE, 1910

Description






No. 26 of 1910, incorporated in --\o, 10 of 1910-

.No. 27 of 1910, incorporated 1 of 1873.

No. 28 of 1910, repealed by -INo. 42 of 191.2.

No. 29 of 1910Y incorporated in No. 9 of 1910.

No. 30 of 1910, repealed by 'No. S ol' 1912 s. 87.

No. 31 of 1910, repealed by 9 of 1911.

No. 32 of 1910, repealed by No of 1869.

No. 33 of 1910, incorporated in -23 of 1909.

No. 34 of 1910.

:1
To consolidate and amend the laws relting to the administration
and regu dation of the New Territories.

128th October, 1910.]

PART I.
Regulation
1. The New Territories Regnlatlion Ordinance, 1910.

2. All regulations,. rules and orders made tinder the Nem, Terri-
tories (Regulation) Ordinance, 1,899, the New Territories Land
Ordinance, 1905, and the New Territories Sinall Debts Court, Ordi-
nance, 1908.1 respectively (all of which Ordinances are hereby
repealed) shall continne to be valid and binding.


3. In this Ordinance,-

- District officer - includes Assistant District Officer.

* As. ainended b v No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 3912.
+ As. amended by No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912, 'No. 13 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





' Land--- includes land covered by water or within the flow of
the sea, and houses and other buildings, and any undivided share
in land, and every estate and interest in land, and also includes any
rent or profit issuing out of land and any easement affecting land.
Income in relation to land includes rents and profits, and
possession includes receipt, of income.
Conveyance--- includes assignment, appointment, lease, settle-
ment and other assurance, made by deed on a sale, mortgage, de-
mise, or settlement of land or on any other dealine, witli land; and

convey--- has a meaning corresponding with that of conveyance.
Mortgage'includes any charge on any land for securnia
money, or money's worth; mortgage monery' means money,or
money's worth, secured by mortgage; ' mortgagor--- includes any
person deriving title tinder the original mortgagor, or entitled to
redeem a mortea-e, accordin.cr to his estate, interest or right, in the
mortgaged property; ---morteragee--- includes any person deriving
title under the original n-tortgagee; a:nd ' mortgagee in possession
is a mortgagee who, in right of the mortgage, has entered into and
is in possession of the mortgaged property.
Instrument incledes deed, will, power of attorney, Act of
Parliament or Ordinatice. --

4. Ordinance N, o. 8 of 1887 sbal 1 not apply to the New Territories,
except New Kowloon, unless the Governor-in-Council otherwise
directs.

Arty rules, regulations, by-laws, orders of the Governor-in-Councll,
notifications or proclamations made under any Ordinance which does
not apply to the New Territories except New Kowloon, shall not
apply to the New Territories except New Kowloon, unless the
Governor-in-Council otherwise directs.

5. Where in any existing grant of any right or privilege or farm,
or in any existing contract, the expression ---the Colony--- or the
word ' Hongkong ' or any similar expression referring to geographi-
cal limit or extent in relation to this Colony occurs, the same shall
apply only to the territory which was within the limits of the Colony
at the time when such grant or contract was made.

6. It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to do any or all
of the following matters to take effect within the New Territories :-

As amended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911.





(1) to make rules for the farining out or licensing for revenue
purposes in the New Territories the right to sell, manufacture, or
otherwise dea,l in spirits, opium, salt, kerosine hil, or any dangerous
goods as defined by the Dangerous Goods Ordinance, 1873, or any
other commodity which by resohition of the Legislative Council
may be included in this sub-section, and for the levying, collection,
recovery by legal proceedings and safe custody of the revenue accru-
ing from such farming or or licensing, and for the keeping of accounts
thereof;

(2) to make rules for the levying, collection, recovery by legal
proceedings and safe custods, of such rent, rates, taxes and con-
tributions from the New Territories as the governor-in-Council
inay, in his absolute discretion, think fit, and for the keeplincr of
accounts thereof.

7. All rules made zinder section 6 shall be published in English

arid Chinese and notified in the New Territories in such manner as
the Governor may direct.

8. Any person who commits a breach of any rule inade under
section 6 shall, on summary conviction, be liable to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars, or to imprisoment for any term not exceed-
ing 6 months

9. The Governor way at any time direct the District Officer to
inquire into and report as to any matter connected with the New
Territories if such matter exclusively concenis persons of Chinese
race, whether British subjects or otherwise.

It shall be lawful for the District Officer to suninion in writnig
under his band and seal any person of Chinese race, whether a
British subJect or otherwise, who appears to him to be able to give
information regarding any matter into which he is so directed to
inquire, reciting in the summon., the subject of the inquiry.

M-M Every person so summoned shall be legally bound to
attend before the District Officer at the time and place specified in
such summons and to answer truthfully all questions which the

As arnefided by No. 12 of 1912 and 'No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
Asarnended 6y No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912, No. 21 of 1912
and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As arnended bY No. 12 of 1912 and 1\o. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. .30 of 1911, No. 51 of 1911, no. 12 of 1912
and No. 2'i of 1912,





District Officer way put to him relating to the matter under in-
b
quiry, and to produce if required by him to the District Officer, or
to some person deputed by him, for the purpose, ally books, docu-
ments or other written matter pertinent to the inquiry, and to

permit the inspection of any property either by the District Officer
or by sorne person deputed by him for that purpose.

(2) The District Officer sliatt for the purposes of this Ordinance
have powers similar to those vested in the Supreme Court in regard
to examining witnesses upon oath, or otherwise.

(3) Every person who wilfully gives false evidence. upoll oath
before the District Officer shall, oil summary conviction, be liable to
a fine Dot execedincr 200 dollars, or to imprisonment for any term
not exceeding 6 months.

11-(1) any person so snininoned omits to attend at the time
and place so specified it shall be lawful for the District Officer to
issue his warrant lot. the arrest such person, and sneh warrant
shall be execitted by a pollee officer in the saine inanner as if it had
been issued by a -Magistrate, and such person sliall, on summary
conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding 10 dollars.

(2) If any person against wboin a warrant has been so issued
absconds or conceals himself so that such warrant cannot be execut-
ed, it shall be lawful for a, Magistrate oil the application of the
District Officer to order that the rents and profits ol snell person's
property shall be attached by an officer nanied in stich order until
such tline as such person, shall appear before the Distriet Officer in
obedience to such warrant,. All or any part of the rents and profits
so attached may, if a Alagistrate so orders, be forfeited.

12.-(1 ' ) When in the opinion of the Governor there is an undue
prevalence of crime in any district, or any tumult or disorder has
taken piace, it shall be lawful for the GoverDor to station police or
extra police in such district ai id to order the levy of a special rate
eithei. upon such district or upon any particular village or villages
I
situate therein to an amount sufficient to defray the whole or any
portion of the cost of such police.

(2) When the levying of any such special rate is ordered by the
Governor he may by such order specify the procedure by which

As ainciided by No. 30 of 1911, No~ 51 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912,
No. 13 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.





payment of such rate may be enforced suminarily by a Magistrate,
and all Magistrates shall have jurisdiction so to enforce the same
accordingly.

PART II.
Land.
11-M Part II of this Ordinance only applies to the New Ter-
ritories.

(2) Upon the application of the registered owner of the lease of
any land which has been purchased froni the Crown since 17th
April, 1899, and in respect of which a separate Crom-n lease has
been or is intended to be issued, the Governor may exempt the said
land from the provisions of this Ordinance by a. ineinorandum under
his hand.

(3) Upoll the application of the registered owner of any land not
covered by the provisions of the last sub-seetion, and upon proof to
the satisfaction of the Land Officer of the title of such owner and
surrender of the lease of such land to the Crown, the Governor may
direct a new Crown lease for sticb Itand to 'be issued after due survey
thereof lias been njade and the prescribed fees paid, and the
(Tovernor nlay thereupon exempt. the said land froni the provisions
of this Ordinance by a. in writing under this band :
Provided always that, in any case in which application refers to
land of such small value, that, in the opinion of the Governor, it is
undesirable to grant exeniption, the Governor Inav refuse to grant
the same.

14. All land in the New Territories is hereby declared to be and
to have been from the conimeneetnent of the -New Territories (Land
Court) Ordinance, 1900, the property of the Crown, and all persons
in occupation of any such land after the coininencement of this
Ordinance shall be deemed to be trespassers as against the Grown,
unless such occupation is authorised by grant from the Crown, or
by other title allowed under this Ordinance, or by licence from the
Governor or from soine Governnient officer having authority -to
grant such licence.

As arnended by No. 50 of 191L -No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912
and No. i3 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As ainended bY No. 12 of 1912 and No. 23 of 1912. The date of
the. New Territories (Land Court) Ordinance 1900 (No. 4 of
1900) was 23rd July, 1900.






15.-(1)The Land Office is hereby authorised to carry into execu-
tion the provisions of this Part of this Ordinance.

(2) Wh ere by any enactment anything is required or appointed
to be done by the Land Officer, the same may be lawfully done by
any Assistant Lane! Officer appointed by the Governor, who sliall
have the same powers as are conferred upon the Land Officer by this
Ordinance.

16. The Governor-in-Cotinell may by order one or more
district land offices for the purposes of carryin---. out the provisions of
this Ordinance, and may also define the districts into which the
New Territories shall be divided I'Or the purposes of this Ordinance,
and the place where the office for each district (hereinafter called
---the appropriate office -) shall be situate : Provided that it shall
be lawful for theto alter or vary such districts
or the place of any such office as lie, tuay think expedient. Where
in any Ordinance the terni---Land Office---is used it shall be deeni
ed to Include any district land office.

17. The registration of any deed, will, or othei. instrument, or
any judgment, order, or is pendens, in respect of or affectino- land
shall be made at the appropriate office for the district in which such
land is situate and it shall not be lawfid to register any such deed,
will, or other instrument, judgment, order, or lis pcndens, elsewhere
than at the appropriate office. If an Mstrunient, order, judgnient,
or lis pcndens affects land in more than one district it shall be
registered at the appropriate office of. each such district.

18. In any case where land is held under an agreement to pay

rent in produce it shall be lawful for the teriant of such land to pay
rent in inoney instead thereof according to a rate which shall be fixed
each year by the Governor-in-Council to be published in the Gazette
as the fair commutation of such produce.

19. In any case where land is held under an agreement to pay
rent in produce in perpetuity it shall be lawful tw. the person who is
liable to pay such rent either to pay an annual rent In money instead
of in produce at a rate to be fixed in the manner provided by the last

As arnended by No. 13 c- 191,2 and -No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
Asamended by No. 12 of 1912 and 'No. 13 of 1912. For the
Northern and Southern districts defined under this section
see 0. NN. 288 of 1912.
As aniended bs, No. 12 of 1912 and --\o. 13 of 1912.
; As aniended by No. 50 of 1911, NO. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





section, or with the consent of the Land Officer to redeem his
liability to pay such rent by paying to such person as the Land
Officer nlay direct such capital suni. of money as he may under all
the circumstances of the case consider to be fair and reasonable.

20. The Land Officer shall have power to decide in a summary
way all questions and disputes in connection with, or in anywise
arising out of, or regarding any land, and he may, within 3 months
froin giving his decision, re-open and re-hea,r the case upon such
grounds as lie shall in his discretion deem sufficient, and reverse,
vary,, or confirin the previous decision or 'udgnient. The Land
Officei. shall have power to recognise and enforce any Cbinese etistoin
or customary riluht in relation to land, and the decision or Judgment
of the Land Officer shall be binding on all parties concerned unless
the sanic is varied or set aside as hereinafter provided : Provided
that the Iand Officer shall not have pmver to decide any question
or dispute to which the Crown is a party unless the Governor con
sents in to his so doing; and further the Land Officer shall

not have power to decide any question or dispute in respect of any
land having a capital value exceeding 5,000 dollars, or an annual
value. exceeding .500 dollars, unless with the written consent of the
parties to such question or dispute.

21.-0) For the purpose oi this Ordinance the Land Officer shall
have powers sirnilar to those vested in the Supreine Court in respect
of the following matters :-

(a,) examining witnesses upon oath, or otherwise;

(b) compelling- the attendance of witnesses, and the production of
documents :

(c) entering and viewing land and ordering inspection of any
property :

(d) making and enforcing any order which may be necessary for
the proper licaring and determination of any matter before him; and

(c) enforcing any Judgnient given under the provisions of this
Ordinance.

(2) Every person who wilfully gives false evidence upon oath
before ' the Land Officer shall, on summary conviction before the said
Land Officer, be liable to a fine not exceeding 200 dollars.

As arnended b v No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 51 of 1911 and No. 13 of 1912.





22. No legal practitioner shall be allowed to appear on behalf of
any pirty in any matter before the Land Officer except by his special
permission.

23. Every judgment or order of the land Officer and every entry
thereof in the land register shall be conclusive for all pirrposes :
Provided that if any person shall consider Ininself aggrieved by any
such judgment order, or entry, and if the Land Offleer certifies that
the capital value of the subject in dispute exceeds 2,000 dollars, or if
a Judge shall ort good cause shown gnant special leave to appeal,
such person ruay within 3 months from tbe (late of stich judgment,
order, or entry, move a Judege to vary or set aside the same, and it
shall therekipon be lawful for such Jtj(lge to vary or set aside, the
judgment, order, or entry ori such terms as he may think fit.

24. Except by way of aplieal from tlie Land Officer, ito proceed-
ing relating to land in the New Territories shall be coninienced in
n
the Snpreme Court unless the Crown is a party, or unless the Land
Officer shall certify that the capital value of the Lind affected or in
distupe exceeds -5,000 dollars or that the aitritial vabie thereof ex-
ceeds .500 dollars.

25. In any proceedings in the Supreme Court, in relation to land
in the New Territories the Court shall have power to recognise and
C
enforce any Chinese custom or customayr right affecting stich land.
n c

26. The Land Officer shall on ind-ittent being given in respect of
any land forthwith enter a rnemorandum of such judgment in the
Land Register. No fee shall be payable for such entry.

27. Whenever -any land is held front the Crown tinder lease or
other grant, agreement, or licence in the narne of a clan, farnily or
Vong such clan, family or Vong shall appoint a manager to represent
it. Every such appointment shall he reported at the appropriate
office, and the Land Officer on receiving such proof as he may re-
quire of such appointment, shall, if he approves thereof, register the
name of the said rnanager who shall, after giving such notices as
may be prescribed, have full power to dispose of or in any way deal
with the said land as if lie were sole owner thereof, subject to the
consent of the Land Officer, and shall be personally liable for the

As aniended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
AR alnended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 1,3 of 1912.





payment of all rents and charges and for the observance of all coven-
ants and conditions in respect of the sald, land. Every instrument
relating to land held by a clan, family or Vovg which is executed or
signed by the registered mana er thereof in the presence of the
n 9
Land Officer and is attested by him, shall be as effectual for all

purposes as if it had been executed or signed by all the members
of the said clan, family or t'ong. The Land Officer may on good
cause shewn cancel the appointment of any manager and select and
register a. new manager in his place. If the inembers of any clan,
family or Vong holding land shall not within 3 months after the
acquisition of the land make and prove the appointment of a
manager, or within 3 mouths after any change of manager prove
the appointment of a new inanager, it shall be lawful for the Crown
to re-enter upon the land held by sueli elan, family or Vong, which
shall thereupon become forfeited. Such re-entry shall be effected by
the recsistration of a memorandum thereof in the appropriate office.
c

28. Any clan, family or Vong owning land ,it the commencement
of this Ordinance in respect of which a manager shall have been
duly registered tinder this Ordinance, shall not, so long as suell
land is certified by the Land Officer as being used for agricultural,
religious, educational, or charitable purposes, or such other uses of
a similar nature as are recognised by established local custom, or
for dwelling houses occupied by bond fide members of the clan,
family or t'ong, be required to be registered under the Companies
Ordinance, although such clan, fanilly or Vong may consist of more
than 20 members.

29. In the event of the death of any person in whose name any
land is registered otherwise than as a manager, if no grant of pro-
bate or administration of the estate of the deceased is made by the
Supreme Court within 3 months after such death, the Land Officer,
on aseertainin'. thename of the person who iss entitled to such land
in succession to the deceased person (hereinafter described as---the
successor shall register the name of the successor, and upon such
registration being effected the said land shall vest in the successor
for all the estate and interest of the deceased person therein, or for
such estate and interest as shall be entered on the register by the
Land Officer against the entry of the name of the successor. On the
registration of a successor the fees fixed by regulations shall be paid

As airended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.





.to the Land Officer by the successor, but no probate fees or probate
duties shall be payable, anythiner in the Probates Ordinance, 1897,
1 C
to the contrary notwithstanding. The registered successor shall be
m
liable to the debts of the deceased in the same inanner and to the
same extent as if a grant of probate or administration had been
made to him. This section shall apply in the ease of a death
whether occurring before or after the commencement of this Ordi-
nance. Provided always that if a grant of probate or administration
of the estate of the deceased is made by the Snprenw Court within
the period above specified the grantee therein nained shall bc re-
gistered as the successor and the fees prescribed in tins section shall
not be payable.

30. Whenever -any land is vested in a nintor it sliall bc lawful for
the Land Officer to appoint some fit person to be a trustee thercof
for such minor during his minority, and to reinove ally 'uch trustee
and to appoint any new trustee. Every such appointment shall be
registered by the Land Officer in the appropriate office, and upon
registration the land the subject of the trust sliall vest in the
registered trustee for all the estate and interest of tlie ininor therein,
and upon registration of the removal of any trustee. the land shall
divest from the trustee so removed, and vest in the continuing
trustee or any newly registered trustee as the case may be. The
Land Officer before registeritig a trustee may require him to give
security in such manner and to such amount as lie itiav think fit for
the due execution of the trust. With the consent of the Land
Officer a trustee may buy, sell, mortgage, lease, or otherwise deal
with or dispose of any property to the like extent as if lie were the
beneficial owner thereof, anything in the Trustee OrdiDance, 1901,
to the contrary notwithstanding.

31. For the purposes of this Ordinance it shall not be necessary
for a memorial of any deed, will, or other instrunient to be verified
upon oath, but every memorial sgakk1 in lien thereof be certified by
the Land Officer asrcorrect.

32. It shall not be necessary for the Land Officer to keep an index
of names of the several parties to deeds and other instruments, or of
the devisors or devisees in the case of wills, or of the plaintiffs or
defendants in the case of judgments.

* As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 13 of 1912.





33. For the purposes of this Ordinance the Land Officer and every
Assistant Land Officer shall be deemed to be a duly appointed com-
missioner for taking acknowledgments of married wonien tinder the
b
Married Women's (Disposition of Property) Ordinance, 1885.

34.-(1) A conveyance shall be deemed to include and shall by
virtue of this Ordinance operate to convey, with the land, all build-
ings, erections, fixtures, commons, hedges, ditches, fences, ways,
waters, water-courses, liberties, privileges, easements, rights and
advantages whatsoever, appertaining or reputed to appertain to the
land, or any part thereof, or at the time of conve ance demised,
1 y
occtipied or enjoyed with, or reputed or known as, part. or parcel of
or appurtenant to, the land or any part thereof.

(2) A conveyance of land, having houses or other buildings there-
on, shall be deemed to include, and shall by virtue of this Ordinance
operate to convey, with the land, houses or other building, all
outhouses, erections, fixtures, cellars, areas, courts, court-yards,
cisterns, sewera, gutters, drains,ways, passages, lights, water-
courses, liberties, privileges, easements, rights and advantages
Whatsoever, appertaining, or reputed to appertain to the land,
houses, or other buildings conveyed or any of them or any part
thereof, or at the time of conveyance demised, occupied or enjoyed
with, or reputed or known as part or parcel of or appurtenant to,
the land, houses, or other buildings conveyed, or any of them or ally
part thereof.

(3) This section applies only if and as far as a contrary intention
is not expressed in the conveyance and shall have effect subject to
the terms of the conveyance and the provisions therein contained.

(4) This section shall not be construed as after to any person a
better title to any property, right, or thing in this section mentioned
than the title which this section gives to him to the land expressed
to be conveyed, or as conveying to him any property, right, or thing
in this section mentioned further or otherwise than as the same
could have been conveyed to him by the conveying parties.

35. Evert conveyance executed after the commencement of this
Ordinance shall be made according to one of the forms set out in
the 3rd schedtile with such variations as circumstances inay require.
The Land Officer may prescribe such other forms as he may deem
necessary for facilitating dealings with land.

* As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





36. A conveyance on a sale shall be inade in form A in the said
schedule, and the following covenants shall be deemed to be includ-
ed in every such conveyance :--1-

(a) by the vendor with the purchaser, that notwitlistanding any
thing by the vendor done or knowingly onitted or suffered. the Crown
lease, licence, or grant under which the property conveyed is held
is at the date of the conveyance valld and subsistin. . and that the
vendor has at the date of the conveyance good right to convey the
b
property comprised ID the conveyance as is in Ilic conveyance
expressedIrce from incumbrances except as therein mentioned; and.
that the vendor and all persons claitning uuder or in trust, for
b
him will, during the. residue of tlie terni of vears by the
Crown lease, licence, or grant undel.flic properlY conveyed
is held, at the request and cost of the purchaser do all aets. altd.
execute and sign all deeds abd wrutubgs reasibably required. for
perfecting the conveyance.

(b) by the purchaser with the vendor, the (he purchaser will
during the residue of the term of years created be the Crown lea,Se,
licence, or grant mider which the property couveyed is held pay all
rents payable iri respect of the property conveyed, and will per-
form and observe all covenants and conditions so far as, they relate
to the property conveyed, contained in the said Cyown lease, licence,
or grant, and will indemnify the vendor against the noil-paynient
of the said rents and the non-perforinance and non-observance
the said covenants and conditions so far as aforesaid.

37.-(1) A conveyance by way of mortgage (when it is the
intention of the parties that the mortgagee sball not enter into
possession until default is made in payment of the mortgage - money)
shall be made in form B in the 3rd schedule, and the following
covenants by the mortgagor with the mortgagee shall be deemed to
be included in every such mortgage :-
(a) that the mortgagor will on the stated day pay to the mortgagee
c
the stated mortgage money, and will, so long as flic mortgage money
or any part thereof remains due, pay to the mortgagee interest
thereon by equal monthly payments at the stated rate on the stated
day of each month ;

As amended by 'No. 12 of 1912.
Asamended by 'No. 50 of 1911, Xo. 12 of 1912, So. 13 of 1912
and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(b) that the Crown lease, licence, or grant under which the pro-
L)erty canveyed is held is at the date of the conveyance good, valid
10
and subsisting, and that the rent thereby reserved and the lessee's
covenants therein contained have been paid and performed up to
the date of the conveyance ; and the mortgagor has at the sald date
power to assign the property conveyed in nianner therein expressed
free from incunibrances except as therein mentioned;

(c) that the property conveyed may after default in paynient of the
monies intended to be secured by the mortgage be. quietly entered
tl c
into, held and enJoyed by the niortgagee without any interruption
by any person ;

(d) that the mortgagor and every person clalming ally estate or
interest in the property conveyed will at all tinies at the cost of
in mortgagor execute and do all such assurances and things for
further or better assuring all or any of the property converyed unto
the mortgagee as by him shall be reasonably required;

(2) The following proviso shall also be deemed to be included
that if the niortgagor on the stated day pays to the mortgagee the
stated mortgage money witb interest in the meamtintle at the stated
rate the mortgagee will at any time thereatter at the request and cost
of the mortgagor release the property to the mortgagor as In this
Ordinance is provided.

38.-(1) In a conveyance by way of mortgage in form C in the
3rd seliedtile there shall be deemed to be Jncluded. the following

C
Lurtber covenants between the mortgagor and the mortgagee

(a) that it shall be lawful for inortgagee, as from the date of the
inortg-age, if not receiving any interest on the mortgage nioney, to
enter into possession of the property conveyed and tbenceforth to
quietly bold, occupy, enjoy, and take the saine and all benefits and

As amended 1) ' s- '-\o. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912, N1o. 13 of 1912
and No. 4.3 of 11J12 Supp. Selled.





advantages accruing in respect thereof without in ally way accolint-
ing to any person whatsoever in respect thereof, and without ally
interruption by any person until the time when such mortgage Shall
be redeemed.
(b) that the mortgagee will on deniand refund to the.
all sums paid by the latter on -account of any Crown rent or taxes
payable in respect of the property conveyed during the possession
of the mortgagee, and that the mortgacsecdkiring such posses
sion indemnify the mortgagor against theand lion
observance ol the covenants and conditions, so far as they relate to
the property conveyed, contained in the Crown. ficence or
grant tinder which such property is beld.
(.2) The following llurther provisoes shall also be decined to be
included :-
(a) that on the mortgagor playing to the. the
money (without interest) and all costs lawfully due to the mortgagee
c
in respect of the mortgage the tge nirtgagee will at the request and cost

39. A transfer of mortgage made in form 1) in the 3rd schedule
(a) there shall be vested in the person to whom the mortgage is
experessed to be trannsferred (hereinafter called 'the transferee) the
right to demand, sue for, recover, and give receopts for the mortgage
money or the unpaid part thereof, and the right to sue on
and thenceforth to becolne due thereori, and the benefit of all securi
ties for the sarne, and the benefit, of and the nialit to site on
0
all covenants vvitb the mortgagee, and the right to exercise all the
powers of the mortgagee.
(b) all the estate and interest of the mortgagee in the mortgaged
C n c
property shall vest in the transferee subject to redemption.

40.-(1) In any leasc inade in the form E in the 3rd schedule the
following coveitants by the lessee and lessor respectively shall be
implied :-

As ainerided by No. 50 of 1911.
As ainevided by NO. 5( Of 1911, S- 12 of 1912, N1o. 13 of 1912
and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(a) by the lessee, at all times during the continuance of the lease,
to pay the rent at the time, and in the manner in which such rent is
stated to be payable in the lease, and all rates, taxes, and assess-
ments payable in respect thereof, except as otherwise expressly
stated, and to keep and deliver tip the said premises to the lessor of
persons deriving title under him at the expiration or sooner determi-
nation of the terni or tenancy in good order and condition according
to the custom of the country;
(b) by the lessor, to permit the lessee, and those deriving title
from or under him, to enter into and upon, or receive, and thence-
forth quietly hold and enjoy, or take the subject matter expressed
to be leased during the continuance (A the term or tenancy, so long
as the lessee shall perform all the covenants, agreements and condi-
tions contained in such lease and on his part to be observed and
perf orined.

(2) The following shall also be deemed to be included
t)
(a,) A reservation for the lessor at all times in the daytime, by
himself or his agents, of the right to enter into and upon the said
prenilses for the purpose of inspecting the same.
(b) A proviso that the lessor, or person deriving title under him,
may, in the event ol. the rent or any part thereof being in arrear for
the space of 21 days after any of the days on which it ought to be
paid, or on the breach by the lessee of any covenant, condition, or
.agreement by hini (either expressed or implied), re-enter upon the
said preinises the subject inatter of the lease, or any part thereof in
the name of the whole, and thereupon the said lease shall absolutely
determine and become void.

41. In any conveyance under this Ordinance where any person is
expressed to convey is mortgagee or trustee or as personal repre-
sentative of a deceased person, or under an order made under this
Ordinance or by any Court, then the following covenant only, which
shall be deemed to extend to such person's own acts only, shall be
implied :-
that the person so conveying has not, executed or done or knowing.
ly suffered or been party or privy to any act, deed or thing, whereby
or by means whereof the subject matter of the conveyance or any
part thereof is, or may be impeached, charged, affected or incumber-
ed in title, estate or otherwise, or by means whereof the person who

* As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





so conveys is in anywise hindered or prevented froni conveying the
subject matter of the conveyance, or any part thereof, in the manner
in which it is expressed to be conveyed.

42. A mortgagee and any person entitled to give a receipt for the
mortgage money, where the mortgage is made in accordance with
form B in the 3rd schedule, shall have the following powers to the
like extent as if they had been conferred by the mortgage deed but
not further :-
(1) where the mortgage nioney has become dtie to sell and convey
the mortgaged property, si-ib'ect to prior charges, estates and interests
(if any) to which the, inortgaged property is subject, but free from
all other estates, interests and rights to which the mortgage had
priority, in. such manner and-stibject to such conditions, not being
at variance with the meaning of this Ordinance, as he thinks fit,
with power to vary amy contract for sale, In at any auction, and
rescind any contract for sale, and to re-sell withont being answerable
for any loss occasioned thereby : Provided tbat a mortgagee shall
not exercise the power of sale unless and until notice requiring pay-
ment of the mortgage money has beeu served on the mortgagor, or
on one of the several mortgagors, or left on the mortgaged premises,
and default has been made in payment of the mortgage money or
part thereof for one nionth after such service, or sorne interest under
the mortgage is in arrear and unpaid for one month after becoming
due, or there has been a breach of some provision contained in the
mortgage deed or under this Ordinance other than a covenant, for
payment of the inortgage rtioney and interest;

(2) to insure the inortgaged property, or any part thereof, for any
sum not exceeding the amount of the mortgage moiney, and any
moneys paid for such Insurance shall be a charge on the mortgaged
property in addition to the Diortracye money, and with the same
priority, and with interest at the saine rate as the mortgage money.
The mortgagee shall account to the mortgagor for all moneys re-
ceived by him on an insuraDee effected on the mortgaged property.
C

43. Wheri a sale is made under a power of sale conferred by this
Ordinance the title of the purchaser shall not be impeached by rea,-
son that no case had arisen to authorise the sale, or that due notice
was not given, or that the power was otherwise improperly or
irregularly exercised ; but any person damnified by an unauthorised,

* As arnended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





improper, or irregular exercise of the power of sale shall have his
n
reinedy in damages against the person exercising the power.

44. Aliv money received by a mortgagee froin the sale, after pay-
ment and discharge of prior incumbrances (if any) to which the sale
ZI
is not subject, shall be applied first in payment of all proper costs
and expenses incurred by him on such sale, secondly, in payment
of the mortgage money, interest and costs due tinder the mortgage,
and the residue Of any) shall be paid to the person entitled to the
rnortgaged property, or authorised to give. receipts for the proceeds
C
sale thereof.

45. The receipt in writing of a rnortgagee shall be a sufficient dis-
n
charge for any money arising under the power ol sale conferred by
this Ordinance., and no person paying or transferring the same to the
c
mortgagee shall be concerned to enquire whether any money re-
mains due under the mortgage

4.6. When ill moneys due under or lit respect of any mortgage
have been paid off or the said mortgage. has been otherwise fully
satisfied a receipt by the mortgagee in the form F in the 3rd
schedule endorsed on the inortgage, and signed in the presence of
and attested by the Land Officer, shall vest the niortgagor or
other persons deriving title by, through or under him, the property
comprised in snell mortuage, freed and absolutely discharged frorn
C
the said mortgage and all claims and demand in recpect thereof.

47. A receipt for any consideration money or other consideration
embodied in a deed shall be a sufficient discharge to any person
paying the same without any further receipt, and shall in favour
of any subsequent purchaser not having notice that the same was
not in fact paid or given be sufficient evidence of the payment
thereof.

48. Where any mortgage made tinder this Ordinance is expressed
to be made to more persons than one jointly and not in shares, the
mortgage money shall be deemed to be owing to such persons on a
joint account, and the receipt of the survivor, or his successors or
personal representatives, shall be a complete discharge for that
amount.

49. Tn the construction of a covenant or a proviso, or other pro-
vision implied in a deed by virtue of this Ordinance words importing

As amended by No. 50 of 1911.





the singular or plural number or the masculine crender shall be read
ty
as also importing the plural or singular number, or the feminine
gender, as the case may require.

50. The benefit of a, covenant implied by this Ordinance shall be
annexed and incident to, and shall go with, the, estate or, interest of
the implied covenantee, and shall be capable of being enforced by
any person in whom that estate or interest is, for the whole or ally
part thereof, vested.

51. Every covenant, whether expressed or iinplied, shall be deem-
ed to be made with the covenantee, his successors, executors, ad-
ministrators and assigns, and shall have effeet as if successors,
executors, administrators arid assigns were expressed.

52. Any covenant or provision iniplied by this Ordinance nia.v be
varied or extended by deed, and as so varied and extended shall,as
far as may be, operate ill the like, manner and with all the like
incidents, effects and consequences as if sticb variations and exte-n-
sions were directed in this Ordinance to be iniphed.

y
by virtue of this Ordinance be effectual to pass all the estate, right,
title, interest, claim and deniand which the conveying parties
respectively have in, or to, or on the property so conveyed or ex-
pressed or intended to be so conveyed, or which they respectively
have power to convey in, or to, or on the same.

54. It shall be lawful for the. Grovernor-in-Council to inake re-
gulations for the purposes of Part 11 of this Ordinance, and parti-
cularly for fixing the fees to be paid thereunder, and for providing
for the recovery of Crown rent by distraint or other proceedings.
The said regulations shall be published in both the English and
Chinese languages.

55- Any fees payable in virtue of and such re-tilation shall be
recoverable summarily.

56. A copy of or extract from a;ny docunient in the custody of the
Land Officer shall, if certified by him to be correct be admissible
in evidence in all Courts to the same extent as the original document
would be admissible.

* As arnended by No. 12 of 1912.
f As amended bY No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
A% amended by No. 13 of 1912.





57. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be deemed to affect the in-
terests of the Crown, or to confer a, larger right in relation to any
land than is granted in the Crown lease, grant, or licence where-
tinder the said land is held; and no liability shall attach to the Land
Officer, or to any Assistant Land Officer, or to the Government, or
to the Crown, in respect of any act done, or entry made by such
Land Officei. or Assistant La.nd Officer in the course of his duty.

PART III.

Snuill Debts Coiirt.

58. It sliall be lawful for a Magistrate (to be atithorised for the
purpose. by the Governor by notification) to hold a Sinall Debts
Court in such place in the Territories (exclusive of New
Kowloon) as the Governor inay direct, and in such Court to exercise
a summaxy Pirisdiction at law and in equity in all actions or matters
where the claim, debt, or damages sought to be recovered does not
exceed 200 dollars and the defendant is residing or carrying on
business in any part of the New Territories, exclusive of New
Kowloon, or was residing or carrying on business there at the time
when the cause of action arose.

Provided that if both parties in any such action or matter shall
agree, by a memorandum signed by thein or duly authenticated by
their inarks, the Magistrate may, on satisfyin, himself that the
effect of the menioranduni. is fully understood by the parties, exer-
cise a like jurisdiction where the claim, debt, or damages sought to
be recovered does not exceed 1,000 dollars : Provided always that
the judgment of such Magistrate shall not be evidence of title be
tween the parties or their privies in any other action or matter in
that Court, or in any other Court: and such consent shall not pre-
judice or affect any right of appeal of either of the parties.

59. All actions for sums not exceeding 200 dollars.shall be com-
menced within 3 years next after the cause of action accrues, unless
there has been some contract, acknowledgment, undertaking, or
promise to pay in respect thereof by the party to be charged within
3 years before the commencement of such action.

As ainended by No. 21 of 1912.
Asamended- bY No. W of 1911, No. 12 of 1912, No. 1,9 of iffl 2
and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





60. No person shall be precluded or exempted froni suing or being
sued for any debt or damages not exceeding 200 dollars by by reason of
his not having attained the full age of 21 years.

61. No cause of action which exists at any one tine amiunting in
the whole to a surn exceeding 200 dollars shall be split or divided so
as to be made the ground of two or more ditlerent actions in order
to bring such cases within the Jurisdiction of the Magistrate, and if
the Magistrate finds that the plaintiff in any case has split his clause
of action as aforesaid, he shall dismiss the action, without prejudice
to the plaintiff's right to sue upon the cause of action in such other
manner as he may be advised : Provided that if such plaintiff is
satisfied to recover a sum not exceeding 200 dollars, then the
Magistrate shall entertain the action of such plaintiff, and in case
any order is made in his favotir the same shall be expressed to be,
and shall be, in full discharge of the whole cause of action.

62. It shall be lawful for the Magistrate before whom a claim
t) iW
under this Part of this Ordinance is heard to appoint any fit person
to execute any process of the Court in respect of such claim.

63. Any goods or chattels seized under a distress warrant issued
c
by the authority of a Magistrate in respect of any clalin tinder this
Part of this Ordinance may be sold by the bailiff or other officer
executin- such warrant at or near the place of the seizure of such
goods.

64. Where a claim is made to or in respect of property taken in
execution under this Part of this Ordinance by any- person other
than the party against whom such execution issued, such claim shall
be heard and determined by the Magistrate tipon a summons calling
c
before him as well such claimant as the party on whose behalf such
execution issued, and the decision upon such claim shall be final.

65. No action or proceeding for sums not exceeding 200 dollars
which might be brought under this Part of this Ordinance before a
Magistrate shall be brought in the Summary Jurisdiction of the
Supreme Court unless by the leave of the Magistrate or with the
consent of the defendant. '

[s. 66, rep. No. 12 of 191.2.]

As arnended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Selied.
As amended by N1o. 50 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp Sched.
As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As aniended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





67. N1o action or proceeding against any officer of the Govern-
tuent in his ofticial capacity shall be brought under this Ordinance
0
unless with the consent of the Attorney General.

68. Any Matristrate holding a court under this Part of this Ordi-
nance, if in his opinion any action of. inatter broti-lit before him is
1 L_
of sufficient importance to be dealt with by the Supreme Court may
decline to proceed with the sanie, and in such event the plaintiff
may thereafter institute proceedings in the Supreme Court as if no
proceedings had been taken tinder this Part of this Ordinance.

69. -No legal practitioner shall be aloowed to appear on behalf of
any party in any action or matter pendino, before a Magistrate under
1 ~n 0
this Part of this Ordinance except by special permission of such
Magistrate.

70. It shall be lawful for the -Maoistrate on such grounds as he
may think sufficlent, to review any judgment or decision given by
1 _y j
him , within one month frorn the date thereof, and on such review
to re-open and re-try the case, wholh or in part, and to take fresh
evidence, and to reverse, vary, of. confirin his previous judgment or
decision.

71. Notbing in this Part of tbis Ordinance shall he 'deemed to
limit in any way any jurisdiction conlerred on the. Land Officer by
Part II of this Ordinance; nelther shall anything in this Part of this
Ordinance affect the right ofappeal of either of the parties : Provid-
ed that the. provisions of the Magistrates Ordinance, 1.890, with
respect to appeals shall apply to the decisions Of Magistrates under
this Part of this Ordinance.

72. Tho Governor-in-Council may make reules for regulating pro-
ecedings under this Part of thlis Ordinance and may prescribe the

forms to be, used and the fees to be paid in such proceedings.

PART IV.
Miscellancous.
73. Licelices to nioney-changers and pawnbrokers stiall be issued
in the New Territories, and the fees therefor shall be collected, by

As antended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended b No. 12 of 1912.
As, amended by No. 13 of 1912 and No. 4.3 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended b~. No. 8 of 19(2 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Selied.





such officers as the (4overnor shall by notification appoint, in lieu of
the officers specified in the Ordinances relating to the said licences
and fees respectively.
Is. 74, rep. No. 8 of 1912).]
[Ist sched., rep. NNo. 12 of 1912.1
[2nd sched., rep. No. 43 of 191-2.]

THIRD SCHEDULE.

A.
Conveyance on Sale.

In consideration of $ this day paid (the receipt whereof is hereby
acknowledged) of (1) as Vendor hereby assigns
in district No. in the New Territories of thiscolony for the residue of the
term of years created by the Crown Lease thereof, subject to the incumbrances metin-
en in the Schedule hereto.

SCHEDULE.



AS WITNESS the hands and seals of the parties this day of
SIGNED, Scaled and Delivered by

B.
Mortgage

In consideration of $ this day lent (or now owing)the receipt
whereof is hereby acknowledged of as Mortgagor
hereby assigns unto of as Mortgagee the Lot
No. in district No. in the New Territories of this Colony for
the residue of the term of years created by the Crown Lease thereof, subject to the
incumbrances mentioned in the schedule hereto, for securing payment on the
day of 19, 0f $ as the mortgage money with interest
thereon at the rate of $ perminth payable monthly on the
day of each month.

SCHEDULE.




AS WITNESS the ]lands and seals of the parties this day of 19
SIGNED, Scaled and Delivered by





C.
Chinese Customary Mortgage.

In consideration of $ this day lent (or now owing) the recepit
whereof is hereby acknowledge of as Mortgagor
No. in district No.. in the New Territories of this Colony for
the residue of the the term of years created by the Crown Lease thereof, subject to the
incumbraces mentioned in the Schedule hereto, for decuring payment on the
day of ,19, of $ as mortgage money without interest,
the Mortgagee to be at liberty to enter into and keep possession of the mortgaged land
util redemption.


SCHEDULE.


AS WITNESS the hands and seals of the parbies this day of ,19
SIGNED, Sealed arid Delivered by

D.
Transfer of Mortgage.

In consideration of $ this day paid, the receipt whereof is hereby
acknowledged, of as Transferor hereby transfers
to of as Transferee the benefit of the mortgage
of Lot No. in District no. in the new terriroties of
this Colony, deted the day of ,19, and registered by
Memorial No.

AS WITNESS the hands and seals of the parties this day of ,19
SIGNED, Sealed and Delivered by

E.

Lease.

of







Lessor, hereby leases unto
Lessee, Lot No. in District No.
this Colony for the term of years from the day of
the rent of $ per month. .

AS WITNESS the hands and seals of the parties this
SIGNED, sealed and delivered by

of

day of 1 19

in llie New Territories of
1 19 . at

day of . 19 .
F.
Receipt on Redemption of Mortgage.


. Received frorn
intended to be secured by the within written deed.

WITNESS to the Signature

F.
Receipt on Redemption of Mortgage.
$ in settlement of all monies

Land Officer.

short title . Saviing existing regulations. Etc. interpretation of terms. certain enactments no t to apply to the new territories excepting new kowloon . Meaning of certain expressions in existing contracts. Making of rules relating to revenue matters. no. 1 of 1873. Publication of rules . Punishment for breach of rules . Power to wummon chinese for examination on inquiry . Obligation on person summoned to attend and answer. warrant for disobedience to summons and penalty therefor . Levying of contributions on inhabitants when extra crime reqluires provision of extra police. application of part II to land in new territories . Vesting of land in new territiories in the crown . land offices. Assistant land officer . District land offices. Documents to be registered in appropriate district office. Payment of rent in money instead of inproduce . Redemption of perpetual rent in produce or substitution of annusl rent in money . land officer to decide questions relaitng to land summarily . Powers of land officer . exclusion of legal practitioners. Appeal from land officer to supreme court . Exclusion of land disputes from jurisdiction of supreme court . Supreme court may enforce chinese customs. Registration of judgment . Registration of managers of 't'ongs' , etc. exemption of certain claus from the companies ordinances . No . 58. Of 1911. Registration of successors to deceased landholder wheree no probate granted . no . 2 of 1897. Power to appoint trustees for minors. No. 5 of 1901. Certification of memorials . Land officer not required to keep index . land officer to be commissioner to take acknowledgements . No. 5 of 1885 . Rights and things included in a conveyance. Conveyance to be in precribed forms. sales. Implied convenants: (a) validity fo lease , right to convey , further assurance . (b) purchaser tto pay rents. Etc. mortgages. Implied covenants: to apy principal and interest. validity of lease and right to convey . Quiet enjoyment after default . Further assurance. Mortgagor to pay rents, etc. proviso for redemption . Chinese custiomary mortgage. Implied covenant : quiet enjoyment . refund of crown rent and indemuity . Redemption at end of term . Notice of intention to redeem . Effect of transfer of mortgage. Leases implied covenants.: to pay rent and yield up at end of term . (b) quiet enjoyment. © lessor's right to inspect . (d) provison fro re-entry. Implied covenant on coveyanee by mortgagee, trustee, etc. powers of mortgagee; to sell; to insure . Protection of purchasers from moirtgagees. application of proceeds fo sale . Mortgagee's receijpt a sufficient discharge . Satisfaction of mortgage . Receipt in body of deed to be sufficient. Mortgage to two ro more jointly . Construction of implied covenants. covenant to be annexed to estate . Covenants to extend to successors, etc . Implied covenant may be varied . Provision for all the estate , etc. power for governor-in-council to make regulations. Recovery of fees. Certified copies receivable in evidence. ordinance not to affect crown , etc. jurisdiction of small debts court . Limitation of actions. infancy no bar. Prohibition of splitting of claims . Appointment of perosn to execute process. Goods seized may be sold at or near place fo seizure . Claims in respect of property seized .. Exclusive jurisdiction . no action against officer of government without consent. Provision as to supreme court. Exclsuion of legal practitioners . Review of judgment . Jurisdiction under part II and right of appeal reserved no .3 fo 1890. Governor-in-counil to make rules . licences to money-changers and pawnbrokers. (1) if the assignee is a mortgagee , trustee, personal representative of a deceased person ro a registered dmanager his capacity should be stated .

Abstract

short title . Saviing existing regulations. Etc. interpretation of terms. certain enactments no t to apply to the new territories excepting new kowloon . Meaning of certain expressions in existing contracts. Making of rules relating to revenue matters. no. 1 of 1873. Publication of rules . Punishment for breach of rules . Power to wummon chinese for examination on inquiry . Obligation on person summoned to attend and answer. warrant for disobedience to summons and penalty therefor . Levying of contributions on inhabitants when extra crime reqluires provision of extra police. application of part II to land in new territories . Vesting of land in new territiories in the crown . land offices. Assistant land officer . District land offices. Documents to be registered in appropriate district office. Payment of rent in money instead of inproduce . Redemption of perpetual rent in produce or substitution of annusl rent in money . land officer to decide questions relaitng to land summarily . Powers of land officer . exclusion of legal practitioners. Appeal from land officer to supreme court . Exclusion of land disputes from jurisdiction of supreme court . Supreme court may enforce chinese customs. Registration of judgment . Registration of managers of 't'ongs' , etc. exemption of certain claus from the companies ordinances . No . 58. Of 1911. Registration of successors to deceased landholder wheree no probate granted . no . 2 of 1897. Power to appoint trustees for minors. No. 5 of 1901. Certification of memorials . Land officer not required to keep index . land officer to be commissioner to take acknowledgements . No. 5 of 1885 . Rights and things included in a conveyance. Conveyance to be in precribed forms. sales. Implied convenants: (a) validity fo lease , right to convey , further assurance . (b) purchaser tto pay rents. Etc. mortgages. Implied covenants: to apy principal and interest. validity of lease and right to convey . Quiet enjoyment after default . Further assurance. Mortgagor to pay rents, etc. proviso for redemption . Chinese custiomary mortgage. Implied covenant : quiet enjoyment . refund of crown rent and indemuity . Redemption at end of term . Notice of intention to redeem . Effect of transfer of mortgage. Leases implied covenants.: to pay rent and yield up at end of term . (b) quiet enjoyment. © lessor's right to inspect . (d) provison fro re-entry. Implied covenant on coveyanee by mortgagee, trustee, etc. powers of mortgagee; to sell; to insure . Protection of purchasers from moirtgagees. application of proceeds fo sale . Mortgagee's receijpt a sufficient discharge . Satisfaction of mortgage . Receipt in body of deed to be sufficient. Mortgage to two ro more jointly . Construction of implied covenants. covenant to be annexed to estate . Covenants to extend to successors, etc . Implied covenant may be varied . Provision for all the estate , etc. power for governor-in-council to make regulations. Recovery of fees. Certified copies receivable in evidence. ordinance not to affect crown , etc. jurisdiction of small debts court . Limitation of actions. infancy no bar. Prohibition of splitting of claims . Appointment of perosn to execute process. Goods seized may be sold at or near place fo seizure . Claims in respect of property seized .. Exclusive jurisdiction . no action against officer of government without consent. Provision as to supreme court. Exclsuion of legal practitioners . Review of judgment . Jurisdiction under part II and right of appeal reserved no .3 fo 1890. Governor-in-counil to make rules . licences to money-changers and pawnbrokers. (1) if the assignee is a mortgagee , trustee, personal representative of a deceased person ro a registered dmanager his capacity should be stated .

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/980

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

97

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 34 of 1910

Number of Pages

24
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:53 +0800
<![CDATA[VOLUNTEER RESERVE ORDINANCE, 1910]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/979

Title

VOLUNTEER RESERVE ORDINANCE, 1910

Description


No. 25 of 1910.
To provide for the formation of a Volunteer Reserve.

1. The Volunteer Reserve Ordinance, 1910.

[16th September, 1910.]

As amended by No. 2 of 1911 and No. 8 of 1912.
As amended bY No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





2. It shall be lawful for the Governor to accept the services of
any persons desiring to be formed into a Volunteer Reserve (here-
inafter called the Reserve) and offering their services and oil such
acceptance being notified in the Clazette the Volunteer Reserve
shall be deemed to be lawfully established.

3. Every member of the Reserve upon Joining shall sign an

engagement in the form in schedule, A or to the like effect.

4. Every member of the Reserve shall, on his adnussion take
the oath or make the declaration set forth in scliedule B to
be administered by Magistate, Justice of the Peace, or the
president of the Reserve.
5. There shall be a president of the Roserve, who shAl be elecl-
ed frorn artiong the ineivibers of the Reserve by
and who on being so elected shall bc llonlinated for approval and
appointment bY the Governor. Shich president shall hold Inis
appointment during the pleasure of the Governor.

6. The Governor may appoint a fitting person to be -Military
Instructor of thewho shall be charged with attending the
annual innsketry course and with giving instruction in musketry
and in squad drill to the members of the Reserve.

7. The Governor may appoint a fitting person to bc Inspecting
Officer of the Beserve, who shall be, charged withsupervising the
military instruction of the Reserve, and shall be responsible for the
inspection of Government arms and other public property on loan
for the use of the Reserve.

8.-(1) For every member of the Beserve, a riffe and such
appointments as the Governor may direct shall be issued to the
president on loan for the such of such member; and llw president shall
be responsible to the Government foi such arins and appointmetn
(22) There shall be allowed annually for every member of
the Reserve who shall qualify by completing tlw annual musketry
course prescribed by regulations, 100 rounds of* ride ammlunition
and there shall also be issued to the president such further supply,
on such terms as to payment or otherwise as the Governor may
direct.

As taniended by No. 1.2 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1412.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and \o~ E3 of 1912,-
As amended by 13 of 1912.





(3) Every member of the Reserve shall pay to the president the
cost of repairing, or replacrilig any rifle or appoliArnents damaged,
destroyed, or lost by such inetriber, atid shall also pay for any
ammunition expended by him to the free issue of which he was

not entitled.

(4) Whether arty sum payable by a nicinber under the last sub-
section can be recovered from the meniber or not, repayment of
the sanie shall be inade to the Goverrinient from the funds of the
Reserve.

9. All moneys subscribe by or to or for the use of the Reserve,
and all efects, and other propert belonging to the Reserve, and
the exclusive right to sue for awl recover current subscriptions,
arrears of subserlptions and other moneys due to the Reserve, shall
be vested int he president, with power to bring actionss, to make
contracts an converyances, and to do all othere lawful things
in respect of relating to the same.


10. The menibers of the Reserve may b a committee composed
of the presiderit and not less than 3 persons to be elected from
among the membersof the Reserve by such members, make rules
for the general government of te Reserve and foar the manage-
ment of the propert belonging or entrusted to the Reserve, and
of the finances and civil affairs of the Reserve, and for their own
guidance: Provided that any such rules shallnto have effect unless
and until the president thinks fit to transmit the same to the Governor
for this approval, and such approvali ntoified by the Governor to
the president, to be b him forthwith communicated to the corps;
wherupon the rules so approved sall be binding on members of
the Reserve.

11.-(1) The president may, subject to such appeal to the
Governor tas is hereinafter mentioned, discharge nay memtber and
strike him offhe strength of he Reserve, eeiter ofr misconduct
as a member of for other sufficient cause, the existence or sufficency
of the cause tobe judged by the president or, in case of appeal, by
th Governor.

(2) The member so discharged shall bc liable to deliver up in
good order, fair wear and tear only excepted, all arms, ammunition,
clothing and appointment being public property or property of

* As amended by 7-\o. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of-1912.





the Reserve, and to pay all nioneys due or becon-fing due by him
under this Ordinance either before or at the time or by reason of
his discharge.

(3) Any niernber who feels aggrieved by such discharge may
appeal to the Governor at any time within 14 days, and the
Governor may cancel or confirni such discharge or give such other
directions with reference thereto as to him may seein just and
proper, and his determination shall be binding on all persons.

12. Any inember nray, except wlien actually enriffled in the
Volunteer Force under section 15, quit the Reserve oil complying
with the following conditions:-
(a) giving to the president 3 months notice in writing of his
intention;
(b) delivering up in good order, fall. and tear only
excepted, all arins and animunition, clothing and appointments
being public property or property of the Reserve issued to him:
and
(c) paying all nioney due or becoming due by him tinder this
Ordinance either before or at the tline or by reason of his quitting
it.

Therenpoil lie shall be struck off.' the strongth by the president.
Provided that tile Governot shall have full power at all tinies to
perinit any itieniber to quit the Reserve on complying with the
conditions (b) and (c) in this section.

13. The Governor inay by proclamation disband or discontinue i
the services of the Reserve or ally part thereof whenever it seenis
to hlin expedient to do so, and inay give such instructions as shall
be, necessary for carrying such proclamation into effect.

14.-(1) The Governor mau make regulations,-

(a) regulating the annual Musketry course and instruction in
squad drill, and the ditties of the Military Instructor and IDspect-
ing Officer,
(b) regarding the storing, issuing and inspecting o arms and
ammunition;
(c) regarding shooting ranges, targets, and butts; and
(d) for giving further and better effect to the provisions of this
Ordinance.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.

1





(2) A copy of every such regulation shall be furnished to every
inember of the Reserve.

15. The Grovernor may, by proclamation, wheinever it appears to
him advisable to do so by reason of invasion or war or danger of
either of them, or by reason of any internal ernergency threatening
pubtle security, to quell which the available civil force. is deemed by
Iiini inadequate, cause all or any members of the Reserve to be en-
F(Hed as inernbers of the Volunteer Force; and all the provisions of
the Volunteer Ordinance, 1893, shall in so far as they are applicable
extend and apply to every such member on being so enrolled to all
intents and purposes as if such members had signed the engagement
and taken the oath iinder that Ordinance; and every member so
enrolled shall remain and continue subject to the provisions of the
said OrdWarice, and shall be entitled to the benefits thereof, until
the Governor shall by proclamation cancel such enrolment; -'s-here-
upon all Members go enrolled shall again become sublect to this
Ordinance as members of the. Reserve.

16.-(1) All arms, arriniunition, appointment., and other stores
supplied at the public expense and issued to anv ineinber of the
Reserve, shall be and reinain the property of the Government, and
shall be produced, exhibited and delivered to ally person authorised
by the, Governor to inspect or receive the same.

(2) Ir any person wilfullymakes away wtih, sells,pawn, wrong-
fully destroys or damages, or negligentlyloses anything issued
a member of ht Reserve, or refuses roneglects when lawfully re-
quired to produce, exhibit,or deliver on demand anything which
he is liable under this Ordinance to produce, exhibit, or deliver, the
value thereof shall be recoverable from him sunimarlls- before a.
Magistrate by the president; and he shall also for every such offence
be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding .50 dollars.

(3) Whoever knowingly buys or takes in exchange or in pawn
from any member of the Reserve or person acting on his behalf,
or solicits or entices any member to sell or pawn, or knowingly
assists or acts for any inernber in selling or pawning, or has in his
possession or keepiwy, without satisfactorily accounting therefor,
any arms, ammunition, clothing, appointments, musical instru-
ments or necessaries, being public property or the property of the

* As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 1.3 of 1912.
f As amended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.





Reserve, shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not ex-
ceeding 50 dollars for every such offence.

17. In all proceedings under this Ordinance. before a Magistrate,
the president may appear by any, member of the corps authorised by
him in that behalf by writing undet. his hand.

18. Every pecuniaxy penalty recovered stinimarily on any prose-
cution of the president shall be paid to the president and be applied
as part of the funds of the Reserve.

19. It shall be lawfu for the Treasurerto pay to the president
for the purposes of the Reserve, such sum In each year as may be
authorised bv the Governor out of moneys voted by the Legislative
Council.

SCHEDULE A.

Engagement to be signed by Member of he Volunteer Rescrve.
1, (insert the name, address and addition of the ineniber), herebs. engage myself to
serve in the Volunteer Reserve subject to the provisioris of the Volunteet. Beserve
Ordinance, 1910, and the rules and regalations thereunder in force.

(Signature)

SCHEDULE B.

1-0ath to be taken by Alember of the Volimleer Peserve.
1, A.B., do sincerely promise and swear that 1 wilt be faithful and bear true allegiance
to His Majesty King George V His Heirs and Successors according to law, and that 1
will faithfully serve in the Volunteer Reserve according to the conditions of wy service.
So help me God.

(Signature)

2-Declaration to be made by Meinber of the Volunleer Rcscree.
1, A.B., do solemnly, sincerely and trul.y declare that 1 will be faithful and bear true
allegiance to His Majesty Ring George V His Heirs and Successors according to law,
and that 1 will faithfully serve in the Volunteer Reserve according to the conditions of
my service.

(Signature)

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 21 of 1912.
Short title . power of governor to establish volunteer reserve . Engagement . Oath . President. Military instructor . Inspecting officer . Arms, ammuntion and appointments. property fo reserve vested in president . Rules for management of reserve. Expulsion . resignation . Disbandment . Regulaions. enrolement in volunteer force . No . 4 of 1893. Wronggul detention or disposal of arms, appointments or stores . appearance of president in court. Applciation of penalties . Authority for expenditure.

Abstract

Short title . power of governor to establish volunteer reserve . Engagement . Oath . President. Military instructor . Inspecting officer . Arms, ammuntion and appointments. property fo reserve vested in president . Rules for management of reserve. Expulsion . resignation . Disbandment . Regulaions. enrolement in volunteer force . No . 4 of 1893. Wronggul detention or disposal of arms, appointments or stores . appearance of president in court. Applciation of penalties . Authority for expenditure.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/979

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 25 of 1910

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:52 +0800
<![CDATA[LEPERS ORDINANCE, 1910]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/978

Title

LEPERS ORDINANCE, 1910

Description



No. 24 of 1910.
To provide for the segregation and treatment Lepers.

1. The Lepers Ordinance, 1910.

[2nd September, 1910.]

2. It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to appoint such
places, as he shall think fit to be leper asylimis for the segregation
and. treatment of lepers; and every such asyluin shall comprise such
1
area as the Governor shall defiDe by proclamation. No leper asylum
shall be established by any private person.
Is. 3, rep. No. 12 of 1912.]

As amended by No. 30 of 1911.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911. No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912 and
No. 13 of 1912.





4. Any person detained as a leper in a leper asylum may by the
special permission of the Governor erect or cause to be erected for
himself a dwelling house at his own expense within the limits of the
asylum in which he is detained, subject to such conditions as to plan,
site, drainage, and otherwise is to the Governor shallseem fit.

5. It shall be the duty of every person having nowledge of a leper
or of a person reasonably suspected of being a leper in a;ny place
outside the limits of any leper asylum, to give information thereof
to the officer in charge of a police station, who shall forthwith report
the same to the Principal Civil Medical Officer.

6. Every person wilfully neglecting to give such information as

aforesaid, and every police officer wilfully neglecting to report the
same as aforesaid, shall be liable, on stminiary conviction, for each
such offence to a fine not exceeding .50 dollars.

7. On the receipt of such report as aforesaid the Principal Civil
Medical Officer shall forthwith forward it for the information of the
Governor, and such inspection and examination of the allegeel leper

shaft be held and such report made thereon as the shall
order, or as shall be. prescribed by regulations in that behalf made
under section 13.

8. After such inspection, examination, and report as aforesaid, it
shall be lawful for the Governor, if he shall think fit, ro order the
leper or alleged leper to be removed to and detained in a leper
asyflim. Provided always that no person shall be removed to or
detained in a leper asylurn tinless lie has first. been certified to be
suffering from leprosy by two niedical practitioners, one of whom
shall be either the Principal Civil Medical Officer or a medical practi-
tioner appointed by the Governor to inquire into cases of suspected
leprosy for the ptirposes of this Ordinance.

9.-(1) No such order-for removal or detention shall be made if
the leper or alleged leper shall in the opinion of the Governor be able
to provide for himselfat his own place of abode effective isolation
and medical treatment, and shall within the time. prescribed by the

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Selied.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by _jo. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Selled.
if As amended bY No. 12 of 1912 avid No. 21 of 1912.
** As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





Governor carry out such directions as the Governor may give for
securing such isolation .; but in eveny such case it shall be lawful for
the Governor to prescribe rules for observance by such leper or
alleged leper in order to secure such Isolation.



(2) In the event of the disregard or breach of any such rules the
Governor may ordey suell leper or alleged leper to be removed to and
detained in a leper asylum undel. section 8.

10. No person detained as a leper in a leper asylum shall leave the
asyluin without the permission lit writing of the officer in charge,
and every person acting in contravetition of th's section may be
arrested by any police officer without warrant and conveyed forth-
with to the asylum.

11. Every person found within the Itinits, of a loper asylum with-
out the written permission of the. Principal Civil -Medical Officer, or
without lawful authority, shall be liable, on suininary conviction, for
each such offence to a fine Dot exceeding .50 dollars.

12. The Principal Civil Medical Officer shall have and exerise all
the powers of ate with respect to all offeuces committed by
persons detained as lepers in a leper asylum. And it shall be lawful
for the Governor to appoint anly medical officer havIng charge of any
leper asyluin to have and exercise all the powers of a Magistrate
therein. Every decision given under this section shall be subject to
the same rights of appeal as the decisions of a -Magistrate.

13. It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to make regula-
tions,-
(a) for inspection, examination, and removal of lepers to a leper
asylum ;

(b) for the proper manageinent and sanitation of leper asylums;


(c) for the discipline and good order of the ininates of leper
asylums;

(d) for the custody and imprisonment withM such asylums of
lepers accused of and found guilty of offences;

A. ainended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As arnended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Selied.
A,-,,iiyxt,,ilde(l by 'No. W of 1911, N1o. 50 of 11)11. No. 12 of 1912,
No. 13 of 1912 and '.\,o. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.

(e) for regulating the sittings and procedure of Courts to be held
tinder this Ordinance; and
(f) generally for the better carrying out of the provisions of this

Ordinance, and for the well being of such asylums and the inmates
thereof.
Every person acting in contravention of any regulation shall be
liable, on surnmaxy conviction, for each such offence to a fine not
exceeding 50 dollars, or to iniprisonnient for any term not exceeding
one month.

14.-M No.person, not being a subject of His Majesty, suffering
rrom leprosy shall enter this Colony.
(2) The Governor-in-Council inay, by order, prohibit any leper,
not being a subject of His Majesty who enters the Colony from
residing or being within the Colony for such period as the Governor-

in-Council may think fit, and may by the same or any subsequent
order, order his departure and fix the time for such departure from
the Colony.
(3) The leper Damed M such order shall be detained *In the
custody of the police until lie leaves the Colony or until the depar-
ture froin tfle Colony of any vessel by which he leaves.

15. Any person who knowingly harbours or conceals any person
sufferig form leprosy shall, on sitniniary conviction, be liable to a

fine not exceeding 100 dollars.

16(1)The Governor shall appoint, with their consent, Justi-
ces of tbe Peace to be visitors of leper asylurtis for periods to be
specified in such appointments.
(2) Such visitors shall be at liberty to enler any such asylun-1 at
all time -and niake such enquiry or exanuitation therein as may be
deenied necessary, and shall make such reports to the Colonial
Secretary as may be required by order of the Governor.
Short title governor-in-council may establish leper any lums. lepers may build separate dwellings in asylum for their own use . Duty of persos to give information of existence fo lepers. Penalty ,. Inquiry into cases of leprosy . Power of gvernor to order lepers to be removed to and detained in asylum . Lepers able to provide effectve isolation and medical treatment , not removeable to asylum . lepers not to leave asylum without permission . No person to enter asyhum without permission . No person to enter asyhum without permission . Principal civil medical officer and medical officer in charge of asyhum to exercise powers of magistrate . regulations. penalty for breach of regulations. Prohibition of leper immigration . Penalty for harbourign ro concealing lepers . Appointment and duties fo visiting justices.

Abstract

Short title governor-in-council may establish leper any lums. lepers may build separate dwellings in asylum for their own use . Duty of persos to give information of existence fo lepers. Penalty ,. Inquiry into cases of leprosy . Power of gvernor to order lepers to be removed to and detained in asylum . Lepers able to provide effectve isolation and medical treatment , not removeable to asylum . lepers not to leave asylum without permission . No person to enter asyhum without permission . No person to enter asyhum without permission . Principal civil medical officer and medical officer in charge of asyhum to exercise powers of magistrate . regulations. penalty for breach of regulations. Prohibition of leper immigration . Penalty for harbourign ro concealing lepers . Appointment and duties fo visiting justices.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/978

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 24 of 1910

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:52 +0800
<![CDATA[MIDWIVES ORDINANCE, 1910]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/977

Title

MIDWIVES ORDINANCE, 1910

Description


No. 22 of 1910.
To secure the better training of Midwives and to regulate their
practice.

1. The Midwives Ordinance, 1910.

[2nd September, 1910.]

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As ainewled by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No, 13 of 1912.





2.-(1) Any woman who not beingr certified tinder this Ordinance
shall take or use any name, title, addition or description implying
that she is certified tinder this Ordinance or is a person specifically
qualified to carry or) the work of a inidwife, or is recognized by law
as a midwife, shall be liable, on suinniary conviction, to a fine Dot
exceeding 50 dollars.

(2) Any wonian who habitually and for gain attends women in
child-birth otherwise than nuder the direction of a medical practi-
tioner unless she is certified shall be liable, on summary conviction,
to a fine not exceeding 1.00 dollars : Provided that this section shall
not apply to medical practitioners or to ans, one rendering assistance
in a case of emergency.

(3) No woman shall be certified until she has complied with the
regulations made under this Ordiriance.

(4) No certified woman shall employ an uncertified woman as a
substitute.
(5) The certificate tinder this Ordinance shall not confer on any
woman any rigIA or title to be registered tinder the Medical Re-
gistration Ordinance, 1884, or to assunie an.y naine, title, or desig-na-
tion implying that she is by law recognised as a medical practitioner,
or that she is atithorised to graut any medical certificate or any
certificate ol death or still-birth or to undertake the charge of cases
of abnorinallb, or disease in connection with parturition.

3. Any person who claiins to lw certified shall be so certified pro-
vided she produces a certificate in inidwitery fron) the Boyal College.
of Physicians of Ireland, or froin the Obstetrical Society of London,
or the Coombe, Lying-in Hospital and Guinness's Dispensary, or the
Roturida Hospital for the Relief of the Poor Lying-in Women of
Dublin or such other certificate as may be approved by the Mid-
wives Board, or produces evidence satisfactory to the Board that at
the passing of this Ordinance she has been at feast one year lit bond
fide practice as a, and that she bears a good character.

4.-(1) There shall be established a 'Midwives Board (hereinafter
called the Board), consisting of the. Principal Civil Medical Officel,
the Superintendent of the Alice Memorial, Maternity Hospital, and

As amended b\ No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 13 of 1912.
Supp. Selied.





the Lady Doctor attached to the saine; and 30 persons to be nomin-
ated for a terin of 3 years by the Governor.
Any vacancy occurring, by resignation or death shall be filled up, in
the case of nominated inembers, by the Governor. Nominated
members shall ou the termination ofthe period for which they have
been appointed, lie eligible for re-appointinent for a like period.

(2) The duties and powers of the Board shall be as follows :-
(i)-To make regulations, subject to the approval of the
Governor,-
(a) regidating their own proceeclings
(b) regulating the issue of certificates arid the conditions of ad-
mission to the roll of midwives
(c) regulating the com.se of tralimil- and the conduct of examilia-
tions :
(d) regulating the admission to the roll of already in
practice as nildwives at the passing of this Ordinance
(c) regulatinu, supervising, and restricting due limits the
practice of midwives
(f) deciding the conditions under which nildwives lilay be suspend-
ed from. practice
(g) defining the admission required to be given in any notice
under section 8.
(ii) To appoint examiners.
(iii) To decide upon the places where and the times when exami-
nations shall be lield.
(iv) To publish annually a roll of certified nildwives.
(v) To decide upon the removal from the roll of the name of any
iiiidxvife for disobeying the regulations or for other misconduct, and
upon the restoration to the, roll of the naine- of any widwife so
removed.
(vi) To issue and cancel certificates; and
(vii) Generally to do any other act or duty which way be necessary
for the due and proper carrying out of the provisions of this Ordi-
nance.

5. There shall be a roll of midwives containing the naines of
certified midwives.

* As alnended by No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





The entry on the roll shall in every case indicate the conditions in
virtue of which the certificate was granted.


6. Any woman thinking herself aggrieved by wny decision of the

Board removing her naine froir, the roll of inidwives may appeal to
the Governor-In-Council within 3 months after the. notification of
such decision to her.

7. The Board shall appoint a secretary and such other officers as
may be required who shall be removable at the pleasure of the Board.
The secretary shall have the custody of the roll.

A copy of the roll purporting to be printed by the authority of the
Board or to be signed by the secretary shall be evidence in all Courts
that the wonien therein specified are certified; and the absence of
the name of any woman from such copy sliall be evidence, until the
contrary be made to appear, that such woman is not certified. Pro-
vided always that in the case of any woman wbose name does not
appear in such copy, a certificate titider the hand of the secretary
of the entry of the name of such wonian on the roll shall be evidence
tha,t such woman is certified.

8. Every certified woman shall , before holding herself out as a
practising midwife or commencing to practise as a midwife, give
notice in writing of her intention so to do to the secretary, and shall
give a like notice in the month ot Jantiary in every year thereafter
during which she continues to practise.

Every stich notice shall contain such particulars as may be re-
quired by the i.egulations to secure the identification of the person
giving, it; and If any make to give the sald notices, or know-
ingly or wilftilly inakes or causes or procures any other person to
make any false statement in any such notice, she shall, on summary
conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding 50 dollars.

9. Any woman who procures or attempts to procure a certificate
yunder this Ordinance by making or producing, or causing to be made
or prodneed, any false and fraudulent declaration, certificate or re-
presentation, either in writing or otherwise, shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor, and shall be liable to imprisonment for any term not
exceeding 12 months.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. Wof 1912.
As ainended by No. 30 of 1911.

10. Any person wifully making or catising to be made amy falsi-

fication in any matter relating to the roll of midwives shall be guilty
of a misderneanor, and shall be liable to ittiprisonnient for any term
not exceeding 12 months.

11. Any offence under this Ordinance pimishable on suininary 1
conviction may be prosecuted by the secretary on the instructions of
the Board.

12. Nothing in this Ordinance respecting midwives shall apply to
medical practitioners.

13. This Ordinance shall not apply to Chinese unless they take or
use the name or title of inidwife in English, or any name, title,
addition or description in whatever langoage linplying that they are
certified or are persons specifically qualified to practise midwifery,
or are recognised by law as midwives, or have studied niodern or
European midwifery.

14. In this Ordinance, ---midwife---niewis a wonian who is certi-
fied, and---certified ' means ' certified mider this Ordinance -.

Short title . certification 2 edw,. 7 c. 17. No. 1 of 1884. Provision for existing midwives ib.s. 2. Constitution of midwives board. Ib. s. 3. duties of midwives board . Midwives roll 2 edw. 7 c. 17 s. 6. appeal from the decision of the board. 2 edw. 7 c. 17 s. 4. Appointment of secretary ; and supplemental provisions as to certificate . Ib. s. 7. Notification of praction ic. S. 10.penalty for obtaining certificate by false representation . Ib. s. 11. penalty for wilful falsification of the roll . 2 edw. 7 c. 17s,. 12. Prosecution o foffences. Ib. s 13. Medical practitioners exempted . Ib. s. 16. Chinese exempted subject to certain execeptions . Interpretation .

Abstract

Short title . certification 2 edw,. 7 c. 17. No. 1 of 1884. Provision for existing midwives ib.s. 2. Constitution of midwives board. Ib. s. 3. duties of midwives board . Midwives roll 2 edw. 7 c. 17 s. 6. appeal from the decision of the board. 2 edw. 7 c. 17 s. 4. Appointment of secretary ; and supplemental provisions as to certificate . Ib. s. 7. Notification of praction ic. S. 10.penalty for obtaining certificate by false representation . Ib. s. 11. penalty for wilful falsification of the roll . 2 edw. 7 c. 17s,. 12. Prosecution o foffences. Ib. s 13. Medical practitioners exempted . Ib. s. 16. Chinese exempted subject to certain execeptions . Interpretation .

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/977

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

162

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 22 of 1910

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:52 +0800
<![CDATA[HIGHWAYS ORDINANCE, 1910]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/976

Title

HIGHWAYS ORDINANCE, 1910

Description



No. 21 of 1910.

To provide for the alteration in levels of Highways.

1. The Highways Ordinance, 1910.

Elgtb Auglist, 1910.]

As amended by No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 1.3 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





2. Wherever, in the opinion of the Governor-in Council, it shall
be expedient to narrow, stop tip, divert or turn any street on tinleased
Crown land, or any portion of soch street, either entirely or reserving
aor foot-way alono--- the whole or any part thereo or to

alter the level of any such street or portion thereof, the Governor-in
Cotinc.11 inav direct that a notification be published, in English and
Chinese, In 3 successive ordinary issues of the Gazette, specifying the

locality and extent of the said street, and shall further direct that a
notice in writing, in English and Chinese, in the form or to the
effect of the schedifle, be affixed at each end o' the said street, or of
sitch portion of the said street.

3. Tfany owner or occupier of property in the imediate vicinity
of such street objects to such narrowing, stopping up, divesion,
turning or altertation of th elevel, such objection shall be sent in
writing to the Colonial Secretary so as to reatch his office not later
than one week after the publication of the last of the aforesaid noti-
fications in the Gazette. Such objection shall state the reasons
therefor, and shall also specify the property with regard to wbich it
is made and the Interest therein of the objector.

4. Ever such objection shall be considered by the Governor-in-

Council arid the person objecting may be heard in Its support either
hirnself or by his represent ative, and the (-loveriioi.-in-Couilell may
uphold or disallow the objection, and may in his discretion award
such compensation as he may deeni Pist lit respect of the ivorks
proposed to be carried out.

5. If such objection is disallowed and the governor-in-Council
refuses to award compensation, or if the person is dissatisfied with
the compensation awarded, the matter shall be referred to arbitration
and determined in the manner hereinafter provided.

6.-(1) Two arbitrators shall be appointed, one by the Governor
and the other by the person objecting.

(2) The arbitrators shall determine whether compensation should
be awarded and shall assess the amount of corripensation, if any, to
be paid in respect of the works proposed to be carried out.

As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As arriended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended b i
y No. 12 of 1912 and No. 27 of 1912.

(3) In the event of their disagreement the arbitrators shall refer
the matter to a Puisne Judge as umpire who shall assess the amount
of compensation, if any, to be paid as aforesaid.

(4) The award of the said arbitrators or umpire, as the ease may
be, shall be final and conclusive and shall be firwarded in writing ot
the Colonial Secretary.

7. Ally compensation awarded shall be paid out (5f the publi
revenue.

8. Sub'eet to the provisions ol' the foregoing sections as to com-

pensation, the Governor way it any time by an order in writing
,authorise the Director of Pliblic works toproceed with the neces-
sary works, and no injunction shall be granted prohibiting the works
so authourised as aforesaid, nor shall any works commend or to
in respect of the same.

9. Nothing in thsi Ordinance shal affect the provisions of the
Harbour of refuge Ordinance, 1909,or any works commeneed or to
be commenced therunder.




SCHEDULE.

Notice is heereby given that the Governor-in-Council purposes to make an order under
the Highways Ordinamce, No 21 fo 1910, for (here state the nature and extent of teh
works to be carred out in connection with the naarrowing, stopping up, diversin, turn-
ing or alteerationin the level of tihe street.)

Any person objectin to the proposed order must farowrd hisobjection in weritin to
the Coloial Secretary nto later than day of 19,

Such objectionmust state the reasons and specify the propery with regard to the
ownership or occupation of which such objection is made and the interest therin of the
objector.

' 19

Colwiial Secretary.

Short title . power of governor-in-council to narrow, etc, streets on unleased crown land . Owner or occupier to send objection in writing . Objection to be considered by governor-in-council. Reference to arbitration . Appointment of arbitrators. compensation governor may authorise necessary works. Saving for ordinance no. 39.of 1909.

Abstract

Short title . power of governor-in-council to narrow, etc, streets on unleased crown land . Owner or occupier to send objection in writing . Objection to be considered by governor-in-council. Reference to arbitration . Appointment of arbitrators. compensation governor may authorise necessary works. Saving for ordinance no. 39.of 1909.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/976

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

370

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 21 of 1910

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:52 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN LAND PRESERVATION ORDINANCE, 1910]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/975

Title

CROWN LAND PRESERVATION ORDINANCE, 1910

Description


No. 10 of 1910.

For preventing injuries to trees upon Crown land and to other
Crown property.
1. The Crown Land Preservation Ordinance, 1910.

[4th June, 1910.]

As amended ky No. 12 of 1912 and So. 48 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by Xo. 8 of 1912.





2. MThenever it is proved to the satisfaction of the Governor-in-
Council that trees or growillo. plarits npon Crown land, leased or
unleased, have been felled, cut, burned, or otherwise damaged or
destroyed, or that any wilftil or wanton damage has been done in
or upon any Crown property or such Crown land in or in the
neighbourhood of any village, and that there is sufficient, reason to
1)elleve that such damage or destruction was committed by the
inhabitants of the such village or any of them, it shall be lawful
for the Governor-in-Council to order that a fine payable at the
time -and in. the manner prescribed in the said order shall be levied
upon all persons who are registered in the Land Office as owners
of land in the said village and in stich areas adjacent to the said
village as the Governor-in-Council may in the said order direct and

who reside in the said village or within the sald area : and such
order shall continue in force until the Governor-in-Concil revokes
or alters the original order, which the Governor-in-Colincil shall
do if satisfied that the injuries to trees or growing plants on
account of which the original order was issued have ceased or that
full compensation has been paid by way of fine for the damage
done or that such injuries or dainage were not cornmitted by the
inhabitants of such village

Provided always that before the matter is submitted to the
Governor-in-Council for decision a. report shall be made in the case
of Crown lands situated in the New Territories by the District
Officer and an Assistant District Officer, and in the case of
Crown lands sitnated elsewhere by the, Registrar General and
the Superintendf-nt of the Botanical and Forestry Department,
who shall sit together and hold an inquiry at the sald village so as
to give the persons on whom the punishment may fall a full
opportunity of putting forward any defence that they may have to
-urge.

For the purposes of any such inquiry the said officers shall have
all the powers of commissioners appointed under the Commissioners
Powers Ordinance, 1886.

3. Any such fine shall be a first charge upon the property of all
persons who are registered in the Land Office as owners of land
which is within the area specified in the said order and who reside

As aniended by No. 26 of 1910, No. 50 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912,
No. 12 of 1912, No, 13 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.
within such area, and it shall be recoverable in the same manner in
all respects as Crown rent is recoverable.

4. Nothing in this Ordinance shall operate to prevent any person
from being prosecuted under any other enactment for injuring or
cutting down trees or the stealing or unlawful possession of wood
or for doing any wanton and rnalicious damage of any nature what-
soever on or upon any Crown property or Jand, leased or unleased.

Short title. injuries to trees and plants upon crown land and to other crown property.no. 13 of 1886.mode fo levying fine . [cf. No. 6 of 1875.] saving of liability to other penalties.

Abstract

Short title. injuries to trees and plants upon crown land and to other crown property.no. 13 of 1886.mode fo levying fine . [cf. No. 6 of 1875.] saving of liability to other penalties.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/975

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

96

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 10 of 1910

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:51 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN SUITS ORDINANCE, 1910]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/974

Title

CROWN SUITS ORDINANCE, 1910

Description


No. 5 of 1910.
To regulate the law relating to Crown Suits.

1. The Crown Suits Ordinance, 1910.

[15th April, 1910.]

2. The Attorney General inav lawfully commence and prosecute
in his own naine any action or other civil proceedings in respect of
any claini made by- the Crown, or by the Governor or Government,
or by any officer of the Goernment in his official capacity against
a defendant whether the cause of action has already arisen or here-
after arises out of contract or tort or otherwise :

Provided always that this section shall not aflect the commence-
ment or prosecutionof any proceedings in respect of which any
enactment provides that such proceedings shall be taken in the
name of some public officer other than the Attorney General.

3. In all contracts or other documents hereafter signed, executed
or rnade by the Governor or by any public officer on behalf of the
Goernor or Government or of the public service, it shall not be
necessary to name such Governor or officer; it shall be sufficient to
name the. office he holds; and the Governor or officer performing

the. duties of the, office nained shall (unless the contrary intention
appears) be deemed to be a party thereto as if the office of such
Governor or officer was a corporation sole with perpetual succession
for this purpose.

As aniended b ' v No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
supp. selled.
As ainended by No. 12 of 1912.
4. Every contract and other document heretofore signed, execid-
ed or made by any Governor or other public officer on behalf of the
Governor or Government or of the public service shall (unless the
contrary intention appears) he. deemed to have been rnade by such
Governor or officer on behalf of himself and his successors in office,
and sball be enforceable by the Governor or officer perfornting the
duties of the office named, or, in cases not coming within the
proviso to section 2, by the Attorney G'eneral on belialf of such
Governor or officer as if the office of sach Governor or officer had,
at the time of such execution orbeen a corporation sole
with perpetual succession for this purpose.

5. Contracts made, or to be made, in England, for the Govern-
ment or for the public service by the Crown Agents, shall, so far
as the sanic come within the jurisdiction of the Cotirts of the Colony
be deemed to have been made by the Governor.

6. The omission to add the title of the public offlec held by any
Governor or public officer signing or executing such contract,
or other document as aforesald after the signatkire of such officer
shall not exclude such contract or other docun-ient, whether rnade
before or after the commencement of this Ordinance, from the
operation of this Ordinance.

Short title. Crown suits to be in the name of the Attorney General. Contracts by public officers. Effect of contracts already made by public officers. Contracts by Crown Agents. Omission of title after signature of public officer immaterial.

Abstract

Short title. Crown suits to be in the name of the Attorney General. Contracts by public officers. Effect of contracts already made by public officers. Contracts by Crown Agents. Omission of title after signature of public officer immaterial.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/974

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 5 of 1910

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:51 +0800
<![CDATA[OATHS ORDINANCE, 1910]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/973

Title

OATHS ORDINANCE, 1910

Description






No. 42 of 1909, incorporated in No. 7 of 1903.

No. 43 of 1909, repealed by No. 8 of 19112 s. 14.

No. 44 of 1909, in(..orl)orated in No. 16 of 1901.

No. 45 of 1909, repealed by No. 8 of 191-0.

No. 46 of 1909, repealed by No. 9 of 1911.

191-0.

No. 1 of 1910, incorporated in No.2 of IS(S2.

No. 2 of 1910, repealed bY No. 9 of 1911.

No. 3 of 1910.
To regulate the law as to Oaths. [In. force 31st 1910.]

1. The Oaths Ordinance, 1910.

2-(10 Any oath may be administered and taken in the forir
and manner following:-

The person taking the oath shall hold the New Testament, or
in the case of a Jew, the Old Testament, iii his uplifted hand, while
the officer administering the oath repeats the words.of the oath ir
the same manner as heretofore, and the person taking the oatl
shall then say audibly,'I swear by Almighty God -.

(2) The officer shall (unless the person about to take the oatl
voluntarily ob'ects thereto, or is physically incapable of so takin
the oath) administer the oath in the form and matiner aforesaid
without question : Provided that in the case of a person who is
neither a Christian nor a Jew, the oath shall be adi-ninistered in
any manner which is now lawful.
3. If any person to whom an oath is administered desires
to swear with unlifted hand in the form and manner in which an
oath is usually administered in Scotland he shall be permitted so
to do, and the oath shall be administered to him in such form and
manner without further question.

4. In this Ordinance the word---officer---shall mean and include
any and every person duly authorised to adrninister oaths.
Is. 5, rep. No. 112 of 1912.]

Short title. Manner of administration of oaths. Swearing with uplifted hand as in Scotland. Definition.

Abstract

Short title. Manner of administration of oaths. Swearing with uplifted hand as in Scotland. Definition.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/973

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

11

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 3 of 1910

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:50 +0800
<![CDATA[TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE, 1909]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/972

Title

TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE, 1909

Description


No. 40 of 1909.
To amend the relating to Trade Marks.

1. The Trade Marks Ordinance, 1909.

2. In this Ordinance-

Defnitions

[10tli December, 1909.]

A---mark ' includes a device, brand, heading, label, ticket, name,
signature, word, letter, numeral, or any combiDation thereof :

A ---trade mark--- means a mark used or proposed to be used
upon or in conDection with goods for the purpose of indicating that

As amended by No. 6 of 1911, No. 51 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
See post S. 63.
Supp. Selied.





they are the goods of the proprietor of such trade mark by virtue of
manufacture, selection certification. dealing with, or offering for
sale.
A registrable trade mark - means- a trade mark which is capable
of registration under this Ordinance :
- The Registrar - means such officer as the Governot. may by
order, appoint to be Registrar of Trade Marl;s :
- The seal of the ReOstrar - means the seal of the office in which
the Register of Trade Marks is kept
The Regisler - means the register of trade marks kept under
thP, Ordinance
A - reo-istered trade mark - meaus a. trade mark which is actually
upon the register
.1 The Court - means the Supreme Court, and includes a Judge
sitting in Curt or in Chainbers and in Onginal or -Juris-
diction :
- The, Tribunal
Registrar.

Seal
3. The Ecgistrat. shall use a seal haveing a device and impression

of the Royal Arms with a label surroonding the and the

inscription - Registrai. oI Trade Marks, HOngkong' and the use of
such seal from and after the 10th day of December, 1909, is hereby
validated and authorised.

Register of Trade Marks
4. There shall be kept for the purposes of this Ordinance, at such
office as the Governor shall by notification direct, a book called the
Register of Trade Marks, wherein shall be entered all registered
trade marks with the dates of their registration, the naines and
addresses of their proprietors, notification, of assignments and trans-
missions, disclaimers, conditions, limitations, and such other matters
relating to stich trade marks as may be prescribed. The register
shall be kept under the control and managel-nent, of the Registrar.

5. There shall not be entered in the register any noticc of any
trust expressed, implied, or constructive, nor shall any such notice
be receivable by the Registrar.

* As aniended by No. 21 of 1911.
f As anxended by No. 12 ol 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





6. The register of trade marks existing at the commenceinent or'
this Ordinance shall be incorporated with and Llorm part of the
register. Snbject to the provisions of sections 36 and 41, the
validity of the original eidry ol trade mark upon the register
co incorporated shall be determined in accordance with the Ordi-
rjance in force it the, date of such entry, and such trade mark shall
retain its original date, but for all other purposes it shall be deemed
to be a trade mark registered under this Ordinance.

7. The recyister shall during office flours be open to the inspection
of the. public, subject to such as may be prescribed ; and
certified copies, sealed with the seal of the Registrar, of any entry
therein, shall be givcn to any person requirign the same on payment
of the prescribed fee.

Registrable Tradc
8. A trade mark must be registered in respect of particular goods
or classes of goods.

9. A registraMe trade mark must contain or consist of at least one
of the. following essential :-
(1) te name of a company, individual, or firm represented in a
special or particular manner
(.2 ) the signature (in otlier than Chinese characters) of the
applicant for registration or of some predecessor in his business;
(3) an invented word or invented words:
(4) a word or words having no direet reference to the, cliaracler
or quallity of the goods, and not being according to its. ordinary
signification a geographical name or a, surname
(.5) any other distinctive :
but a name, signature, or word or word other than such as full
within the descriptionsin the above paragaraphs (1), (2), (3), and (4)

shall not, except by order of the Governor or the Court, be deemed
a distinctive mark.
Provided always, that any speciA or distinctive word or words,
letter, imineral, or conibination of letters or numerals used as a
trade mark by the applicant or his predecessors in business before
the 13th August, 1875, wbich has continued to be used (either in
its original form or with additions or alterations riot substantially

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As ameided b~ No. 12 of 1912 and _No. 13 of 1912.





affecting the identity, of the same) down to the date of the applica-
tion for registration, shall be registrable as a trade mark under this

Ordinance, if it is already tegistered in, the United Kingdom as an
old inark tised before the said datc.
For the purposes of lhis section - distinetive - Shall mean
adapted to distinguish the goods of the proprietor of the trade inark

from those of other persons.
In determining wherther a trade inark is so adapted, the Trihunal
may, in the case of a trade inark ill actual ase, Jake into considera-
tion. the extent to which Suell usel has rendered such trade
mark in fact distitielive for the goods wiffi respect to which it is
registered or proposed to be regislered.

10. A trade mark niay be limited in whoic or in part to one or
more specified colours, and in sueb cast,' the fitet that it is so limited
shall be. taken into consideration bvhavilw to deelde
on the distinctive ebaracler of such lrade mark . If and so far as
a trade mark is registered witfloul limitation of colour it shall be
deemed to be registered for all colours.

11. It shall not be lawful to register as a trade mark or part of a
trade maek any matter, the use which would by reason of its
being calculated to deceive or otherwise be disentifled to protee-
tion in a, Court of Justice, or would be contrarv to law or morality,
or any scandalous design.

Registration of Tradc Marks.
12.-(1) Ally person claiming to be the proprietor of a trade

mark who is desirous of registering tbe saine must apply in writing
to the Registrar in the prescribed manner.

[sub-s. (2), rep. _No. 21 of 1911.]

(3) Snbject to the provisions of this Ordinance the Registrar niay

refuse an application, or inav accept it absolutely or subject to
conditions, amendments, or modificatiolls.

(4) In case of any such refusal ot. conditional acceptance
the Registrar shall if required by the applicant, state in writing
and communicate to the applicant the grounds of his decision and
the materials used by him in arriving at the same, and such decision
shall be subject to appeal to the Governor oi: the Court at the option

* As amended by '.No. 21 of 1911 and ~No. 13 of ign.





of the applicant. The Tribunal shall, if required, hear the applicant
and the Registrar, and shall make an order determining whether,
and subject to what conditions, amendments, or modifications, if
any, the application is to be accepted.
(.5) Appeals under this section shall be. heard on the materials so
stated by the Registrar to have been used by him in arriving at his
decision, and no further grounds of objection to the acceptance of
the application shall be allowed to be taken by the Registrar, other
than those stated by hini, except by leave of the Tribunal hearing
the appeal. Where any further grounds of objection are taken the
applicant shall be entitled to withdraw his application without pay-
inent of costs on giving Dotice.
(6) The Registrar or the Governor or the Court, as the case may
be, may at any tline, whether before or iftei, acceptance, correct
any error in or in connection with the application, or may permit
the applicant to amend his application upon such terms as he or it
may think fit.

13. When an application for registration of a tnide mark has been
accepted, whether absolutelyor subject to conditions, the applicant
shall, as soon as may be after such acceptance, cause the applica-
tion, as accepted, to be advertised in the prescribed manner. Such
advertisement shall set forth all conditions subject to which the
application has been accepted.

14.-(1) Any person may, within the prescribed tinie from the
(late of the advertisement of an application for registration of a
trade mark, give notwe to the Registrar of opposition to such re-
gistration.

(2) Such notice shall be given in writing in the prescribed

manner and shall include a statement of the grounds of opposition.

(3) The Registrar shall send a copy of such notice to the applicant
and, within the prescribed tinie after The receipt of such notice, the
applicant shall send to the Registrar, in the prescribed manner, a
cotinter-statenient of the grounds on which he relies for his applica-
tion, and if he does not do so he shall be deemed to have abandoned
his application.

(4) If the applicant sends such counter-statement, the Registrar
shall furnish a copy . thereof to the persons giving notice of
opposition, and shall after hearing the parties, if so required, and





considering the evidence, decide whether, and subject to what
conditions, registration is to be permitted.

(5) The decision of the Registrar shall be subject to appeal to
the Court or, with the consent of the parties, to the Governor.

(6) An appeal under this section shall be inade in the prescribed
manner, and on such appeal the Tribtinal shall, if required, hear
the parties and the Registrar, and shall make an order deterinining
whether and subject to what conditions, if any, registration is to be
permitted.

(7) On the hearing of anly such appeal any party may, either in
the manner prescribed or by special leave of the Triblinal, bring
forward further material for the considenifion of the Tribilrial.

(8) In proceedings under this section no further ground, of
objection to the registration of a trade mark shal be allowed to be
taken by the opponent or the Registrar other 1Nin those. stated by
the opponent as berein-above provided, excepI bY leave of the
Tribunal hearing the appeal. Where any hirther grounds of
objection are taken the applicant shall be entitled to withdraw his
application without, payment of the costs of the opponent on Cliviner
notice as prescribed.

(9) In any appeal tinder this section,, the Tribunal may, after
bearing the Registrar, permit the trade inark proposed to be
registered to be modified in any manner not substantially affecting
the identity of such trade mark but in such case the trade mark
as so niodified shall bc advertised in the prescribed manner before
being registered.

(10) The Registrar or, in the ease of an appeal to the Governor,
the Governor, shall have power in proceedings under this section
to award to any party costs of such proceedings or any part thereof
an& to direct how and by what parties and on what scale they are
to be, paid. Such costs shall be taxed before the Registrar of the
Supreme Court and shall be recoverable in the same manner as
costs in an action.

(11) If a party giving notice of opposition or of appeal neither
resides nor carries on business in the Colony the Registrar or the
Tribunal may require such party to give security for costs of the
proceedings before it relative to such opposition or appeal and, in
default of such security being dul.y given, may treat the opposition
or appeal as abandoned.





15. If a trade mark contains parts not separately registered by
the proprietor ,is trade mark or if It contains rnatter common to
the tnide or otherwise of a nen-distinctive character, the Registrar
or the Governor or the Court, in deciding whether such trade mark
shall be entered or shall reinain upon the register, may require, as
a condition of its being upon the register, that the proprietor shall
disclalin any right to the exclusive tise of any part or parts of such
trade mark, or of all or any portion of such niatter, to the exclusive
use of which the Tribunal holds blin riot to be entitled, or that he
shall inalke such other disclaimer as the Tribunal may consider
needful for the purpose of defining his rights tinder such registra-
tion : Provided alwavs that no disclaimer upon the register shall
affect any rights of the proprietor of a trade roark except such as

, se out of the registration of the trade mark in respect of which
the diselainier is made.

16. When an application for registration of a trade mark has
been accepted and has not been opposed and the tline for notice
of opposition has expired, or, having been opposed, the opposition
has been decided in favour of the applicant, the Registrar shall
register the. said trade inark, and the trade mark, wheil registered,
shall be reuistered as of the date of the application for registration,
and sneh date shall be deemed for the purposes of this Ordinance
to be the date of registration.

17. On the registration of a trade rnark the. Registrar shall
issue to the applicant a certificate in the prescribed form of the,
registaration of such trade mark under the hand and seal of
the Registrar.

18. Where registration of a trade mark is not completed within
12 nionths from the. date of the application by reason of default on
the part of the applicant. the Regitrar may, after giving notice of
the non-completion to the applicant in writing in the prescribed
nianner, treat the application as abandoned unless it is completed
the tinie specified in that behalf in such notice.

Identlical Trade Marks.

19. Except in. the case of trade mark in use be fore 13tb August,
1875, which are registered in the United Kingdom as old marks

used before the said date, no trade mark shall be re istered

in respect of any goods or description of goods which is identical





with one belonging to a different proprietor which is already on the
register with respect to such goods or description of goods, or so
nearly resembling such a trade mark as to be calcuLited to deceive.

20. Where each of several persons claims to he proprielor of the
same. trade mark, or of nearly identical trade marks in respect of
the. same goods or description of goods, and to be registered as such
proprietor, the Registrar may refuse to register as of theni until
their rights have been determined by the Court, or Itive been
settled by agreeinent in a manner approved by him or on appeal by
the Court.

21. The Registrar may refuse to register any trade mark if it is
proved to his satisfaction by the person opposing the application for
registration that such mark is identical with, or so nearly resembles
as to be calculated to deceive, any trade mark whiell is already
registered (in respect of goods of the same deseription as those in
respect of which registration in Hongkons, is applied for) in
a country or place from which goods of that description originate.
Provided always tbat Do application to register shall be refused
under this section in the following cases:-
(a) if the, applicant-, proves that. he or his predecessors lin business
have in Hongkong in connection with such goods as aforesaid
continuously used the trade mark, the registration of which is
applied for, from a date anterior to the date of the registration of
the other trade mark in such country or place of origin; or
(b) unless the opponent gives an Undertaking to the satisfaction

of the RegistraT. that be will. within 3 nionths from the giving of
the notice of opposition, apply for registration in Hongkong of the
trade mark so registered in the country or place of orl-gin. and will
take. all necessary steps to complete such registration

22. A trade mark when registered shall be assigned and trans-
mitted only in connection with the goodwill of the business con-
cerned in the goods for which it flas been registered, and shall be
determinable with that goodwill. But nothing in this section
contained shall be deemed to affect the right of the proprietor of a
registered trade isiark to assign the right to use the same in any
Britisb possession or protectorate or foreign country in connection
with any.goods for which it is registered together with the goodwill
of the business therein in such goods.





23. In any case where from any cause, whether by reason of
dissolu tion of partnership or otherwise, a person ceases to carry on
business, and the goodwill of such person does not pass to
one successor but is divided, the Registrar may (subject to
the provisions of this Ordinance as to associated trade marks), on
the application of. the parties interested, permit an apportionment
of the registered trade marks of the person among the persons in
fact continuing the business, subject to such conditions and
niodifications, if any, as he may think necessary in the public
interest. Any decision of the Registrar under this section shall be
subject to appeal to the Court.

Associated Trade Marks.

24. If application is made for the registration of a, trade mark so
closely reseinbling a trade inark of the applicant already on the
register for the same goods or description of goods as in the opinion
of the Registrar to be calculated to deceive or cause confusion if
used by a person other than the applicant, the Tribunal hearing
the appplicant may require as a condition of registration that such
trade marks shall be entered on the register as associated trade
marks.

25. If the proprietor of a trade mark claims to be entitled to the
exclusive use of any, portion of such trade mark separately, he may
apply to register the same as separate trade marks. Each such
separate trade mark inust satisfy all the conditions and shall have
all the incidents of an independent trade mark, except that when
registered it and the trade inark of which it formia part shall be
(teemed to be associated trade marks and shall be entered on the
register as such, but the user of the whole trade mark shall for the
purposes of this Ordinance be deemed to be also a -user of such re-
gistered trade marks belonging to the saine proprietor as it con-
tains.

26. When a person claiming to be the proprietor of several trade
marks for the same description of goods which, while resembling
each other in the material particulars thereof, yet differ in respect
of-

(a) statements of the goods for which they are respectively used
or proposed to be used; or

(b) statements of number, price, quality, or names of places; or





(c) other matter of a non-distinctive character which does nog,
substantially affect the identity of the trade mark; or
(d) colour ;
seeks to register such trade marks, they may be registered as
a series in one registration. All the trade marks in a series of trade
marks so registered shall be deemed to be, and shall be registered
as, associated trade marks.

27. Associated trade marks shall be assignable or transmissible
only as a whole and not separately, but they shall for all
otner purposes be deemed to have been registered as separate trade
marks. Provided that, where under the provisions of this Ordi-
nance user of a registered trade mark is required to be proved for
any purpose, the Tribunal may, it and so far as it shall theink right,
accept user of an associated registered trade mark, or of the trade
marR with additions or alterations not substantially its
identity, as an equivalent for such user.

Renewal of Registration
28. The registlation of a trade mark shall be for a period of 14
years, but may be renewed from time to time in accordance with
the provisions of this Ordinance.

29. The Registrar shall, on application made by the registered
proprietor of a trade mark in the prescribed manner and within the
prescribed period, renew the registration of such trade mark for a
period of 14 years from the expiration of the original registration

or of the last 'renewal of refistration, as the case may be, which
date is herein termed ---the expiration of the last registration

30. At the prescribed time before the expiration of the registration
of a trade mark the Registrar shall send notice in the prescribed
manner to the registered proprietor at his registered address of the
date at which the existing registration will expire and the conditions
as to payment of fees and otherwise upon which a renewal of such
registration may be obtained, and if at the expiration of the time
prescribed in that behalf, such conditions have not been duly com-
plied with, the Registrar way remove such trade mark from the
register, subject to such conditions, (if any), as to its restoration
to the register as may be prescribed.

31. Where a trade mark has been removed from the register for
non-payment of the fee for renewal, such trade mark shall, never-





theless, for the purpose of any application for registration during
one year next after the date ol such removal, be deemed to be a
trade mark which is already registered, unless it is shown to the
satisfaction of the Registrar thal there has been no bonti fide trade
user of such trade mark during the 2 years immediately preceding
such reinoval.

Correction and Rectification of the Register.

32. The Registrar may, on request made in writing by the
registered proprietor or by soine person entitled bs- law to act in hic
name,-

(1) correct any error in the name or address of the registered
proprietor of a trade mark ; or

(2) enter any change in the naine or address of the person who is
registered as proprietor of a trade mark ; or

(.3) cancel the entry of a. trade mark on the reuister ; or

(4) strike out any goods or classes of goods froin those. for whicl

a trade inark is registered ; or

(.5) enter a disclaimer or memorandum relating, to a trade niark
Whiell does riot in any way extend the rights given by the existing
registration of such trade mark.

Any decision of the Registrar under tlus section sliall be subject t
appeal to the Court.

33. SubJect to the provisions of this Ordinance, where a person
1)econies entitled to a, registered trade niark by assignment, trans-
mission., or other operation of law, the Registrar shall, on request
made in the prescribed manner and on proof of title to his
satisfaction, cause the name and address of such person to be
entered on the register as proprietor of the trade mark.

Any decision of the Registrar under this section shall be subject
to appeal to the Court.

34. The registered proprietor of a*ny trade inark may apply in
writing to the Registrar for leave to add to or alter such trade mark

in an,y mariner not substantially affecting the identity of the same,
and the Registrar may refuse such leave er may grant the same on
such ternis as he may think fit, but any such refusal or'conditional





permission shall be subject to appeal to the Court. If leave
be granted, the trade mark as altered shall be advertised in the
prescribed manner.

35. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinarice,-
(1) the Court may, on the application in writing of any person
aggrieved by the non-insertion in or omission from the register of
any entry, or by any entry made in the register without sufficient
cause, or by any entry wrongly remaining 011 the register, or by
any error or deiect in any entry in the lie register, inake such order for
making, expunging, or varying such entry, as it may think fit;

(2) the Court may in any proceeding under this section decide
any question. that it may be necessary or expedient to decide in
connection with the rectification of the register

(3) in case of fraud in the registration or transimission of a
registered trade mark the Registrar inaly hiniself apply to the
Court under the provisions of this section;

(4) any order of the Court rectifying the register shalldirect that
notice of the rectification shall be served upon the Bwgistrar in the
prescribed niamier, who shall upon remipt of such notice rectify
the register accordingly.

36. No trade rnark which is upon the register at the commence-
inent of this Ordinance and which under this Ordinance is a
registrable trade mark shall be reinoved from the register on the
ground that it was not registrable under the Ordinance in force at
the date of its registration. But nothing in this section contained
shall subject any person to any liability in respect of any act or
thein gdone before the commencement of this Ordinance to which
be would not have been subject under the Ordinance then in force.

3~. A registered trade mark may, on the application to the Court
of any person aggrieved, be taken oll the register in respect of any
of the goods for which it is registered, on the ground that it was
registered,by the proprietor or a predecessor in title without any
bond. fide intention to use the same in connection with such goods,
and that there has in fact been no bond fide user of the same
in connection therewith, or on the ground that there has been no
bond. fide user of such trade mark in connection with such goods
during the 5 years immediately preceding the application, unless in
either case such non-user is shown to be due to special cir-





cumstances in the trade, and not to any intention not to use or to
abandon such trade mark in respect of such goods.

Effect of Registration.

38. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance,-

(1) the person for the time being entered in the register as
proprietor of a trade mark shall, subject to any rights appearing
from such register to be vested in any other person, have power to
assign the same, and to give effectual receipts for any consideration
tor such assignment ;

(2) any equities in respect of a trade mark may be enforced
like manner as in respect of any other property.

39. Subject to the provisions of section 41 and to any limitations
and conditions entered upon the register, the registration of a
peison as pioprietor of a trade mark shall, if valid, give to such
person the exclusive right to the use of such trade mark upon or
in connection with the goods in respect of which it is registered
Provided alwaya, that that two or inore persons are registered
proprietors of the same - (or substantially the same) trade niark in
respect of the same goods, no rights of exclusive user of such trade
mark shall, except so far as their respective rights shall have been
eteaned bY the Court be acquired by any one of such persons
as against any other by the registration thereof, but each of such

persons shall otherwise have the same rights as if he were the sole
registered proprietor' thereof.

40. In all legal proceedings relating to a re-istered trade inark

(including applications under section 35), the fact that a person
is registered as proprietor ol such trade inark shall be prima facic
evidence of the validity of the original registration of such trade
mark and of all subsequent assignments and transi-luissions of the
same.

41. In all legal proceedings relating to a registered trade mark
(including applications under section 35), the original. registration
.of such trade mark shall after the expiration of 7 years from the
date of such original registration (or 7 years from the passing of
this Ordinance, whichever shall last happen) be taken to be valid

* At; aniended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp, Sched.





in all respects unless such original registration was oblai ed
by fraud, or unless the trade mark offends against the provision of
section 11.

Provided that nothing in this Ordinance shall entitle the pro-
prietor of a registered trade mark to interfere with or restrain the
user by any person of a similar trade mark upon or in connection
with goods upon or in connection with which such person has, bs
himself or his predecessors in business, contintionsly such
trade mark from a date anterior to the user of the first mentioned
trade mark by the proprietor thereof or his predecessors In business.

42(1) The Court maY, on the ipplication in writing made.
within 7 years from the registration of a trade niark in Hongkong by
any person aggrieved by such registration, remve such trade trade inark
from the register, if it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court that
such trade mark is identical with, or so nearly resemabels as to be
calculated to deceive, any, trade inark Which was, prio to the
registration in llongkong of the first mentioned trade inark,
registered (in respect of goods of the same deserlplion as those in
respect of which the first mentioned tradeIs registered in
Hongkong.) in a country or place. from which goods of that descrip
tion originate.

Provided always that no trade mark shall be removed from the
register under this section in The following cases:-
(a) if the proprietor of the other trade mark consented to the
registration in llongkong of the first mentioned trade mark; or
(b) if the proprietor of the trade mark registered in Hongkong

proves that he or his predecessors in business have continuously
used such trade mark in Hongkong in connection with sneb goods
as aforesaid from a date anterior to the date. of the reluistration of
the other trade mark in the country or place of origin : or
(c) unless the applicant proves either that within the 5 years im-
mediately preceding the making of the application under this sec-
tion there has been bonl fide user in connection with such goods
as aforesaid in Hongkong of the trade iiiark registered in the
country or place of origin, or that the special circumstances of the
trade account for the non-user of such trad6-mark in Hongkong
within the same period, or that the trade mark so registered in tbe
country or place of origin was first registered there within the like

* Aq amended by No. 13 of 1912.





period of .5 years, and in either event gives an undertaking to the
satisfaction of the Registrar that lie will within 3 months from the
making of the application under this section apply for registration
in Hongkonf ol the tradcmark so registered in the country or place

of origin, and will take all necessarY steps to coniplete such regis-
tration.

(2) All applications mider this section shall be heard in open
Court in the Supi.enie Court in its Original Jurisdiction.

43. No person shall be entitled to institute any proceedings to
recover damages for the infringenieni of a trade inark not registered

in the Colony.

44. In an action for the infringement of a trade mark the Court
trying the question of infringement shall admit evidence of the
of the trade in respect to the get-up of the goods for which

the trade mark is registered, and of any trade marks or get-

up legitimately used in connection wi h such goods by other
persons.

45. No recristration under this Ordinance shall interfere with any

bov4 fide use by a person of his own narrie or place of business, or
that of any of his predecessors in business, or the use by
any person of any bo'n4 fide description of the character or quality
of his goods.

46. Nolhing in this Ordinance contained shall be deenied to affect
rights of action against any person for passing off goods as those of
another person or the reniedles in respect thereof.

Legal Proceedings.
47. In any legal proceeding in which the validity of the regis-
tration of a registered trade niark comes into question and is
decided in favour of the proprietor of such trade mark, the Court
may certify the same, and if it so certifies, then in any subsequent
legal proceeding in which such validity conies into question the
proprietor of thi. said trade inark on obtaIniDg a, final order
or judgment in his favour shall have his full costs, charges, and
expenses as between solicitor and client, unless in such subsequent
proceeding the Court certifies that lie ought not to have the same.

48. In any legal proceeding in which the trlirt sought includes
alteration or rectification of the register, the Registrax shall have
the right to appear and be heard, and shall appear if so directed by





the Court. Unless otherwise directed by the Court, the Registrar
in lieu of appearing and being lleard. may submit to the Court a
statement in writing signed by him, giving particulars of the pro-
ceedings before him in relation to the mlatter in issue or of
the grounds of any decision given by him affecting the same or of
the practice of the office in like cases, or of such other matters re-
levant to the issues, and within his knowledge as such Registrar,
as he shall think fit, and such statement shall be deenied to form
part of the, evidence in the proceeding.

Costs.

49. In all proceedings before the Court under this Ordinance the
costs of the Registrar shall be in the discretion of the Court, but
the, Registrar shall not be ordered to pay the costs of other of
the parties.

Evidence.

50. In any proceedings under this Ordinance before the Registrar
or the Governor, the evidence shall be given by statutory declra-
tion in the absence of directions to the contrary, but, in any case
in which lie shall think it right to do, the Registrar or the
Governor may (with the consent of the parties) take evidence riva
roce. in lien of or in addition to evidence by declaration. Any such
statutory declaration may in the case of appeal be used before the
Court in lieu of evidence by affidavit, but if so used shall have all
the incidents and consequences of evidence by affidavit.

In case any part of the evidence is taken vird roce the Registrar
or the Governor shall in respect of requiring the attendance
.of witnesses and taking evidence on oath be in the same position in
'all respects as a special referee of the Supreme Court.

51. Printed or written copies or extracts of or froni the register,
purporting to be certified by the Registrar under his seal, shall be
admitted in evidence in all Courts and in all proceedings without
further proof or production of the originals.

52. A certificate purporting to be under the hand of the Registrar
as to any entry, matter, or thing which he is authorised by
this Ordinance to make or do, shall be primd facie evidence of the

It As. aniended by No. 12 of 1912.





entry having been made, and of the contents thereof, and of the
matter or thing having been done or not done.

Powers and Duties of Registrar of Trade Marks.
53. Wbere any discretionary or other power is given to the
Registrat. hY this Ordinance lie shall not exercise that power
adversely to the applicant for registration or the registered proprie-
tot. or the trade mark in question without (if duly required so to do
within the prescribed tinie) giving such applicant or registere.1
proprietor an opportunity of being heard.

54. Except where expressly given by the provisions of this
Ordinance there shall be no appeal front a decision of the Registrar
otherwise than to the Governor, but the Court, in dealing with any
question of the rectification of the register (including all applica-
tions tinder section 3.5) shall have power to review any decision of
Ibe. Registrar relating to the entrY in question or the correction
sought to be made.

55. When by this Ordinance any act has to be. done by or to any
person in connection with a trade mark or proposed trade mark 011
any procedure relating thereto, such act may, under and in accord-
ance with rules made under this Ordinance, be, done by or to an
agent of such party duly authorised in the prescribed manner,

Appeals to the Governor.
55a-Where under this Ordinance an appeal is made to the
Governor he may refer such appeal to the Court in lieu of hearing
and deciding it. himself, but unless the Governor so refers the
appeal it shall he heard and decided by him and his decision shall
be final.

Rules.
56. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinqnce the Governor-in-
Council may, make such rules, prescribe such forms, and generally
do such things as he thinks expedient,-

(a) for regulating the practice under this Ordinance:

* As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 21 of 1911 and No. 18 of 1912.
As amonded bNo. 50 of 1911 gnd No. 12 of 1912.





(b) for classifying goods for the purposes of registration of trade
marks :

(c) for making or requiring duplicates of trade marks and other
documents
(d) for securing and regulating the publishing and selling or dis-
tributing, in such nianner as the Governor-in-Council thinks fit, of
copies of trade marks and other documents:
(c) generally, for regulating the business of the office ux relation
to trade marks and all things by this Ordinance placed under the
direction or control of the Registrar.

Fees.
57. There shall lie paid in respect of applications and registration
and other matters tinder this Ordinance such fees as may lie
prescribed and notified by the Governor-in-Council

Special Trade Marks.
58. Where any association or person undertakes the examination
of any goods in respect of origin, material, mode of manufacture,
quality, accuracy, or other characteristic, and certifies the result
of sucii examination by mark used upon or in connection with such
goods, the Governor-in-Council may, if he shall judge it to be lo
the public advantage, perinit such association or person to recrister
such mark as a trade inark lit respect of such goods, whether or

not such association or person be a trading association or trader
or possessed of a goodwill in contiection with such exanifliation and
certifying. When so registered such trade mark shall be deemed
in all respects to be a registered trade mark, and stich association
or person to be the proprietor thereof, save that such trade mark
shall be transmissible or assignable only by permission of the
Governor-in-Council.

Offences.
59. If any person makes or causes to be made, a false entry in
the register kept under this Ordinance or a writing falsely purport-
ing to be a copy of an entry in any such register, or produces or
tenders or causeo to be produced or tendered in evidence any such
entry or writing, knowing the same to be false, he shall be guilty of
a misdemeanor.

As atneDded by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amelided by No. 13 of 1912.





60.-(1) Any person who representp a trade mark as registered
in Hongkong which not so registered shall be liable for every
offence, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 50 dollars.

(2) A person shall be deemed, for the purposes of this Ordinance,
to'represent that a trade mark is registered in Hongkong, if lie uses
in connection with the trade mark the words - registered in
Hongkong -, or any words expressing or implying that registration
has been obtained in 11ongkong for the trade mark.

Royal Aris.
(1 61. If aliv person, without the authority of Flis Majesty
uses in
connection with any trade, business, calling, or profession, the
Royal Arins (or arins so closely resembling the same as to
be calculated to deceive) in such manner as to be calculated to lead
to the belief that he is duly authorised so to use the Royal Arms, or
if any person, without the authority of His Majests. or a member o?
Ilic Boval Family, uses in connection with any trade, business,
calling, (r profession any, device, eniblein, or title in such manner
as to be calculated to lead to the belief that lie is employed
by or supplies goods to His Majesty or to such member of the Royal
Family, he inav, at the suit of any person who is authorised to use
such arnis or such device, emblem, or title, or who is authorised
by the Governor to take proceedings in that behalf, be restraiDed
by injunction from. continuing so to use the same : Provided that
nothing in this section shall be construed as aflecting the right, if
any, of the proprietor of a trade mark containing any such arms,
device, eniblein, or title to continue to use such trade mark.
Is. 62, rep. No. 12 of 191-2.]

63. The Governor may appoint the Registrar under this -or-
dinance imiriediately after its commencement and thereafter all
matters and things hitherto transacted and done by the Colonial
Secretary under the Trade Marks Ordinance, 1898, may be
transacted and done by the Registrar, but in all other respects this
Ordinance shall corne into operation on Ist April, 1910.

No. 41 of 1909, incorporated in No. 15 of 1901.

amended b.x No. P3 of 1912.
A,' aniended b ' v No. 12 of 1912 and No. 4'1 of 1912 Supp. Selied.
As amemled bx _No. 12 of 11312 and No. 13 of 1912.
Short title. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 1. Interpretation of terms ib.s. 3. Register of trade marks. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 4. Trust not to be entered on register. Ib. s. 5. Incorporation of existing register. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 6. Inspection of and extract from register. Ib. s. 7. Trade mark must be for particular goods. Ib. s. 8. Registrable trade marks. Ib. s. 9. Coloured trade marks. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 10. Restriction on registration. Ib. s. 11. Application for registration. Ib. s. 12. Advertisement of registration. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 13. Opposition to registration. Ib. s. 14. disclaimers . 5 ecw. 7 c. 15 . Date of registration . Ib. s. 16 . Certificate of registration ib. s. 18. Identical marks.. Ib. s.. 19. rival claims to identical marks . 5edw. 7 c. 15s.. 20. Protection of marks reistered in country of origin. Assignment and transmission of trade marks. Ib. s. 22. apportionment of marks on dissolution of parnership . 5 edw. 7 c. 15 s. 23. Associated trade marks. Ib.s .24. Combined trde marks . Ib. s. 25.series of trade marks ib. s. 26. assignment and user of associated trade marks . 5 edw. 7 . C. 15s. 27. Duration of registration . Ib. s. 28. Renewal of registration . Ib. s. 29. Procedure on expiry of period of registration ib. s. 30. Status of unrenewed trade marks. Ib. s. 31. correction of register . A5 edw. 7 c. 15 s. 32. Registration of assignments ib.. S. 33 . Alteration of registered trade mark ib. s. 34. rectification of register . 5 edw. 7 c. 15s. 35. Tade marks registered under previous enactments ib. s. 36.non-user fo trade mark ib. s. 37. Powers of registered proprietor. 5 Edw. 7 c.15 s. 38. Rights of proprietor of trade mark. Ib.s.39. Registration to be prima facie evidences of validity. Ib.s.40. Registration to be conclusive after 7 years. Ib.s.41. Removal of mark on proof of prior registration in country of origin. Unregistered trade mark. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15, s. 42. Infringement. Ib.s.43. User of name, address, or description of goods. Ib.s.44. 'Passing off' action. Ib.s.45. Certificate of validity. Ib.s.46. Registrar to have notice proceeding for rectification. Ib.s.47. Costs of proceedings before Court. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 48. Mode of giving evidence. Ib.s.49.Sealed copies to be evidence. Ib.s.50. Certificate of Registrar to be evidence ib.s.51. Exercise of discretionary power by Registrar. 5 Edw. 7 ib.s.53. Appeal from Registrar. Recognition of agents. Ib.s.55. Appeals to the Governor Power of Governor-in-Council to make rules. Ib.s.60. Fees. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 61. Standardization trade marks. Ib.s.62. Falsification of entries in register. Ib.s.66. Penalty on falsely representing a trade mark as registered. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 67. Unauthorised assumption of Royal Arms. Ib.s.68. Commencement of Ordinance.

Abstract

Short title. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 1. Interpretation of terms ib.s. 3. Register of trade marks. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 4. Trust not to be entered on register. Ib. s. 5. Incorporation of existing register. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 6. Inspection of and extract from register. Ib. s. 7. Trade mark must be for particular goods. Ib. s. 8. Registrable trade marks. Ib. s. 9. Coloured trade marks. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 10. Restriction on registration. Ib. s. 11. Application for registration. Ib. s. 12. Advertisement of registration. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 13. Opposition to registration. Ib. s. 14. disclaimers . 5 ecw. 7 c. 15 . Date of registration . Ib. s. 16 . Certificate of registration ib. s. 18. Identical marks.. Ib. s.. 19. rival claims to identical marks . 5edw. 7 c. 15s.. 20. Protection of marks reistered in country of origin. Assignment and transmission of trade marks. Ib. s. 22. apportionment of marks on dissolution of parnership . 5 edw. 7 c. 15 s. 23. Associated trade marks. Ib.s .24. Combined trde marks . Ib. s. 25.series of trade marks ib. s. 26. assignment and user of associated trade marks . 5 edw. 7 . C. 15s. 27. Duration of registration . Ib. s. 28. Renewal of registration . Ib. s. 29. Procedure on expiry of period of registration ib. s. 30. Status of unrenewed trade marks. Ib. s. 31. correction of register . A5 edw. 7 c. 15 s. 32. Registration of assignments ib.. S. 33 . Alteration of registered trade mark ib. s. 34. rectification of register . 5 edw. 7 c. 15s. 35. Tade marks registered under previous enactments ib. s. 36.non-user fo trade mark ib. s. 37. Powers of registered proprietor. 5 Edw. 7 c.15 s. 38. Rights of proprietor of trade mark. Ib.s.39. Registration to be prima facie evidences of validity. Ib.s.40. Registration to be conclusive after 7 years. Ib.s.41. Removal of mark on proof of prior registration in country of origin. Unregistered trade mark. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15, s. 42. Infringement. Ib.s.43. User of name, address, or description of goods. Ib.s.44. 'Passing off' action. Ib.s.45. Certificate of validity. Ib.s.46. Registrar to have notice proceeding for rectification. Ib.s.47. Costs of proceedings before Court. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 48. Mode of giving evidence. Ib.s.49.Sealed copies to be evidence. Ib.s.50. Certificate of Registrar to be evidence ib.s.51. Exercise of discretionary power by Registrar. 5 Edw. 7 ib.s.53. Appeal from Registrar. Recognition of agents. Ib.s.55. Appeals to the Governor Power of Governor-in-Council to make rules. Ib.s.60. Fees. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 61. Standardization trade marks. Ib.s.62. Falsification of entries in register. Ib.s.66. Penalty on falsely representing a trade mark as registered. 5 Edw. 7 c. 15 s. 67. Unauthorised assumption of Royal Arms. Ib.s.68. Commencement of Ordinance.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/972

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

43

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 40 of 1909

Number of Pages

19
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:50 +0800
<![CDATA[HARBOUR OF REFUGE ORDINANCE, 1909]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/971

Title

HARBOUR OF REFUGE ORDINANCE, 1909

Description






No. 39 of 1909.
To authorise the construction and maintenance of a Harbour of
Refuge at aikoktsio, Mongkoktsui, and Yaumati
[12th November, 1909.]



1. The Harbour of Refuge Ordinwice, 1909.

[12th November, 1909.]

2.-(11) It shall be, lawful for the Governor to construct and main-
tain upon and over the bed of the sea and foreshore between the
south-western cornet, of Rowloon Marine Lot No. 32 nod the north-
western corner of Kowloon Maxine f jot No. 49 at Taikoktsui,
Mongkoktsui, and Yamnati, the works authorised by this Ordinance
within the limits shewn and delineated in red upon a plan signed by
the Director of Public Works and countersigned by the Colonial
Secretar , dated 11th Noveinber, 1909, and deposited in the Public

Works Office.

(2) The Governor may make such alterations in the said works
as he may deem expedient so long as such works- do not extend
beyond the limits shewn by red chain-dotted lines on the said plan
and marked ---Harbom. of Refoge, Boundary -, and do not when
completed interfere with direct access to the sea along the whole
of the western frontaues of Kowloon Narube Lots 3.2 and 49 : Pro-
vided that the sea wall protecting any reelaniation of the foreshore
or sea bed adjoining and lying to the south of Kowloon Marine Lot
312) shall not be altered so as to extend to the westward of the position
shown on the said plan.

(3) During the construction of the said works, such cofferdams,
~1
stagings, and otber accessory works as may be necessary or con-
venient for the execution of the said works, may be. temporarily con-
structed and maintained within the limits specified in sub-section (2).

3. A duplicate of the said plan signed and countersigned as afore-
said shall be deposited in the Land Office.

4. The works authorised by this Ordinance comprise the follow-
ing :-

(1) The constructing of a detached rubble-mound ind breakwater
1
commencing at a point about 1,000 feet south by east of the south-
western corner of Kowloon Marine Lot 32, and terminating at a

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912~
As amended by No. 60 of 1911.





point about 900 feet west by north of the north-western corner of
Kowloon Maxine Lot 49; the said breakwater to be constructed
entirely on the. sea bed of the harbour.

(2) The constructing of a masonry jetty commencing at the
western end of'Saigon Street, and terminating at a point about 450
feet west by north of the point of commencement; the said jetty to
be constructed on the foreshore and sea bed of the harbour.

(3) The reclaiming of a portion of the foreshore or sea bed adjoin-
0
ing and lying to the sotith of Eowloon _Marine Lot 32, and the
protecting of the area so reclaimed bs, means of walls and other
necessary works.

(4) The levelling and reclaiming of the area, of Crown land,
foreshore, or sea bed bounded as follows :-On the north by Public
Square Street: on the east by Reclaination Street, Eowloon Inland
Lots .563 and .562, and Canton Road ; on the south by Kowloon
Inland Lots 555 and Battery Street, Eowloon Inland Lots -563
and 56-5, Canton Road, and Salgon Street : and on the west by
imaginary lines connecting a point on the north side of Saigon
Street and about .2.50 feet distant from the west side of Canton Road
with a, point on the south side of Public Square Street and opposite
to the south-western corner of Kowloon Marine Lot 39.

5. It shall be lawful for the Governor to remove, destroy, divert,
stop tip, raise, lower, enclose, or otherwise alter such streets, drains,
sewers, vacant ground, wharves, piers, landing places, rails and
other things as may, in the discretion of the Governor, be necessary
or desirable for the purpose of effecting the works authorised by this
Ordinance.

6. The Governor shall maintain the said refuge works out o
moneys to be provided from the general revenne.

7. So far as the said works (includiDg any accessory works) have
heretofore been constructed and maintained. such construction and
maintenance is hereby validated.

8. All public and private rights of navigation or fishing, and all
public and private rights of access, tiser, possession or occupation,
and all other public or private rights (if anv) in, upon, and over such
portions of the land, sea. bed and foreshore as are or shall be occupied

* As aiiieiidecl by No. 12 of 1912.





by the said works, are hereby determined, and shall be deemed to
have ceased to exist prior to the commencement of the said worhs.

9. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be in derogation of any of the
powers or rights of the Crown in ewspect of said sea bed and
foreshore.


10. The land, bed of the sea, and foreshore levelled or reclainled
tinder this Ordinance is hereby declared to absolutely the propertY
of the Crown, free from any restriction whatever, and may be dealt
with and disposed of as any other Crown lands.

11. Nothirilg in this Ordinance shall be deemed to recognise any
foreshore rights whatever against the Crown, nor shall anything in
this Ordinance be deemed to affect any right or claim as between.

12.-(1) Any of the persons whose names appear in the Land
Office as the registered owners of Kowloon arine Losts 20,20 or 31,
or of any section or sub-section having a frontage on Reclamation
Street of either of the said Lots or of Kowloon Marine Lot 31 (who
are hereinafter referred toas the claimants ) hall, if they deem that
their property may be injuriously affected by reason of its access to
the sea being interfered with by the works authorised by this Orid-
namce, on or before 31st December, 1909, deliver to the Director
of Public Works particulars in writing of such injurious affecting
and of their claims in respect thereof, and the Governor may, if he
thinks fit, a ward to any such slaiimant such a sum of money, or such
a Crown lease of any portion of the area to be levelled and reclaimed
under the authority of this Ordinace, as he may in his discretion
think sufficient as and by way of compensation for any such in-
jurious affecting, and the Director of Public Works shall notify any
such clamant in writng of the amount or Crown lease so awarded.

(2) The Governor may instead of awarding any compensation
under this section enter into an agreement with any claimant for
the compromise or settlement of any claim as the Governor may
think fit.

(3) Whenever any claimant shall be dissatisfied with the com-
pensation awarded by the Governor under this section such claimant
may within 4 weeks from the date of such notification as aforesaid




* As ~iijieiid(.~cl by No. 6 of 1911, N70. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
notify the Director of Public Works in writing accordingly, and the
Governor shall refer such clairn with the particulars thereof to one
of the Judges. Such -judge shall hear any evidence which either the
Pirector of Public or the clannant inay wish to tender and,.
11 so desired, hear counsel or solicitors on behalf of the Crown and
the claimant, and shall determine the amount ol compensation, if
any, to he pald to any- such clainiant for any such injurious affecting
as is deseribed in stib-section (1) of this section, and may award costs
in his discretion either for or against the Crown or for or against any

parties claiming compensation, such costs in case of difference to be
settled by the Registrar of the Supreme Court

(4) No appeal shall lie from any award or decision of a Judge
under this section.

13. For the purposes of the hearing of any clalin for compensa-
tion such Itjd-e shall have powers similar to those vested in the
c
Supreme Court on the occasion of any action in respect of the
following inatters :-
(a) enloreing the attendance orand examining them
upon oath, or otherwise ; -
(b) conipelling the production of docinuent's,
(c) punishing persons gnilty of contempt
(d) ordrering inspection of any prernises . and
(e) entering upon and viewing of any premises.
Short title. Authority to construct and maintain certain Harbour of Refuge works. Duplicate plan. Works authorised. Power of Governor for purposes of effecting works. Maintenance of works. Past work legalized. Determination of public and private rights. Saving rights of Crown Property in reclaimed foreshore and sea bed vested in Crown. Foreshore rights not recognized. Provision for claims for injurious affecting certain Marine Lots. Powers of Judge in claims for compensation.

Abstract

Short title. Authority to construct and maintain certain Harbour of Refuge works. Duplicate plan. Works authorised. Power of Governor for purposes of effecting works. Maintenance of works. Past work legalized. Determination of public and private rights. Saving rights of Crown Property in reclaimed foreshore and sea bed vested in Crown. Foreshore rights not recognized. Provision for claims for injurious affecting certain Marine Lots. Powers of Judge in claims for compensation.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/971

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 39 of 1909

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:50 +0800
<![CDATA[CHRISTIAN BURIAL GROUND ORDINANCE, 1909]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/970

Title

CHRISTIAN BURIAL GROUND ORDINANCE, 1909

Description


No. 38 of 1909.
To set apart certain Crown Land to be used as a Burial Ground
for persons professing the Christian Religion.

1 [12th November, 1909.]

1. The Christian Burial Ground Ordinance, 1909.

2. All that piece of land sliewn and delineated in red npon a plan
signed by the Director of Public Works and countersigned by the
Colonial Secretary, dated 128th October, 1909, and deposited in the
Land Office is, subject to the right of way which is shewn upon the
said plan, hereby set apart as a burial ground for persons professing
the Christlan. Religion, and no burial other than that of such a
person shall take place therein.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 48 of 1912.
As amended bv No. 12 of 1912 and No. 18 of 1912.
No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by
Short title. Burial ground reserved for members of the Christian community.

Abstract

Short title. Burial ground reserved for members of the Christian community.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/970

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 38 of 1909

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:49 +0800
<![CDATA[RECREATION GROUNDS ORDINANCE, 1909]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/969

Title

RECREATION GROUNDS ORDINANCE, 1909

Description


No. 35 of 1909.
To proride for the Reservation of certain lands in Victoria, in the
Peak.. District, and in Kowloon as Recreation Grounds.

1. The Recreation Grounds Ordinance, 1909.

[29th October, 1909.]

2.-(1) The pieces of land situate in Victoria, in the Peak district,
and in Kowloon, respectively known as 'Blake Garden', 'West
End Park', 'Peak Gardens', and 'King's Park', delineated
and shown on plans signed by the Director of Public works and
As amended by 'No~ 12 of 1912 and No. 45 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
countersigned by the Governor, and deposited in the Land Office,
shall be reserved as open spaces and be appropriated for the purposes
of public recreation : Provided that if at any time it shall appear to
the Governor that it is necessary or desirable in the interest either
of the Imperial Government or of the Government ol this Colony,
that such land or portion thereof should be re-appropriated, it shall
be lawful for the Governor to re-appropriate such land or any portion
thereof and to use it or allow its use for other purposes.

(2) Notice of stich re-appropriation shall be forthwith published in
the Gazette.

3. The. said pieces of land are herebY declared to he public places
within meaning of the Pubile Places Regulation Ordinance, 1870,
and all rerulations relatring to - Blake Gardens West End
Park -, and - Eing's Park, Kowloon--- licretofore. made under the
sa.1d Ordinance and now In Lorce, are hereby confirmed and shall be
deemed to apply respectively in the saine manner as if they had been
made after the passing of this Ordinance.

Short title. Reservation of Blake Gardens, West End Park, the Peak Gardens, and the King's Park as recreation grounds. Confirmation of existing regulations No.2 of 1870.

Abstract

Short title. Reservation of Blake Gardens, West End Park, the Peak Gardens, and the King's Park as recreation grounds. Confirmation of existing regulations No.2 of 1870.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/969

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

132

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 35 of 1909

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:49 +0800
<![CDATA[STEAM BOILERS ORDINANCE, 1909]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/968

Title

STEAM BOILERS ORDINANCE, 1909

Description



No. 32 of 1909.
To Provide for the periodical inspection of Steam Boilers and
Prime Movers. [29th October, 1909.]

1. The Steam Boilers Ordinance, 1909.

2.-(1) In this Ordinance-

'Boiler' includes any cylinder or vessel for generating steam
under pressure.
'Prime mover' includes anu steam-engine, fly-wheel, first
diving shaft, and pulley atached to any such engine.
'Owner' includes any agent or hirer using any boiler or prime
mover.

(2) This Ordinance shall not apply to boilers or prime movers
used on board of ships or boats.

3.the Governor may appoint inspectors to inspect boilers and
prome mmovers who for the purpose of such inspction are hereby



As arnended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by i'~,o, 50 of 1911 and No. 13 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 51 of 1911,





enipo - wered to enter any premises in or upon which any such boiler
or prune mover may be at any time between 6 a.m. and 6 p.m., or
at any time when the machinery 'Is in motion.

4. The owner of a boiler or prime mover shall not use the same
unless a certificate has been duly granted in respect thereof in the
inanner hereinafter provided not. shall be continue to tise such
boiler or prune mover after the expiration of the period for which
such certificate is granted.

5. If the owner of a boiler or prime mover gives notice to
an inspector of his desire to have the same inspected, the nspector
to whom such notice is given shall make a thorough examination of
such boiler or prime mover and every part thereof at a time to be
appointed by him between sunrise and sunset, and within a
reasonable period after such notice, and the owner or person in
charge thereof shall afford to sneb inspector all reasonable facilities
for such exanunation and in such information as may reasonablY
be required.

6. If the inspector after making such examination is satisfied
that such boiler or prime inover is in good condition lie shall on
payinent by the owner thereof of the prescribed fees deliver to hini
a certificate in the form in the schedule.

7.-(1) The Governor may revoke any such certificate on any
of the following grounds :-
(a) that it has been fraudulently obtained or erroneously granted
~3

(b) that it has been granted without sufficient inspection
(c) that the boiler or prinie mover in respect of which it has been
granted lias sustained injury or is not in good condition, or is not
in charge of a person competent to have charge of the same;
(d) that the pressure of steam used is greater than is allowed by
the certificate.
(2) On such revocation an inspector, not being the person who
granted ther revoked certificate, shall again examine the boiler or
prime mover in respect of which it was granted, and if he is satisfied
that the same is in good condition and in charge of a competent
person he shall grant another certificate.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As aLnended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 aiid No. JS of 19112
SUPP. Sched.





8. The owner of a boiler or prime mover who holds a certificate
therefor shall at all reasonable times during the period for which it
is in force be bound to produce such certificate whern called upon to
do so by any -Magistrate or by an inspector.

9. The owner of a boiler or prime mover who uses the same with-
out or contrary to the terms and conditions of a certificate duly
obtained and in force in respect thereof, shall be liable, on summary
conviction, to a fine not exceeding 200 dollars, and to a further
penalty not exceeding .30 dollars for everv day after conviction dur-
ing which such offence is continued.

M-W The Governor-in-Council may make regulations for any
of the following purposes :-

(a) for prescribing the tinies at and the inamier in which boilers
and prime movers shall be inspected, including the preparations to
be made for emptying and cooling down boilers, opening man and
mud hole doors, cleaning out grates, flues, and the like;

(b) for regulating the pressure of steam under which any boiler
may be worked;

(c) for prescribing the qualification to be possessed by engineers
and engine drivers before being entrusted with the care or manage-
ment of boilers or prime movers. and, in case of those not possessing
g
a certificate of competency as enPneers or engine drivers, for pre-
scribing the nature of the exa mination as to their competency and
the issue to thel-ii of certificates of competency;

(d) for prescribing the fees to be paid for the inspection of boilers
and prime movers, and for the issue of certificates authorising the
use of such boilers and prime movers and for prescribing the fees to
be paid for the examination of and for the grant of certificates of
competency to engineers and engine drivers

(e) for prescribing the precautions to be taken on the change of'
engineers and engine drivers, and the notices to be given by the
owners of boilers and prime movers of any contemplated change of
engineer or engine driver.

(.2) Before any such rule is made a draft thereof shall be laid on
the table of the Legislative Council and published in the Gazette,

As aniended by No. 13 of 1912.
As ainended by No. -30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
& As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 18 of 1012.

and if the same is disapproved by resolution of the Legislative Coun-
cil within 6 weeks froin the date of such publication it shall not be
made.

SCHEDULE

Hongkong.
CERTIFICATE FOR BOILER OR PRIME MOVER.
Name of owner ........................................
Situation of boiler or prime mover ...............
Description of boiler and age ......................
Description of prime mover and age ............
Power ......................................................
When and where made ...............................
When and where hist repaired -
Maximum pressnre of steam allowed ............
Time for which boiler or prime mover is to be
used and certificate to be in force......................

1, the undersigned, certify that 1 have, examined the boiler (or prime mover) above
described, and to the best of my judgment the boiler (or prime mover ) as shown in the
above statement is in good condition.

Dated Inspector Short title. Interpretation and application. Inspectors to be appointed. Prohibition of use without a certificate. Inspectors to examine boiler or prime mover on notice. Inspector's certificate. Power to revoke certificate. Certificate on re-examination. When owner bound to produce certificate. Penalty for using boiler or prime mover without certificate. Regulations.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation and application. Inspectors to be appointed. Prohibition of use without a certificate. Inspectors to examine boiler or prime mover on notice. Inspector's certificate. Power to revoke certificate. Certificate on re-examination. When owner bound to produce certificate. Penalty for using boiler or prime mover without certificate. Regulations.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/968

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

56

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 32 of 1909

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:49 +0800
<![CDATA[OPIUM ORDINANCE, 1909]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/967

Title

OPIUM ORDINANCE, 1909

Description


No. 23 of 1909.
To amend and consolidate the lairs relating to Opimn and its
compunds.

1. The Opium Ordinance, 1909.

2. In this Ordinance,-

[2nd September, 1909.]

---Raw opium--- means any kind of opium not prepared for
smoking, chewing, swallowing or injecting, and includes the leaves
or wrappIngs in which opium balls have been wrapped:

Prepared opium---means any preparation of opium. or any pre-
paration in which opium forms an ingredient which preparation is
used or intended to be used for smoking, but it does riot include dross
opium or any of the alkaloids or salts of the alkaloids of opium

As aniended by No. 12 of 1912.
f As amended by No. 11 of 1910, No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912,
No. 13 of 1912, No. 22 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp.
Sehed.





The subjecting of opium of any kind to any degree of artificial
heat, for any purpose whatsoever, shall be taken to be the preparing
of such opium :

Opium dross--- means the residuum produced by smoking pre-
pared opium:

---Dross, opium--- mean., a preparation of opluin in which opium
dross is an ingredient :
---Halan ' means the residuum produced by smoking dross opium

---Compound of opium---nieans any substance except opium pre-
pared for smoking purposes, which contain.-, any constituent or
alkaloid or salt of an. alkaloid of opium :

The presence of meconic acid and of one other constituent of
opi tim shall be considered to be proof of the presence of opium

' Morphine---includes morplila and all salts of morphine and any
solution or preparation containing morphine or its salts :
' Opium' includes raw opium, oium, prepared opium, opium dross,
dt..oss opium, halan, compounds of opium and inol-phine :
' Chest of opitini---rneans i package with the raw opium contain-

ed in it of the size and character generally used by merchants for the
importation of raw opinin :

Loose opium ---ineans all raw opium folind or discovered other-
wise than in a chest full of one quality of raw opium
---The Colony---includes the waters of the Colony

---Farm---means any exclusive privilege granted tinder this Ordi-
dinance :

'farmer 'means any holder Of any slich exclusive privilege

Oplurn farmer--- ineans the holder Of the exclusive privilege of

preparing and selling prepared opium in the Colony, either inclusive
or exclusive of dross opium:
Dross farmer--- means the holder, if any, of the exclusive pri-
vilege of collecting and purchasing opitun dross and preparing and
dealing in dross *opium in the Colony:

Where there is no opium farmer, or no dross farmer, this, Ordi-
nance shall be read as if the Governor-in-Council, or any person
licensed for the purpose by the Governor-In-Council, were expressly
named instead of the opium fariner, or as if the Colonial Secretary,
or any person licensed for the purpose by the Colonial Secretary,





were expressly named instead of the dross farmer. And payment
or delivery to the Treasurer, for the use of the public revenue, or to
an excise officer for the same, purpose, shall In all such cases be taken
to be payment or delivery to such farmer under this Ordinance

Ship--- includes any steam-vessel, sailing-vessel, junk, boat, or
sainpan, and any kind of craft used or adapted to be used either for
the conveyance of persons or things by water or for occupation by
persons or storage of things, whether afloat or not :

---Steamship--- Includes any vessel propelled by steani and any
motor boat :

---Opium divan--- includes any house, Ship, room, or other place
used-
(1) for the sale of prepared oplurn or dross opium to be smoked
on the premises; or

(2) for the smok ing of prepared opium or dross oplunt where a fee

or its equiValent is charged

-.Divan keeper--- nieans and includes the occupier or person
having the use temporarily of any opluni divan, or any person having
or appearing to have the care or management of such place, and also
any person who acts in any manner assisting in conducting the busi-
ness of any such place or keeping watch in or about the same
---Implement--- rneans any vessel, utensil, instrument, or other
thing which has been used, or which is probably intended to be used,
for containing opium, or foror aiding in preparing any
opium, or for smoking opium:

Any opium, implement, or other thing shall, for the purposes of
this Ordinance, be deemed to be in the possession of any person if
he has such opium, implement, or thing in possession, custody, or
control, by himself or by any other person :

---Chemist or druggist--- means a cheinist or druggist registered
under the Pharmacy Ordinance, 1908 :

---The Superintendent--- ineans the Superintendent of Imports
and Exports:
---Commissioner of Customs means a Conn-missioner of the Chi-
nese Maritime Customs:
---Importer---means and includes any person who brings or causes
to be brought by land or sea any opium into the Colony, and the
owner, part 'owner, mortgagee, and pledgee of any opium brought





by land or sea into the Colony by such person, and any agent who
lias authority to transfer ownership or possession or holds documents
of title to such opium; but does not include any shipowner or other
common carrier who carries opinin in the ordinary course of business
for the importer thereof :

- To export - means and includes to convey out of the Colonv
and to do .iny act preparatory to or for the purpose of causing con-
veyance, out of the Colony.

PART I.

RAW OPIUM.

3.-(1) No person shall import, or aid or abet the importation of
any raw opiuni into the Colony if such iniportation shall have been

notified in the Gazette in pursuance of any resolution of the Legisla-
tive Council a., being illegal.

(.2) The provisions of sub-section (1) shall not apply, to opium
Miported by or for the use of the opitini fanner xvith the writteri
consent oil the Supernitendent previously obtained, and further,
shall not apply to opiurn brought into the Colony on any steamship
under a bill of ladin,g to some place to whicb such opium may by the
laws of sucl) place be lawfully imported, provided that such poium
shall not be reinoved froin such steamship whIlst in the waters of
the colony.

(3) No person shall import, or aid or abet the linportation of all
loose opium into the Colony.

4.-(1) It shall be lawful for the Treasurer, on such ternis and
condition,,, as may be approved by the Governor-in-Couneil, to grant
licences for the sale or export of loose opium, and no person, except
the holder of such a licence, shall be permitted to sell or barter
within the Colony or to export from the, Colony any loose opium
except as provided in section 6.

(2) A licence to sell raw opitun wrappings intended for export in
quantities less than one chest shall be. Issued to the opium farmer
free ol charge for the period of his farni.

As amended b ' \ No. 39 of 1911, No. 12 f ISM 2 and, No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.
As wilended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





(3) It shall not be lawfill to purchase, sell, or barter quantities less
than one ball of Berigal raw opium or 3 cattles of AIalwa, Persian,
or Turkish raw opium in the Colony.

5. it shall be the chity of the holder of a licence granted under
section 4 to altach to all parcels of loose opitnii sold by him a certi-
ficate in form 1 in schedule A.

6. NO persor), except the opium farmer or a licensee under section
4 shall have in his possession or under his custody or control any
loose opium without a certificte of purchase from a licensee, unless
he can show , to the satisfaction of a Magistrate-
(a) that the said loose oplimi is covered by a certificate of 011C of
the licensees; and
(b) that he has received it mider an official export perwit under
section 10 :
-Provided always that it shall. be in the absolitte discretion of the
Superintendent to grarit or withhold the same wid ffiat this secti
shall not apply to samples not exceeding 2 taels covered by a certi-
ficate of the importer, which certificate shall be countersigned by the
opium farmer.

7.it shall be the duty of everry licenseee under section 4 to keep a
register of the particulars of purchase and sale, in such form as the
Governor may order.

8.-(1) Every persoti who offetids against the provisions of
tions 8, 4 or 6 shall, on summary cnviction, be liable to a fine not
exceeding 1,000 dollars together with the lorfeitirre of the raw
opium, or the Magistrate inay order a period of imprisonment, in
lieu of a portion of the penalty, provided the whole imprisonment
does not exceed 6 nionths.

(2) Notwithstanding the penalty for the breach of conditions to
which a licensee under section 4 is subject, it shall. be lwful for a
Magistrate to impose on such licensee a fine not exceeding .500
dollars for a breach of any such conditions in case it may not be
deemed advisable to proceed for the full penalty under the licensee's
bond.

* As antended b ' x No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
+ As amended b - v '.\o. 12 of 1912 and No. l.3 of 1912.
As ainended 1) ' v Xo. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912
and Xo. 21 of 1912.





9. Every person importing into the Colony raw opium shall
forthwith report the saine to the Superintendent giveing the number

of chests, and shall, before landing such opium or any part
thereof, send or cause to be sent to the Superintendent a. requisition,
in forin 2 in schedule A, giving the particulars therein required,
wheretipon the Superintendent shall furnish a pernilt, in form 3 in
the sald schedule, authorising the raw opluni to be landed and stored,
and siteli perinit shall be exhibited to the oplum fariner or his agent,
and shall be s'll-ned by Inin or his agent, and shall not be used or
acted twon until it has been so signed.

10-(1)Every person moving raw opittin for exportation shall,
before doing so, send to the Sitperintendent a requisition, in form 4
in schedule -A, furnishin- the particulars therein required, where-

upon the Superintendent shall grant in export permit, in form .5 in

the said schedule, authorising the sald raw opinni to be exported.


(2) The owner or shipper shall cause stich permit to be exhibited
to the opium farmer or his agent, and stich permit shall be signed
by him or his agent, and shall not be used or acted upon until it has
been so signed.

11.-(1) The superintendent shall furnish the master of every
ship carrying raw opium for export with a memeorandum containing
the particulars set forth in form 5 in schedule A, and no vessel carry-
ing raw opium shall, subject to the provisions of section 13, depart
from the colony without such memorandum.
(2) The Superintendent shall furnish the master of every
bound for a port in China, farward a duplicate of such memorandum,
by post, to the Commissioner of Customs at the port of destination,
in the case of a junk or steam launch or motor boat, he shall farward
the said duplicate memorandum to the Hongkong and shanghai
Bank at Hongkong for transmission to the Commissioner of customs
controlling the customs station through which suh raw opium is to
pass.
12. Elvery person who inoves a ebest of opium froln one. place to
another witbin the Colony or transships stich chest withill the waters
thereof shall, before. doing so, furnish to the SuperintendeDt a re-
quisition properly filled up, in form 6 in schedule A, whereupon the
Superintendent shall furnish a prmit,in form 7 in the said schedule,
As amended b\ _No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 aii(l No. 13 of 1912.
As atilended by No. 50 of 1911.





authorising the removal or transshipmetn of the said raw opium,
which permit shall be exhibited to the opium frrmer or his agent,
and upon until it ha been so signed.

13. In the event of the arrival it or departure from the, colony of
any steamship carring raw, when the Superintendent's office office
is closed or may be closed before application for a pernilt call be
made', it shall be lawful for the agetit of stich stean',ship to land or
ship any raw opium which is entered on the ship's nianifest without
a permit, and to deliver any raw ophim so landed to the owner or
consignee thereof or to keep the same, in his own custody, but, so
soon thereafter as the Superinterndetn's office is opened, the said
agent shall apply for the necessary pernilt and furnish the reopuslite
particulars.

14. In the event of the deparWre Front tbe Colony of' any steam-
ship bound for a port in China carrying before applica-

tion for in export permit can be made (in the ciremnstances stated
in the last section), the shall, on rceipt of the
requisite particulars, telegraph the same at the expense of the
exporter to the Commissioner of Customs at the post of destination,
and forward, as soon as practicable, the memorandumm provided for
in section 11 500 dollars.


15. The inaster of the departing from the Colony 'without
the memorandum reqby section 11 (except in the case provided
for by section 13) shall, on sun-iniary conviction, be, liable to a, fine
not exceeding 500 dollars,

16. Except as provided in section 13, no removal or movement of
raw oplurn whatever. under sections 10 and 1.2) shall be, allowed be-
tween 6 p.m. and 6 a.m. Irom October to Mareb, inclusive, or
between 7 p.m. and .5 from Aprfl to September, inclusnve,
unless the requisition mentioned in the sald sections so states and
unless the Superintendent in his discretion, in and by the permits
mentioned in the sald sections, so directs.

17. Every person who offends against or does not coniply with any
of the provisions of sections 9, 10, 12, 13 and 16 shall, on summary

A., amended by. No. 50 of 1911 , No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1412.
A~ amended by No. 30 of 1911. No. 12 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
AR ainended ~Y No. 51 of 1911. and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended ~y No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912
and No. 21 of 1912.





conviction, be liable- to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars, and,
further, any raw opium imported, exported, stored, or moved, or
attempted to be imported, exported, stored, or moved, contrary to
the provisions of any of the. foregoing sections shall be seized and
may be forfeited.

18-(1) Every importer of raw opluniand person storing the same
shall keep a register, in such form as the Governor may require,
showing the number of chests imported or stored by hini and how
and to wboin they were disposed of.

(2) _Marks and Government mimbers lit the case of Beingal. opium
shall be oriveti, and such other marks or numbers, in the case of other
sorts of raw oplurn, as the. Soperintendent way require to be placed
upon them

( 3) Every offence for non-conipliance with the requirements of
this section shall be punishable with a fine not exceeding 500
dollars.

19-(1)The Superintendent or his deputy shall be at liberty at
any time and as ofteu as he may think fit, to demand in writing
front every person having any raw opium in his possession, custody,
or control an account in writing of the ram, opium so held at the time
of such demand, and, in the case of chests, the inarks and numbers,
and the Superintendent or his deputy shall be at liberty at any time
to enter the ptrmidrd where such raw opluin is and to inspect the
same.

(2) Every person who refuses to give such account or without
reasonable caiise shown, to permit such entry, or gives a false or
incorrect account, Shall, on slumnarv coii~7letion, be liable to a, fine
not exceeding 500 dollars, in addition to any other penalty which
may be recoserable under the terms and conditions nieDtioned in
section 4.

20. If any raw opium is found, on a search authorised under this
Ordinance, to have been imported contrary to the provisions thereof
or to be missing from the place in which it was stored on importation
or from the place where, according to the permit, it ought to be
found stored, the person in whose possession such raw opium so
imported may be found, or in whose name such raw opium so miss-

As amended b ' v No. 30 of 1911.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 19;2 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended hy No. 30 of 1911, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.





ing has been so stored, shall, on summary conviction, be liable to a
fine not exceeding 500 dollars for every chest of opium which is
found to have been so imported or to be so missing.

21. If the opium farmer refuses or neglects, or without sufficient
cause unreasonably delays, to do any of the-acts or things herein-
before provided and required to be done by hirn, he shall, on
summary conviction, be liable to a fine for each such offence not
exceedino, 500 dollars.


22. The half of all fines inflicted by a Magistrate for any offence
against this Ordinance in respect of raw opium or loose opium shall,
when the arrest and conviction are due to action taken by the opium
farmer or his excise officers, be paid to the opium farmer, and the
raw opium or loose opium in respect of which such offence has been
committed shall be forleited by the '-'\laoIstt.ate and may in his
discretion be adjudged to the opium farmer.

PART 1I.
PREPARED OPIUM AND DROSS OPIV.M.
Farnis.
23.-(1) The Governor-in-Council may grant to any person, for
such considerations, and on such conditions, and for such periods,
and in such form as may be determined by the Governor-in-Council,
the sole privilege of preparing opium and of selling prepared opium
within the Colony and either inclusive or exclusive of the privileges
mentioned in this Ordinance in relation to dross opium.

(2) Such privilege may be offered for sale either by sealed tender
or at public auction, and the time for sending in such tenders or of
holding such auction shall be previously notified in the Gazette, in
English and Chinese, and by advertisement in one or more daily
newspapers.

(3) The Governor-in-Council may also grant to any person the
like privilege as aforesaid by private contract, if it appears desirable
in the interests of the Colony to do so.

(4). The accepted bidder for or the grantee of such privilege,
before he shall become entitled to the benefit thereof, shall give

As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by. No. 21 of 1912.
As arnended by.No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1.3 of 1912.

1





such security as the Governor-in-Council may require for the due
performance of the conditions of such privile.ge and of his stipula-
tions or agreement in respect thereof.


(.5) The farmer shall not, without the permission in writing of
the Governor, assign or sub-let to any person any of the rights and
privileges vested in hum by the contract, and such assignment or
sub-lease if allowed sha11 not in the absence of any express state-
ment to that effect operate to relieve the farmer or his sureties from
any liability under the contract or froni liability for the acts of the
person to whom such assignment or sub-1ease may be inade.

(6) The farmer or dross fariner shall not inanufacture or prepare
or sell or offer for sale or authorise any, person to sell or offer for
sale any prepared opium or dross opluin of a quality other than such
Rs may be prescribed by regulation under this Ordinance.

(7) The farnier shall perinit the Superintendent and the Govern-
nient Analyst and such other European officers as may be appointed
.generally on that behali by the Governor, to enter and 1D.Spect the.
farin office. and -any ace used by the farniet. for the business of
manufacturing, preparing, storing, distributing, or selling opium,
and every of any such place, and shall further pernut any such
officer to take for analysIs saniples of raw opluin, prepared opium,
dross opium, opium dross or halan, or any niaterials used or capable
of being used in the preparation thereof and lound therein.

(8) The farmer shall upon demand by the Superintendent or
other European officer as aforesaid produce for his inspection and
permit him on behalf of the Government to inspect, examine, and
take extracts from all books of account kept by the farmer in con-
nection with the business of the farm or in connection with the
farin partnership, and all bank pass-books, agreenients, contracts atid.
other documents whatsoever examination of which may be necessary
or desirable to permit of a thorough investigation by the Govern-
inent of the manner in which the farm business is conducted and
of the profits or losses arising tberefrom.

24. All applications, notices, and process required to be made,
given or served to or upon the farmer under this Ordinance or under
the terms of any farm, may be directed to ---the Opium Farmer
without giving the name of any person, and. may be made, given
or served at the farm office between 6 a.m. and 6 p.m. on any day

As amended by No. 51 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 22 of 1912.





in the year, including holidays, and such service shall be deemed to
be. good and effectual service for all purposes.

25.-The opium farmer may, in his discretion, grant licences
to suitable persons authourising themto sell prepared opium or dross
opium but subjct to such cnditions as may be approved by the
Governor-in-council.
(2) When there is no opium farmer th eGovernor-in Council
may, in hsi discretion, granat licences to suitable persons authorising
them to prepare and sell prepared opium and dross opium on such
conditions a may ne approved by the Governor-in council

26.-(1) The governor-in Council may, on such terms as he may
think expedient, grant the privilege of collecting oplinn dross and
of preparing and dealing ill dross opium.
(2) The grantee thereof nlay grant licences to Persom., approved
by him to collect opium dross or to prepare or deal lit dross oplUM.
(3) Every such licensee, when collecting, shall such bad've
as the Governor way direct.

27. If the consideration money for ally privilege granted under
this Ordinance or ally instalnient thereof, is not paid within one
month .next after the clay appointed for the payntent tliereof, the
said privilege shall become null and void upon the Governor-
in-Council publishing a notification in the Gazete to that effect
and, over and above all other liabilities tinder this Ordinance or ally
conditions of such privilege, the fariner sliall be liable to nIake good
to the Governor all losses or expenses incurred by reason of such
default in payinent, or by reason of ally re-sale or re-rant of such
privilege which the G over nol-in -C ouncil may thereupon inake, and
to make which lie is bereby authorised.

Transfer of Farm
28.(1)The opium farmer shall, one month before his privilege
expires, give public notice, in forin 3 in schedule B, that
such privilege is to expire on the day nanied lit such notice, which
shall be the last day of his exclusive privilege, and that no prepared
opium or dross opium, purchased from such farmer, or from any
licensee of such farmer, can be used without the consent of the new
farmer after noon of the third day next after such date.

As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





(2) Such notice shall be printed in English and Chinese, and the
farmer shall supply copies thereof to all persons licensed by him
tinder this Ordinance, and every such licensed person shall exhibit
such notice in the place where he sells prepared opium or dross
opium, in a conspicuous position, so as to be plainly visible to every
person entering such place.

29. The opium farmer shall riot, during the 3 months preceding
the end of ins terin, prepare more than the usual quantity of pre-
pared opium and dross opium, and neither lie nor his licensees shall,
during such 3 months, sell any prepared opium or dross opium at
less than the average current prices of the day or in greater
quantities than is usual at the time of year, and at the end of his
terin such farmer or his licensees shall not sell, export, or otherwise
make away with or dispose of any of his or their stock of prepared
opium or dross opium,, but shall make over to the incoming fariner
the full and complete stock of raw opium, prepared opium and
dross opliuni then in his or their possession, at the marketable value
thereof, togethere with all furniture, fittings, and implements
used in or about the opluin farmer's premises for the purposes of
his privilege, and the incoming farmer shall be bound to take over
and pay for the same accordingly.

30. All licensees of the Governor-in-Councll under section 2.5
when there is no opium farmer, shall, during the last 3 months of the
period of their licences, be subJect to such restrictions as to the
eltiaiitliles of prepared opium and dross opium they shall prepare
and sell as the Governor-in-council may determine.

31-(1) In the event of any difference arising between the in-
coming and outgoing opium farmers as to the quantities of prepared
opium or dross opium produced or-sold during the last 3 months of
the term and the value of the same, or as to the nature and quanti-
ty.of the raw or prepared opium so to be purchased or made over
or the values thereof, or as to the value of the furniture, fittings,
and implements aforesaid, such difference shall be determined by
three arbitrators, one to bc appointed by the incoming farmer, one
by the outgoing farmer, and one by the Governor.
(2) The majority of the arbitrators may determine, and are here-
by empowered to decide in each particular case, what are usual

As amended by No. 50 of 1911 aild No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





quantities of prepared opium and dross opium within the ineariing
of this Ordinance.

(3) The award of the arbitrators or of a majority of them shall
be final, and the arbitration or such other settlement shall be held
at such time after the end of the term of the outgoing farmer as
may seem reasonable to the Governor.

(4) Any award made may be filed in the Supreme Court pursuant
to the Code of Civil Procedure.

32. In case either the in.conling or the outgoing oplual larmer
falls to appoint an arbitrator within 10 days from his receiving
notice from the Governor to do so, the other two arbitrators inay
proceed with the award, and, in case of difference of opinion, they
shall appoint an umpire, whose award shall be final, and may be
filed in the Supreme Court pursuant to the sald Code.

33. The Governor shall fix the time withlo which the award of
the arbitrators is to be completed, and such tinte shall be specified
on the appointment of each arbitrator.

34. The arbitrators shall have the same powers as if the appoint-
illeid and reference to arbitration had been inade by an order of the
Supreme Court under the said Code.

Importation and Exportati0P.
35.-(1) It shall be, lawful for the opium farmer, subject on each
occasion to the consent of the Superintendent signified ill writing
under his band having been obtained, to bring into the Colony
prepared opium, opium dross, dross opimn, or halan. No person
except the opium farmer acting with such consent shall bring into
the Colony any prepared opium, opium dross, dross opium, or
halan.

(2) No person, except the opium farnier, his licensees, and
persons duly authorised by him in writing, shall have in his posses-
sion within the Colony any prepared opiurn withoid having a valid
certificate under section 39.
(3) No person shall have in his possession within the Colony
any dross opium without the knowledge and*consent of the dross
farmer.

* As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





(4) No person, except a dross farmer or a duly licensed person
tinder this Ordinance, shall, within the Colony collect opium dross
or halan or have in his possession, without the knowledge and consent
of the dross farmer or his licenses, any opium dross or halan, except
such as may be the result of his own smoking or of smoking on his
own premises (rhe burden of proof whereof shall lie on such person),
and such oploin dross or halan shall in no case exceed 2 taels in
weight: Provided tliat when any person has in his possession any
soch oplurn dross or halan in excess of 2 taels in weight, and gives
notice thereof to the dross farmer, the dross farmer shall purchase
the same at a fair and reasonable rate.
(.5) -N-o person shall bave in his possession any opium dross or
halan except such as results froin snioking the opium farmer's pre-
pared opinin or dross opium.
(6) No person shall sell any opium dross or halan except to the
oplinn farnier or dross farmer.

36. It shall be unlawful for the opittin farmer, his licensees or any
other persons whomsoever to export or cause to be exported pre-
pired opium or dross opiton front the Colony to China or French
Indo-China or to any country which prohibits the import of prepared
opium or dross opium.
Provided always that this section shall not be construed as ap-
plying to the possession by -a passenger by steamer from Hongkong
to China or French Indo-China or to any such country as aforesaid
of a quantity of prepared opium or dross opitun, to be used for per-
soal consumption on the voyage, not exceedign 5 mace fro every
day of the Voyage.
Provided also that the nanies of all countries which prohibit the
import of prepaued optnin or dross opium shall be notified in the
Gazette.

37. No persoll shall export any prepared opium or dross opium
from the Colorly to alty cotintry or place to which it is lawful to
export. the same, iin!ess lie shall first obtain the permission in writ-
ing of the Superintendent who may require such particulars of des-
tination, mode ol despatch or otherwise as he rnay deem necessary.
Provided always that this section shall not be construed as ap-
plying to the possession by a passenger by steamer from Hongkong

As amended by 'No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 11 of 1910 aild No. 12 of 1912.





to any country or place not within the Co.ony of a quantity of pre-
pared opium. or dross opium, to be used for personal consumption
on the voyage, not exceeding .5 mace for every day of the voyage.

Sale of Prepared Opium.
38-(1) No person, except the opium farmer, shall prepare
opium withirt the Colony.

(2) No person, except the opium farmer and any duly licensed
person under this Ordinance, shall sell or offer or expose for sale any
prepared or dross opium.

(3) No person except the opium farmer or dross farmer or any
person duly licensed tinder this Ordinance to deal in or prepare dro.~9
opium sliall deal in or prepare any dross opium.
Provided that no trader in onium. shall be prevented from bond

fide testing samples of opritin coveredd by a certificate tinder the
proviso to section 6, and keeping the same for tbe purposes of his
trade, the burden of proof whereof shall in each case be upon anY
person alleging the saine in his defence.

39.-(!) Every person selling prepared opium, shall deliver

therewith a certificate, in English or Chinese. in such form as the
Governor may appiove, specifying the date of the sale, the name
of the purchaser, and the quantity sold.

(2) The certificate shall be issued frorn books provided with
cotinterfolls, and both the certificates and the counterfoils shall bear
corresponding and consecutive printed numbers.
(3) The certificate shall be stamped by the seller with the stanip
used by him in carryIng on his business, and shall be evidence of
the facts therein stated; it shall not be transferable.

(4) If any person is charged with the possession of prepared
opium without a valid certificate, he shall not be entitled to produce
or put in evidence, or cause, to be produced or put in evidence, any
certificate, as covering the prepared opium. in respect of which he is
charged, prior in. date to the last certificate granted to him, unless
he has received permission from the opium, farmer to keep or store
prepared opium, which permission shall appear on the certificate
produced or put in evidence.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No, 12 of 1912 and '-\o, 13 of 1912.





(5) When there is no opium farmer the certificate shall be in
form 92 in schedule B.

(6) No person shall sell any prepared opium or dross opium to
any female or to any person under 16 years of age.

40. No certificate granted by the opium farmer under section 39
or by any licensee under the opium farmer sball be valid after noon
of the third day from the date of the expiration of such opiuna~
farmer's priviledge.

Regulations.
41. The Governor-in-Council ma make regulations for any of
the following purposes:-

07) to determine, the quality of prepared opium and dross opium
to be sold by the opium farmer or dross farnier or their licensees;
(b) to determine the pack-ages and receptacles in which prepar-
ed opium and dross opium shall be sold to the public and the
quantities to be contained therein;
(c) to prescribe the keeping of such books and registers and the
making of such returns by the opium farmer or the dross farmer as
may be cAsidered necessary or desirable to permit of a thorough
investigation being made by the Government of the manner in
which the farm business is conducted and of the profits or losses
arising therefroni.

42. The Governor-in-Council may also make regulations as to
the fines for breaches of any conditions or regulations made under
this Ordinance which shall be levied in the saine manner as the
fines imposed by this Ordinance.

Opiunt Diia,)is.
43. No person shall open, keep or use any opium divan.

44. The keeper of an opium divan shall, on summ:iry conviction,
be liable to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars.

45. Every person who in any opium divan smokes prepared
opium or dross opium shall, on summary conviction, be liable to
a fine not exceeding 25 dollars.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
T As amended by No. 30 of 1911.





46. A person found in any opium divan or found escaping there-
from on the occasion of its being entered under this Ordinalice,
shall be presumed, until the contrary is proved, to be or to have
been smoking prepared opium or dross opium therein.

47. Whenever it appears to any Justice of the Peace upon th
oath of any person that there is reasonable cause to believe that any
,Place. is an opium divan, such Justice of the Peace may by his
warrant directed to any police officer empower such officer by day
or by night to enter and if necessary to break into siieh place and
to arrest any persons and to seize any prepared Opium or dross Opium
and implements for the smoking of prepared opium or dross opiun
as may be found therein, all of which shall and are hereby declared
to be forfeited.

PART III.
MORPITINE, AND COMPOUND-, OF OPIUM.
48. Every person who adininisters by injection any morphine to
any other person, except when it has been prescribed by some
medical practitioner, shall, on summary conviction, be liable to a
fine not exceeding 50 dollars, or to imprisoni-nent for any terem not,
exceeding 2 months.

49. Every person who, except when it has been prescribed by
some medical practitioner, furnishes morphine to any person,
except to a medical practitioner or to a chemist or druggist, shall,
on sunimary conviction, bc liable to a fine not exceeding -50 dollars,

or to imprisonment for any term not exceeding 2 months.

50. It shall be lawful for any police officer, dulv authorised by
warrant of any Justice of the Peace (which shall be in the form
in schedule C) with such assistants as may be necessary, to enter
and, if necessary, to break into any place which-such Justice of the
Peace may from the information upon oath of any person, or of his
own knowledge, have reasonable grounds to suspect and believe to
be a place kept or used for the injection of morphne contrary to
the provisions of this Ordinance, or where such injection is carried
on, and to arrest any persons who may be found therein and whom

A. amended by 1- 51 of 1911, NO. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, NTO. 12 of 1912, _No. 13 of 1912
and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 51 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





he may suspect to have acted or to be actincy in contravention of

this Ordinance, and to sieze all morphine, hypodermic syringes,
and other appliances which may be Found there and which are
capabel of being used for the injection of morphine, and, on con-
viction of the offender, or in any case, if the Magistrate so orders,
they shall be forfeited and be dealt with as the 'Magistrate may
direct.

51-(1) It shall be lawful for the Principd Civil Medical
Officer to grant licences to sneh persons as lie may think fit for
importing for sale or use with the Colony, preparign, manufac-
turinga, or dealing in morphine and compounds of opium, provided
that the total nurnber of licences which may be granted and the
conditions of such licences shAl be deternilned by reaulations made
by the Governor-in-Council.

Any person importing, manufacturing or dealing in morphine
or any compound of opium without such licence shall be guilty of
an offence.

(3) Any such licence inay-be . revoked by the Governor-in-Council
at his discretion without assigning catise.

(4) There shall be paid for each such licence an annual fee of 25)
dollars which shall he awarded to the opium farmer, and the holder
of any such licence shall pay to the oplium farmer a royalty
calcidated at the rate of 10 dollars per tael of niorphine and
4 dollars per tael of opium or compound of opium other than
morphine, royalty may be recovered by the opium farmer in
a summary way before a Magistrate.

(.5) If the holder of any such licence does riot comply with-the
condition-,- of the licence he shall be guilty of in offence.

52. No person shall export morphine or any compound of opium
from the Colony to China or to any country which prohibits or
restricts the import of morphine or of such compound of opium,
except in such quantities and subject to such regulations as may be
prescribed by the country to which such export is intended,
provided that the names of all countries which prohibit or restrict
the import of rnorphine or of compounds of opium and the regula-
tions prescribed by such countries as aforesaid shall be notified in
the Gazette.

* As atnended by No. 12 of 1912.





53.-(1) It shall be lawful for the Superintendent lo grant
licences to such person as lie may think fit to import for exporl and
to export morphine and compounds of opinin from the Colony to
such countries as do not prohibit the inport of inorplilne and com-
pounds of opium.

(2) Any such licence inay be revoked b the Governor-in-council
at his discretion without assigning cause.

(3) There shall be paid to the Governine.nt for each such licence
an annual fee of 2 dollars.

(4) The conditions of such licences shall be deterininod by regula-
tions inade by the Governor-in-Council.

(5) Any person importing for export or exporting morphine or,
any compound of opium without such licence shall he guilty of' all
offence.

(6) If the. holder of any such licence does not compy with the
conditions of the licence lie shall be guilly of in offence.

(7) The holder of any such licence shall, at tho lime of imprta-
tion, and also at the time of exportation of morphine or any com-
pound of opium, truly declare before the Superintendent the places
or ports of destination of such morphine or compound of opitun,
and no licensee or other person shall thereafter break bulk or
otherwise gain access to such morphine or compound of opium
prior to the exportation thereof. Any such licensee or otber person
violating the provisions of this sub-section shall be guitlly of
an offence.

(8) If the Superintendent is not satisfied that the shipment of
morphine or any compound of opium I's being inade in accordance

with the regulations of the place or port of destination lie shall
refuse to allow the export thereof.
(9) This section shall not apply to inorphine. or any compound
of opium in transit through the Colony under a through bill
of lading without transshipment to the ultimate place or port of
destination.

53a.-(1) Any person not holding an appropriate licence tinder
section 51 or 53 found in possession within the Colony of
any morphine or compound of opium shall be deemed to have

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 11 of 1910, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 23 of 1912.






committed- an offence, intless lie proves to the satisfaction of the
Court or Magisfrate either that sxich morphine or compound
of opitini is exempt froin the provisions of this Ordinance, or that
lie, obtained possession of such morphine or compound of opium in
accordance with reuiflations inade tinder this Ordinance.


(22) Any, person not holding ,in appropriate licence under section
51 or 53 found in possession within the Colony of more than 12
official doses of morphine or any, compound of opium shall be
deenied to have committed in offence, unless he proves to the satis-
faction of the Cond or a Magistrate that, stich morphine or com-
potind of opittin is exenipt froin the provisions of this Ordinance'.
Provided that the persons eintmerated lit section 11, sub-sections
1 1 3 (a), (b) , (c), and (d) of the Pharmacy Ordinance, 1908, may
have. in their possession a quantity reasonably required for their
practice.

(3) - Official dose - ineans a quantity equal to the maximum safe
(lose for an adnIt according to the British Pharmacopoeia.

54.-(1) On the importation of morphine or any compound of
opium by a licensee tinder sections .51 and 53, the said licensee, or
in cases where the licensee is a limited company the manager
thereof, shall before applying for or taking by himself or his ser-
varits delivery of the morphine or compound of opium make
a declaration before the Superintendent stating the nature and
amount of the goods to be imported.

(.2) Any person required to inake a declaration tinder this see-
tion fails to make a declaration or who makes a false declara-
tion shall be guilty of in offence.

55. Any master of a vessel carrying morphine or compounds of
opium in transit through the Colony tinder a through bill of lading,
who shall discharge stich morphine or compounds of opium in the
Colony without declaring the same to the Superintendent, shall be
guilty of an offence.

56. The inay at his. discretion exempt any
medicine containing morphine or opitini or any compound of opiuni
manufactured locally or imported from Europe, America, or any

As ankended bY No. 33 of 1910 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended bY No. 12 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 11 of 1910.





British Colony from any of the provisions of this Ordinance.
The name and description of -any medicine so exempted shall be
published in. the Gazette.

57. The Governor shall establish one or inore bonded warehouses
for the use of dealers in morphine and compounds of opium
imported for exportation and not for use or sale in the Colony, and
all such morphine and compounds of opium shall be stored in such
warehouse or warehouses.

58. The Governor-1 11-Coui tell may nia,ke regulations with regard
to the. storage -arid removal of inorphine and compounds of opium in
and from such warehouses, to the payment of cliarges for storage,
therein and to such other purposes as the Governor-in-council
deem desirable.

PART IV.

GENERAL.
Excise Officers.
59. The Governor inav appoint, in form 1 in schedule B, such
agents or servants of the opium farmer or other persons as may be
approved of by him to act as excise officers under this Ordinance,,
and May at anu tim revoke such appoiffitinent.

60. Every person ',lio ass-nines, without lawful authority, to act
,is an excise, officer shall be liable on sumniary conviction, to a fine
not exceeding 100 dollars.

61. The name and ,i,ddi.ess of every excise officer shall be posted
m a conspicuous place at the Police Court.

62. Every excise officer shall be supplied with a badge bearing
such sign or mark of office as may be directed b3, the Governor.,
and when acting against ally person under this Ordinance, every
excise officer shall declare his office, and produce to the person
against whom he acts his said badge.

The badge shall be worn outside the sleeve of every excise officer
detailed for the searching of persons on public wharves or for

As aniended by, No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As aniended by No. M of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and 'No. 13 of 1912,
As aniended by No. 80 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
AS aLnetided by No. 12 of 1912.





executing opium warrants, and shall show the excise officer's office
and number.

63. Not more than a- excise officers shall at the same tirne enter
or be in a house or floor of a house wholly in the occupation of one
Chinese family for the purpose of executing a search warrant, and
each of thern shall be provided with a dark lantern.

64. Excise officers detailed to execute a search warrant shall allow
theniselves to be searched by the. police belore leaving the police
station from which they proceed to the search, and also on their
way to the place to be searched.

65. Every police officer when acting under this Ordinance, if not
in uniform, shall declare his office, and produce to the person
against whom he acts such badge as the Captain Superintendent
0
of Police may direct police officers to carry when on special service.

66.-(1) Any excise officer who takes any bribe shall, on sum-
mary conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding .200 dollars, or
to imprisonment for any term not exceeding 6 months.

(.2) Any excise officer who does not, oil to be an excise
officer, return to the opium farmer his uniform or accoutrements,
badge or licence shall, on summary be liable to a fine
not exceeding 100 dollars.

Arrests and Sezures.
67-(1) Any police or excise officer may arrest without warrant
any person within the Colony whom he reasonably suspects to be
conveying or to have in his possession any opium in contravention
of this Ordinance, and may take such person to a police station in
order that, if necessary, he may be brought before a Magistrate, to
be dealt with according to law.

(12) Every such person and his luggage shall be liable to be
searched before he is taken to the police station, but only under
the supervision of a European police officer riot under the rank of
sergeant.

68. Any police or excise officer, having reasonable ground for
believing that there is any opium in any ship within the Colony

As airiended by No. 13 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 12 of 1912.
As atnended by No. 30 of 1911.





in contravention of this Ordinance (such ship not being or having
the status of a ship of war) , may proceed without without on board
such ship and search for siich opium, and may seize any such opium
so found, together with all implements connected therewith, and
shall take the same, together with the person in whose possession,
custody or control it may be found, to a police station in order that
lie may be brought before a Magistrate, to be dealt with according
to law.

69. Whenever it appears to any Justice of the Penev, upon the
oath of any person, that there is reasonable ca.use to belleve that in
,any dwelling house, shop, or other building or place, or on board
any ship (not being or having the status of a ship of war), within
the Colony, there is concealed or deposited ans, opluin subject to for-
feiture or as to which an offence has been committed or is about to
be committed against this Ordinance, such Justice of the Peace
may, by his warrant directed to any police or excise officer,
empower such officer, by day or by, night.,-
(a) to enter such dwelling house, shop, or other building or place,
or to go on board such ship, -and there to search for and take pos-
session of any such opium arid of the ship in which the same is
found, and of any implements in such place or ship; and
(b) to arrest any person being in such dwelling house, shop, or
other building or place or ship, in whose possession, custody
or control such opium may be found or whom such officer may
reasonably suspect to have concealed or deposited any such opium
therein or thereabout.

70. Such officer inay, if necessary,-
(a) break open any outer or inner door of such dwelling house,
shop, or other building or place, and enter thereinto
(b) forcibly enter such ship and every part thereof
(c) remove by force any obstruction to such entry, search,
seizure and removal as he is empowered to effect
(d) detain every person found in such place or on board such
ship until such place or ship has been searched
(e) seize and detain any such opium or implements found in such
place or ship; and

Asamended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 51 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912
and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





seize and detain any such opium or iniplements found in the
possession of any of the persons against whom his warrant has been
issued in any place whatever within the Colony.

71.-(1) If any ship is used for the importation, landing,
reinoval, carriage, or conveyance, or for the exportation of any
opium in contravention of this Ordinance, the master, owners, or
agents thereof shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 1,000 dollars.

(2) An amount of any such opium found-on board any ship and
exceeding,-
(a) in the case of any steamship of 60 tons burden and upwards,
50 taels in weight ; or,
(b) in the case of any steamship under 60 tons burden, 25 taels
in weight ; or,
(c) in the case of any other ship, 10 taels in weight,
shall be deemed evidence of the unlawful use of such ship, unless it
is proved, to the satisfaction of the Magistrate, that every reason-
able precaiition had been taken to prevent the unlawful use of such
ship, and that none of the officers or their servants or any of the
crew of such ship were implicated therein.
(3) Where practicable, all offences under this section shall be
inquired into and adjudicated on by two Magistrates.

72. All informations to be laid, and all warrants to be issued, and
all arrests and seizures to be made under this Ordinance may be had
or clone on. any day including holidays.

ForfeituTes.
73. All opium, other than raw opium, seized with regard to which

anv breach of this Ordinance has been committed, together with
any iniplenients, may be forfeited by the Magistrate and, in his
discretion, adjudged and delivered in whole or in part to the
farmer.

74.- (1) 'Whenever any seizure of prepared opium or dross opium
is made under this Ordinance, or whenever there is reasonable
ground to believe that opium is prepared by any unauthorised

As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 22 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended bY No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912. No. 13 of 1912
and No. 4,3 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





person or in any unauthorised place, all raw opium totind In the
possession of such person or in such place inay be seized by any
police or excise officer.

(2) If the Magistrate considers that there is reason to believe
that the imlawful preparation of opium was carried oil by sneb
unauthorised person or in such unauthourised place, or if any
implement within the meaning of this Ordinance is foinid in the
possession of such person or in such place, Ifie
order such opium or such iinplement to be forfeited, and may, in
his discretion, direct that it be delivered to the opium farmer.

75.-(1) When any opitini or any impleinew Is fomid withonif
being apparently in the possession of any person, or when 1he
opium farmer shall have proved to the salisfactIon of a
that he is unable to proceed against any individual with respect to
any opium or any implement as to which an offence has been com-
mitted against this OrdiDance, by reason of' the fael that Ille
offender is out of the jurisdiction or canimf be fomid, the
Maodstrate may cause a notice in English and Chinese to be affixed

to the place make such opium or iniplenient has been fonnd, or
Where it is known to be stored, calling upon the owner thereof to
claim the same.

(2) If no person makes such a claim within one week from the
affixing of such notice, or if any such claim is made within the like,
period but is not subsequently substantiated to flie satisfaction of a
Magistrate, such opium or implement shall be forfeited, and may
be delivered by the Magistrate., in his discretion, to the opium
farmer.

76.-M Every person who conceals or secretly places any opium
in any part of any steamship shall, onconviction, be,
liable to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars.

(2) Any opium concealed or secretly placed as aforesaid shall be
seized, and the Magistrate may, whether any person is charged
with or convicted of any offence under this seelmn or not, order
such opium to be forfeited; and if the oplum. fariner, within one
week after such forfeiture, proves, to the satisfaction of a Magis-
trate, that any opium so forfeited was not covered by a certificate
under section 39, and that he was not privy to its being brought on

As arnended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





board the ship the Magistrate may order such opium forfeited or
any part of it to be delivered to the opium farnier.

77.-(1) No person shall bring or have in his possession on board
anY ship an.y opinni, opium, than prepared opium or drosS opium not
exceeding the quantity soecufued in section 36, unless the same is
entered on the. manifest of the ship.

(2) The master of stich ship may Seize any such opium as afore-
said fonrid on board lits ship which is not entered on the manifest,
and may retain the same in biss possession until he can deliver it to
the police.

(3) Notwithstandingin this Ordinance, all such opium
as aforesaid found on board nay such ship which is not entered on
the manifest shall be forfeitedProvided thal if the opium farmer.
within one week after such forfeiture, proves, to the satisfacetion of
that any opium so forfeited was not covered by
a certificate under section 39, and that lie was not priivy to its being
brolight 011 board the ship the Magistrate mav order snell opium so
forfeited or any part of it to be delivered to the opinni farnier.

78.(1) Any opium forfeited under this Ordinance and not
ordered by the Magistrate to be delivered to the opium farmer, shall
be disposed of as the Governor may direct, provided that it be no,
sold within the Colony, except to the opium farmer, during the
curency of the farm existing at the time of such forfeiture.

(.2) No police officeror other person having any opinni seized
under the provisions of this Ordinance in his possession for the
purpose of retaining the same until forfeiture, or until its disposal
is determined upon by the Governor, or afterwards for the purpose
of giving effect to such order of disposition, shall be liable to any
penalty tinder this Ordinance by reason of such opium not beincy
acconipanied by a certificate under section 39 or otherwise.

Procedure.

79. The. Magistrate may require the Government Analyst to re-
port Lipon any technical point which niay bc in' dispnte in any
prosecution under this Ordinance, and may order the payment of
the fees due in respect of the Analyst's report by the party in fault,

* A. ainended by No. 12 of 1912.
+ A. b-,- No. 8 of 1912 ~,ind No. 12 of 1912.





or out of any fine recovered frorn either party, or out of the proweeds
of any forfeiture ordered by such Magistrate.

79a. At the hearing of any charge under this Ordinance the pro-
duction of the certificate of the Governinent Analyst requested as
aforesaid shall be sufficient evidence of the facts therein stated,
unless, the defendant requires that the Analyst should he called as
a witness ; but if the Analyst is called by or at the request of the
defendant the Magistrate inay further order the (Iefendailt, if
convicted, to pay a fee of -2,5 dollars for the defendant of the
Analyst, such fee to be recoverable in the same way as a penalty
imposed under this Ordinance is recoverable.

80. In disinissing any charge or complaint under this Ordinance

on the ground that it is false or frivolous or vexatious, it shall be the
duty of the Com.t to tilipose oil the person bringing 11 a penalty not
exceeding that, which the defendant would liave lineurred if he had
been convicted oil sticb charge or complaint, and such penalty shall
be over and above any other penalties or liabilities whcih the
person may have likewise incurred in respect of his said charge or
complaint or of his evidence in support thereof.

81. Over and above all other liabilities and penalties to which by
this Ordinance or otherwise, any person may become or be subject
in respect of his siung out, obtaining, issuing, or executing inipro-

perly and without sufficient eakise any search warrant under this
Ordinance, lie shall be forther liable to the penaties Specified in
section 84, to be enforced and levied as hereinafter provided.

82. In ainy proceedings before a Magistrate or on appeal to the
Supreme Court relating to the seizure of anY Opitlin, or
other articles, the seizure of any opium is authorised by any of the pro
visions of this Ordinance, it shall be lawful for such Magistrate and
for the Judges, and they are hereby respectively required, to proceed
in such cases on the merits only, without reference to matters of
form and without inquiring into the manner or form of making, any
seizure, excepting in so far as the manner or forin of seizure may be
evidence on such merits.

83.-(1) Except as hereinafter mentioned, no inforillation laid
under this Ordina;nce shall be admitted in evidence in any civil or

As amended by No. 11 of 1910, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





criminal proceeding, and no witness shall be obliged to disclose the

name or address of any Infortner or to state any matter which might
lead to his discovery, and if any books, documents or papers which

are in evidence or hable to inspection in any civil or criminal pro-
eceding contain any entry in which any stich informer is named or
described or wInch inight lead to his discovery, the Court or Magis-
trate shall cause all such passages to be concealed from view or to
be obliterated so far as may be necessary to protect the Inforiller
frotn discovery, but no further.

(2) But if, in any proceedings before a Magistrate for any offence
agaltist any provision of this Ordinance, the Magistrate after full
inquiry into the case, believes that the infornier wilfully made in his
inforniation a inaterial statenient which lie knew or believed to bc
false or did not bekeve to be true, or if in any other proceeding the
Court or Magistrate is of opinion that. Justice cannot be fully doen
between the parties thereto without the discovery of the informer,
it, shall be lawful for the Court or Magistrate to require the produc-
tion. of the orig.inal inforniation, and to pernilt inquiry and require
full disclostire concerning the inforiner.

(3) Whenever a house or floor of a house. wholly in the occupation
of one Chinese fandly has been tuisuccessfully searched for opium,
and whenever the Captain Superintendent ol Police has reason to
sitspect that a, search warrant for opitint has been obtained on false
inforniation, the opluin Fariner shall furnish confidentiaIly to the
Cal)tain Superintendent of Police the mmie and address of the
informer.

84. Every oniission or neglect to coinply with or act done, contrary
to the, 1)i.o~,Isions of thiss, Ordinance shall be deemed an offence, and
for every offence against this Ordinance not. otherwise specially pro-
vided for, the offender shall, in addition to any forfeiture of opium
and implernents provided for by this Ordinance, be liable, on surn-
inary conviction, to the following). penalties :-

(a) for every first offence, a fine not exceeding .500 dollars, or iiii-
prisonment for any terin not exceeding 3 months;

(b) for every subsequent offence, a fine not exceeding 1,000
dollars, or imprisonment for any term not exi~eeding 6 months.

* As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





85. A portion, not exceeding one half, of 'the pecuniary penalty
recovered from ally offender against this Ordinance may, in tile
discretion of the Magistrate, be awarded to the informer, and in
every case relating to prepared opium, dross opium, opium dross,
halan, compounds of opium or morphine, the remainder of any such
perialty recovered shall be paid to the opiurn farmer, except in the
cases provided for by section 77, or in cases where the opium farnler
himself or his licensees are convicted of any offence tinder this
Ordinance.

Is. 86, rep. No. 31 of 1911 s. 47.]

87. Everly person who, urider the provisious of this Ordinance
makes any application or supplies any particulars, yet uril, or account
or other written statement required by this Ordinance to be made
or supplied, shall sign the saine hunself or by his agent thereunto
lawfully authorised in writing ; and if any such application, prti-
culars, return, account, or other statment is or are false or in-

correct, either in whole or in part, to the knowledge of the person
so making or supplying the saine, whether the saint, is or are signed
by hinisell or by his agent, such person shall, in every ease not other-
wise provided for by this Ordinance, on sunirnary conviction, be
liable to a fine not exceeding 1,000 dollars for the first offence, and
2,000 dollars for every subsequent offence; and such agent shall also
and in like manner, if. offending, be liable to fines of the like amount.

88. Any bail estreated for ally offence under this Ordluance, with
respect to which the opium larniet. appears as prosecutor, may in
the discretion- of the Magistrate be forfeited and paid to the opium
farmer.

89. If any person charged with any offence under this Ordinance
gives a false name, or, with intent to procure his discharge or
acquittal, produces or offers in evidence, or causes to be produced or
offered in evidence, any certificate required by this Ordinance whicli
is proved, to the satisfaction of the Magistrate, to have been issued
to any other person or to be forged, he shall, on suinuiary conviction,
be liable to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars, in addition to any other
punishment or penalty to which he may by law be liable.

90. Every person who,-

As arnended by No. 11 of 1910 and No. 12 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 30 of 1011 and -No. 24 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1011.





(a) attempts to commit any offence in contravention of this Ordi-
nance ; or
(b) aids or abets any other person in any such offence or in the
attempt to commit any such offence,
shall, on summary conviction, be liable to the same. punishment and
penalties as if he had been guilty of the actual offence.


Miscellaneos Provisions.
91. If any unsnecessful search for opium has been likade tinder
section 67 or section 68 by the request or at the instigation of the
opium farmer, and there is no reason to suppose that any opium in
of this Ordinance has been thrown away or otherwise
disposed of with a view to avoid detection, the opium farmer shall
replace and repack any goods whicb inay have been unpacked by
reason of such search, and shall make (food any damage which he
way have caused thereby ; and the atinount of money claimed for
any such damage shall be adjudicated upon by a MacIstrate and
sliall be recoverable as a civil debt under the Magistrates Ordinance,
1890.

92. Persons employed rin any department of the public service,
and persons in their employ, or atiy of them, are disqualified from
becoming or being in any way possessed ol or directly or indirectly
interested in any privilege or licence tinder this Ordinance or the
profits thereof, whether at law or M equity and whethel in their own
right respectively or in the right of another, and froin suing for or
in respect of or in any way enforeing the same
[ss. 93, 94, rel). No. 1.2 of 1912j

SCHEDULE A.

. Foum No. 1.
Ct.rtific(t,tc of Sale.

[S. 5.]

No. Date, 19
Sold this day to balls Bengal, catties Malwa, or to be
exported by Iiiin to per ship

This certificate shall not be valid after noon of the

* As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912,

Chop.





Sir,

FoRm No. 2.

Requisition for Landing.
TO the Snperintendent of Imports and Exports, Hongkong.

Please issue a permit to land from the which arrived on the day of
19, chests of opiumn, numbered and marked as below.
To be landed oon day,the day of , 19, at , wharf
and stored at [godowon,shop or house].
Dated the day of , 19 .


FORM No.3
Permit to Land.
is authorised to land from the chests
of opumn, with numbers and marks as noted below, and is authorised to
store the same in the [godowon, shop or house]of at
Dated the day of 19,

FROM No.4
Application to Export.
To the Superintendent of Imports and Exports, Hongkong.

Sir,

Please issue a permit to export by
opium numbered and marked as below, on day, the day of
19, to destination ,the said raw opium having been
purchased by me from in whose [godown,shop, or house] it is now stored
[or the same being now stored in my godown, shop,or house]at or sold by me
to , who is desirous of exporting it.

Dated the dat if ,19.

Note-Except in the case ofBengval opium, the application shall contain a statement
of the weight of the raw opium in each at the time of sale.

FORM NO.5
Permit to Export
is authorised to export by to opium,
marked and numbered as below, on day, the
day of ,19, having been purchased by the
export from and now stored in situated at
and sold to who is required to export in terms of this
permit.

Date the day of ,19

(Signed.)
Superintendent.











Note-Except in the case of Benpl, opium, the permit shall contain a statement Of
the weight of the raw opium in each chest at the time of sale.

FROM NO.6
Application to Remove.
To the Superientendent of Imports and Exports, Hongkong.

Sir,

Please issue a permit for the removal of chests of opium, number
ed and marked as below, from and from the eustody or possession of G.H
to the custody or possession of J.K.
(Signed.)
Owner[or Shipper or Purchaser].

Note-Except in the case of Bengal opium, the application shall contain a statement
of the weight of the raw opium in each chest at the time of sale.

FORM No.7
Permit to Remove.
A.B. is authorised to move chests of
opium, marked and numbered as below, from
and from the custody or possession of G.H. to
the custody or possession of J.K.
Dated the day of ,19
(Signed.)
Superintendent.

Note-Except in the case of Beugal opium, the peruit shall contain a statement of
the weight of the raw opium in each chest at the time of sale.

SCHEDULE B

FORM NO.1
Appointment of Excisc Officer.
The Opium Ordinance, 1909.

Hongkong.
A.B., of in is hereby appointed to be an Excise
Officer under the above Ordinance, and is duly vested with all the rights, powers, and
immunities of such officer under the provisions of the said Ordinance, until the\
day of ,19, or until this licence is revoked by the Governor
Dated the day of ,19
(signed.)
Colonial Secretary.




Is. 39.1

Hongkong.
No.

Form No. 2.
Opium Certificate, if there is no Opium Farm.


[W Not Transferable. To be returned after the opiutn is used.
Sold this day to of No. Street, Taels.
mace, candareen of prepared opium for his own use.

Dated the day of

Note-The Governor-in-Council has granted the exclusive privilege of preparing, and
selling prepared and dross opium within the Colony to from the
be used or retained in your possession after noon of the third day from the above date,
without the consent of
(Signed.)

FROM NO.3
Public Notice of Expor of Farm.

Hongkong.

The exclusive privilege of preparing opium and slling and retaining prepared and
dross opium will cease on the day of ,19, No prepared or dross
opium purchased from us or our licensees can be used afted the day of
19, at noon, without the consent of the new holder of such exclusive privilege as
aforesaid.
Dated the day of ,19

SCHEDULE C.
FORM OF WARRANT.

Hongkong.

To each and all the constables and Officers of Police of the Colony
WHEREAS it appears to me (A.B.), one of the Justices of the Peace for the said Colony,
by the information on oath[or affirmation or declaration] of (C.D.), of
[or of my own knowledge]
that the place (here insert description of the place0os kept or used for the injection of
morphine contrary to the provisions of the Opium Ordinance, 1909, or that such injec-
tion is carried on there: This is, therefore, to require you, with such assistants as
may be necessary, to enter and, if necessary, to break in to the said place and to arrest
all such persons found therein as you may suspect to have acted or to be acting in
contravention of the aid Ordinance, and the seize all morphine, hypodermic syringes,
and other appliances which have been used or are capable of being used for the purpose
of injecting morphine, found in the said place or upon the persons of those presentin
the said place, and the said morphine, hypodermic syringes, and other appliance to
boring before a magistrate, to be dealt with according to the Ordinance; and for so
doing this shall be your warrant.

Given under my hand and seal at Victoria, in the said Colony, this day of

[sched.D, rep.No.12 of 1912.]


Short title. Interoperation of terms. No.12 of 1908. Restriction on import of raw opium. Licence for sale or export of loose opium. Sale certificate to be granted by licensee. Possession of loose opium. Keeping of register by licensee. Penalties. Permit for landing chests of opium. Movement and export of chests of opium. Memorandum of raw opium exported. Removal and transshipment of raw opium. Case of steamship arriving or departing out of office hours. Customs to be informed when steamship departs without permit. Penalty on master departing without meanorandum. Movement of raw opium under ss.10 and 12. Penalty and forfeiture for offence against certain sections. Keeping of register by importer and storer of raw opium. Superintendent may demand from holder of opium account of stock. Search for deficiency of opium. Penalty on opium farmer. Payment of fines to opium farmer. Grant, etc., of opium farm. Service of process on farmer. Licenses of farmer, etc. Grant, etc., of dross farm. Default by farmer in payment of consideration money. Notice of expiry of farm. Stocking of market at end of farm forbidden. Government licensees. Settlement of difference between incoming and outgoing farmers. No.3 of 1901. Failure to appoint arbitrator. Time for award. Powers of arbitrators. Importation of prepared opium, etc. Exportation of prepared opium to China or French Indo-China prohibited. Export to countries to which it is lawful to export. Unlicensed preparation of opium. Unlicensed sale of prepared opium, etc. Sale of prepared opium. Lapse of certificate. Governor-in-Council to make regulations. Regulations relating to fines. Prohibition of opium divans. Penalty. Penalty for smoking in divan. Person found in divan presumed to have been smoking therein. Justice of Peace may issue warrant to enter. Penalty for administration of morphine. Penalty for furnishing morphine, except in certain case. Justice of Peace may authorise entry of house, etc., where injection of morphine is carried on, etc. Conditional licence for importing, etc., morphine and compounds of opium for sale or use within the colony. Prohibition of exportation to China, etc. Conditional licence for exporting, etc., morphine and compounds of opium to certain countries. Possession of morphine or compounds of opium. No.12 of 1903. Declaration on importation. Morphine or compounds of opium in transit. Exemptions. Bounded warehouses for morphine and compounds of opium. Regulations. Appointment of excise officers. Personating excise officers. Posting of name, etc., of excise officer. Badge of excise officer. Not more than five excise officers to enter house. Excise officers to be searched. Exhibition of badge by police. Punishment of excise officer taking bribe, etc. Arrest without warrant. Search of ship without warrant. Search of dwelling house, etc., with warrant. Power of officer executing warrant. Liability of master, owner, etc., smuggled opium. Process may be served on holidays. Contraband opium.. Opium found under suspicious circumstances. Unclaimed opium. Opium concealed on steamship. Opium not on ship's manifest. Disposal of opium forfeited. Making of analysis. Certificate of Government Analyst to be sufficient evidence. Vexatious proceedings. Warrant improperly obtained. Procedure relating to seizure of opium, etc. Rules as to information and informers, Penalties in cases not specially provided for Penalty for giving false particulars. Payment of bail entreated to opium farmer. Giving false name, etc. Attempt, etc., to commit offence. Compensation for unsuccessful search. No.3 of 1890. Prohibition of public officer being interested in farm.

Abstract

Short title. Interoperation of terms. No.12 of 1908. Restriction on import of raw opium. Licence for sale or export of loose opium. Sale certificate to be granted by licensee. Possession of loose opium. Keeping of register by licensee. Penalties. Permit for landing chests of opium. Movement and export of chests of opium. Memorandum of raw opium exported. Removal and transshipment of raw opium. Case of steamship arriving or departing out of office hours. Customs to be informed when steamship departs without permit. Penalty on master departing without meanorandum. Movement of raw opium under ss.10 and 12. Penalty and forfeiture for offence against certain sections. Keeping of register by importer and storer of raw opium. Superintendent may demand from holder of opium account of stock. Search for deficiency of opium. Penalty on opium farmer. Payment of fines to opium farmer. Grant, etc., of opium farm. Service of process on farmer. Licenses of farmer, etc. Grant, etc., of dross farm. Default by farmer in payment of consideration money. Notice of expiry of farm. Stocking of market at end of farm forbidden. Government licensees. Settlement of difference between incoming and outgoing farmers. No.3 of 1901. Failure to appoint arbitrator. Time for award. Powers of arbitrators. Importation of prepared opium, etc. Exportation of prepared opium to China or French Indo-China prohibited. Export to countries to which it is lawful to export. Unlicensed preparation of opium. Unlicensed sale of prepared opium, etc. Sale of prepared opium. Lapse of certificate. Governor-in-Council to make regulations. Regulations relating to fines. Prohibition of opium divans. Penalty. Penalty for smoking in divan. Person found in divan presumed to have been smoking therein. Justice of Peace may issue warrant to enter. Penalty for administration of morphine. Penalty for furnishing morphine, except in certain case. Justice of Peace may authorise entry of house, etc., where injection of morphine is carried on, etc. Conditional licence for importing, etc., morphine and compounds of opium for sale or use within the colony. Prohibition of exportation to China, etc. Conditional licence for exporting, etc., morphine and compounds of opium to certain countries. Possession of morphine or compounds of opium. No.12 of 1903. Declaration on importation. Morphine or compounds of opium in transit. Exemptions. Bounded warehouses for morphine and compounds of opium. Regulations. Appointment of excise officers. Personating excise officers. Posting of name, etc., of excise officer. Badge of excise officer. Not more than five excise officers to enter house. Excise officers to be searched. Exhibition of badge by police. Punishment of excise officer taking bribe, etc. Arrest without warrant. Search of ship without warrant. Search of dwelling house, etc., with warrant. Power of officer executing warrant. Liability of master, owner, etc., smuggled opium. Process may be served on holidays. Contraband opium.. Opium found under suspicious circumstances. Unclaimed opium. Opium concealed on steamship. Opium not on ship's manifest. Disposal of opium forfeited. Making of analysis. Certificate of Government Analyst to be sufficient evidence. Vexatious proceedings. Warrant improperly obtained. Procedure relating to seizure of opium, etc. Rules as to information and informers, Penalties in cases not specially provided for Penalty for giving false particulars. Payment of bail entreated to opium farmer. Giving false name, etc. Attempt, etc., to commit offence. Compensation for unsuccessful search. No.3 of 1890. Prohibition of public officer being interested in farm.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/967

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

134

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 23 of 1909

Number of Pages

33
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:48 +0800
<![CDATA[RAILWAYS ORDINANCE, 1909]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/966

Title

RAILWAYS ORDINANCE, 1909

Description

No. 21 of 1909.

To regulate the construction and management of Railways.
[16th July, 1909.]
WHEREAS it is expedient that provision should be made for the con-
Struction and inanagement of within the Colony:

1. The Railways Ordinance, 1909.

2. In this Ordinance

'Railways 'means a railway or any portion of a railway for the

public carriage of passengers, aninials, or goods, and includes-
(a) all land with the fences or other boundary marks indicating
the limits of the land appurtenant to a railway;
(b) all lines of rails, sidings, or branches worked over for the
purposes of or in connection with a railway;

As ainended b), No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





(c) all stations, offices, warehouses, wharves, workshops, manu-
factories, fixed plant, and machinery, and other works constructed
for the purposes of or in connection with a railway; and
(d) all ferries, ships, boats, and crafts which are used for the
traffic of a railway and belong to or are hired or worked by
the authority administering the railway;

---Manager---means the person appointed by the Governor to act

as manager of a railway;

Assistant manager--- means the person appointed by the Goy-
ernor to act as assistant manager ol arailwa.,
Railway official ' includesanY inaliager or assistant manager
and all such officers, servants, agents, and other persons as may be
c
employed to do any act upon or in connection with a railway,

---The administration ' ineans the mariager or such other person
as the Governor may appoint to conduct the affairs of any railway.
So long as any railway is in cotirse of construction it means the
chief resident enulneer or such other person as the Gover-nor may
appoint to supervise. the said construction.
Is. 3, Tel), No. 8 of 1919.]

. 4. All duties and powers hereinafter required to be performed
and exercised by the inanager or by the chief resident engineer shall
and may, in the absence of the iiianager or of the chief resident
engineer, be performed and exercised by in assistant manager or
by an assistant engineer.

5. The administration shall have the custody and administration of
all railways sub'ect to the general authority of the Governor-in
j
Council.

6. The Governor shall appoint suitable officers to carry out the
provisions of this Ordinance, such officers to be under the control
of the administration, subject to the general authority of the
Governor.

7. The Governor-in-Council may authorise the construction of
any railway within the Colony, and the Governor may acquire under

the provisions of the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance, 1900,
such lands as he may deem necessary for the purposes of such rail-
way.

* As arnended by No. 12 of 1912.





Construction.
8. For the purpose of constructing any such authorised railway,
the administration may-

(a) make or construct in, upon, across, under, or over'any lands
or any streets'. hills, valleys, roads, railways or tramways, or any
rivers, canals, brooks, streams, or other waters, or any drains,
water-pipes, gas-pipes, electric wires, or posts,.such temporary or
permanent inclined planes, arches, tunnels, culverts, embankments,
con-
aqueducts, bridges, roads, lines of railway, ways, passages,
dults, drains, piers, abutments, cuttings, and fences as the adminis-
tration thinks proper ;
(b) alter the course of any rivers, brooks, streanis, or water-
courses, for the purpose of constructing and maintaining tunnels,
bridges, passages or other works over or under them ; and divert,
widen, narrow, or alter, as well temporarily as permanently, the
course of any rivers, brooks, streams, or water courses, or any roads,
streets, or ways ; or raise or sink the level thereof in order the more
conveniently to carry them over or under or by the side of the rail-
way as the administration thinks proper;
(c) make drains or conduits into, through, or under any lands

a, j 1 1 1 1
conveniences the railway for the purpose of conveying water to or from
the railway;
(d) alect and construct such houses, warehouses, offices, and
other buildings, and such yards, stations, wharves, engines, machi-
nery, apparatus, and other works and conveniences as the adminis-
tration thinks proper;
(C) alter, repair, or discontinue such buildings, works and
conveniences as aforesaid or any of them and substitute others in
their stead; and
do all other acts necessary for making, maintaining, altering,
or repairing, and using the railway.
The exercise of the powers conferred on the administration by
this section shall be subject to the control of the Governor-in-
Council.

9. The administration may for the purpose of exercising the
powers conferred on it by this Ordinance alter the level or position

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





of any pipe, conduit, drain, electric wire or post, provided that it
shall give reasonable notice of its intention to do so to the person
under whose control such pipe, conduit, drgin, electric wire, or post
is. The administration shall execute the work to the reasonable
satisfaction of such person.

10-M The Governor-in-Council may authorise the adminis-
tration in case of any slip or other accident happening or being
apprehended to any cutting, embankment or other work under the
control of the administration to enter upon any lands adjoining its
.railway for the purpose of repairing or preventing the accident, and
to do all such works as inay be.necessary for the purpose.

(2) In case of necessity the administration may enter upon the
lands and do the works aforesaid without having the previous
sanction of the Governor-in-Councill but in such a case shall within
72 hours after such entry make a report to the Governor-in-Counell
specifying the nature of the accident, or apprehended accident and
of the works necessary to be done, and the power conferred on the
administration by this sub-section shall cease and determine if the
Governor-in-Council considers that the exercise of the power is not
necessary for the public safety.

11. The administration shall make and maintain for the accom-
modation of the owners and occupiers of lands adjoining any
railway,-
(a) convenient crossings, bridges, arches, culverts, and passages
over, under, or by the sides of, or leading to or from such railway
for the purpose of making good any interruptions caused by the
railway to the use of the lands through which such railway is inade:
and
(b) arches, tunnels, culverts, &ams, water-courses, or other
passages over, or under, or by the sides of the railway for the
purpose of conveying water at all times as freely from or to such
lands as before the making of such railway or as nearly as may be.

Provided that
(c) The administration shall Dot be required to make any accom-
modation works in such a manner as would prevent or obstruct the
working or using of the railway or to make any accommodation
works With respect to which the occupiers of the land have agreed

As amended by No. 12 of 1912,





to receive and'have been paid compensation, or to make any
accommodation works with respect to which the owners or occupieis
have made no representations during the tline that the section of

the railway affected was in course of construction.

(d) Where the administration has provided suitable accorn-
modation for the crossing of a road or stream and the road or stream
is afterwards diverted by the act or neglect of the person having the

control thereof, the administratlion shall not be compelled to provide
other accommodation for the crossi.ng of the road or stream.

12. No action or suit shall be brouAt or maintained against the
Crown or against the administration, or against any person for
compensation or for any loss or daniage resulting to any person by
reason of the construction of any railway works; but if any person-
considers himself to be entitled to compensation In respect of any
land or property adjoining a railway, or of any interest therein
which has in his opinion been injuriously affected by the construc-
tion of such works, he may, if no agreement has been conic
to between himself and the adininistration, forward to the Colonial
Secretary a claim for compensation, which claim shall be determined
in the following manner :-
t (a) There shall be two arbitrators, one of whom shall be,
S.
nominated by the Governor and the other by the person claiming
compensation.
(b) The tw,o arbitrators so nominated shall view the land or
property in respect of which such conipensation is claimed with the
object of deciding what sum should in the circuinstances of the case
be awarded as cortipensation, and if the said arbitrators agree as to
the aniount their decision shall be final. In case of disagreement
they shall, and at any stage of the arbitration they may, refer the
matter in dispute to a, Puisne Judge in Chambers as umpire and his
decision shall be final.

(c) The decision of the arbitrators or the umpire, as the case may
be, shall be forwarded in writing to the Colonial Secretary.
(d) Where the amount of compensation, if any, is determined
by the arbitrators each party shall pay the costs incurred by him in
respect of the matter of the arbitration, but if the matter in dispute
is referred to the Puisne Judge the costs of and incident to
As amended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912, No. 27 of 1 912 and
No, 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





the arbitration and the enquiry by the Puisne Judge shall be in the
discretion of the said Judge.
Provided that the Goverrior-in-Council shall as soon as may be
after the commencement of the construction of any railway works
by notification in the Gazette fix a date after which no claim for
compensation shall lie.

13. Every person who, without lawful excuse, wilfully does
any of the following things, namelY, interferes with, removes, or
alters any part of a railway or of the works connected therewith,
shall, on summary conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding 2.5
dollars, in addition to any proceedings to which he may be liable
by way of indictment or otherwise.

14.-(1) In either of the following cases,
(a) where there is danger that a tree standing near a railway
may fall on the railway so as to obstruct traffic ;
(b) when a tree obstructs the view of any fixed signal
the administration may, with the permission of any Magistrate fell
the tree or deal with it in such other manner as will in the opinion
of the administration avert the danger or remove the obstruction,
as the ease may be.
(2) In case of emergency the power inentioned in sub-section (1)
may be exercised by theadministration without the permission of
a Magistrate.

(3) A Civil Court shall not entertain a sult to recover compensa-
tion for any tree felled or otherwise dealt with mider this section.

Opening of the Railway.
15. The administration may use upon any railway locomotive
engines or other motive power and rolling stock to be drawn or
propelled thereby.

16. No railway shall be opened for the public carriage of
passengers until the Chief Resident Engineer has certified in
writing to the Governor-in-Council that-
(a) he has made a careful inspection of the railway and rolling-
stock ;

As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(b) the works and rolling-stock are in a soucd condition ;
(c) in his opinion the railway can be opened for the public
carriage of passengers without danger to the public using it.

Legal Proceedings.
17. All actions and suits which if the railway were the property
of a company under ' the Companies Ordinance, 1911, having its
registered office in the Colonv, inight be brought by and against
such company may be brought by and against the inanager, any
thing in the Code of Civil Procedure to the contrary notwithstarid
ing, and for the purpose of all such actions. and suits the lands,
building rolling stock, and propertil appertaining to the
v'Iway shall be deenied to be the property of the manager.

18-(1) None of the rolling stock, machinery, plant, tools,
fittings, niaterials, or effects used or provided by the administration
for the purpose of traffic on any railway or of its stations or
workshops shall be liable to be taken in execution of any decree or
order of ally Court or person having by lais. power to attach
or distrain property or otherwise to cause property . to be taken in
execution.

(.2) Nothing. in Sub-Section (1) is to be construed a., affecting
the authority of any Court lo attach the earnings of a railway in
execution of a judgment or order.

19.- (1) Any summons, notice, order, or other document re
quired to be served upon the manager mas. be served by leaving the
same or sendling it through the post by a registered letter addressed

to the said manager at the principal office of the administration.

(2) Where a summons, notice, order, or other document is
served by post it shall be deemed to have. been served at the time
when the letter containing it would be delivered in the ordinary
course of post, and ill proving such service it shall be sufficient to
prove that the letter containing the document was properly
addressed and registered.

PA esponsi bill ty of the Ad,)iiinistratioti as Carriers,
20. The administration shall not be liable for loss, injury, des-
truction, or deterioration of animals or goods delivered for carriage

As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended bY No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





by the railway unless such loss, injury, destruction, or deterioration
shall have occurred within the Colony, and in any suit against the
administration for compensation in respect thereof the burden of
proving.such fact shall lie upon the person claiming compensation.

21. The administration shall in no case be liable for loss or injury
to any articles or goods to be carried by the railway unless it shall
have been caused by negligence or misconduct oil the part of its
agents or servants, and unless the articles or goods in respect of
which compensation is claimed shall have been booked and paid for
in conformity with this Ordinance.

21-M The responsibility of the administraion for the loss,
destruction, or deterioration of animals delivered to be carried oil
the railway shall not in any case exceed, in the case of horses 3.30
dollars a head, in the case of iinfles, donkeys, or horned cattle, 100
dollars a head, in the case of sheep, goats, dogs, or other animals,
20 dollars a, head, unless the person sending or delivering thern
caused them to be declared or declared tbent at the time of thear
delivery to be respectively of higher valne.

(2) Where such higher value has been declared the adminis-
tration may charge in respect of the increased risk a percentage
upon the excess of the value so declared over the respective sums
aforesaid.

23. The administration shall not be responsible for the loss,
destruction, or deteriration of any passenger's lug-age unless it
has been delivered into the existod 0 -


24-(1) When any articles mentioned in the scliedule are con-
tained in any parcel or package delivered to the administration for
carriage by railway and the value of such articles exceeds 100 dollars
the administration shall not be responsible beyond that slim for
the loss, destruction, or deterioration of the articles in the parcel
or package unless the person sending or delivering it caused
its value and contents lo be declared or declared them at the time
of its delivery, and if so required paid or enpored to pay a
percentage on the value so declared in respect of the increased risk.


(2) When any parcel or package of which the value has been
declared under sub-section (1) has been lost or destroyed or has

* As amended bv No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 01 1912.
t As amended by _No. 12 of 1912.





deteriorated, the compensation recoverable in respect thereof shall
not exceed the value so declared, and the burden of proving it to
have been the true value shall, notwithstanding anything in the
declaration, lie on the person claiming the compensation.
(3) The administration may make it a condition of carrying a
parcel declared to contain any article mentioned in the schedule
that the railway servant authorised in this behalf has been satisfied
by examination or otherwise that the parcel actually contains the
article declared to be therein.
(4) This section shall not apply to any parcel carried by the
railway for any postar authority.

25. In any suit against the adininistration for compensation for
loss, destruction, or deterioration of animals or goods delivered for
carriage by railway, it shall not be necessary for the plaintiff to
prove how the loss, destruction, or deterioration was caused; but
the burden of proving the. value of the annitals or goods, and where
the,,saine have been injured, the extent of the injury, shall lie upon
the clainiant.

26. A person shall not be entitled to a refund of an overcharge
in respect of any or goods carried by a railway or to compen-
sation for the loss, destruction, or deterioration of animals or goods
delivered to be so carried unless his claim has been preferred in

writing by han or on his behalf to the administration within
6 months from the date of delivery of the animals or goods
for carriage.

27. Notwithstanding anythint in the foregoing provisions the

administration shall not be responsible for the loss, destruction, or
deterioration of any goods with respect to the description of which
an account materially false has been given by the owner or person
having charge thereof, if the loss, destruction, or deterioration is in
any way brotioffit about by the false account, and the administration
shall not be responsible in any case for an amount exceeding the
value of the goods calculated in accordance with the description
contained in the false account.

A ccidents.
28. When any of the following accidents ocein. in the working of
any railway.---

As arnended b,~, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
f As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





(a) any accident attended with loss of human life or with
grievous bodily harm or with serious injury to property;
(b) any collision between trains one of which is a train carrying
passengers ;
(c) the derailment of any train carrying passengers or any part
of such a train ;
(d) any accident of a description usually attended with loss of
life or with grievous bodily harm or with serious Injury to pro-
perty
(e) any accident of any other description which the Governor-
in-Council rnay notify in this behalf in the Gazette;
the administration. shall without unnecessary delay send notice of
the accident to the Colonial Secretary, and the station master
nearest to the place where the accident occurred, or where there is
no station master the official in charge of that part of the railway
on which the accident occurred, shall give notice of the accident to
the officer in charge of The Governor-in -Council mav make ritles for all or an of

the following purposes:-
(a) for prescribing the forms of the notices mentioned in the last
section and the particulars of the accident which those notices are
to contain ;
(b) for prescribing the class of accidents of which notice is to be
sent by telegraph ii-tiniediately after the accident has occurred ;
(c) for prescribing the duties of railway officials or police officers
on the occurrence of an accident ;
(d) for holding inquiries into accidents.

30. Any station master or railway official who omits to give notice
of an accident as is required by section 28 and the rules under see-
tion 29 shall, on summary conviction, be liable to a fine not
exceeding .50 dollars.

31. Whenever any person injured by an accident on a railway
claims compensation on account of the injury any Court or person

having by law or consent of the parties authority to determine the
claim may order him to be examined by a medical practitioner

As amended bY No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912.





named in the order and not being a witness on either side, and may
make any order with respect to the costs of the examination as it or
fie thinks fit.

Managernent.

32._(1) The administration, subject to the approval of the
Governor-in-Council, may rnake general rules for the following
purposes :-
(a,) for regulating the mode in which and the speed at which the
rolling-stock used on any railway is to be moved or propelled;

(b ) for providing for the accommodation and convenience of pas-
sengers and regulating tlie carriage of their luggage;

(c) for declaring what shall be deemed to be for the purposes of
this Ordinance dangerous or offensive goods and for regulating the
carriage of such goods
(d) for regulating the classification of goods and specifying those
that are to be charged for at special rates;

(c for regulating the conduct of the railway officials
(f) for fixing the charges to be made for the conveyance of
passengers and goods by the railway, and for granting exemptions
from such charges;

(g) for regulating the conditions on which the administration
will cari. iseases,
1 y persons suffering from infectious or contagious di
and providing for the disinfection of carriages which have been used
1~
for such purposes or for carrying corpses

(h) 'for regulating the terms and conditions on which the
administration will warehouse or retain goods at- an-,, station
on behalf of the consignee or owner;

(i) for regulating the sale of all tickets, and appointing agents of
the railway to sell such tickets upon commission or otherwise;
(j) generally, for regulating the travelling upon, and the use,
working, and management of the railway.

(2) The rules may provide that any person committing any
breach thereof shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not
exceeding 25 dollars.

As amended by No. 44 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911, -NZo. 12 of 1912,
No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(3) The administration shall keep at each station a copy of the
general rules under this section and shall allow any person
to inspect it at all reasonable times.

31-(1) The administration shall determine the maxin-tum load
for every wagon or truck in its possession and shall exhibit the load
so determined in a conspicuous manner on the outside thereof.

(2) Every person owning a wagon or truck which passes over the
railway shall similarly determine and exhibit its niaxinium load.

(3) The gross weight of any such wagon or truck bearing upon
the axles when it is loaded to such maximum load shall not exceed
such limit as may be approved by the administration for the class of
axle.

34. The administration shall fix, subject to the approval of the
Govern or-in-Council, the maximum nurriber of passengers which
may be cariled in each compartment of every description of carriage,
and shall exhibit in English and in Cbinese sneb number in
a conspienons mariner inside or outside each coinpartment.

35-(1)The manager may on sufficient cause to him appearing
and subject to the provisions hereinafter contained,' summarily
dismiss any railway official who is not on the permanent establish-
ment of the Colofiv and who is not iinder written agreement, or
may suspend any such official from the performance of his duties;
provided that every official so disinissed or suspended shall have the
right of appeal to the Governor, and should such suspension or dis-
missal be confirmed the official if suspended shall be. thereupon
dismissed from the service of the railway, or, if already dismissed by
the manager, shall be deemed to bc finally dismissed without further
appeal.

(2) The manager may make such by-laws as lie shall think fit for
regulating the conduct of the officers and servants employed on the
railway. A copy thereof shall be given to every officer and servant
affected thereby.
(3) The manager may by such by-laws impose such reasonable
penalties upon all persons being officers or servants employed on the
railway offending against them as he may think fit, not exceeding

in any one month 7 days' pay. Any officer or servant aggrieved

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





by any such penalty as aforesaid may appeal to the Governor, whose
decision shall be final.

(4) The imposition of penalties tinder sub-section (3) hereof upon
any officer or servant employed on the railwya shall (subJect to the
appeal hereinbefore provided for) be wholly within the discretion
of the manager, and should it appear to the manager that the
offence or misconduct in respect of which any such penalty shall
have been incurred would be better dealt with by a criminal
prosecution such prosecution may be instituted in lieu of the
imposition of any such penalty.

(5) This section shall not apply to anyofficial who is in
receipt of a salary of &

36. No person, unless exempted from the payment of fare by or
under ally general rule made under section 3.2. shall enter any
carriage used on a railway or any steamer belonging to the adrilinis-
tration for the purpose of travelling therein without haviDg first
paid his fare and obtained a ticket. Every person not so exempted
desirous of travelling on the railway shall upon paynierit of his fare
be furnished with a ticket specifying the class of carriage for and
the station.from and the station to which the fare his been paid,
and shall when required show his ticket to any railway official duly
authorised to examine the same, and shall deliver up such ticket
upon demand to any, railway official duly authorised to collect
tickets. Any person not so exempted not producing or delivering
up his ticket as aforesaid shall be liable to pay the fare from the
phice whence the train or steamer originally started unless he can
prove that he has travelled a less distance, in which case he shall
be liable to pay the fare only from the place whence he- has
travelled.

37. The fare or freight paid for the conveyance of passengers or
goods respectively shall -be deemed to be accepted only upon
condition that there be room in the train. Tn case there is not
room for all the passengers or goods those passengers who have
tickets for the longest distance shall have the preference, and those.
who have tickets for the same distance shall have the preference
according to the order in which they have received their tickets :
and the like order sha11 be observed as to goods. Provided that all

As ,illlei'ide,(1 by ~,o. 44 of 1911 wid i,-,,o. 12 of 1912.
+ As amendel ~y ',,.o. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





officers and troops on duty and all other persons travelling on the
business of the Government shall be entitled to priority over the
public without reference to the distance for whicb or the order in
which they have received their tickets.

2.8. Any person who shall defraud or attempt to defraud the
administration by travelling or attempting to travel upon the
railway without haveing previously paid his fare, or by riding in or
upon a carriage of a higher class thall that for which lie has paid
his fare, or by continuing his journey in or upon any of the carriages
beyond the station for which he has paid his fare without having
previously either paid the fare for the additional distance or obtained
the sanction of the station master or guard of the train, or who shall
knowingly and wilfully refuse or neglect on arriving at the station
to which he has paid his fare to quit such carriage and rail-
way premises, or who shall transfer or profit by the transfer of the
return half of any ticket obtained by hirn, or who shall in any other
manner whatever attempt to evade the payment of his fare, shall
be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 20 dollars
for each offence.

39. Any passenger who shall get into or upon or attenipt to get
into or upon, or shall quit or attempt to quit, any carriage upon the
railway while such carriage is in motion, or who shall ride or
atlempt to ride upon the railway on the steps or any other part of
a carriage except on those parts which are intended for the accom-
modation of passengers, shall be liable, on summary conviction, to
a fine not exceeding 10 dollars for each offence.

40; Any person, other than the engineman and fireman and
assistant firenian who, without the special licence of the nianager or
executive officer in charge of the line, shall ride or attempt to ride
upon any locomotive engine or tender upon the railway, and any
person other than the guard or brakesrnan who, without special
permission of the manager or assistant maiia,rer, shall ride or
attempt to ride upon the railway in or upon any luggage van or
goods wagon or other vehicle not appropriated to the carriage of
passengers, shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not
exceeding 20 dollars for each offence.

As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 1,3 of '912.
+ As amended by No. 30 of 1911.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





41. Every person who shall smoke or shall chew tobacco, opium,
or other like substance either inside a walting, room or in or upon
any of the carriages belonging to the railway which may be
specially provided for females or non-smoker or shall expectorate
in any waiting room or in or upon any railway carriage or upon any
railway platform, shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine
not exceeding 10 dollars for each offence ; and if any person persist
in infringing this section aftei. being warned to desist by any railway

official or passenger stich person, in addition to incurring the
liability above mentioned, may be removed by any such official from
any such carriage and from the railway premises and, further, shall
forfeit his fare.

42. Any person who shall be in a. state of intoxication or be in
sufficiently or indecently clad, or who shall commit any nuisance
or act of indecency in any railwaY carriage or upon any part of the
railway premises or who shall wilfully and without lawful execuse

interfere with the comfort of any passenger on the railway shall, on
surninars' conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding .20 dollars,
and to mprisonment for any terni not exceeding 3 months, and,

further, the offender rtiax be removed bu any railway official from
any such carriage and also from the railway preinises and further
shall forfeit his fare.

43. AnY passenger may be directed bY a station master, guard,
or ollier railway official to enter and travel in any carriage or com-
partnient which such railwaY official may indicate not being of a
lower class than that for which lie has paid his fare, and
any passenger refusing or neglecting to conform to such direction

may be removed by any railway official from the railway premises
and further shall forfeit his fare.

44. If an special carriage or portion of a, carriage or any private

room or appartment shall be provided for the exclusive use of
females any male person who, without lawful excuse, shall enter
therein knowing the same to be so appropriated or shall remain
therein after having been informed of its appropriation, or if any
special carriage or compartment has been reserved for the private

As amended bv No. 30 of 1911 , No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and '-No. 13 of 1912.
As amended b v No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, NO. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and
NO. 13 of 1912.





use of any person and anyone, without lawful excuse, shall enter
therein knowing the same to be so reserved, or shall remain therein
after being requested to leave, or if any person who has obtained a
ticket of one class shall knowingly and wilfully refuse or neglect to
leave any room or place set apart for passengers of a higher class,
such person may be forthwith removed therefrom and also from the
railway premises by any railway official and shall, on summary
conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding -50 dollars and, further,
shall forfeit his fare.

45. If any person shall fall to pay on dernand any sum due for
the conveyance of any goods on a railway it shall be lawful for the
inanager to detain all or any part of such goods or if the saine shall
have been removed from the railway premises any otber goods of
such person which may be therein or shall thereafter come into the
possession of the administration, and it shall be lawful for
the manaker after reasonable notice to such person to sell by public
auction a sufficient quantity of such goods to realise the sum
payable as aforesaid and all charges and expenses of such detention
and sale, and out of the proceeds to retain the said sums rendering
the surplus, if any, and such of the goods as shall remain unsold to
the person entitled thereto: or the manager may recover any such
sums by action at law. The goods of passengers may also be
detained and sold and the proceeds disposed of as above provided for
non-payment of the fare due by them.

46. The owner or person having the care of any goods which shall
have been carried upon a railway or sball be brought to the railway
premises for the purpose of being carried on the railway shall on
demand---byany railway official deliver to him an exact account in
writingesigned by him of the number or quantity and description of
such goods. This provision shall not apply to passenger's luggage.

47---If any such owner or person as aforesaid shall on demand by
any railway official fall to give such acdount or if he shall wilfully
give a false account, he shall for every such offence be liable, on
summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 20 dollars for every ton
of goods, and not exceeding 10 dollars for any quantity less than
a ton.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912,





48.-(1) No person shall carry or cause to be carried upon a
raAway any dangerous goods as defined by section 2 of Ordinance
No. 1 of 1873, or any goods which inay be declared dangerous or
offensive by any general rule niade under section 32 of this Ordi-
nance, except in accordance with the provisions of any general rule
niade under the last mentioned section.
(2) If any person shall carry upon or deliver for carriage by the
railway any such dangerous goods without distinctly declaring the
nature of the same lie shall be liable, on summary conviction, to
a fifie not exceeding 100 dollars.
(3) It shall be lawful for any railway official to refuse to carry
any luggage or parcel vessel or package that may be suspected to
contain dangerous or offensive goods and to require the same to be
opened, and in case any such luggage or parcel vessel or package
shall have been received for the purpose of being carried on the
railway it shall. be lawful for any railway official to stop the transit
thereof until. lie is satisfied that the nature and contents of
the luggage or parcel vessel or package axe not dangerous or
offensive.

49. If any person. knowingly stifiVering from leprosy, small-pox, or

other contagius or infectious disease shall travel by the railway
except in accordance with any rules made in that behalf he shall be
liable, on summary conviction, to a fine riot exceeding 250 dollars
and if any person whilst travelling be discovered to be so suffering it
shall be lawlid for any railway official to remove hini from the
carriage and froin the railwav preinises at, the first opportunity, and
.such person inay in addition to any fine, be ordered to pay the
ainotint of any expenses incurred in the disinfection of any carriage
or portion of a carriage occupied by him while so travelling. Any
such carriage or portion of a carriage shall be properly disinketed as
soon as practicable and shall not be used for the conveyance of
passengers till it has been so disinfected.

50. Any person who shall trespass upon a railway or upon any of
the lands, stations or other preinises appertaining thereto shall be
liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 10 dollars,
and if any such person shall refuse to leave the railway or premises
on being requested to do so, by any railway official he may

As amended b ' v .1,o. 80 of 1911, No. 44 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912,
NO. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As anjended bY No. 30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





be immediately removed therefrom and shall be liable, on summary
,conviction, to a fine riot exceeding 20 dollars.

51. Any person who wilfully rides, leads, or drives upon or across
a railway any animal except in directly crossing the railway at any
road or place appointed for that purpose at a tinie at which lie
may lawfully do so, or who tethers any animal upon or within
reach of any railway shall, on, sunnuary conviction, be liable to a
fine not exceeding 20 dollars for each offence.

52. Ally person who wilfully alters or defaces his pass or ticket

so as to render the date munber or any material portion thereof
illegible shall be liable, on summary- conviction, to a fine not ex-
ceeding 50 dollars.

53. Any person who wilfully obstrncts or impedes any railwav
servant, in the discharge of his duty shall bc liable, on summary
conviction, to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars.

54. It shall be lawful for the Governor to declare by notification
any road or patb which a railway may cross to be an occopation
crossing '. All occupation crossings shall be used subject to such
rules as the Governor-in-Council inav make in that behalf. The
following provisions are subject to be modified by such rules as
aforesaid. 'The gates of occupation crossings are not to close. across
the railway and are to be kept locked by means of padlocks the keys
of which shall be kept by railway officials. Any person desiring
to use the same must give reasonable notice of Ins intention to do
so to the station inaster of the nearest. station. Cattle passing over
the ocenpation crossing inust not be driven but led by a suitable
and properly secured halter. Any person using attempting to
use air occupation crossing without such notice, and any person
causing cattle to cross without such halter, and the owner of
cattle so crossing shall be liable, on summary conviction. to a fine
not exceeding 20 dollars, or to imprisonment for any term not
exceeding 3 months.

55. The owner of any aninial wbich shall trespass or stray upon
the railway or upon any railway lands (such railway or lands being

As ainerided by -\,o. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911, No, 12 of 1912 and
No. 13 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





provided with suitable fences for excluding cattle) shall be liable
on summary conviction, to a penalty not exceeding 5 dollars for
each animal, and it shall be lawful for any railway official to take or
drive every animal which shall be found so trespassing to the
nearest police station there to be detained until the highest amount
of penalty incurred by such trespass and the expense of feeding and
keeping the animal be paid, or until a -Magistrate shall otherwise
order. Should the animal prove unmanageable it shall be lawful
for any railway official to kill it and the owner shall be liable
to prosecution and fine if the trespass be proved. -A Magistrate
may upon proof of the trespass cause such animal to be sold
by public auction and the proceeds of the sale, after deducting
therefrom such fine as the _Magistrate shall award, and such further
sum as the Magistrate shall order to be paid for the expenses of
detaining, feeding, and selling such animal, shall be returned to
the owner of the animal on deniand.

56. Any person who unlawfully and wilifully removes or defaces
any nuniber-plate, or removes or extinguishes any lamp on any
carriage or signal-post belonging to the railway, or who wilfully
imitates any railway signal, or wilfullyor or negligently damages or
injures any cariage, engine, wogon, truck, station, warehouse,
bridge, building, machine, rail points, fence, or any other matter or
thing belonging to the railway, shall be liable, on summary con-
viction, to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars or to imprisonment for
any term not exceeding one year.

57. If any person for whose use or accommodation any gate or
chain- has been set up by any railway official on either side of the
railway, or if any other person, opens such gate or chain or passes
or attempts to pass or drives or attempts to drive any cattle,
carriage, or other animal or thing across the railway at a time when
any engine or train approaching along the same is in sight, or at
any time omits to shut and fasten such gate or chain as soon as he
and any cattle, carriage, or other animal or thing tinder his charge
have passed through the saine, he shall be liable, on summary con-
viction, to a fine not exceeding -50 dollars.

58. Any railway official who shall be in a state of intoxication or
under the influence of opium, compound of opium, morphine or any
other narcotic, whilst actually employed upon the railway or any

* As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 18 of 1912.





of the works connected therewith `in the discharge of any duty, and
any railway official who negligently omits to perform his duty, or
performs the same in an umproper manner, shall be liable, on
summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 20 dollars, and if the
duty be stich that the ornission or negligent performance thereof
would be likely to endanger the safety of any person travelling or
being upon the railway, he shall be liable to imprisonment for any
term not exceeding one year and to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars.

59. If any person rashly or negligently and without lawful excuse
does any act which is likely to endanger his own safety or that of
any person travelling or being upon the railway be shall, on
summary conviction, be liable to imprisonment for a terir, not
exceeding 6 months, and to a fine not exceeding -50 dollars.

60. Any person who wilfully does any act which is forbidden, or
neglects to do any act which is required by any rules frarned under
this Ordinance and for which no penalty is specially provided, sball
be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 10 dollars.

61. Any person who commits any offence under this Ordinance
may be lawflilly apprehended, without any warrant or written
authority, by any railway official or by any other person whoni such
railway official shall call to his aid or by any police officer, and every
person so apprehended shall with all convenient despatch be taken
before a Magistrate to bc dealt with according to law.

62. In the constmetion of this Ordinance every railway official
shall be legally bowid to do everything necessary for or conducive
to the safety of the pliblic, and everY such oflicial shall be legally
prohibited from doing every act which is likely to cause danger.


63. In case of any summary conviction under this Ordinance a
Magistrate may order the ofFender to pay the costs of such conviction
in addition to any penalty or expenses to which he may be liable.
Such costs may be assessed by the Magistrate and inay be levied and
recovered in the same nianner as any penalty imposed under this
Ordinance.

64. In every case in which any person shall be liable under this
Ordinance to pay any sum of money, damages, or expenses, the

As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As ~mended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
#I As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





same may be levied and recovered in the same manner as
any penalties under this Ordinance, and if necessary the amount
thereof may be fixed and assessed by a 'Magistrate bJore whom the
case shall be tried.

Is. 6.5, rel). 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.1

66. The payment of any fare for wInch ans, passsenger not pro-
ducing or delivering up his ticket is llable, inay be. enforced in the
sanie nianner as any fine imposed by this Ordinance.

67. A copy of this Ordinance and of the rules, time tables, and
tariff of charges in respect of the raliway which shall be duly made
and publishe 1 shall be exhibited in soineplace at each
station so that they may be easily seen and read, and all such docu-
ments shall be so exhibited in English. There shall also be ex-
hibited in like manner within and also withoot each station a
schedule in English and Chinese of all offence-, punishable under
this Ordinance and of the penalties attaching to each offence respec-
tively.

68. Any person who wilfully or maliciously renioves, defaces, or
in any way injures any document exhibited by the rallway autbori-
ties as required by the last or any notice or document posted
by thern at the station or anywhere upoil the rallway, shall be liable,
on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 20 dollars, or to
for ally terni riot exceeding :3 inwiths.

SCHEDT'LE.
ARTICEE's' TO BF DHICIARED AND Is. 24.1
(a) gold andcoined or uneoilied, manufacured or unmanufae-
tured;
(b) plated articles;
(c) clotlis. and tissue and lace of which gold or silver forms part, not
being the uniform or part of the uniform of an oflicer, soldier, sailor,
police officer, or of any public officer entitled to svear uniform
(d) pearls, precious stones, jewellery mid trinkets:
(c) watches elocks and flinepieces of anv description;
(f) Government securities;

As ainended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911, No. 13 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
(g) Government stamps;
(h) bills of exchange, promissory notes, bank notes, and orders or
other securities for pa ' yment of money;
(i) maps, writings and title-deeds;
paintings, engravings, lithographs, photographs, carvings, sculp-

Lure, and other works of art;
(k) art pottery and all articles made of glass, Chin't or marble,
(1) silks in a manufactured or unmanufactured state, and whether
wrought up or not wrought up with other materials;
(m) shawls;
(n) lace and furs.
(0) opium;
(p) ivory, ebony, coral, and sandawood
(q) inusk, sandalwood-oil, and other essential oils used in the pre-
paration of perfume;
(r) musical and scientific instruments;
(s) any article of special value which themay,
by notification, add to this schedule.
Short title. Interoperation of terms. Powers of Assistant Manager or Assistant Engineers. Custody and administration of railways. Appointment of officers. Sanction by Governor-in-Council of railway construction. No.10 of 1900. Authority to execute all necessary work. Construction of inclined planes. Etc. Alteration of the course of rivers. Etc. Construction of drains or conducts. Erection of buildings, etc. Alteration or discontinuance thereof. Other necessary works. Control of Governor-in-Council. alteration of pipes, wires and drains. Temporary entry upon land for repairing or preventing accident. Power to enter lands. Maintenance of crossings, bridges, arches, culverts, etc. Exception with regard to accommodation works. Limitation of action for compensation. Appointment of arbitrators. Costs. Penalty for interference with railway works. Removal of trees obstructing the working of a railway. Right to use locomotives. Certificate to Governor-in-Council prior to opening of railway. Actions against the administration how brought. No.58 of 1911. No.3 of 1901. Restriction on execution against railway property. Service of summonses, notices, etc. Effect of service by post. Liability of administration confined to carriage within the Colony. Liability for loss or injury in respect of goods. Provision as to liability in respect to carriage of certain animals. Charge on increased risk. Liability as to passenger's luggage. Liability as to articles of special value. Compensation recoverable not to exceed the value declared. Declaration of contents of parcel. Exemption. Burden of proof in respect of loss of animals or goods. Notification of claims to refund of overcharges and compensation for losses. Exoneration from responsibility in case of goods falsely described. Report of accidents. Power to make rules regarding notices, etc. Penalties for failure to comply with ss. 28 or 29. Compulsory medical examination of person injured in railway accidents. General rules. Penalty for breach of any rule. Copy of general rules to be kept at each station. Maximum load for wagons and trucks. Maximum number of passengers. Powers of Manager as to punishment of trail way officials. By-laws regulating the conduct of officers and servants. Imposition of penalties, and right of appeal to Governor. Discretion of Manager as to prosecution. Limitation. Fares to be Prepaid. Passenger tickets to be given up on demand. Fare and freight to be accepted conditionally. Penalty for fraud. Fine for entering carriage in motion or riding on the steps. Fine for riding on engine tender or luggage van. Where smoking and chewing prohibited. Penalty for intoxication or nuisance. Passengers may be directed as to the carriage in which they shall travel. Penalty for entering private room or carriage. Remedy for non-payment of sum due for carriage of goods; and for non-payment of fare. Written account of goods to be given on demand. Penalty for giving no account or false account. Carriage of goods of a dangerous or offensive nature. Persons suffering from leprosy., etc., not allowed to travel. Penalty for trespass. Penalty for driving an animal upon or across a railway. Penalty for defacing pass or ticket. Penalty for obstructing railway servant. Occupation. Crossings. Liability of owner of animal trespassing. Penalty for injury to carriage, etc. Penalty for opening or not properly shutting gates or chains. Penalty for drunkenness or breach of duty by railway official. Penalty for negligent act. Breach of rules. Apprehension of offenders. Rules for the construction of the Ordinance. Liability of offenders to pay costs of conviction. Recovery of money due damages and expenses. Enforcing payment of fare. Copy of Ordinance to be shown at railway stations. Penalty for removing documents or notices.

Abstract

Short title. Interoperation of terms. Powers of Assistant Manager or Assistant Engineers. Custody and administration of railways. Appointment of officers. Sanction by Governor-in-Council of railway construction. No.10 of 1900. Authority to execute all necessary work. Construction of inclined planes. Etc. Alteration of the course of rivers. Etc. Construction of drains or conducts. Erection of buildings, etc. Alteration or discontinuance thereof. Other necessary works. Control of Governor-in-Council. alteration of pipes, wires and drains. Temporary entry upon land for repairing or preventing accident. Power to enter lands. Maintenance of crossings, bridges, arches, culverts, etc. Exception with regard to accommodation works. Limitation of action for compensation. Appointment of arbitrators. Costs. Penalty for interference with railway works. Removal of trees obstructing the working of a railway. Right to use locomotives. Certificate to Governor-in-Council prior to opening of railway. Actions against the administration how brought. No.58 of 1911. No.3 of 1901. Restriction on execution against railway property. Service of summonses, notices, etc. Effect of service by post. Liability of administration confined to carriage within the Colony. Liability for loss or injury in respect of goods. Provision as to liability in respect to carriage of certain animals. Charge on increased risk. Liability as to passenger's luggage. Liability as to articles of special value. Compensation recoverable not to exceed the value declared. Declaration of contents of parcel. Exemption. Burden of proof in respect of loss of animals or goods. Notification of claims to refund of overcharges and compensation for losses. Exoneration from responsibility in case of goods falsely described. Report of accidents. Power to make rules regarding notices, etc. Penalties for failure to comply with ss. 28 or 29. Compulsory medical examination of person injured in railway accidents. General rules. Penalty for breach of any rule. Copy of general rules to be kept at each station. Maximum load for wagons and trucks. Maximum number of passengers. Powers of Manager as to punishment of trail way officials. By-laws regulating the conduct of officers and servants. Imposition of penalties, and right of appeal to Governor. Discretion of Manager as to prosecution. Limitation. Fares to be Prepaid. Passenger tickets to be given up on demand. Fare and freight to be accepted conditionally. Penalty for fraud. Fine for entering carriage in motion or riding on the steps. Fine for riding on engine tender or luggage van. Where smoking and chewing prohibited. Penalty for intoxication or nuisance. Passengers may be directed as to the carriage in which they shall travel. Penalty for entering private room or carriage. Remedy for non-payment of sum due for carriage of goods; and for non-payment of fare. Written account of goods to be given on demand. Penalty for giving no account or false account. Carriage of goods of a dangerous or offensive nature. Persons suffering from leprosy., etc., not allowed to travel. Penalty for trespass. Penalty for driving an animal upon or across a railway. Penalty for defacing pass or ticket. Penalty for obstructing railway servant. Occupation. Crossings. Liability of owner of animal trespassing. Penalty for injury to carriage, etc. Penalty for opening or not properly shutting gates or chains. Penalty for drunkenness or breach of duty by railway official. Penalty for negligent act. Breach of rules. Apprehension of offenders. Rules for the construction of the Ordinance. Liability of offenders to pay costs of conviction. Recovery of money due damages and expenses. Enforcing payment of fare. Copy of Ordinance to be shown at railway stations. Penalty for removing documents or notices.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/966

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

372

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 21 of 1909

Number of Pages

22
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:48 +0800
<![CDATA[YOUNG PERSONS (DEATH SENTENCE) ORDINANCE, 1909]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/965

Title

YOUNG PERSONS (DEATH SENTENCE) ORDINANCE, 1909

Description


No. 6 of 1909.
To amend the law with, respect to the liability of Young Persons
to the Death Sentence. [21st May, 1909]

1.The Young Persons (Death Sentence) Ordinance. 1909

2. Sentence of death shall not be pronounced on or recorded
against a person who in the opinion of the Court is under the age
of 16 years, but in lieu thereof the Court shall sentence such person
,to be detained during Bis Majesty's pleasure., and, if so sentenced
he shall be liable to be detained in such place and under siicli con-
dition.s as the Governor may direct, and whilst so detained shall be
deemed to be in legal custody.



Aq aniciided by No. 8 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 13 of 1910.
Short title. Abolition of death sentence in case of young persons. 8 Edw. VII c. 67 s. 103.

Abstract

Short title. Abolition of death sentence in case of young persons. 8 Edw. VII c. 67 s. 103.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/965

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

226

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 6 of 1909

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:48 +0800
<![CDATA[HUNGHOM BAY RECLAMATION ORDINANCE, 1909]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/964

Title

HUNGHOM BAY RECLAMATION ORDINANCE, 1909

Description


No. 2 of 1909.
To authorise for public purposes the Reclamation of certam
portions of the Crown foreshore and sea bed situate m Hunghom Bay.

[12th March, 1909.]
WHEREAS a Government Railway is in course of construction betsveen
Tsim Sha Tsui and Lo Fu Ferry and it is necessary fro the pur-
poses of such consstruction that certain portions of the Crown fore-
shore and sea bed should be reclaimed; AND WHEREAS certain
reclamation has heretofore taken place and it is desirable to vali-
date and legalise the same:-

1. The Hunghom Bay Reclamation Ordinance, 1909.

2.-(a) It shall be lawful for the Governor for the purposes of the
Government Railway between Tsim Sha Tsui and Lo Fu Ferry to
reclaim, enclose, and fill up all the CRown foreshore and sea bed the
limits and boundaires of which are delineated generally in pink upon
a plan signed by Graves William Eves, chief Resident Engineer,
Kowloon Caton Railway, and countersigned by the Director of
Public workds, dated 24th February, 1909, and deposited in the
Land office.
(b) The Governor may at any time for the purposes aforesaid
reclaiin, enclose, and fill up such further Crown foreshore and sea
bed as is contiguous to the said delineated limits and boundaries as
he may deem expedient, so long as such further reclamation shall
not extend beyond the limits delineated generally by the line in
yellow upan the said plan and marked - limits of deviation.'

3. So far as the said work of reclamation has taken place such
reclamation is hereby validated and legalised for all intents and
purposes as if the same had been duly effected under this Ordinance.

As amefided b~ No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912 kiid No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
4. All public rights, privileges and easenients in upon and over
such portions of the Crown foreshore and sea bed as are or shall be
reclaimed for the purposes aforesaid are hereby determined and shall
be deemed to have ceased to exist prior to the commencement of the
said work of reclamation.

5. Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall derogate from any of
the powers or rights of the Crown in respect of the said foreshore or
sea bed.

Short title. Power to carry out works of reclamation. Past work legalized. Determination of public rights. Saving of rights of the Crown.

Abstract

Short title. Power to carry out works of reclamation. Past work legalized. Determination of public rights. Saving of rights of the Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/964

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 2 of 1909

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:47 +0800
<![CDATA[THEATRES REGULATION ORDINANCE, 1908]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/963

Title

THEATRES REGULATION ORDINANCE, 1908

Description


No. 18 of 1908.
For regulating Theatres and other places of Public Resort.
[In force 15th December, 1908.]

1. The Theatres Reo-ulation Ordinance, 1908.

2. In this Ordinance - stage play - includes every tragedy,
con-iedy, farce, opera, burletta, interlude, melodrama, pantomine,
cinematograph display, exhibition of dancing, conjuring, juggling,
c
acrobatic performance, boxing contest, circus, concert or other enter-
tainment of the stage or any part thereof.

3. It shall not be lawful for any person to liave or keep any build-
ing, matshed or other place of public resort for the public perform-
ance of stage plays without a. licence granted as hereinafter provided,
under a penalty not exceeding 200 dollars for every day on which
such building. or place shall have been so kept open for the purpose
aforesaid.

4. _No person shall advertise, present or carry on any cinemato-
graph display of a public nature or cause the same to be advertised,
presented or carried on unless a. description of every scene intended
to be presented or produced at such display has been first furnished
to the Registrar General, who may in his discretion issue a permit
for the presentation of such display, without which permit no such
display shall be advertised, presented or carried on.

5. Any person who shall advertise, present, or carry on any cine-
rnatograph display of a public nature or cause the same to be ad-
vertised, presented or carried on without the permit of the Registrar
General shall for every such offence be liable, an summary convie-
tion, to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars.

As amended bv No. 12 of 1912.
As a ' mended l~, No. 43 of 1912.Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended b~ No. 17 of 1910.
As amended bY No. 17 of 1910, No. 30 of 1911 and No. 21 of 1912.





6. The Governor-in-Council may make regulations for any of the
following purposes :-
(1) The issue by any officer whom he may authorise in that behalf
of licences for the performance of stage plays to such person, at such
places, in such buildings, for such period of time and during such
hours as may be respectively determined in every such licence.
(2) The cancellation of such licences.
(3) Prescribing the payment of fees in respect of all or any of such
licences.

(4) Prescribing the materials of which any such licensed building
or place is to be constructed, and for regulating the mode of building
~n P
seating accommodation, entrances, exits, and all other matters
appertaining to the same.
(5) Requiring the exercise, of all such measures as may be pre-
scribed in any such regulation against overcrowding, and for the
~n
control and prevention of fire in any such licensed Imilding or place.
(6) The maintenance of good order at such licensed building or
place.
(7) The entry and inspection during the performance of a stage
play or at any time by the Director of Public Works, the Captain
Superintendent of Police, or any other officer authorised by the
Governor in that behalf.

(8) The imposition of penalties for breach of any regulation made
in pursuance of this section and the mode of recovery of the same.
(9) Generally for carrying out the provisions of this Ordinance.

7. Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall be construed as
affecting the issue of permits for Chinese pablic theatrical per-
formahees authorised by section 27 of the Regulation of Chinese
Ordinance 1888.

Is. 8, rep. No. 12 of 1912.]

No. 19 of 1908, incorporated in No. 3 of 1908.

No. 20 of 1908, repealed by No. 31 of 1911.

As amended by No. 17 of 1910, No. 50 of 1911, No, 12 of 1912 and
No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 17 of 1910.
Short title. Interpretation. Theatres and place for public performances to be licensed. Cinematography displays subject to permit of Registrar General. Penalty for presenting cinematography displays without permit. Regulation of theatres and places of public performance. Chinese theatrical performances exempted. No.3 of 1888.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. Theatres and place for public performances to be licensed. Cinematography displays subject to permit of Registrar General. Penalty for presenting cinematography displays without permit. Regulation of theatres and places of public performance. Chinese theatrical performances exempted. No.3 of 1888.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/963

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

172

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 18 of 1908

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:46 +0800